<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/756/index.xml" />
    <title>Get Best Full Audiobooks in Nonfiction, Social Sciences</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/756/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:49:21 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:49:21 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/756/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/756/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Get Best Full Audiobooks in Nonfiction, Social Sciences</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/756/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>Library Free Audiobooks</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/756/logo.jpg" />
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Prof. Cordelia Adams</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>biacuaduc@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Science &amp; Medicine">
      <itunes:category text="Social Sciences"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>This Old Man Audiobook by Roger Angell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Old-Man-Audiobook/B016OY4W9A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: This Old Man
Subtitle: All in Pieces
Author: Roger Angell
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-17-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Roger Angell, the acclaimed New Yorker writer and editor, returns with a selection of writings that celebrate a view from the tenth decade of an engaged, vibrant life.
Long known for his range and supple prose (he is the only writer elected to membership in both the Baseball Hall of Fame and the American Academy of Arts and Letters), Angell won the 2015 American Society of Magazine Editors&apos; Best Essay award for &quot;This Old Man&quot;, which forms a centerpiece for this audiobook. This deeply personal account is a survey of the limitations and discoveries of great age, with abundant life, poignant loss, jokes, retrieved moments, and fresh love, set down in an informal and moving fashion. A flood of listeners from different generations have discovered and shared this classic piece.
Angell&apos;s fluid prose and native curiosity make him an amiable and compelling companion. The book gathers essays, letters, light verse, book reviews, Talk of the Town stories, farewells, haikus, profiles, Christmas greetings, and late thoughts on the costs of war. Whether it&apos;s a Fourth of July in rural Maine, a beloved British author at work, Derek Jeter&apos;s departure, the final game of the 2014 World Series, an all-dog opera, editorial exchanges with John Updike, or a letter to a son, what links the pieces is the author&apos;s perceptions and humor, his utter absence of self-pity, and his appreciation of friends and colleagues - writers, ballplayers, editors, artists - encountered over the course of a full and generous life.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A miscellany of memorable prose...notable for its grace, wit, and humanity.... As this ebullient and eloquent collection amply shows, Angell can deftly touch that reader, on whom he bestows this lovely gift.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;At 94, Angell is a witness to history but hardly a relic of the past.... Angell is equally at ease writing annual Christmas poems, witty internal memos, letters, haiku, speeches, literary essays, and &quot;casuals&quot;.... Angell represents the best sort of writing about the remembrances of the past.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Roger Angell)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2015 09:57:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004379/bk_rand_004379_sample.mp3" length="2147624" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Old-Man-Audiobook/B016OY4W9A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41XkE2qJVZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: This Old Man
Subtitle: All in Pieces
Author: Roger Angell
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-17-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Roger Angell, the acclaimed New Yorker writer and editor, returns with a selection of writings that celebrate a view from the tenth decade of an engaged, vibrant life.
Long known for his range and supple prose (he is the only writer elected to membership in both the Baseball Hall of Fame and the American Academy of Arts and Letters), Angell won the 2015 American Society of Magazine Editors&apos; Best Essay award for &quot;This Old Man&quot;, which forms a centerpiece for this audiobook. This deeply personal account is a survey of the limitations and discoveries of great age, with abundant life, poignant loss, jokes, retrieved moments, and fresh love, set down in an informal and moving fashion. A flood of listeners from different generations have discovered and shared this classic piece.
Angell&apos;s fluid prose and native curiosity make him an amiable and compelling companion. The book gathers essays, letters, light verse, book reviews, Talk of the Town stories, farewells, haikus, profiles, Christmas greetings, and late thoughts on the costs of war. Whether it&apos;s a Fourth of July in rural Maine, a beloved British author at work, Derek Jeter&apos;s departure, the final game of the 2014 World Series, an all-dog opera, editorial exchanges with John Updike, or a letter to a son, what links the pieces is the author&apos;s perceptions and humor, his utter absence of self-pity, and his appreciation of friends and colleagues - writers, ballplayers, editors, artists - encountered over the course of a full and generous life.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A miscellany of memorable prose...notable for its grace, wit, and humanity.... As this ebullient and eloquent collection amply shows, Angell can deftly touch that reader, on whom he bestows this lovely gift.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;At 94, Angell is a witness to history but hardly a relic of the past.... Angell is equally at ease writing annual Christmas poems, witty internal memos, letters, haiku, speeches, literary essays, and &quot;casuals&quot;.... Angell represents the best sort of writing about the remembrances of the past.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: This Old Man
Subtitle: All in Pieces
Author: Roger Angell
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-17-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Roger Angell, the acclaimed New Yorker writer and editor, returns with a selection of writings that celebrate a view from the tenth decade of an engaged, vibrant life.
Long known for his range and supple prose (he is the only writer elected to membership in both the Baseball Hall of Fame and the American Academy of Arts and Letters), Angell won the 2015 American Society of Magazine Editors&apos; Best Essay award for &quot;This Old Man&quot;, which forms a centerpiece for this audiobook. This deeply personal account is a survey of the limitations and discoveries of great age, with abundant life, poignant loss, jokes, retrieved moments, and fresh love, set down in an informal and moving fashion. A flood of listeners from different generations have discovered and shared this classic piece.
Angell&apos;s fluid prose and native curiosity make him an amiable and compelling companion. The book gathers essays, letters, light verse, book reviews, Talk of the Town stories, farewells, haikus, profiles, Christmas greetings, and late thoughts on the costs of war. Whether it&apos;s a Fourth of July in rural Maine, a beloved British author at work, Derek Jeter&apos;s departure, the final game of the 2014 World Series, an all-dog opera, editorial exchanges with John Updike, or a letter to a son, what links the pieces is the author&apos;s perceptions and humor, his utter absence of self-pity, and his appreciation of friends and colleagues - writers, ballplayers, editors, artists - encountered over the course of a full and generous life.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A miscellany of memorable prose...notable for its grace, wit, and humanity.... As this ebullient and eloquent collection amply shows, Angell can deftly touch that reader, on whom he bestows this lovely gift.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;At 94, Angell is a witness to history but hardly a relic of the past.... Angell is equally at ease writing annual Christmas poems, witty internal memos, letters, haiku, speeches, literary essays, and &quot;casuals&quot;.... Angell represents the best sort of writing about the remembrances of the past.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Books change as we age.....
Struggled and did not finish. Its me not the book. 10-15 years ago I would quickly finished it.

Not enough baseball writing
If you were expecting a bunch of baseball shorts skip ahead to chapter 75. There are 118 chapters in this selection of remembrances in the form of letters and obituaries. For an unknown reason even the longer pieces are broken into pieces no longer than ten minutes a chapter. Why they were cut like this is unknown also. Perhaps it is keeping with the pieces theme of the book. This rapid bouncing from subject to subject in such tiny pieces gets tedious after awhile.
Heed my advice from the first sentence about the baseball stuff. Why it is bunched to the back end is also a mystery. This unevenness and the short length of each chapter and the depressing and frequent subject matter of death made this a selection I would skip if I had the chance again

An Ageless Wonder
The title I selected or my alternative would have been &quot;A National Treasure&quot;.  Angell&apos;s writing is beautiful in its economy, and whether reading or being read to by a capable narrator like Arthur Morey, it&apos;s hard not to just sigh with contentment afterwards.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Education for Thinking Audiobook by Deanna Kuhn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Education-for-Thinking-Audiobook/B00BWYELL2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Education for Thinking
Author: Deanna Kuhn
Narrator: Cira Larkin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-20-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What do we want schools to accomplish? The only defensible answer, Deanna Kuhn argues, is that they should teach students to use their minds well, in school and beyond.
Bringing insights from research in developmental psychology to pedagogy, Kuhn maintains that inquiry and argument should be at the center of a &quot;thinking curriculum&quot; - a curriculum that makes sense to students as well as to teachers and develops the skills and values needed for lifelong learning. We have only a brief window of opportunity in children&apos;s lives to gain (or lose) their trust that the things we ask them to do in school are worth doing. Activities centered on inquiry and argument - such as identifying features that affect the success of a music club catalog or discussing difficult issues like capital punishment - allow students to appreciate their power and utility as they engage in them.
Most of what students do in schools today simply does not have this quality. Inquiry and argument do. They are education for life, not simply more school, and they offer a unifying purpose for compulsory schooling as it serves an ever more diverse and challenging population.
The book is published by Harvard University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deanna Kuhn&apos;s &apos;inquiry and argument curriculum&apos; has transformed the lives of our middle schoolers, who are typical of students in any urban public school. The students become engaged and find personal meaning in their schoolwork in a way that&apos;s new to them and to us. I hope this bold and original proposal will change American education.&quot; (Gardner Dunnan, Associate Provost for Special Projects, Columbia University)
&quot;In the best tradition of John Dewey and Jerome Bruner, Deanna Kuhn has authored a thoughtful, thought-provoking, and empirically-grounded essay on the centrality of argument and inquiry in all education.&quot; (Howard Gardner, Hobbs Professor of Education and Cognition, Harvard Graduate School of Education)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Deanna Kuhn)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2013 06:30:05 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/005649/bk_acx0_005649_sample.mp3" length="825667" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Education-for-Thinking-Audiobook/B00BWYELL2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41IGZ1aKsTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Education for Thinking
Author: Deanna Kuhn
Narrator: Cira Larkin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-20-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What do we want schools to accomplish? The only defensible answer, Deanna Kuhn argues, is that they should teach students to use their minds well, in school and beyond.
Bringing insights from research in developmental psychology to pedagogy, Kuhn maintains that inquiry and argument should be at the center of a &quot;thinking curriculum&quot; - a curriculum that makes sense to students as well as to teachers and develops the skills and values needed for lifelong learning. We have only a brief window of opportunity in children&apos;s lives to gain (or lose) their trust that the things we ask them to do in school are worth doing. Activities centered on inquiry and argument - such as identifying features that affect the success of a music club catalog or discussing difficult issues like capital punishment - allow students to appreciate their power and utility as they engage in them.
Most of what students do in schools today simply does not have this quality. Inquiry and argument do. They are education for life, not simply more school, and they offer a unifying purpose for compulsory schooling as it serves an ever more diverse and challenging population.
The book is published by Harvard University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deanna Kuhn&apos;s &apos;inquiry and argument curriculum&apos; has transformed the lives of our middle schoolers, who are typical of students in any urban public school. The students become engaged and find personal meaning in their schoolwork in a way that&apos;s new to them and to us. I hope this bold and original proposal will change American education.&quot; (Gardner Dunnan, Associate Provost for Special Projects, Columbia University)
&quot;In the best tradition of John Dewey and Jerome Bruner, Deanna Kuhn has authored a thoughtful, thought-provoking, and empirically-grounded essay on the centrality of argument and inquiry in all education.&quot; (Howard Gardner, Hobbs Professor of Education and Cognition, Harvard Graduate School of Education)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Education for Thinking
Author: Deanna Kuhn
Narrator: Cira Larkin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-20-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What do we want schools to accomplish? The only defensible answer, Deanna Kuhn argues, is that they should teach students to use their minds well, in school and beyond.
Bringing insights from research in developmental psychology to pedagogy, Kuhn maintains that inquiry and argument should be at the center of a &quot;thinking curriculum&quot; - a curriculum that makes sense to students as well as to teachers and develops the skills and values needed for lifelong learning. We have only a brief window of opportunity in children&apos;s lives to gain (or lose) their trust that the things we ask them to do in school are worth doing. Activities centered on inquiry and argument - such as identifying features that affect the success of a music club catalog or discussing difficult issues like capital punishment - allow students to appreciate their power and utility as they engage in them.
Most of what students do in schools today simply does not have this quality. Inquiry and argument do. They are education for life, not simply more school, and they offer a unifying purpose for compulsory schooling as it serves an ever more diverse and challenging population.
The book is published by Harvard University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deanna Kuhn&apos;s &apos;inquiry and argument curriculum&apos; has transformed the lives of our middle schoolers, who are typical of students in any urban public school. The students become engaged and find personal meaning in their schoolwork in a way that&apos;s new to them and to us. I hope this bold and original proposal will change American education.&quot; (Gardner Dunnan, Associate Provost for Special Projects, Columbia University)
&quot;In the best tradition of John Dewey and Jerome Bruner, Deanna Kuhn has authored a thoughtful, thought-provoking, and empirically-grounded essay on the centrality of argument and inquiry in all education.&quot; (Howard Gardner, Hobbs Professor of Education and Cognition, Harvard Graduate School of Education)

Members Reviews:
Too long and drawn out
Author took a whole book to explain 2 things. I would not recommend this book to anyone. I skipped over sections and missed nothing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough Audiobook by Linda F. Nathan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Grit-Isnt-Enough-Audiobook/B075NQNQM2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough
Subtitle: A High School Principal Examines How Poverty and Inequality Thwart the College-for-All Promise
Author: Linda F. Nathan
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-17-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Examines major myths informing American education and explores how educators can better serve students, increase college retention rates, and develop alternatives to college that don&apos;t disadvantage students on the basis of race or income.
Each year, as the founding headmaster of the Boston Arts Academy (BAA), an urban high school that boasts a 94 percent college acceptance rate, Linda Nathan made a promise to the incoming freshmen: &quot;All of you will graduate from high school and go on to college or a career.&quot; After 14 years at the helm, Nathan stepped down and took stock of her alumni: of those who went to college, a third dropped out. Feeling like she failed to fulfill her promise, Nathan reflected on ideas she and others have perpetuated about education: that college is for all, that hard work and determination are enough to get you through, that America is a land of equality.
In When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough, Nathan investigates five assumptions that inform our ideas about education today, revealing how these beliefs mask systemic inequity. Seeing a rift between these false promises and the lived experiences of her students, she argues that it is time for educators to face these uncomfortable issues head-on and explores how educators can better serve all students, increase college retention rates, and develop alternatives to college that don&apos;t disadvantage students on the basis of race or income.
Drawing on the voices of BAA alumni whose stories provide a window through which to view urban education today, When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough helps us imagine greater purposes for schooling.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;It&apos;s a marvelous book, and badly needed at this time. Drawing on the powerful stories of children at the Boston Arts Academy, Linda Nathan bravely confronts the widely circulated myth that children who grow up in poverty can overcome inequity and every other daunting obstacle they face if they just &apos;believe&apos;, &apos;persevere&apos;, &apos;work like hell&apos;, and show sufficient &apos;grit&apos;. Many of these students do prevail, but Nathan makes it clear that &apos;grit&apos; is not enough and that our adherence to this appeasing myth is letting a divided and bitterly unequal social order off the hook.&quot; (Jonathan Kozol, author of Savage Inequalities: Children in America&apos;s Schools)
&quot;Supporting students throughout college is as important as supporting them in high school - especially as students confront challenges connected to race and class. Linda Nathan deftly describes the kind of team effort that is required of educators in order to ensure student success.&quot; (Deborah Bial, president and founder of the Posse Foundation)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Linda F. Nathan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2017 10:05:05 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/005343/bk_rand_005343_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Grit-Isnt-Enough-Audiobook/B075NQNQM2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Io27cgeqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough
Subtitle: A High School Principal Examines How Poverty and Inequality Thwart the College-for-All Promise
Author: Linda F. Nathan
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-17-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Examines major myths informing American education and explores how educators can better serve students, increase college retention rates, and develop alternatives to college that don&apos;t disadvantage students on the basis of race or income.
Each year, as the founding headmaster of the Boston Arts Academy (BAA), an urban high school that boasts a 94 percent college acceptance rate, Linda Nathan made a promise to the incoming freshmen: &quot;All of you will graduate from high school and go on to college or a career.&quot; After 14 years at the helm, Nathan stepped down and took stock of her alumni: of those who went to college, a third dropped out. Feeling like she failed to fulfill her promise, Nathan reflected on ideas she and others have perpetuated about education: that college is for all, that hard work and determination are enough to get you through, that America is a land of equality.
In When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough, Nathan investigates five assumptions that inform our ideas about education today, revealing how these beliefs mask systemic inequity. Seeing a rift between these false promises and the lived experiences of her students, she argues that it is time for educators to face these uncomfortable issues head-on and explores how educators can better serve all students, increase college retention rates, and develop alternatives to college that don&apos;t disadvantage students on the basis of race or income.
Drawing on the voices of BAA alumni whose stories provide a window through which to view urban education today, When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough helps us imagine greater purposes for schooling.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;It&apos;s a marvelous book, and badly needed at this time. Drawing on the powerful stories of children at the Boston Arts Academy, Linda Nathan bravely confronts the widely circulated myth that children who grow up in poverty can overcome inequity and every other daunting obstacle they face if they just &apos;believe&apos;, &apos;persevere&apos;, &apos;work like hell&apos;, and show sufficient &apos;grit&apos;. Many of these students do prevail, but Nathan makes it clear that &apos;grit&apos; is not enough and that our adherence to this appeasing myth is letting a divided and bitterly unequal social order off the hook.&quot; (Jonathan Kozol, author of Savage Inequalities: Children in America&apos;s Schools)
&quot;Supporting students throughout college is as important as supporting them in high school - especially as students confront challenges connected to race and class. Linda Nathan deftly describes the kind of team effort that is required of educators in order to ensure student success.&quot; (Deborah Bial, president and founder of the Posse Foundation)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough
Subtitle: A High School Principal Examines How Poverty and Inequality Thwart the College-for-All Promise
Author: Linda F. Nathan
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-17-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Examines major myths informing American education and explores how educators can better serve students, increase college retention rates, and develop alternatives to college that don&apos;t disadvantage students on the basis of race or income.
Each year, as the founding headmaster of the Boston Arts Academy (BAA), an urban high school that boasts a 94 percent college acceptance rate, Linda Nathan made a promise to the incoming freshmen: &quot;All of you will graduate from high school and go on to college or a career.&quot; After 14 years at the helm, Nathan stepped down and took stock of her alumni: of those who went to college, a third dropped out. Feeling like she failed to fulfill her promise, Nathan reflected on ideas she and others have perpetuated about education: that college is for all, that hard work and determination are enough to get you through, that America is a land of equality.
In When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough, Nathan investigates five assumptions that inform our ideas about education today, revealing how these beliefs mask systemic inequity. Seeing a rift between these false promises and the lived experiences of her students, she argues that it is time for educators to face these uncomfortable issues head-on and explores how educators can better serve all students, increase college retention rates, and develop alternatives to college that don&apos;t disadvantage students on the basis of race or income.
Drawing on the voices of BAA alumni whose stories provide a window through which to view urban education today, When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough helps us imagine greater purposes for schooling.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;It&apos;s a marvelous book, and badly needed at this time. Drawing on the powerful stories of children at the Boston Arts Academy, Linda Nathan bravely confronts the widely circulated myth that children who grow up in poverty can overcome inequity and every other daunting obstacle they face if they just &apos;believe&apos;, &apos;persevere&apos;, &apos;work like hell&apos;, and show sufficient &apos;grit&apos;. Many of these students do prevail, but Nathan makes it clear that &apos;grit&apos; is not enough and that our adherence to this appeasing myth is letting a divided and bitterly unequal social order off the hook.&quot; (Jonathan Kozol, author of Savage Inequalities: Children in America&apos;s Schools)
&quot;Supporting students throughout college is as important as supporting them in high school - especially as students confront challenges connected to race and class. Linda Nathan deftly describes the kind of team effort that is required of educators in order to ensure student success.&quot; (Deborah Bial, president and founder of the Posse Foundation)

Members Reviews:
A much needed and important book!
Dr. Nathan uses student stories and her own narrative to draw attention to some of the realities that face America&apos;s black and brown students. In spite of the loving and supportive opportunities offered within the walls of BAA, our nation&apos;s systemic sources of inequity continue to marginalize our most vulnerable students. When Grit Isn&apos;t Enough serves as an important reminder that access to opportunity should not be confused with equity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Idealist Audiobook by Justin Peters</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Idealist-Audiobook/B0196UQ8QY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Idealist
Subtitle: Aaron Swartz and the Rise of Free Culture on the Internet
Author: Justin Peters
Narrator: Corey Brill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-12-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A smart, lively history of the Internet free culture movement and its larger effects on society - and the life and shocking suicide of Aaron Swartz, a founding developer of Reddit and Creative Commons - from Slate correspondent Justin Peters.
Aaron Swartz was a zealous young advocate for the free exchange of information and creative content online. He committed suicide in 2013 after being indicted by the government for illegally downloading millions of academic articles from a nonprofit online database. From the age of 15, when Swartz, a computer prodigy, worked with Lawrence Lessig to launch Creative Commons, to his years as a fighter for copyright reform and open information to his work leading the protests against the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA) to his posthumous status as a cultural icon, Swartz&apos;s life was inextricably connected to the free culture movement. Now Justin Peters examines Swartz&apos;s life in the context of 200 years of struggle over the control of information.
In vivid, accessible prose, The Idealist situates Swartz in the context of other &quot;data moralists&quot; past and present, from lexicographer Noah Webster to eBook pioneer Michael Hart to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden. In the process the book explores the history of copyright statutes and the public domain; examines archivists&apos; ongoing quest to build the &quot;library of the future&quot;; and charts the rise of open access, copyleft, and other ideologies that have come to challenge protectionist IP policies. Peters also breaks down the government&apos;s case against Swartz and explains how we reached the point where federally funded academic research came to be considered private property, and downloading that material in bulk came to be considered a federal crime.
The Idealist is an important investigation of the fate of the digital commons in an increasingly corporatized Internet and an essential look at the impact of the free culture movement on our daily lives and on generations to come.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Justin Peters)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2016 15:51:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007318/bk_sans_007318_sample.mp3" length="2399658" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Idealist-Audiobook/B0196UQ8QY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71qtF2U8rIL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Idealist
Subtitle: Aaron Swartz and the Rise of Free Culture on the Internet
Author: Justin Peters
Narrator: Corey Brill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-12-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A smart, lively history of the Internet free culture movement and its larger effects on society - and the life and shocking suicide of Aaron Swartz, a founding developer of Reddit and Creative Commons - from Slate correspondent Justin Peters.
Aaron Swartz was a zealous young advocate for the free exchange of information and creative content online. He committed suicide in 2013 after being indicted by the government for illegally downloading millions of academic articles from a nonprofit online database. From the age of 15, when Swartz, a computer prodigy, worked with Lawrence Lessig to launch Creative Commons, to his years as a fighter for copyright reform and open information to his work leading the protests against the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA) to his posthumous status as a cultural icon, Swartz&apos;s life was inextricably connected to the free culture movement. Now Justin Peters examines Swartz&apos;s life in the context of 200 years of struggle over the control of information.
In vivid, accessible prose, The Idealist situates Swartz in the context of other &quot;data moralists&quot; past and present, from lexicographer Noah Webster to eBook pioneer Michael Hart to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden. In the process the book explores the history of copyright statutes and the public domain; examines archivists&apos; ongoing quest to build the &quot;library of the future&quot;; and charts the rise of open access, copyleft, and other ideologies that have come to challenge protectionist IP policies. Peters also breaks down the government&apos;s case against Swartz and explains how we reached the point where federally funded academic research came to be considered private property, and downloading that material in bulk came to be considered a federal crime.
The Idealist is an important investigation of the fate of the digital commons in an increasingly corporatized Internet and an essential look at the impact of the free culture movement on our daily lives and on generations to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Idealist
Subtitle: Aaron Swartz and the Rise of Free Culture on the Internet
Author: Justin Peters
Narrator: Corey Brill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-12-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A smart, lively history of the Internet free culture movement and its larger effects on society - and the life and shocking suicide of Aaron Swartz, a founding developer of Reddit and Creative Commons - from Slate correspondent Justin Peters.
Aaron Swartz was a zealous young advocate for the free exchange of information and creative content online. He committed suicide in 2013 after being indicted by the government for illegally downloading millions of academic articles from a nonprofit online database. From the age of 15, when Swartz, a computer prodigy, worked with Lawrence Lessig to launch Creative Commons, to his years as a fighter for copyright reform and open information to his work leading the protests against the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA) to his posthumous status as a cultural icon, Swartz&apos;s life was inextricably connected to the free culture movement. Now Justin Peters examines Swartz&apos;s life in the context of 200 years of struggle over the control of information.
In vivid, accessible prose, The Idealist situates Swartz in the context of other &quot;data moralists&quot; past and present, from lexicographer Noah Webster to eBook pioneer Michael Hart to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden. In the process the book explores the history of copyright statutes and the public domain; examines archivists&apos; ongoing quest to build the &quot;library of the future&quot;; and charts the rise of open access, copyleft, and other ideologies that have come to challenge protectionist IP policies. Peters also breaks down the government&apos;s case against Swartz and explains how we reached the point where federally funded academic research came to be considered private property, and downloading that material in bulk came to be considered a federal crime.
The Idealist is an important investigation of the fate of the digital commons in an increasingly corporatized Internet and an essential look at the impact of the free culture movement on our daily lives and on generations to come.

Members Reviews:
Nothing New But a Good Reminder
I read the Slate article by Peters that this book was based on a few months after Swartz death.  I am not certain why this sad story captured my attention.  I was vaguely aware of Schwartz before his death, I think because of my long time interest in Creative Commons and the SOPA/PIPA fights.  But when I read of what seemed to be a senseless and unexpected suicide, I felt compelled to understand why someone so brilliant and talented believed that ending his life was his best option.
The book fleshes out the article.  It does so by including a broad history of intellectual property rights in the US, background on the Library of Congress and brief overview&apos;s of the key characters in the last 200 years that have shaped our view of intellectual property, both the proponents and opponents.
The book did not delve much deeper into Aaron Swartz&apos;s short life or tragic death.  It provided a little more background about his early years.  But the many unanswered questions - like why did he download the JStore articles, what did he hope to accomplish and why did the US Attorney feel compelled to so drastically overreach in their charges- are not answered in this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Full House Audiobook by Stephen Jay Gould</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Full-House-Audiobook/B002V0LSHQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Full House
Subtitle: The Spread of Excellence from Plato to Darwin
Author: Stephen Jay Gould
Narrator: Efrem Zimbalist
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We have always identified trends as bad (loosening of the moral fiber) or good (better ethnic eating in urban areas). But Stephen Jay Gould argues that this mode of interpretation is a bias that needs correcting. In Full House, Gould presents the truth about progress, evolution, and excellence, as well as a different way to understand trends other than as entities moving in a definite direction. Gould examines how the misinterpretation of data and statistics can result in bad science and social policy, while focusing on the nature of excellence from Plato to Darwin and the misconception that progress is inevitable.
Copyright &#169;1996 by Stephen Jay Gould; Copyright (P)1996 by Dove Audio, Inc.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Jay Gould)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 1999 18:40:33 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/dove/000187/bk_dove_000187_sample.mp3" length="2383771" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Full-House-Audiobook/B002V0LSHQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51kyH6KgsQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Full House
Subtitle: The Spread of Excellence from Plato to Darwin
Author: Stephen Jay Gould
Narrator: Efrem Zimbalist
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We have always identified trends as bad (loosening of the moral fiber) or good (better ethnic eating in urban areas). But Stephen Jay Gould argues that this mode of interpretation is a bias that needs correcting. In Full House, Gould presents the truth about progress, evolution, and excellence, as well as a different way to understand trends other than as entities moving in a definite direction. Gould examines how the misinterpretation of data and statistics can result in bad science and social policy, while focusing on the nature of excellence from Plato to Darwin and the misconception that progress is inevitable.
Copyright &#169;1996 by Stephen Jay Gould; Copyright (P)1996 by Dove Audio, Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Full House
Subtitle: The Spread of Excellence from Plato to Darwin
Author: Stephen Jay Gould
Narrator: Efrem Zimbalist
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We have always identified trends as bad (loosening of the moral fiber) or good (better ethnic eating in urban areas). But Stephen Jay Gould argues that this mode of interpretation is a bias that needs correcting. In Full House, Gould presents the truth about progress, evolution, and excellence, as well as a different way to understand trends other than as entities moving in a definite direction. Gould examines how the misinterpretation of data and statistics can result in bad science and social policy, while focusing on the nature of excellence from Plato to Darwin and the misconception that progress is inevitable.
Copyright &#169;1996 by Stephen Jay Gould; Copyright (P)1996 by Dove Audio, Inc.

Members Reviews:
One of my favoritess
Stephen J Gould requires a little getting used to, but once you do you may really love his work.
This collection is largely focused around a single point, understanding &quot;excellence&quot; from a system point of view.  The various topics seem at first unrelated, but he weaves them into a net so tight that you will be completely convinced of his conclusion be the time he is finished.
This book is not for everyone, but I would reccomend it strongly for those interested in Paleontology or evolution.  I have listened to it three times now, since I fist downloaded it 2 years ago.  Each time I enjoy it.

Love the book, love the reading, bad recording
This is a classic ... I read it years ago and loved it again now that I listened to it. Efrem Zimbalist reads it very well, but the recording quality it pretty bad.  Worth listening to because the book is so good, but annoying. Still highly recommended ... Gould&apos;s lessons in this book are life lessons that go beyond biology. His teaching about our reflexive beliefs about central tendencies helped me see, even more deeply, the fallacies of demographics in marketing, even though Gould never talked about this. And yes, I believe there will never be another .400 hitter in baseball after reading this book.

Very Poor Audio Quality
The book is well written, it&apos;s just a shame that the audio quality is so poor.  It sounds as if the recording was transferred from a bad cassette recording.

Classic Gould
A landmark thinker,  the late Stephen Jay Gould doesn&apos;t let us down in this excellent narrative exploration of probability. Who else could shed some light on statistical analysis and the development of human thinking about natural systems and still make it a fun read? He does so by sprinkling his well-structured chapters with biological and paleontological evidence, departing now and then into anecdote and well-timed chat to keep the pace interesting.

Change and Life as we know it
Gould is a famous anthropologist and a good writer. He uses baseball statistics to teach the limits of change. This is an excellent review of the nature of evolution and it&apos;s constraints. I recommend this book is anyone who is curious about life and where it is going.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Population Wars Audiobook by Greg Graffin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Population-Wars-Audiobook/B014V5STF2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Population Wars
Subtitle: A New Perspective on Competition and Coexistence
Author: Greg Graffin
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the very beginning, life on Earth has been defined by war. Today, those first wars continue to be fought around and literally inside us, influencing our individual behavior and that of civilization as a whole. War between populations - whether between different species or between rival groups of humans - is seen as an inevitable part of the evolutionary process. The popular concept of &quot;the survival of the fittest&quot; explains and often excuses these actions.
In Population Wars, Greg Graffin points to where the mainstream view of evolutionary theory has led us astray. That misunderstanding has allowed us to justify wars on every level, whether against bacterial colonies or human societies, even when other, less violent solutions may be available. Through tales of mass extinctions, developing immune systems, human warfare, the American industrial heartland, and our degrading modern environment, Graffin demonstrates how an oversimplified idea of war, with its victorious winners and vanquished losers, prevents us from responding to the real problems we face. Along the way, Graffin reveals a paradox: When we challenge conventional definitions of war, we are left with a new problem - how to define ourselves.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Through compelling examples and page-turning storytelling, Graffin shows how we got here and what we can do about it.&quot; (Michael Shermer, author of 
The Moral Arc)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Greg Graffin)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2015 23:56:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/005186/bk_tant_005186_sample.mp3" length="2399744" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Population-Wars-Audiobook/B014V5STF2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Uib8lJrTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Population Wars
Subtitle: A New Perspective on Competition and Coexistence
Author: Greg Graffin
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the very beginning, life on Earth has been defined by war. Today, those first wars continue to be fought around and literally inside us, influencing our individual behavior and that of civilization as a whole. War between populations - whether between different species or between rival groups of humans - is seen as an inevitable part of the evolutionary process. The popular concept of &quot;the survival of the fittest&quot; explains and often excuses these actions.
In Population Wars, Greg Graffin points to where the mainstream view of evolutionary theory has led us astray. That misunderstanding has allowed us to justify wars on every level, whether against bacterial colonies or human societies, even when other, less violent solutions may be available. Through tales of mass extinctions, developing immune systems, human warfare, the American industrial heartland, and our degrading modern environment, Graffin demonstrates how an oversimplified idea of war, with its victorious winners and vanquished losers, prevents us from responding to the real problems we face. Along the way, Graffin reveals a paradox: When we challenge conventional definitions of war, we are left with a new problem - how to define ourselves.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Through compelling examples and page-turning storytelling, Graffin shows how we got here and what we can do about it.&quot; (Michael Shermer, author of 
The Moral Arc)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Population Wars
Subtitle: A New Perspective on Competition and Coexistence
Author: Greg Graffin
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the very beginning, life on Earth has been defined by war. Today, those first wars continue to be fought around and literally inside us, influencing our individual behavior and that of civilization as a whole. War between populations - whether between different species or between rival groups of humans - is seen as an inevitable part of the evolutionary process. The popular concept of &quot;the survival of the fittest&quot; explains and often excuses these actions.
In Population Wars, Greg Graffin points to where the mainstream view of evolutionary theory has led us astray. That misunderstanding has allowed us to justify wars on every level, whether against bacterial colonies or human societies, even when other, less violent solutions may be available. Through tales of mass extinctions, developing immune systems, human warfare, the American industrial heartland, and our degrading modern environment, Graffin demonstrates how an oversimplified idea of war, with its victorious winners and vanquished losers, prevents us from responding to the real problems we face. Along the way, Graffin reveals a paradox: When we challenge conventional definitions of war, we are left with a new problem - how to define ourselves.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Through compelling examples and page-turning storytelling, Graffin shows how we got here and what we can do about it.&quot; (Michael Shermer, author of 
The Moral Arc)

Members Reviews:
A multifaceted trip through the meaning of life
I bought the book as a fan of Bad Religion and Greg&apos;s previous book. As someone accusotom to Greg&apos;s voice as lead singer, not having him read his book was a bit distracting.  This book also weaves an autobiographical thread into the story which feels odd as the narrator is in first person. Overall the book is an interesting listen for a broader perspective on life as we know it and how we fit into it.

Life Changing Book. No other like it.
LOVED IT. I&apos;ve always had HUGE respect Greg Graffin since I first heard him sing in Bad Religion, and reading his thesis, then his books has done nothing but increase that respect. Having had the honor of meeting him in person twice was the two of the greatest moments in my life, and I value each piece of knowledge he shares with the world.
He inspires me to be a better Steward Of The Environment. Cheers to his all his works, and I hope he inspires more like me to come, so our world can achieve the Symbiosis he speaks of.

Good
As usual, a succinctly argued worldview and much food for thought food from Dr Graffin. Similar to his first book in that he tries to apply the lessons of evolution to the modern human experience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Capabilities Audiobook by Martha C. Nussbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Creating-Capabilities-Audiobook/B009KSQB0G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Creating Capabilities
Subtitle: The Human Development Approach
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Naomi Jacobson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-12
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a country&apos;s Gross Domestic Product increases each year, but so does the percentage of its people deprived of basic education, health care, and other opportunities, is that country really making progress? If we rely on conventional economic indicators, can we ever grasp how the world&apos;s billions of individuals are really managing?
In this powerful critique, Martha Nussbaum argues that our dominant theories of development have given us policies that ignore our most basic human needs for dignity and self-respect. For the past 25 years, Nussbaum has been working on an alternate model to assess human development: the Capabilities Approach. She and her colleagues begin with the simplest of questions: What is each person actually able to do and to be? What real opportunities are available to them?
The Capabilities Approach to human progress has until now been expounded only in specialized works. Creating Capabilities, however, affords anyone interested in issues of human development a wonderfully lucid account of the structure and practical implications of an alternate model. It demonstrates a path to justice for both humans and nonhumans, weighs its relevance against other philosophical stances, and reveals the value of its universal guidelines even as it acknowledges cultural difference. In our era of unjustifiable inequity, Nussbaum shows how - by attending to the narratives of individuals and grasping the daily impact of policy - we can enable people everywhere to live full and creative lives.

Critic Reviews:
This small book provides a strong foundation for beginning to think about how economic growth and individual flourishing might coincide. (
Publishers Weekly)
A remarkably lucid and scintillating account of the the human development approach seen from the perspective of one of its major architects. (Amartya Sen, winner of the 1998 Nobel Prize in Economics)
A marvelous achievement: beautifully written and accessible. (Jonathan Wolff, University College London)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Martha C. Nussbaum)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Oct 2012 18:33:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/002772/bk_acx0_002772_sample.mp3" length="2324012" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Creating-Capabilities-Audiobook/B009KSQB0G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51-niwTmZhL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Creating Capabilities
Subtitle: The Human Development Approach
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Naomi Jacobson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-12
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a country&apos;s Gross Domestic Product increases each year, but so does the percentage of its people deprived of basic education, health care, and other opportunities, is that country really making progress? If we rely on conventional economic indicators, can we ever grasp how the world&apos;s billions of individuals are really managing?
In this powerful critique, Martha Nussbaum argues that our dominant theories of development have given us policies that ignore our most basic human needs for dignity and self-respect. For the past 25 years, Nussbaum has been working on an alternate model to assess human development: the Capabilities Approach. She and her colleagues begin with the simplest of questions: What is each person actually able to do and to be? What real opportunities are available to them?
The Capabilities Approach to human progress has until now been expounded only in specialized works. Creating Capabilities, however, affords anyone interested in issues of human development a wonderfully lucid account of the structure and practical implications of an alternate model. It demonstrates a path to justice for both humans and nonhumans, weighs its relevance against other philosophical stances, and reveals the value of its universal guidelines even as it acknowledges cultural difference. In our era of unjustifiable inequity, Nussbaum shows how - by attending to the narratives of individuals and grasping the daily impact of policy - we can enable people everywhere to live full and creative lives.

Critic Reviews:
This small book provides a strong foundation for beginning to think about how economic growth and individual flourishing might coincide. (
Publishers Weekly)
A remarkably lucid and scintillating account of the the human development approach seen from the perspective of one of its major architects. (Amartya Sen, winner of the 1998 Nobel Prize in Economics)
A marvelous achievement: beautifully written and accessible. (Jonathan Wolff, University College London)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Creating Capabilities
Subtitle: The Human Development Approach
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Naomi Jacobson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-12
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a country&apos;s Gross Domestic Product increases each year, but so does the percentage of its people deprived of basic education, health care, and other opportunities, is that country really making progress? If we rely on conventional economic indicators, can we ever grasp how the world&apos;s billions of individuals are really managing?
In this powerful critique, Martha Nussbaum argues that our dominant theories of development have given us policies that ignore our most basic human needs for dignity and self-respect. For the past 25 years, Nussbaum has been working on an alternate model to assess human development: the Capabilities Approach. She and her colleagues begin with the simplest of questions: What is each person actually able to do and to be? What real opportunities are available to them?
The Capabilities Approach to human progress has until now been expounded only in specialized works. Creating Capabilities, however, affords anyone interested in issues of human development a wonderfully lucid account of the structure and practical implications of an alternate model. It demonstrates a path to justice for both humans and nonhumans, weighs its relevance against other philosophical stances, and reveals the value of its universal guidelines even as it acknowledges cultural difference. In our era of unjustifiable inequity, Nussbaum shows how - by attending to the narratives of individuals and grasping the daily impact of policy - we can enable people everywhere to live full and creative lives.

Critic Reviews:
This small book provides a strong foundation for beginning to think about how economic growth and individual flourishing might coincide. (
Publishers Weekly)
A remarkably lucid and scintillating account of the the human development approach seen from the perspective of one of its major architects. (Amartya Sen, winner of the 1998 Nobel Prize in Economics)
A marvelous achievement: beautifully written and accessible. (Jonathan Wolff, University College London)

Members Reviews:
The book is good but the narration not that good.
Is there anything you would change about this book?
the narration, I feel like it was a computer and I the ideas where difficult to follow.
How could the performance have been better?
The writer Martha C. Nussbaum should be the narrator, I have hear her voice in podcast is much more engaging.
Any additional comments?
I couldn&apos;t finished. Bought the written book instead.

Development student finds her favorite theory
I loved the approach to Sen and development. It is a must read book for anyone in the field of development!

Key text for researchers &amp; students of development
Creating Capabilities is a key text in relation to development and international aid.  Nussbaum elaborates on the capabilities approach and the core elements of the approach.  She considers and addresses critics of the approach. Nussbaum explains how her views coalesce with those of Amartya Sen, the Nobel prize-winning economist and another key proponent of the capabilities approach, and where they differ.  The book is well set out and structured, using the life story of an Indian woman to work through key arguments and elements associated with this approach, as well as attention to each of the proposed 10 core capabilities.
I was surprised at how enjoyable having a key non-fiction text read to me would be...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts Audiobook by Tyler Backhause</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/101-Creepy-Weird-Scary-Interesting-and-Outright-Cool-Facts-Audiobook/B01BPAYDR4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts
Subtitle: A Collection of 101 Facts That Are Sure to Leave You Creeped Out and Entertained
Author: Tyler Backhause
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-15-16
Publisher: Tyler Buckhouse
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who doesn&apos;t love facts and random bits of information? &quot;I did not know that&quot; or &quot;Teach me something I don&apos;t know!&quot; are commonly heard phrases among people today. Along with this, the most powerful driving force behind our random browsing of the Internet or social media is the pursuit of new information. This brings me to the reason why I wrote 101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts.
Here are some categories you will receive facts from in this book:
Did you know that sea cucumbers are a class of invertebrate marine animals that inhabit almost every sea in the world? Their bodies can regenerate at an exceptionally fast rate, which allows them to regrow organs that were completely lost. As such, they have developed a defensive mechanism where they throw out their intestines - and sometimes even more internal organs - when they are attacked by predators. This is just one of the facts listed in this book, so if you&apos;re ready for me, start listening now.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tyler Backhause)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2016 10:54:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/053435/bk_acx0_053435_sample.mp3" length="2394638" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/101-Creepy-Weird-Scary-Interesting-and-Outright-Cool-Facts-Audiobook/B01BPAYDR4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51oUmHLlJVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts
Subtitle: A Collection of 101 Facts That Are Sure to Leave You Creeped Out and Entertained
Author: Tyler Backhause
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-15-16
Publisher: Tyler Buckhouse
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who doesn&apos;t love facts and random bits of information? &quot;I did not know that&quot; or &quot;Teach me something I don&apos;t know!&quot; are commonly heard phrases among people today. Along with this, the most powerful driving force behind our random browsing of the Internet or social media is the pursuit of new information. This brings me to the reason why I wrote 101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts.
Here are some categories you will receive facts from in this book:
Did you know that sea cucumbers are a class of invertebrate marine animals that inhabit almost every sea in the world? Their bodies can regenerate at an exceptionally fast rate, which allows them to regrow organs that were completely lost. As such, they have developed a defensive mechanism where they throw out their intestines - and sometimes even more internal organs - when they are attacked by predators. This is just one of the facts listed in this book, so if you&apos;re ready for me, start listening now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts
Subtitle: A Collection of 101 Facts That Are Sure to Leave You Creeped Out and Entertained
Author: Tyler Backhause
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-15-16
Publisher: Tyler Buckhouse
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who doesn&apos;t love facts and random bits of information? &quot;I did not know that&quot; or &quot;Teach me something I don&apos;t know!&quot; are commonly heard phrases among people today. Along with this, the most powerful driving force behind our random browsing of the Internet or social media is the pursuit of new information. This brings me to the reason why I wrote 101 Creepy, Weird, Scary, Interesting, and Outright Cool Facts.
Here are some categories you will receive facts from in this book:
Did you know that sea cucumbers are a class of invertebrate marine animals that inhabit almost every sea in the world? Their bodies can regenerate at an exceptionally fast rate, which allows them to regrow organs that were completely lost. As such, they have developed a defensive mechanism where they throw out their intestines - and sometimes even more internal organs - when they are attacked by predators. This is just one of the facts listed in this book, so if you&apos;re ready for me, start listening now.

Members Reviews:
The title says it all!
If you&apos;re interested in the creepy, weird, scary and your vocabulary has more words tha eeeeww, wow, an oh my! Then this is for you!

Fun Listen!
This one was a lot of fun to listen to. Great facts, many of which I&apos;d never heard before. Kept me entertained the entire time. Definitely made my commute more enjoyable. Picked a good narrator. Definitely recommend!

Fact is the book was great
This is for anyone that loves trivia about &quot;stuff&quot;.  Well read - good pace .  Would be great for road trip discussions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Epic Measures Audiobook by Jeremy N. Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Epic-Measures-Audiobook/B00SNNU27C</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Epic Measures
Subtitle: One Doctor. Seven Billion Patients.
Author: Jeremy N. Smith
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-15
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Moneyball meets medicine in this remarkable chronicle of one of the greatest scientific quests of our time - the groundbreaking program to answer the most essential question for humanity: How do we live and die? - and the visionary mastermind behind it.
Medical doctor and economist Christopher Murray began the Global Burden of Disease studies to gain a truer understanding of how we live and how we die. While it is one of the largest scientific projects ever attempted - as breathtaking as the first moon landing or the Human Genome Project - the questions it answers are meaningful for every one of us: What are the worlds health problems? Who do they hurt? How much? Where? Why?
Murray argues that the ideal existence isn&apos;t simply the longest but the one lived well and with the least illness. Until we can accurately measure how people live and die, we cannot understand what makes us sick or do much to improve it. Challenging the accepted wisdom of the WHO and the UN, the charismatic and controversial health maverick has made enemies - and some influential friends, including Bill Gates, who gave Murray a $100 million grant.
In Epic Measures, journalist Jeremy N. Smith offers an intimate look at Murray and his groundbreaking work. From ranking countries&apos; health-care systems (the US is 37th) to unearthing the shocking reality that world governments are funding developing countries at only 30 percent of the potential maximum efficiency when it comes to health, Epic Measures introduces a visionary leader whose unwavering determination to improve global health standards has already changed the way the world addresses issues of health and wellness, sets policy, and distributes funding.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeremy N. Smith)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2015 18:45:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/harp/004388/bk_harp_004388_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Epic-Measures-Audiobook/B00SNNU27C</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Zha-RRNRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Epic Measures
Subtitle: One Doctor. Seven Billion Patients.
Author: Jeremy N. Smith
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-15
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Moneyball meets medicine in this remarkable chronicle of one of the greatest scientific quests of our time - the groundbreaking program to answer the most essential question for humanity: How do we live and die? - and the visionary mastermind behind it.
Medical doctor and economist Christopher Murray began the Global Burden of Disease studies to gain a truer understanding of how we live and how we die. While it is one of the largest scientific projects ever attempted - as breathtaking as the first moon landing or the Human Genome Project - the questions it answers are meaningful for every one of us: What are the worlds health problems? Who do they hurt? How much? Where? Why?
Murray argues that the ideal existence isn&apos;t simply the longest but the one lived well and with the least illness. Until we can accurately measure how people live and die, we cannot understand what makes us sick or do much to improve it. Challenging the accepted wisdom of the WHO and the UN, the charismatic and controversial health maverick has made enemies - and some influential friends, including Bill Gates, who gave Murray a $100 million grant.
In Epic Measures, journalist Jeremy N. Smith offers an intimate look at Murray and his groundbreaking work. From ranking countries&apos; health-care systems (the US is 37th) to unearthing the shocking reality that world governments are funding developing countries at only 30 percent of the potential maximum efficiency when it comes to health, Epic Measures introduces a visionary leader whose unwavering determination to improve global health standards has already changed the way the world addresses issues of health and wellness, sets policy, and distributes funding.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Epic Measures
Subtitle: One Doctor. Seven Billion Patients.
Author: Jeremy N. Smith
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-15
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Moneyball meets medicine in this remarkable chronicle of one of the greatest scientific quests of our time - the groundbreaking program to answer the most essential question for humanity: How do we live and die? - and the visionary mastermind behind it.
Medical doctor and economist Christopher Murray began the Global Burden of Disease studies to gain a truer understanding of how we live and how we die. While it is one of the largest scientific projects ever attempted - as breathtaking as the first moon landing or the Human Genome Project - the questions it answers are meaningful for every one of us: What are the worlds health problems? Who do they hurt? How much? Where? Why?
Murray argues that the ideal existence isn&apos;t simply the longest but the one lived well and with the least illness. Until we can accurately measure how people live and die, we cannot understand what makes us sick or do much to improve it. Challenging the accepted wisdom of the WHO and the UN, the charismatic and controversial health maverick has made enemies - and some influential friends, including Bill Gates, who gave Murray a $100 million grant.
In Epic Measures, journalist Jeremy N. Smith offers an intimate look at Murray and his groundbreaking work. From ranking countries&apos; health-care systems (the US is 37th) to unearthing the shocking reality that world governments are funding developing countries at only 30 percent of the potential maximum efficiency when it comes to health, Epic Measures introduces a visionary leader whose unwavering determination to improve global health standards has already changed the way the world addresses issues of health and wellness, sets policy, and distributes funding.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Impressive and Thorough
Amazed by all the analysis and statistics that went into this book that brought awareness world wide. Great read!
Thanks,
Chris
Myyachtsales.com

Inspirational Story - but a bit technical
I enjoyed the main plot line of a relatively normal guy taking on a massive problem and coming out on top. However the content was a bit too tied to medicine and health and I got lost in the details and statistics at times. Maybe it would be clearer if read instead of listening to the audiobook.

Fabulously insightful read!
This is a terrific book that is full of facts and figures yet reads like a greatly crafted novel. Just a wonderful book!

Could be very interesting at times..
The narrator&apos;s accents were a little awkward sometimes.
The biographer painted a picture of Chris Murray that seemed to be a little too positive and extreme (especially when describing his childhood). The story of GBD and how our health data is (and was) collected makes this book worth the read/listen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Believe You Audiobook by Andrea L. Pino, Annie E. Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/We-Believe-You-Audiobook/B019ZX8LVC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Believe You
Subtitle: Survivors of Campus Sexual Assault Speak Out
Author: Andrea L. Pino, Annie E. Clark
Narrator: Eileen Stevens, Samia Mounts, Annie E. Clark, Andrea L. Pino, Katie Schorr, Josh Hurley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-16
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From young activists at the forefront of the movement to end sexual assault on college campuses, a collection of survivor stories that will connect with students and inform and inspire us all.
Across the US, student activists are exposing a pervasive cover-up of sexual assault on college campuses. Every day more survivors come forward. But other survivors choose not to. We Believe You elevates the stories the headlines about this issue have been missing - more than 30 experiences of trauma, healing, and everyday activism, representing a diversity of races, economic and family backgrounds, gender identities, immigration statuses, interests, capacities, and loves.
More than one in five women and five percent of men are sexually assaulted at college, a shocking status quo that might have stayed largely hidden and unaddressed but for the two authors of We Believe You. In 2013, Annie E. Clark and Andrea L. Pino, then 23 and 20, building on the work of earlier activists, outed themselves as assault survivors and filed a federal complaint against the University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill) for mishandling such crimes; within a month, the US government began to investigate UNC. Within a year, dozens of colleges were under federal investigation. But Clark and Pino rightly see themselves as two among many. Students from every kind of college and university - large and small, public and private, highly selective and less so - are sounding alarms and staking claims to justice by filing complaints, by pressing charges, and by simply living beyond the effects of assault and the betrayals of their schools. A sampling of their voices speak out in this book.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrea L. Pino)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2016 17:26:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/002177/bk_aren_002177_sample.mp3" length="947802" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/We-Believe-You-Audiobook/B019ZX8LVC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51EpxjnAoSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Believe You
Subtitle: Survivors of Campus Sexual Assault Speak Out
Author: Andrea L. Pino, Annie E. Clark
Narrator: Eileen Stevens, Samia Mounts, Annie E. Clark, Andrea L. Pino, Katie Schorr, Josh Hurley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-16
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From young activists at the forefront of the movement to end sexual assault on college campuses, a collection of survivor stories that will connect with students and inform and inspire us all.
Across the US, student activists are exposing a pervasive cover-up of sexual assault on college campuses. Every day more survivors come forward. But other survivors choose not to. We Believe You elevates the stories the headlines about this issue have been missing - more than 30 experiences of trauma, healing, and everyday activism, representing a diversity of races, economic and family backgrounds, gender identities, immigration statuses, interests, capacities, and loves.
More than one in five women and five percent of men are sexually assaulted at college, a shocking status quo that might have stayed largely hidden and unaddressed but for the two authors of We Believe You. In 2013, Annie E. Clark and Andrea L. Pino, then 23 and 20, building on the work of earlier activists, outed themselves as assault survivors and filed a federal complaint against the University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill) for mishandling such crimes; within a month, the US government began to investigate UNC. Within a year, dozens of colleges were under federal investigation. But Clark and Pino rightly see themselves as two among many. Students from every kind of college and university - large and small, public and private, highly selective and less so - are sounding alarms and staking claims to justice by filing complaints, by pressing charges, and by simply living beyond the effects of assault and the betrayals of their schools. A sampling of their voices speak out in this book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Believe You
Subtitle: Survivors of Campus Sexual Assault Speak Out
Author: Andrea L. Pino, Annie E. Clark
Narrator: Eileen Stevens, Samia Mounts, Annie E. Clark, Andrea L. Pino, Katie Schorr, Josh Hurley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-16
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From young activists at the forefront of the movement to end sexual assault on college campuses, a collection of survivor stories that will connect with students and inform and inspire us all.
Across the US, student activists are exposing a pervasive cover-up of sexual assault on college campuses. Every day more survivors come forward. But other survivors choose not to. We Believe You elevates the stories the headlines about this issue have been missing - more than 30 experiences of trauma, healing, and everyday activism, representing a diversity of races, economic and family backgrounds, gender identities, immigration statuses, interests, capacities, and loves.
More than one in five women and five percent of men are sexually assaulted at college, a shocking status quo that might have stayed largely hidden and unaddressed but for the two authors of We Believe You. In 2013, Annie E. Clark and Andrea L. Pino, then 23 and 20, building on the work of earlier activists, outed themselves as assault survivors and filed a federal complaint against the University of North Carolina (Chapel Hill) for mishandling such crimes; within a month, the US government began to investigate UNC. Within a year, dozens of colleges were under federal investigation. But Clark and Pino rightly see themselves as two among many. Students from every kind of college and university - large and small, public and private, highly selective and less so - are sounding alarms and staking claims to justice by filing complaints, by pressing charges, and by simply living beyond the effects of assault and the betrayals of their schools. A sampling of their voices speak out in this book.

Members Reviews:
A terrifying realization
It&apos;s scary to think that something like this can happen to anyone but campus rapes have become a real problem in recent years. The stories in the book are heartbreaking and the response from the Universiies is negligent. I would definitely recommend this book to anybody.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Different Racisms Audiobook by Matthew Salesses</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Different-Racisms-Audiobook/B00RVZ0JZI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Different Racisms
Subtitle: On Stereotypes, the Individual, and Asian American Masculinity
Author: Matthew Salesses
Narrator: Vince Canlas
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-07-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Different Racisms, Matthew Salesses explores the unique racism Asian Americans face, including the model minority myth, the impact of Jeremy Lin&apos;s fame on Asian American representation in national media, and America&apos;s perception of &quot;Gangnam Style&quot; singer and K-Pop sensation Psy.
Salesses&apos; essays (and his insightful and anecdote-filled footnotes) also give an honest and personal account of growing up as a Korean adoptee raised by white parents, all the while struggling with the many conflicts associated with double-consciousness, and reflecting on the common experience the adopted child has when he looks into the mirror and all of a sudden realizes that his skin color is not the same as his parents&apos;.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Salesses)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jan 2015 18:59:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021345/bk_adbl_021345_sample.mp3" length="2231308" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Different-Racisms-Audiobook/B00RVZ0JZI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51E3hCIBKzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Different Racisms
Subtitle: On Stereotypes, the Individual, and Asian American Masculinity
Author: Matthew Salesses
Narrator: Vince Canlas
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-07-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Different Racisms, Matthew Salesses explores the unique racism Asian Americans face, including the model minority myth, the impact of Jeremy Lin&apos;s fame on Asian American representation in national media, and America&apos;s perception of &quot;Gangnam Style&quot; singer and K-Pop sensation Psy.
Salesses&apos; essays (and his insightful and anecdote-filled footnotes) also give an honest and personal account of growing up as a Korean adoptee raised by white parents, all the while struggling with the many conflicts associated with double-consciousness, and reflecting on the common experience the adopted child has when he looks into the mirror and all of a sudden realizes that his skin color is not the same as his parents&apos;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Different Racisms
Subtitle: On Stereotypes, the Individual, and Asian American Masculinity
Author: Matthew Salesses
Narrator: Vince Canlas
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-07-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Different Racisms, Matthew Salesses explores the unique racism Asian Americans face, including the model minority myth, the impact of Jeremy Lin&apos;s fame on Asian American representation in national media, and America&apos;s perception of &quot;Gangnam Style&quot; singer and K-Pop sensation Psy.
Salesses&apos; essays (and his insightful and anecdote-filled footnotes) also give an honest and personal account of growing up as a Korean adoptee raised by white parents, all the while struggling with the many conflicts associated with double-consciousness, and reflecting on the common experience the adopted child has when he looks into the mirror and all of a sudden realizes that his skin color is not the same as his parents&apos;.

Members Reviews:
A Welcome Perspective
I really liked the author&apos;s candid reflections about the complexities of Asian American identity and race relations in the U.S.  I don&apos;t come across many collections of essays (published and circulated as books available in my library) written by Asian Americans who are comfortable broaching the topic of race in the U.S. without a certain amount of ambivalence.  I do hope to come across more essay collections like this one in the near future.

Compelling and Smart
This essay collection strikes a perfect balance of analytic investigation and personal revelation. The essays are compelling and smart. The vulnerability is striking and these essays serve as excellent conversation starters. I hope they are used as conversation starters because as Salesses points out, Americans hide or dismiss racism, stereotypes, and bullying toward Asian Americans. Highly recommend.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Killing from the Inside Out: Moral Injury and Just War Audiobook by Robert Emmet Meagher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Killing-from-the-Inside-Out-Moral-Injury-and-Just-War-Audiobook/B010HREFOC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Killing from the Inside Out: Moral Injury and Just War
Author: Robert Emmet Meagher
Narrator: Paul Fleschner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-30-15
Publisher: Cascade Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Armies know all about killing. It is what they do, and ours does it more effectively than most. We are painfully coming to realize, however, that we are also especially good at killing our own &apos;&apos;from the inside out,&apos;&apos; silently, invisibly. In every major war since Korea, more of our veterans have taken their lives than have lost them in combat. The latest research, rooted in veteran testimony, reveals that the most severe and intractable PTSD - fraught with shame, despair, and suicide - stems from &quot;moral injury&quot;.
But how can there be rampant moral injury in what our military, our government, our churches, and most everyone else call just wars? At the root of our incomprehension lies just war theory - developed, expanded, and updated across the centuries to accommodate the evolution of warfare, its weaponry, its scale, and its victims.
Any serious critique of war, as well any true attempt to understand the profound, invisible wounds it inflicts, will be undermined from the outset by the unthinking and all-but-universal acceptance of just war doctrine. Killing from the Inside Out radically questions that theory, examines its legacy, and challenges us to look beyond it, beyond just war.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert Emmet Meagher)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2015 12:50:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/038395/bk_acx0_038395_sample.mp3" length="2017756" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Killing-from-the-Inside-Out-Moral-Injury-and-Just-War-Audiobook/B010HREFOC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51RLNzD9VJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Killing from the Inside Out: Moral Injury and Just War
Author: Robert Emmet Meagher
Narrator: Paul Fleschner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-30-15
Publisher: Cascade Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Armies know all about killing. It is what they do, and ours does it more effectively than most. We are painfully coming to realize, however, that we are also especially good at killing our own &apos;&apos;from the inside out,&apos;&apos; silently, invisibly. In every major war since Korea, more of our veterans have taken their lives than have lost them in combat. The latest research, rooted in veteran testimony, reveals that the most severe and intractable PTSD - fraught with shame, despair, and suicide - stems from &quot;moral injury&quot;.
But how can there be rampant moral injury in what our military, our government, our churches, and most everyone else call just wars? At the root of our incomprehension lies just war theory - developed, expanded, and updated across the centuries to accommodate the evolution of warfare, its weaponry, its scale, and its victims.
Any serious critique of war, as well any true attempt to understand the profound, invisible wounds it inflicts, will be undermined from the outset by the unthinking and all-but-universal acceptance of just war doctrine. Killing from the Inside Out radically questions that theory, examines its legacy, and challenges us to look beyond it, beyond just war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Killing from the Inside Out: Moral Injury and Just War
Author: Robert Emmet Meagher
Narrator: Paul Fleschner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-30-15
Publisher: Cascade Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Armies know all about killing. It is what they do, and ours does it more effectively than most. We are painfully coming to realize, however, that we are also especially good at killing our own &apos;&apos;from the inside out,&apos;&apos; silently, invisibly. In every major war since Korea, more of our veterans have taken their lives than have lost them in combat. The latest research, rooted in veteran testimony, reveals that the most severe and intractable PTSD - fraught with shame, despair, and suicide - stems from &quot;moral injury&quot;.
But how can there be rampant moral injury in what our military, our government, our churches, and most everyone else call just wars? At the root of our incomprehension lies just war theory - developed, expanded, and updated across the centuries to accommodate the evolution of warfare, its weaponry, its scale, and its victims.
Any serious critique of war, as well any true attempt to understand the profound, invisible wounds it inflicts, will be undermined from the outset by the unthinking and all-but-universal acceptance of just war doctrine. Killing from the Inside Out radically questions that theory, examines its legacy, and challenges us to look beyond it, beyond just war.

Members Reviews:
EVERY military leader should read this book.
Must read for every military leader and those working with veterans.
Strong start, a bit rough through the middle, but definitely worth reading through to the end.

Historical Hypocrisy Replayed
This was an outstanding book that gave a historic  rationale of the Roman priesthood&apos;s concoction  of the Just War Doctrine.  It  became rather scholarly and biblical at points but the conclusions drawn were very cogent and contemporary.

Words that we must accept with gratitude.
Well written and researched; essential for understanding how we came to accept war. Thank you.

A must book for every citizen!
This brave book puts an honest mirror to society, and unveil the mask we use in order not to hear and not to see the suffering of veterans and combatants sent by us to what we wrongly see as just war. The author analyzes and dismantles the theory of just war, while showing the open yet hidden wound of moral injury. A wonderful book!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scream Audiobook by Margee Kerr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Scream-Audiobook/B015NA3VXY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scream
Subtitle: Chilling Adventures in the Science of Fear
Author: Margee Kerr
Narrator: Margee Kerr
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-29-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For as long as we&apos;ve gathered by campfires to tell ghost stories, humans have always loved a good scare. From the splatter flicks of the 70s, to Japan&apos;s obsession with drowned girls, to creepy modern experiences like the overnight ghost hunt at the Trans-Allegheny Lunatic Asylum, the horror industry has thrived across time and cultures. Our obsession with getting scared is obvious to anyone who visits ScareHouse, a haunted house in Pittsburgh that is annually ranked among the scariest in the country, and has become a booming attraction with nearly 150 employees and lines wrapping around the block. It even has its own sociologist, who conducts surveys and observations to make its performances ever more terrifying. Her name is Margee Kerr.
In this surprising, scary, entertaining audiobook, Kerr puts her expertise to the test. Not merely content to observe others&apos; fear, she confronts it in the form of things like skydiving, paranormal investigations, and a visit to Japan&apos;s infamous &quot;suicide forest.&quot; In her willingness to explore the world&apos;s scariest attractions, Kerr shows why we seek out terror even when there is plenty to fear in everyday life. Whether she&apos;s dangling by a cable from a 116-story tower or experiencing New York City&apos;s &quot;Extreme Haunt,&quot; BlackOut, in which participants are handcuffed, forced to crawl through dark tunnels, and given a gun and told to shoot someone, Kerr parses the elements of fear with humor and the precision of an expert.
Along the way, she takes a personal journey that leads to valuable insights about what we fear - and what it says about who we are.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Margee Kerr)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2015 17:03:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007478/bk_brll_007478_sample.mp3" length="2399697" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Scream-Audiobook/B015NA3VXY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51vmec1GPyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scream
Subtitle: Chilling Adventures in the Science of Fear
Author: Margee Kerr
Narrator: Margee Kerr
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-29-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For as long as we&apos;ve gathered by campfires to tell ghost stories, humans have always loved a good scare. From the splatter flicks of the 70s, to Japan&apos;s obsession with drowned girls, to creepy modern experiences like the overnight ghost hunt at the Trans-Allegheny Lunatic Asylum, the horror industry has thrived across time and cultures. Our obsession with getting scared is obvious to anyone who visits ScareHouse, a haunted house in Pittsburgh that is annually ranked among the scariest in the country, and has become a booming attraction with nearly 150 employees and lines wrapping around the block. It even has its own sociologist, who conducts surveys and observations to make its performances ever more terrifying. Her name is Margee Kerr.
In this surprising, scary, entertaining audiobook, Kerr puts her expertise to the test. Not merely content to observe others&apos; fear, she confronts it in the form of things like skydiving, paranormal investigations, and a visit to Japan&apos;s infamous &quot;suicide forest.&quot; In her willingness to explore the world&apos;s scariest attractions, Kerr shows why we seek out terror even when there is plenty to fear in everyday life. Whether she&apos;s dangling by a cable from a 116-story tower or experiencing New York City&apos;s &quot;Extreme Haunt,&quot; BlackOut, in which participants are handcuffed, forced to crawl through dark tunnels, and given a gun and told to shoot someone, Kerr parses the elements of fear with humor and the precision of an expert.
Along the way, she takes a personal journey that leads to valuable insights about what we fear - and what it says about who we are.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scream
Subtitle: Chilling Adventures in the Science of Fear
Author: Margee Kerr
Narrator: Margee Kerr
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-29-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For as long as we&apos;ve gathered by campfires to tell ghost stories, humans have always loved a good scare. From the splatter flicks of the 70s, to Japan&apos;s obsession with drowned girls, to creepy modern experiences like the overnight ghost hunt at the Trans-Allegheny Lunatic Asylum, the horror industry has thrived across time and cultures. Our obsession with getting scared is obvious to anyone who visits ScareHouse, a haunted house in Pittsburgh that is annually ranked among the scariest in the country, and has become a booming attraction with nearly 150 employees and lines wrapping around the block. It even has its own sociologist, who conducts surveys and observations to make its performances ever more terrifying. Her name is Margee Kerr.
In this surprising, scary, entertaining audiobook, Kerr puts her expertise to the test. Not merely content to observe others&apos; fear, she confronts it in the form of things like skydiving, paranormal investigations, and a visit to Japan&apos;s infamous &quot;suicide forest.&quot; In her willingness to explore the world&apos;s scariest attractions, Kerr shows why we seek out terror even when there is plenty to fear in everyday life. Whether she&apos;s dangling by a cable from a 116-story tower or experiencing New York City&apos;s &quot;Extreme Haunt,&quot; BlackOut, in which participants are handcuffed, forced to crawl through dark tunnels, and given a gun and told to shoot someone, Kerr parses the elements of fear with humor and the precision of an expert.
Along the way, she takes a personal journey that leads to valuable insights about what we fear - and what it says about who we are.

Members Reviews:
Science and entertaining anecdotes
If you could sum up Scream in three words, what would they be?
fun pop science
Any additional comments?
This book was an entertaining look at fear: why we like being scared or thrilled, what&apos;s going on with our brains while we experience fear, and what that all means.  Margee Kerr takes us around the world to the scariest &quot;haunts&quot; (haunted houses), roller coasters, high buildings, creepy forests, and dangerous cities.  Throughout her journeys, she tries to explain our desire for thrilling experiences and what that says about us (through anecdotes of her own adventures and evidence gathering).  The final part brings all that came before together: drawing on her research and the brain measuring skills of another scientist, she creates an &quot;extreme haunt&quot;, designed to test the limits of fear and human experience of it in a safe, controlled experiment designed to collect data while entertaining.
I learned a little bit about the brain and why we enjoy scary things, but I mostly enjoyed Kerr&apos;s anecdotes about her travels.  It was fun to go with her on her journeys.  Usually authors who narrate their own books fall a bit flat, but Kerr was a solid reader with good pace and tone.

Loved It
Really enjoyed the perfect balance between amusing anecdote, cited science and psycological/sociological observation. A must read for any true fan of the feeling of fear.

Yes!
Oh my gosh. Margee Kerr is an incredibly intelligent woman who knows her stuff, and Im so grateful she reads the book in addition to having written it. This is an educational read, and as a young woman such as myself with PTSD, this is a validating, informative and empowering book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Behavior Solutions for the Inclusive Classroom Audiobook by Beth Burt, Beth Aune, Peter Gennaro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Behavior-Solutions-for-the-Inclusive-Classroom-Audiobook/B01M4HE90U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Behavior Solutions for the Inclusive Classroom
Subtitle: A Handy Reference Guide That Explains Behaviors Associated with Autism, Asperger&apos;s, ADHD, Sensory Processing Disorder, and Other Special Needs
Author: Beth Burt, Beth Aune, Peter Gennaro
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-16
Publisher: Future Horizons
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why won&apos;t he stay in his seat? Why does she flap her hands? And what should I do? As inclusion becomes the norm in general education, teachers are faced with behaviors they have never seen before. Special needs educators may recognize the telltale symptom of a sensory need or a textbook-case of an avoidance behavior, but this is all new territory for the general crowd! Written by Director of Special Education Peter Gennaro, occupational therapist Beth Aune, and special needs mom and advocate Beth Burt, this book illuminates possible causes of those mysterious behaviors, and more importantly, provides solutions! Teachers can quickly look up an in-the-moment solution and learn about what the child is communicating, and why.
The authors collaboratively address problem behaviors such as:
Teachers, it&apos;s possible to accommodate learning differences and sustain a positive learning environment for all students. This book is a must-have for every inclusive classroom!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Beth Burt)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 08:60:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/070559/bk_acx0_070559_sample.mp3" length="2369252" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Behavior-Solutions-for-the-Inclusive-Classroom-Audiobook/B01M4HE90U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51zjp-ykuvL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Behavior Solutions for the Inclusive Classroom
Subtitle: A Handy Reference Guide That Explains Behaviors Associated with Autism, Asperger&apos;s, ADHD, Sensory Processing Disorder, and Other Special Needs
Author: Beth Burt, Beth Aune, Peter Gennaro
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-16
Publisher: Future Horizons
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why won&apos;t he stay in his seat? Why does she flap her hands? And what should I do? As inclusion becomes the norm in general education, teachers are faced with behaviors they have never seen before. Special needs educators may recognize the telltale symptom of a sensory need or a textbook-case of an avoidance behavior, but this is all new territory for the general crowd! Written by Director of Special Education Peter Gennaro, occupational therapist Beth Aune, and special needs mom and advocate Beth Burt, this book illuminates possible causes of those mysterious behaviors, and more importantly, provides solutions! Teachers can quickly look up an in-the-moment solution and learn about what the child is communicating, and why.
The authors collaboratively address problem behaviors such as:
Teachers, it&apos;s possible to accommodate learning differences and sustain a positive learning environment for all students. This book is a must-have for every inclusive classroom!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Behavior Solutions for the Inclusive Classroom
Subtitle: A Handy Reference Guide That Explains Behaviors Associated with Autism, Asperger&apos;s, ADHD, Sensory Processing Disorder, and Other Special Needs
Author: Beth Burt, Beth Aune, Peter Gennaro
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-16
Publisher: Future Horizons
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why won&apos;t he stay in his seat? Why does she flap her hands? And what should I do? As inclusion becomes the norm in general education, teachers are faced with behaviors they have never seen before. Special needs educators may recognize the telltale symptom of a sensory need or a textbook-case of an avoidance behavior, but this is all new territory for the general crowd! Written by Director of Special Education Peter Gennaro, occupational therapist Beth Aune, and special needs mom and advocate Beth Burt, this book illuminates possible causes of those mysterious behaviors, and more importantly, provides solutions! Teachers can quickly look up an in-the-moment solution and learn about what the child is communicating, and why.
The authors collaboratively address problem behaviors such as:
Teachers, it&apos;s possible to accommodate learning differences and sustain a positive learning environment for all students. This book is a must-have for every inclusive classroom!

Members Reviews:
Excellent, Quick and Easy to Find Information.
Excellent resource for access to different solutions for varied challenging behaviors. Explains both the purpose of the behavior and suggestions or hints for troubleshooting which combes the needs of the student, classroom peers and the teacher. Decisive with easy to find information.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Defense of Selfishness Audiobook by Peter Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Defense-of-Selfishness-Audiobook/B00YGRAN4G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Defense of Selfishness
Subtitle: Why the Code of Self-Sacrifice Is Unjust and Destructive
Author: Peter Schwartz
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-02-15
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 65 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From childhood we&apos;re taught one central, noncontroversial idea about morality: Self-sacrifice is a virtue. It is universally accepted that serving the needs of others rather than our own is the essence of morality. To be ethical - it is believed - is to be altruistic. Questioning this belief is regarded as tantamount to questioning the self-evident. Here, Peter Schwartz questions it.
In Defense of Selfishness refutes widespread misconceptions about the meaning of selfishness and of altruism. Basing his arguments on Ayn Rand&apos;s ethics of rational self-interest, Schwartz demonstrates that genuine selfishness is not exemplified by the brutal plundering of an Attila the Hun or the conniving duplicity of a Bernard Madoff. To the contrary such people are acting against their actual long-range interests. The truly selfish individual is committed to moral principles and lives an honest, productive, self-respecting life. He does not feed parasitically off other people. Instead he renounces the unearned and deals with others - in both the material and spiritual realms - by offering value for value, to mutual benefit.
The selfish individual, Schwartz maintains, lives by reason, not force. He lives by production and trade, not by theft and fraud. He disavows the mindlessness of the do-whatever-you-feel-like emotionalist and upholds rationality as his primary virtue. He takes pride in his achievements and does not sacrifice himself to others - nor does he sacrifice others to himself.
According to the code of altruism, however, you must embrace self-sacrifice. You must subordinate yourself to others. Altruism calls not for cooperation and benevolence but for servitude. It demands that you surrender your interests to the needs of others, that you regard serving others as the moral justification of your existence, that you be willing to suffer so a nonyou might benefit.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Schwartz)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2015 22:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/008703/bk_reco_008703_sample.mp3" length="1992681" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Defense-of-Selfishness-Audiobook/B00YGRAN4G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51NqJg32LCL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Defense of Selfishness
Subtitle: Why the Code of Self-Sacrifice Is Unjust and Destructive
Author: Peter Schwartz
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-02-15
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 65 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From childhood we&apos;re taught one central, noncontroversial idea about morality: Self-sacrifice is a virtue. It is universally accepted that serving the needs of others rather than our own is the essence of morality. To be ethical - it is believed - is to be altruistic. Questioning this belief is regarded as tantamount to questioning the self-evident. Here, Peter Schwartz questions it.
In Defense of Selfishness refutes widespread misconceptions about the meaning of selfishness and of altruism. Basing his arguments on Ayn Rand&apos;s ethics of rational self-interest, Schwartz demonstrates that genuine selfishness is not exemplified by the brutal plundering of an Attila the Hun or the conniving duplicity of a Bernard Madoff. To the contrary such people are acting against their actual long-range interests. The truly selfish individual is committed to moral principles and lives an honest, productive, self-respecting life. He does not feed parasitically off other people. Instead he renounces the unearned and deals with others - in both the material and spiritual realms - by offering value for value, to mutual benefit.
The selfish individual, Schwartz maintains, lives by reason, not force. He lives by production and trade, not by theft and fraud. He disavows the mindlessness of the do-whatever-you-feel-like emotionalist and upholds rationality as his primary virtue. He takes pride in his achievements and does not sacrifice himself to others - nor does he sacrifice others to himself.
According to the code of altruism, however, you must embrace self-sacrifice. You must subordinate yourself to others. Altruism calls not for cooperation and benevolence but for servitude. It demands that you surrender your interests to the needs of others, that you regard serving others as the moral justification of your existence, that you be willing to suffer so a nonyou might benefit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Defense of Selfishness
Subtitle: Why the Code of Self-Sacrifice Is Unjust and Destructive
Author: Peter Schwartz
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-02-15
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 65 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From childhood we&apos;re taught one central, noncontroversial idea about morality: Self-sacrifice is a virtue. It is universally accepted that serving the needs of others rather than our own is the essence of morality. To be ethical - it is believed - is to be altruistic. Questioning this belief is regarded as tantamount to questioning the self-evident. Here, Peter Schwartz questions it.
In Defense of Selfishness refutes widespread misconceptions about the meaning of selfishness and of altruism. Basing his arguments on Ayn Rand&apos;s ethics of rational self-interest, Schwartz demonstrates that genuine selfishness is not exemplified by the brutal plundering of an Attila the Hun or the conniving duplicity of a Bernard Madoff. To the contrary such people are acting against their actual long-range interests. The truly selfish individual is committed to moral principles and lives an honest, productive, self-respecting life. He does not feed parasitically off other people. Instead he renounces the unearned and deals with others - in both the material and spiritual realms - by offering value for value, to mutual benefit.
The selfish individual, Schwartz maintains, lives by reason, not force. He lives by production and trade, not by theft and fraud. He disavows the mindlessness of the do-whatever-you-feel-like emotionalist and upholds rationality as his primary virtue. He takes pride in his achievements and does not sacrifice himself to others - nor does he sacrifice others to himself.
According to the code of altruism, however, you must embrace self-sacrifice. You must subordinate yourself to others. Altruism calls not for cooperation and benevolence but for servitude. It demands that you surrender your interests to the needs of others, that you regard serving others as the moral justification of your existence, that you be willing to suffer so a nonyou might benefit.

Members Reviews:
Clear and concise
Peter Schwartz sheds new light on a crucial theme much of America has either turned a blind eye to or in the case of our youth, lack exposure to in large enough dose,thereby suffering deficiency in understanding altruism vs morally correct selfishness; each foundational in ones character development. The consequences of altruistic approach in our personal life leaves one morally bankrupt and hurts the core base of what this country stands for. It permits government take over of all things relating to distribution of wealth, services and goods. Selfishness has a bad reputation as it has been painted within our educational system, our churches and our government agencies. This is a blockbuster read for those curious to learn the differences between altruistic and selfish in their radical form and definition. I challenge anyone who reads with a student mind to come away by the end this book unchanged as well as unenlightened.

Fabulous!
Excellent clarification of what a proper ethics is based on. Good follow up to Ayn Rand&apos;s The Virtue of Selfishness

This book answered all my question!
Would you listen to In Defense of Selfishness again? Why?
After reading all of Ayn Rand&apos;s Novels and some of her other works I was left with questions about how to apply her philosophy in my everyday life, this book answered all my questions.
This book is;
1. A guide book on how to live a happy moral life.
2. Garlic to defend against the altruistic vampires
3.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meat Logic Audiobook by Charles Horn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Meat-Logic-Audiobook/B01HITPMDU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Meat Logic
Subtitle: Why Do We Eat Animals?
Author: Charles Horn
Narrator: Charles Horn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-27-16
Publisher: Deserted Island
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why do we eat animals?
Most of us think this question is absurd, but if pressed to answer we tend to provide one of a number of rationalizations. For example:
&quot;Humans are omnivores.&quot; &quot;Every living thing eats other living things.&quot; &quot;Animals don&apos;t possess human cognition.&quot; &quot;Humans need to eat animals to live.&quot;
We&apos;ve all heard these arguments before and many others, too. Maybe we&apos;ve even used these arguments ourselves. But are they logically sound? Or is eating animals in fact a prejudice involving a thought process similar to that behind racism and sexism? How exactly could the subject of eating animals teach us anything about prejudice and human rights? And supposing humans actually did need to eat animals to stay healthy, what can logic tell us about how we should act in such a situation?
In this book we examine 31 categories of rationalizations for eating animals and put them all to the test. Do our thoughts and actions stand up to rational scrutiny or not? And if our thought process is ever failing us, can this be illuminated?
Along with presenting a review of some of the important philosophical literature on the subject, Meat Logic examines the logic of eating animals to answer the age-old question once and for all.
You may never think of food the same way again.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles Horn)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2016 20:32:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/062218/bk_acx0_062218_sample.mp3" length="2344483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Meat-Logic-Audiobook/B01HITPMDU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51721xXwNHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Meat Logic
Subtitle: Why Do We Eat Animals?
Author: Charles Horn
Narrator: Charles Horn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-27-16
Publisher: Deserted Island
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why do we eat animals?
Most of us think this question is absurd, but if pressed to answer we tend to provide one of a number of rationalizations. For example:
&quot;Humans are omnivores.&quot; &quot;Every living thing eats other living things.&quot; &quot;Animals don&apos;t possess human cognition.&quot; &quot;Humans need to eat animals to live.&quot;
We&apos;ve all heard these arguments before and many others, too. Maybe we&apos;ve even used these arguments ourselves. But are they logically sound? Or is eating animals in fact a prejudice involving a thought process similar to that behind racism and sexism? How exactly could the subject of eating animals teach us anything about prejudice and human rights? And supposing humans actually did need to eat animals to stay healthy, what can logic tell us about how we should act in such a situation?
In this book we examine 31 categories of rationalizations for eating animals and put them all to the test. Do our thoughts and actions stand up to rational scrutiny or not? And if our thought process is ever failing us, can this be illuminated?
Along with presenting a review of some of the important philosophical literature on the subject, Meat Logic examines the logic of eating animals to answer the age-old question once and for all.
You may never think of food the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Meat Logic
Subtitle: Why Do We Eat Animals?
Author: Charles Horn
Narrator: Charles Horn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-27-16
Publisher: Deserted Island
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why do we eat animals?
Most of us think this question is absurd, but if pressed to answer we tend to provide one of a number of rationalizations. For example:
&quot;Humans are omnivores.&quot; &quot;Every living thing eats other living things.&quot; &quot;Animals don&apos;t possess human cognition.&quot; &quot;Humans need to eat animals to live.&quot;
We&apos;ve all heard these arguments before and many others, too. Maybe we&apos;ve even used these arguments ourselves. But are they logically sound? Or is eating animals in fact a prejudice involving a thought process similar to that behind racism and sexism? How exactly could the subject of eating animals teach us anything about prejudice and human rights? And supposing humans actually did need to eat animals to stay healthy, what can logic tell us about how we should act in such a situation?
In this book we examine 31 categories of rationalizations for eating animals and put them all to the test. Do our thoughts and actions stand up to rational scrutiny or not? And if our thought process is ever failing us, can this be illuminated?
Along with presenting a review of some of the important philosophical literature on the subject, Meat Logic examines the logic of eating animals to answer the age-old question once and for all.
You may never think of food the same way again.

Members Reviews:
Gets you to start thinking differently...
Great insights or viewpoints concerning the harm we cause to animals. It gets you to step back and take a contrarian approach to the typical way society views meat consumption.

The best vegan FAQ book
This book is my favourite of the few that cover frequently asked questions of vegans. &apos;Mind If I Order The Cheeseburger...&apos; by Sherry F. Colb is also great and I recommend that too but is longer and more in depth on ten or so points. Meat Logic covers more areas and has a way of cutting directly to the question in a logical way. The logic of the answers is deniable only to the most obtuse. I wasn&apos;t expecting as much of a philosophical background to animal rights as is provided in the intro so I found that really beneficial. It sets out the case for being vegan and then the possible objections are answered one by one. It can be hard to change people&apos;s minds but this book will help examine the questions and could leave you realising your arguments against veganism aren&apos;t really sound.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Violated Audiobook by Paula Lavigne, Mark Schlabach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Violated-Audiobook/B075K1JY3Z</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Violated
Subtitle: Exposing Rape at Baylor University amid College Football&apos;s Sexual Assault Crisis
Author: Paula Lavigne, Mark Schlabach
Narrator: Therese Plummer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Violated, two ESPN investigative reporters provide listeners with a shocking narrative of sexual crimes committed against women and a university&apos;s culture that kept them quiet.
Throughout its history, Baylor University has presented itself as something special: As the world&apos;s largest Baptist university, it was unabashedly Christian. It condemned any sex outside of marriage, and drinking alcohol was grounds for dismissal. Students weren&apos;t even allowed to dance on campus until 1996.
During the last several years, however, Baylor officials were hiding a dark secret: Female students were being sexually assaulted at an alarming rate. Baylor administrators did very little to help victims, and their assailants rarely faced discipline for their abhorrent behavior.
Finally, after a pair of high-profile criminal cases involving football players, an independent examination of Baylor&apos;s handling of allegations of sexual assault led to sweeping changes, including the unprecedented ouster of its president, athletics director, and popular, highly successful football coach.
For several years, campuses and sports teams across the country have been plagued with accusations of sexual violence, and they&apos;ve been criticized for how they responded to the students involved. But Baylor stands out. A culture reigned in which people believed that any type of sex, especially violent, nonconsensual sex, simply &quot;doesn&apos;t happen here&quot;. Yet it was happening. Many people within Baylor&apos;s leadership knew about it. And they chose not to act.
Paula Lavigne and Mark Schlabach weave together the complex - and at times contradictory - narrative of how a university and football program ascending in national prominence came crashing down amid the stories of woman after woman coming forward describing their assaults and a university system they found indifferent to their pain.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Violated is a must read for athletes, coaches, administrators, and politicians who are committed to understanding the culture surrounding sexual assault that has led to its epidemic status and the inarguable need for Title IX guidelines. Violated literally kept me awake at night, not only reading it, but absorbing the many similarities to my own college experience at Nebraska.&quot; (Katherine Redmond, founder, National Coalition Against Violent Athletes)
&quot;Lavigne and Schlabach have dug deep on the No. 1 scourge in college athletics. Violence against women in any form is unacceptable and yet it has been enabled (at least) by those who either don&apos;t want to know or are actively covering up. College athletics in general has been woefully weak in addressing this issue. Thanks to Violated the game is about to change. This is not only a Baylor problem; it is a national problem brought to light by the fine reporting of the authors.&quot; (Dennis Dodd, senior reporter, CBS Sports)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paula Lavigne)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2017 03:60:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/003442/bk_hach_003442_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Violated-Audiobook/B075K1JY3Z</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51e83EWQ+GL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Violated
Subtitle: Exposing Rape at Baylor University amid College Football&apos;s Sexual Assault Crisis
Author: Paula Lavigne, Mark Schlabach
Narrator: Therese Plummer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Violated, two ESPN investigative reporters provide listeners with a shocking narrative of sexual crimes committed against women and a university&apos;s culture that kept them quiet.
Throughout its history, Baylor University has presented itself as something special: As the world&apos;s largest Baptist university, it was unabashedly Christian. It condemned any sex outside of marriage, and drinking alcohol was grounds for dismissal. Students weren&apos;t even allowed to dance on campus until 1996.
During the last several years, however, Baylor officials were hiding a dark secret: Female students were being sexually assaulted at an alarming rate. Baylor administrators did very little to help victims, and their assailants rarely faced discipline for their abhorrent behavior.
Finally, after a pair of high-profile criminal cases involving football players, an independent examination of Baylor&apos;s handling of allegations of sexual assault led to sweeping changes, including the unprecedented ouster of its president, athletics director, and popular, highly successful football coach.
For several years, campuses and sports teams across the country have been plagued with accusations of sexual violence, and they&apos;ve been criticized for how they responded to the students involved. But Baylor stands out. A culture reigned in which people believed that any type of sex, especially violent, nonconsensual sex, simply &quot;doesn&apos;t happen here&quot;. Yet it was happening. Many people within Baylor&apos;s leadership knew about it. And they chose not to act.
Paula Lavigne and Mark Schlabach weave together the complex - and at times contradictory - narrative of how a university and football program ascending in national prominence came crashing down amid the stories of woman after woman coming forward describing their assaults and a university system they found indifferent to their pain.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Violated is a must read for athletes, coaches, administrators, and politicians who are committed to understanding the culture surrounding sexual assault that has led to its epidemic status and the inarguable need for Title IX guidelines. Violated literally kept me awake at night, not only reading it, but absorbing the many similarities to my own college experience at Nebraska.&quot; (Katherine Redmond, founder, National Coalition Against Violent Athletes)
&quot;Lavigne and Schlabach have dug deep on the No. 1 scourge in college athletics. Violence against women in any form is unacceptable and yet it has been enabled (at least) by those who either don&apos;t want to know or are actively covering up. College athletics in general has been woefully weak in addressing this issue. Thanks to Violated the game is about to change. This is not only a Baylor problem; it is a national problem brought to light by the fine reporting of the authors.&quot; (Dennis Dodd, senior reporter, CBS Sports)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Violated
Subtitle: Exposing Rape at Baylor University amid College Football&apos;s Sexual Assault Crisis
Author: Paula Lavigne, Mark Schlabach
Narrator: Therese Plummer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Violated, two ESPN investigative reporters provide listeners with a shocking narrative of sexual crimes committed against women and a university&apos;s culture that kept them quiet.
Throughout its history, Baylor University has presented itself as something special: As the world&apos;s largest Baptist university, it was unabashedly Christian. It condemned any sex outside of marriage, and drinking alcohol was grounds for dismissal. Students weren&apos;t even allowed to dance on campus until 1996.
During the last several years, however, Baylor officials were hiding a dark secret: Female students were being sexually assaulted at an alarming rate. Baylor administrators did very little to help victims, and their assailants rarely faced discipline for their abhorrent behavior.
Finally, after a pair of high-profile criminal cases involving football players, an independent examination of Baylor&apos;s handling of allegations of sexual assault led to sweeping changes, including the unprecedented ouster of its president, athletics director, and popular, highly successful football coach.
For several years, campuses and sports teams across the country have been plagued with accusations of sexual violence, and they&apos;ve been criticized for how they responded to the students involved. But Baylor stands out. A culture reigned in which people believed that any type of sex, especially violent, nonconsensual sex, simply &quot;doesn&apos;t happen here&quot;. Yet it was happening. Many people within Baylor&apos;s leadership knew about it. And they chose not to act.
Paula Lavigne and Mark Schlabach weave together the complex - and at times contradictory - narrative of how a university and football program ascending in national prominence came crashing down amid the stories of woman after woman coming forward describing their assaults and a university system they found indifferent to their pain.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Violated is a must read for athletes, coaches, administrators, and politicians who are committed to understanding the culture surrounding sexual assault that has led to its epidemic status and the inarguable need for Title IX guidelines. Violated literally kept me awake at night, not only reading it, but absorbing the many similarities to my own college experience at Nebraska.&quot; (Katherine Redmond, founder, National Coalition Against Violent Athletes)
&quot;Lavigne and Schlabach have dug deep on the No. 1 scourge in college athletics. Violence against women in any form is unacceptable and yet it has been enabled (at least) by those who either don&apos;t want to know or are actively covering up. College athletics in general has been woefully weak in addressing this issue. Thanks to Violated the game is about to change. This is not only a Baylor problem; it is a national problem brought to light by the fine reporting of the authors.&quot; (Dennis Dodd, senior reporter, CBS Sports)

Members Reviews:
Very Interesting Book
This book is informative and truly characterizes the breakdown of an institution.  Very sad how this can happen at a Christian University.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Mind That Found Itself Audiobook by Clifford Whittingham Beers, Heidi L</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Mind-That-Found-Itself-Audiobook/B00W4DQJC4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Mind That Found Itself
Subtitle: The Complete Work Plus an Overview, Summary, Analysis and Author Biography
Author: Clifford Whittingham Beers, Heidi L
Narrator: Nathan Beatty
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-15
Publisher: Annotated Classics
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The success of an autobiography can be measured by many different aspects. Some works are of merit for entertainment purposes alone. Many Hollywood celebrities find an audience for their life&apos;s story due to their willingness to share closely held secrets and peculiarities. We are drawn in because of the salacious promise of a glimpse into a life more glamorous or unusual than our own. There are autobiographies that are written in order to record a person&apos;s contributions to fields such as science or politics. Still, more find their way into publication in order to tell an inspiring story, to uplift, to stand as an example to humanity of the limitless potential of the human spirit and our ability to overcome adversity.
Clifford Whittingham Beers&apos; A Mind that Found Itself - An Autobiography, fulfills all of these goals and yet achieves a much higher purpose. Beers records his personal journey to a place that few will ever visit, and far fewer will ever return. Beers&apos; personal, detailed account of his descent into insanity, his two-year journey within public and private institutions, and his unusual recovery and mission afterward elevates this to much more than an autobiography. Beers&apos; story invites us to see both the enormous shortcomings of the mental institutions of his time, but also the inner workings of his mind as he lost his grip on reality. Early in his institutional experiences, he vows to explore every ward and record every injustice.
Despite Beers&apos; own acknowledgement of his loss of reason, he maintained enough direction to willfully contrive situations that would get him committed to wards with more advanced levels of security for patients deemed violent. He did this deliberately, for the purpose of his research. This autobiography, published when Beers emerged from his institutional life, led to a revolution in an understanding of insanity and the way the insane are treated in the United States.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Clifford Whittingham Beers)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2015 02:15:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/033997/bk_acx0_033997_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Mind-That-Found-Itself-Audiobook/B00W4DQJC4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51uBDphxO+L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Mind That Found Itself
Subtitle: The Complete Work Plus an Overview, Summary, Analysis and Author Biography
Author: Clifford Whittingham Beers, Heidi L
Narrator: Nathan Beatty
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-15
Publisher: Annotated Classics
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The success of an autobiography can be measured by many different aspects. Some works are of merit for entertainment purposes alone. Many Hollywood celebrities find an audience for their life&apos;s story due to their willingness to share closely held secrets and peculiarities. We are drawn in because of the salacious promise of a glimpse into a life more glamorous or unusual than our own. There are autobiographies that are written in order to record a person&apos;s contributions to fields such as science or politics. Still, more find their way into publication in order to tell an inspiring story, to uplift, to stand as an example to humanity of the limitless potential of the human spirit and our ability to overcome adversity.
Clifford Whittingham Beers&apos; A Mind that Found Itself - An Autobiography, fulfills all of these goals and yet achieves a much higher purpose. Beers records his personal journey to a place that few will ever visit, and far fewer will ever return. Beers&apos; personal, detailed account of his descent into insanity, his two-year journey within public and private institutions, and his unusual recovery and mission afterward elevates this to much more than an autobiography. Beers&apos; story invites us to see both the enormous shortcomings of the mental institutions of his time, but also the inner workings of his mind as he lost his grip on reality. Early in his institutional experiences, he vows to explore every ward and record every injustice.
Despite Beers&apos; own acknowledgement of his loss of reason, he maintained enough direction to willfully contrive situations that would get him committed to wards with more advanced levels of security for patients deemed violent. He did this deliberately, for the purpose of his research. This autobiography, published when Beers emerged from his institutional life, led to a revolution in an understanding of insanity and the way the insane are treated in the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Mind That Found Itself
Subtitle: The Complete Work Plus an Overview, Summary, Analysis and Author Biography
Author: Clifford Whittingham Beers, Heidi L
Narrator: Nathan Beatty
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-15
Publisher: Annotated Classics
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The success of an autobiography can be measured by many different aspects. Some works are of merit for entertainment purposes alone. Many Hollywood celebrities find an audience for their life&apos;s story due to their willingness to share closely held secrets and peculiarities. We are drawn in because of the salacious promise of a glimpse into a life more glamorous or unusual than our own. There are autobiographies that are written in order to record a person&apos;s contributions to fields such as science or politics. Still, more find their way into publication in order to tell an inspiring story, to uplift, to stand as an example to humanity of the limitless potential of the human spirit and our ability to overcome adversity.
Clifford Whittingham Beers&apos; A Mind that Found Itself - An Autobiography, fulfills all of these goals and yet achieves a much higher purpose. Beers records his personal journey to a place that few will ever visit, and far fewer will ever return. Beers&apos; personal, detailed account of his descent into insanity, his two-year journey within public and private institutions, and his unusual recovery and mission afterward elevates this to much more than an autobiography. Beers&apos; story invites us to see both the enormous shortcomings of the mental institutions of his time, but also the inner workings of his mind as he lost his grip on reality. Early in his institutional experiences, he vows to explore every ward and record every injustice.
Despite Beers&apos; own acknowledgement of his loss of reason, he maintained enough direction to willfully contrive situations that would get him committed to wards with more advanced levels of security for patients deemed violent. He did this deliberately, for the purpose of his research. This autobiography, published when Beers emerged from his institutional life, led to a revolution in an understanding of insanity and the way the insane are treated in the United States.

Members Reviews:
A compelling narrative of mental illness
The true story of the author&apos;s psychosis and recovery over a century ago. The real thrust is the injustices he faced and perhaps exist even today.  The summary at the beginning tells the story BUT do not get put off as the narrative is far more compelling</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sneakers Audiobook by Yuniya Kawamura</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sneakers-Audiobook/B01LWUY7GP</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sneakers
Subtitle: Fashion, Gender, and Subculture (Dress, Body, Culture)
Author: Yuniya Kawamura
Narrator: Laurence Bouvard
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-16
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the first academic study of sneakers and the subculture that surrounds them. Since the 1980s, American sneaker enthusiasts, popularly known as &apos;sneakerheads&apos; or &apos;sneakerholics&apos;, have created a distinctive identity for themselves, while sneaker manufacturers such as Reebok, Puma and Nike have become global fashion brands. How have sneakers come to gain this status and what makes them fashionable?
In what ways are sneaker subcultures bound up with gender identity and why are sneakerholics mostly young men?
Based on the author&apos;s own ethnographic fieldwork in New York, where sneaker subculture is said to have originated, this unique study traces the transformation of sneakers from sportswear to fashion symbol.
Sneakers explores the obsessions and idiosyncrasies surrounding the sneaker phenomenon, from competitive subcultures to sneaker painting and artwork. It is a valuable contribution to the growing study of footwear in fashion studies and will appeal to students of fashion theory, gender studies, sociology, and popular culture.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Yuniya Kawamura)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2016 18:47:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/027473/bk_adbl_027473_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sneakers-Audiobook/B01LWUY7GP</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51eS3wvEMLL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sneakers
Subtitle: Fashion, Gender, and Subculture (Dress, Body, Culture)
Author: Yuniya Kawamura
Narrator: Laurence Bouvard
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-16
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the first academic study of sneakers and the subculture that surrounds them. Since the 1980s, American sneaker enthusiasts, popularly known as &apos;sneakerheads&apos; or &apos;sneakerholics&apos;, have created a distinctive identity for themselves, while sneaker manufacturers such as Reebok, Puma and Nike have become global fashion brands. How have sneakers come to gain this status and what makes them fashionable?
In what ways are sneaker subcultures bound up with gender identity and why are sneakerholics mostly young men?
Based on the author&apos;s own ethnographic fieldwork in New York, where sneaker subculture is said to have originated, this unique study traces the transformation of sneakers from sportswear to fashion symbol.
Sneakers explores the obsessions and idiosyncrasies surrounding the sneaker phenomenon, from competitive subcultures to sneaker painting and artwork. It is a valuable contribution to the growing study of footwear in fashion studies and will appeal to students of fashion theory, gender studies, sociology, and popular culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sneakers
Subtitle: Fashion, Gender, and Subculture (Dress, Body, Culture)
Author: Yuniya Kawamura
Narrator: Laurence Bouvard
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-16
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the first academic study of sneakers and the subculture that surrounds them. Since the 1980s, American sneaker enthusiasts, popularly known as &apos;sneakerheads&apos; or &apos;sneakerholics&apos;, have created a distinctive identity for themselves, while sneaker manufacturers such as Reebok, Puma and Nike have become global fashion brands. How have sneakers come to gain this status and what makes them fashionable?
In what ways are sneaker subcultures bound up with gender identity and why are sneakerholics mostly young men?
Based on the author&apos;s own ethnographic fieldwork in New York, where sneaker subculture is said to have originated, this unique study traces the transformation of sneakers from sportswear to fashion symbol.
Sneakers explores the obsessions and idiosyncrasies surrounding the sneaker phenomenon, from competitive subcultures to sneaker painting and artwork. It is a valuable contribution to the growing study of footwear in fashion studies and will appeal to students of fashion theory, gender studies, sociology, and popular culture.

Members Reviews:
Five Stars
Very interesting book indeed!!

Five Stars
great study</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Man&apos;s Meat Audiobook by E. B. White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/One-Mans-Meat-Audiobook/B01HFNHWUU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: One Man&apos;s Meat
Author: E. B. White
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In print for over 50 years, One Man&apos;s Meat continues to delight listeners with E. B. White&apos;s witty, succinct observations on daily life at a Maine saltwater farm.
Too personal for an almanac, too sophisticated for a domestic history, and too funny and self-doubting for a literary journal, One Man&apos;s Meat can best be described as a primer of a countryman&apos;s lessons and a timeless recounting of experience that will never go out of style.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (E. B. White)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2016 16:43:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/008925/bk_blak_008925_sample.mp3" length="2298123" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/One-Mans-Meat-Audiobook/B01HFNHWUU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51waDPorjRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: One Man&apos;s Meat
Author: E. B. White
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In print for over 50 years, One Man&apos;s Meat continues to delight listeners with E. B. White&apos;s witty, succinct observations on daily life at a Maine saltwater farm.
Too personal for an almanac, too sophisticated for a domestic history, and too funny and self-doubting for a literary journal, One Man&apos;s Meat can best be described as a primer of a countryman&apos;s lessons and a timeless recounting of experience that will never go out of style.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: One Man&apos;s Meat
Author: E. B. White
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In print for over 50 years, One Man&apos;s Meat continues to delight listeners with E. B. White&apos;s witty, succinct observations on daily life at a Maine saltwater farm.
Too personal for an almanac, too sophisticated for a domestic history, and too funny and self-doubting for a literary journal, One Man&apos;s Meat can best be described as a primer of a countryman&apos;s lessons and a timeless recounting of experience that will never go out of style.

Members Reviews:
A Meal to Be Shared
I have long admired the work of this author; I have read and reread his few volumes. This year I decided I would share my pleasure with my grandchildren, and an appropriate book was among their holiday treasures. Worth reading and passing it along.

A Gem of Beautiful Writing
An excellent book and one I want to keep in my personal library.  White writes with insight, warmth, and humor about his life on a farm in Maine.  His observations on family, friends, life, dogs, and the turbulent world situation from 1937-1943 are beautifully written in prose that is almost poetic in style.  Reading this book is giving a wonderful gift to yourself!

Pround to Be a Mainer
This is the third time I&apos;ve read this book. I keep giving copies away to friends who ask me what it is like to live in Maine, I&apos;ll never tire of reading his many insights into rural living. He makes me proud to be a Mainer.

A delightful read - bedside book
This witty, light, thoughtful and altogether delightful read has a permanent place at my bedside. You can read the book straight through, open it up and read it starting anywhere.
This versatile book could pair well with:
- A Naturalist Buys An Old Farm
- The Feast Nearby
- Bailey White&apos;s books
- Wesley the Owl
- A Homemade Life
- Wild Places by MacFarlane
- James Thurber&apos;s books

I wish I could talk to my grandfather about this book
Loved this book of essays. I grew up in Maine so White&apos;s stories about life on a Maine farm were of particular interest. White writes with stream of consciousness simplicity. We get to peek into his mind through his writing. I do wish I could talk to my grandparents about this book because some of the references White makes have been lost to the changes of our language over time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More Than Just Race Audiobook by William Julius Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/More-Than-Just-Race-Audiobook/B00CJ0N7HC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: More Than Just Race
Subtitle: Being Black and Poor in the Inner City (Issues of Our Time)
Author: William Julius Wilson
Narrator: Vince Bailey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-04-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
White Americans have long been comfortable in the assumption that they are the cultural norm. Now that notion is being challenged, as white people wrestle with what it means to be part of a fast-changing, truly multicultural nation. Facing chronic economic insecurity, a popular culture that reflects the nations diverse cultural reality, a future in which they will no longer constitute the majority of the population, and with a black president in the White House, whites are growing anxious.
This anxiety has helped to create the Tea Party movement, with its call to &quot;take our country back.&quot; By means of a racialized nostalgia for a mythological past, the Right is enlisting fearful whites into its campaign for reactionary social and economic policies.
In urgent response, Tim Wise has penned his most pointed and provocative work to date. Employing the form of direct personal address, he points a finger at whites race-based self-delusion, explaining how such an agenda will only do harm to the nations people, including most whites. In no uncertain terms, he argues that the hope for survival of American democracy lies in the embrace of our multicultural past, present and future.

Critic Reviews:
Sparing neither family nor self . . . he considers how the deck has always been stacked in his and other white people&apos;s favor. . . . His candor is invigorating. (Publishers Weekly)
One of the most brilliant, articulate and courageous critics of white privilege in the nation. (Michael Eric Dyson)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (William Julius Wilson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2013 05:19:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/012329/bk_adbl_012329_sample.mp3" length="1523193" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/More-Than-Just-Race-Audiobook/B00CJ0N7HC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51FYqRGMDJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: More Than Just Race
Subtitle: Being Black and Poor in the Inner City (Issues of Our Time)
Author: William Julius Wilson
Narrator: Vince Bailey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-04-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
White Americans have long been comfortable in the assumption that they are the cultural norm. Now that notion is being challenged, as white people wrestle with what it means to be part of a fast-changing, truly multicultural nation. Facing chronic economic insecurity, a popular culture that reflects the nations diverse cultural reality, a future in which they will no longer constitute the majority of the population, and with a black president in the White House, whites are growing anxious.
This anxiety has helped to create the Tea Party movement, with its call to &quot;take our country back.&quot; By means of a racialized nostalgia for a mythological past, the Right is enlisting fearful whites into its campaign for reactionary social and economic policies.
In urgent response, Tim Wise has penned his most pointed and provocative work to date. Employing the form of direct personal address, he points a finger at whites race-based self-delusion, explaining how such an agenda will only do harm to the nations people, including most whites. In no uncertain terms, he argues that the hope for survival of American democracy lies in the embrace of our multicultural past, present and future.

Critic Reviews:
Sparing neither family nor self . . . he considers how the deck has always been stacked in his and other white people&apos;s favor. . . . His candor is invigorating. (Publishers Weekly)
One of the most brilliant, articulate and courageous critics of white privilege in the nation. (Michael Eric Dyson)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: More Than Just Race
Subtitle: Being Black and Poor in the Inner City (Issues of Our Time)
Author: William Julius Wilson
Narrator: Vince Bailey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-04-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
White Americans have long been comfortable in the assumption that they are the cultural norm. Now that notion is being challenged, as white people wrestle with what it means to be part of a fast-changing, truly multicultural nation. Facing chronic economic insecurity, a popular culture that reflects the nations diverse cultural reality, a future in which they will no longer constitute the majority of the population, and with a black president in the White House, whites are growing anxious.
This anxiety has helped to create the Tea Party movement, with its call to &quot;take our country back.&quot; By means of a racialized nostalgia for a mythological past, the Right is enlisting fearful whites into its campaign for reactionary social and economic policies.
In urgent response, Tim Wise has penned his most pointed and provocative work to date. Employing the form of direct personal address, he points a finger at whites race-based self-delusion, explaining how such an agenda will only do harm to the nations people, including most whites. In no uncertain terms, he argues that the hope for survival of American democracy lies in the embrace of our multicultural past, present and future.

Critic Reviews:
Sparing neither family nor self . . . he considers how the deck has always been stacked in his and other white people&apos;s favor. . . . His candor is invigorating. (Publishers Weekly)
One of the most brilliant, articulate and courageous critics of white privilege in the nation. (Michael Eric Dyson)

Members Reviews:
A long, sometimes vague, pointed research report
Narrator had a great, deep voice. The book itself is largely a collection and synthesis of research intended to lead the listener to the point that while cultural influences cannot be counted out, that the plight of poor, black, inner city communities is largely due to structural influences.
If you&apos;re a researcher in this area, likely a very important book. If you&apos;re not, it may be hard to listen to.

Heavy voice , lots of stats
To be honest I did not like the book very much. I had to read for class and was expecting to have an enjoyable listen because all the other books I have heard on audible have had great narrators. I didn&apos;t like the voice and the book was very dry

Heavier than anticipated
Several other experts have referred to this book as a fundamental resource. I was not expecting such a textbook though.  A heavy analysis of key research in the field reveals a nuanced explanation of the intersection of culture and oppressive system structure.  Be prepared to put your thinking cap on, and benefit from Wilson&apos;s thorough dissection of most major relevant issues. Very little author bias makes this book a true academic gem.

Good
To someone who has never studied poverty, this would be a great listen. I have and found it insightful but not groundbreaking. The narration is not as bad as it sounds in the sample.

Excellent!!
I wasn&apos;t expecting this however it has enlightened me. Excellent narrated. Excellent book. I have recommended reading to family &amp; friends.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Ferdinand-de-Saussures-Course-in-General-Linguistics-Audiobook/B01IPFW6TE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics
Author: Laura E. B. Key, Brittany Pheiffer Noble
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-21-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Edited and produced from the lecture notes of his students at the University of Geneva, Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics was first published in 1916, three years after his death. The book aims to explain Saussure&apos;s theory that all languages share an underlying structure, and that this underlying structure is the same, regardless of historical or cultural context. Although the book marked a break with the traditional, history-focused study of linguistics of the time, Saussure still uses examples based on more traditional studies. He describes the mechanism of how words can mean things, using a three-part structure of signifier, signified, and sign. The signifier is a word or symbol; the signified is the thing that word or symbol refers to; and the sign is the combination of both. Saussure also draws a distinction between specific speech acts and the larger system of language that is the basis for speech. His ideas have had a huge influence in the study of linguistics ever since.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Laura E. B. Key)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jul 2016 01:33:29 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063892/bk_acx0_063892_sample.mp3" length="408078" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Ferdinand-de-Saussures-Course-in-General-Linguistics-Audiobook/B01IPFW6TE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51fYtBmFqfL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics
Author: Laura E. B. Key, Brittany Pheiffer Noble
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-21-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Edited and produced from the lecture notes of his students at the University of Geneva, Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics was first published in 1916, three years after his death. The book aims to explain Saussure&apos;s theory that all languages share an underlying structure, and that this underlying structure is the same, regardless of historical or cultural context. Although the book marked a break with the traditional, history-focused study of linguistics of the time, Saussure still uses examples based on more traditional studies. He describes the mechanism of how words can mean things, using a three-part structure of signifier, signified, and sign. The signifier is a word or symbol; the signified is the thing that word or symbol refers to; and the sign is the combination of both. Saussure also draws a distinction between specific speech acts and the larger system of language that is the basis for speech. His ideas have had a huge influence in the study of linguistics ever since.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics
Author: Laura E. B. Key, Brittany Pheiffer Noble
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-21-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Edited and produced from the lecture notes of his students at the University of Geneva, Ferdinand de Saussure&apos;s Course in General Linguistics was first published in 1916, three years after his death. The book aims to explain Saussure&apos;s theory that all languages share an underlying structure, and that this underlying structure is the same, regardless of historical or cultural context. Although the book marked a break with the traditional, history-focused study of linguistics of the time, Saussure still uses examples based on more traditional studies. He describes the mechanism of how words can mean things, using a three-part structure of signifier, signified, and sign. The signifier is a word or symbol; the signified is the thing that word or symbol refers to; and the sign is the combination of both. Saussure also draws a distinction between specific speech acts and the larger system of language that is the basis for speech. His ideas have had a huge influence in the study of linguistics ever since.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Irons in the Fire Audiobook by John McPhee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Irons-in-the-Fire-Audiobook/B002V0PZES</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Irons in the Fire
Author: John McPhee
Narrator: Nelson Runger
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-05
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
These delightful pieces, including &quot;Irons in the Fire&quot;, &quot;Travels of the Rock&quot;, &quot;Release&quot;, &quot;In Virgin Forest&quot;, &quot;The Gravel Page&quot;, &quot;Duty of Care&quot;, and &quot;Rinard at Manheim&quot;, reveal the fascinating worlds hiding right under our noses. Narrator Nelson Runger&apos;s studied voice conveys McPhee&apos;s understated and thought-provoking writing. If you have never sampled McPhee&apos;s inspired prose, this audiobook will turn you into a lifelong fan.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;John McPhee has always done one thing particularly well: he writes with clarity and insight about what people do for a living.&quot; (The New York Times Book Review)
 &quot;Unhurried and good-humored, Runger eases listeners into each nuance of feeling....Whether charming or grim, McPhee&apos;s elegant phrases and marvelously choice words are aptly captured.&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John McPhee)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jul 2005 11:60:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/000585/bk_reco_000585_sample.mp3" length="2376202" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Irons-in-the-Fire-Audiobook/B002V0PZES</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/415Z7jj5O6L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Irons in the Fire
Author: John McPhee
Narrator: Nelson Runger
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-05
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
These delightful pieces, including &quot;Irons in the Fire&quot;, &quot;Travels of the Rock&quot;, &quot;Release&quot;, &quot;In Virgin Forest&quot;, &quot;The Gravel Page&quot;, &quot;Duty of Care&quot;, and &quot;Rinard at Manheim&quot;, reveal the fascinating worlds hiding right under our noses. Narrator Nelson Runger&apos;s studied voice conveys McPhee&apos;s understated and thought-provoking writing. If you have never sampled McPhee&apos;s inspired prose, this audiobook will turn you into a lifelong fan.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;John McPhee has always done one thing particularly well: he writes with clarity and insight about what people do for a living.&quot; (The New York Times Book Review)
 &quot;Unhurried and good-humored, Runger eases listeners into each nuance of feeling....Whether charming or grim, McPhee&apos;s elegant phrases and marvelously choice words are aptly captured.&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Irons in the Fire
Author: John McPhee
Narrator: Nelson Runger
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-05
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
These delightful pieces, including &quot;Irons in the Fire&quot;, &quot;Travels of the Rock&quot;, &quot;Release&quot;, &quot;In Virgin Forest&quot;, &quot;The Gravel Page&quot;, &quot;Duty of Care&quot;, and &quot;Rinard at Manheim&quot;, reveal the fascinating worlds hiding right under our noses. Narrator Nelson Runger&apos;s studied voice conveys McPhee&apos;s understated and thought-provoking writing. If you have never sampled McPhee&apos;s inspired prose, this audiobook will turn you into a lifelong fan.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;John McPhee has always done one thing particularly well: he writes with clarity and insight about what people do for a living.&quot; (The New York Times Book Review)
 &quot;Unhurried and good-humored, Runger eases listeners into each nuance of feeling....Whether charming or grim, McPhee&apos;s elegant phrases and marvelously choice words are aptly captured.&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
New New Journalism is on Fire
A nice collection of essays that originally appeared in the New Yorker (most of McPhee&apos;s writings can be traced back to the New Yorker):
1. &apos;Irons in the Fire&apos; (December 20, 1993) - About cattle rustling in Nevada.
2. &apos;Release&apos; (September 28, 1987) - About Robert Russell, a blind professor at Franklin and Marshall College,in Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
3. &apos;In Virgin Forest&apos; (July 6, 1987) - About Hutcheson Memorial Forest in Franklin Township, New Jersey.
4. &apos;The Gravel Page&apos; (January 29, 1996) - About geological forensics.
5. &apos;Duty of Care&apos; (Jun 28, 1993) - About recycling tires.
6. &apos;Rinard at Manheim&apos; (Dec 4, 1989) - About the Manheim Exotic Auction in Pennsylvania
7. &apos;Travels of the Rock&apos; (Dec 4, 1989) - About Plymouth Rock and its re-mortaring.
There are several FANTASTIC pieces and several pieces of mortar holding it together. Not his best collection, but I have yet to regret reading a McPhee book and this is no exception. Essays to not miss: &apos;Irons in the Fire&apos;, &apos;In Virgin Forest&apos;, &apos;The Gravel Page&apos;, &apos;Duty of Care&apos;, &apos;Travels of the Rock&apos;. I think my favorite of the whole book were &apos;Irons in the Fire&apos; and &apos;The Gravel Page&apos;. Amazing pieces.
&apos;Irons in the Fire&apos; explores the ranchers, the Brand Inspectors, the rustlers, and the cattle land of Nevada. These are cowboys. These are the hard-core libertarian Mormons that produced Cliven Bundy and his ilk. These are the mountains and deserts where Utah, Nevada, and Arizona all meet. This essays was poignant for me because one of the characters/rustlers/ropers/breaker of horses in the essay (Wayne Lee) was a direct descendent of John D. Lee. John D. Lee was an adopted son of Brigham Young who was later shot for his direct role in the Mountain Meadows Massacre.
John D. Lee was also the husband of my 5th Great-Grandmother (Abigail Schaeffer Woolsey Lee), and my 5th Great-Grandfather&apos;s (Joseph Henry Woolsey) two sisters (Rachel Woolsey and Agatha Woolsey). No direct blood, but a helluva lot of history and stories. If you want to figure out why this section of Nevada and Utah produce such fundamentally hard people, McPhee&apos;s essay is as good a place as any to start.
&apos;The Gravel Page&apos; was originally three linked essays in the New Yorker: &apos;The Gravel Page&apos;, &apos;Balloons of War&apos;, and &apos;Death of an Agent&apos;. This is where McPhee is amazing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Catch the Jew! Audiobook by Tuvia Tenenbom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Catch-the-Jew-Audiobook/B00VIVW8EG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Catch the Jew!
Author: Tuvia Tenenbom
Narrator: Shlomo Zacks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-03-15
Publisher: Gefen Publishing House
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 97 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Catch the Jew! recounts the adventures of gonzo journalist Tuvia Tenenbom, who wanders around Israel and the Palestinian Authority for seven months in search of the untold truths in today&apos;s Holy Land. With holy chutzpah, Tenenbom boldly goes where no Jew has gone before, at times risking his life as he assumes the identities of Tobi the German and even Abu Ali in order to probe into the many stories in this strange land and poke holes in all of them.
From the self-hating leftists in Tel Aviv to the self-promoting PLO execs in Ramallah, from the black-clad Haredim of Bet Shemesh to the glowing foreign human-rights activists in Beit Hanina, from Jewish settlers and the Christians who come from abroad to toil with them to ardent Jerusalem monks and Bedouins in surprisingly glorious shacks, Tenenbom takes on the people of the land, getting to know them and disarming them as he breaks bread and mingles with anyone and everyone.
Does Palestinian wife number one hate the Jews more than she hates wife number two? Who finances cash-rich NGOs pursuing a Judenrein Israel? Who sets Palestinian olive groves on fire and why? What is the emotional gravity that pulls idealistic human-rights activists from other countries to Israel and only to Israel? Who are the flaming feminists who sacrifice their lives for the rights of polygamists? Whose land is this, anyway?
By turns poignant, enraging, and laugh-out-loud funny, this unique travelogue lays bare the intensity of this turbulent land in an unprecedented, eye-opening education, person by person, city by city, and meal by meal. You will never look at Israel the same way again.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tuvia Tenenbom)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2015 17:36:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/033230/bk_acx0_033230_sample.mp3" length="1593971" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Catch-the-Jew-Audiobook/B00VIVW8EG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51YuWsvcLFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Catch the Jew!
Author: Tuvia Tenenbom
Narrator: Shlomo Zacks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-03-15
Publisher: Gefen Publishing House
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 97 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Catch the Jew! recounts the adventures of gonzo journalist Tuvia Tenenbom, who wanders around Israel and the Palestinian Authority for seven months in search of the untold truths in today&apos;s Holy Land. With holy chutzpah, Tenenbom boldly goes where no Jew has gone before, at times risking his life as he assumes the identities of Tobi the German and even Abu Ali in order to probe into the many stories in this strange land and poke holes in all of them.
From the self-hating leftists in Tel Aviv to the self-promoting PLO execs in Ramallah, from the black-clad Haredim of Bet Shemesh to the glowing foreign human-rights activists in Beit Hanina, from Jewish settlers and the Christians who come from abroad to toil with them to ardent Jerusalem monks and Bedouins in surprisingly glorious shacks, Tenenbom takes on the people of the land, getting to know them and disarming them as he breaks bread and mingles with anyone and everyone.
Does Palestinian wife number one hate the Jews more than she hates wife number two? Who finances cash-rich NGOs pursuing a Judenrein Israel? Who sets Palestinian olive groves on fire and why? What is the emotional gravity that pulls idealistic human-rights activists from other countries to Israel and only to Israel? Who are the flaming feminists who sacrifice their lives for the rights of polygamists? Whose land is this, anyway?
By turns poignant, enraging, and laugh-out-loud funny, this unique travelogue lays bare the intensity of this turbulent land in an unprecedented, eye-opening education, person by person, city by city, and meal by meal. You will never look at Israel the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Catch the Jew!
Author: Tuvia Tenenbom
Narrator: Shlomo Zacks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-03-15
Publisher: Gefen Publishing House
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 97 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Catch the Jew! recounts the adventures of gonzo journalist Tuvia Tenenbom, who wanders around Israel and the Palestinian Authority for seven months in search of the untold truths in today&apos;s Holy Land. With holy chutzpah, Tenenbom boldly goes where no Jew has gone before, at times risking his life as he assumes the identities of Tobi the German and even Abu Ali in order to probe into the many stories in this strange land and poke holes in all of them.
From the self-hating leftists in Tel Aviv to the self-promoting PLO execs in Ramallah, from the black-clad Haredim of Bet Shemesh to the glowing foreign human-rights activists in Beit Hanina, from Jewish settlers and the Christians who come from abroad to toil with them to ardent Jerusalem monks and Bedouins in surprisingly glorious shacks, Tenenbom takes on the people of the land, getting to know them and disarming them as he breaks bread and mingles with anyone and everyone.
Does Palestinian wife number one hate the Jews more than she hates wife number two? Who finances cash-rich NGOs pursuing a Judenrein Israel? Who sets Palestinian olive groves on fire and why? What is the emotional gravity that pulls idealistic human-rights activists from other countries to Israel and only to Israel? Who are the flaming feminists who sacrifice their lives for the rights of polygamists? Whose land is this, anyway?
By turns poignant, enraging, and laugh-out-loud funny, this unique travelogue lays bare the intensity of this turbulent land in an unprecedented, eye-opening education, person by person, city by city, and meal by meal. You will never look at Israel the same way again.

Members Reviews:
Hilarious and deeply troubling at the same time.
Any additional comments?
I&apos;ve spent years reading and researching the Israel-Palestine conflict. I&apos;ve read Jimmy Carter&apos;s Palestine: Peace, not Apartheid, Alan Dershowitz&apos;s The Case For Israel, Abuelaish&apos;s I Shall Not Hate,  The Jewish State by Herzl. I&apos;ve read the official doctrines of the PA, Hamas, and the major laws in Israel.
But it was only until I listened to this book that I really learned what was going on. This is no longer about Arabs and Israelis. It&apos;s about the Europeans vs the Israelis. Even content Muslim Arab Israelis would be considered victims of &quot;occupation&quot;. I think about the Muslim Arab Zionist activist Muhammad Zoabi on his Facebook page, or Alaa Waheeb, the Arab Muslim Major - highest ranking Muslim Arab serving in the IDF: I think about these two examples in the contexts of the European NGOs - does Europe want to &quot;save&quot; them too from apartheid, or what about the Arabs who get free education and universal health care? The abuse of the words like genocide, apartheid, occupation, etc. exactly illustrates the mind set and delusions of the left and this only hurts Palestinians. I am a Californian liberal and almost every other liberal I know is staunchly anti-Israel because that is what liberals are suppose to think, regardless of facts.
I&apos;m really happy that I now have this great source to present to my anti-Israel friend, though unfortunately, as I am willing to entertain anti-Israel ideology and opposing views, the same can&apos;t be said of most pro-Palestine people.
Thank you Tuvia for risking your life for the truth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Way of Eating Audiobook by Tracie McMillan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-American-Way-of-Eating-Audiobook/B007Y6IJ9M</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The American Way of Eating
Subtitle: Undercover at Walmart, Applebee&apos;s, Farm Fields and the Dinner Table
Author: Tracie McMillan
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-30-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if you can&apos;t afford nine-dollar tomatoes? That was the question award-winning journalist Tracie McMillan couldn&apos;t escape as she watched the debate about America&apos;s meals unfold, one that urges us to pay food&apos;s true cost-which is to say, pay more. So in 2009 McMillan embarked on a groundbreaking undercover journey to see what it takes to eat well in America. For nearly a year, she worked, ate, and lived alongside the working poor to examine how Americans eat when price matters.
From the fields of California, a Walmart produce aisle outside of Detroit, and the kitchen of a New York City Applebee&apos;s, McMillan takes us into the heart of America&apos;s meals. With startling intimacy she portrays the lives and food of Mexican garlic crews, Midwestern produce managers, and Caribbean line cooks, while also chronicling her own attempts to live and eat on meager wages. Along the way, she asked the questions still facing America a decade after the declaration of an obesity epidemic: Why do we eat the way we do? And how can we change it? To find out, McMillan goes beyond the food on her plate to examine the national priorities that put it there. With her absorbing blend of riveting narrative and formidable investigative reporting, McMillan takes us from dusty fields to clanging restaurant kitchens, linking her work to the quality of our meals-and always placing her observations in the context of America&apos;s approach not just to farms and kitchens but to wages and work. The surprising answers that McMillan found on her journey have profound implications for our food and agriculture, and also for how we see ourselves as a nation. Through stunning reportage, Tracie McMillan makes the simple case that-city or country, rich or poor-everyone wants good food.
Fearlessly reported and beautifully written, The American Way of Eating goes beyond statistics and culture wars to deliver a book that is fiercely intelligent and compulsively readable. Talking about dinner will never be the same again.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A worthy book.&quot; (Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tracie McMillan)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Apr 2012 03:09:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002508/bk_tant_002508_sample.mp3" length="2399692" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-American-Way-of-Eating-Audiobook/B007Y6IJ9M</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51vqLyI9fbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The American Way of Eating
Subtitle: Undercover at Walmart, Applebee&apos;s, Farm Fields and the Dinner Table
Author: Tracie McMillan
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-30-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if you can&apos;t afford nine-dollar tomatoes? That was the question award-winning journalist Tracie McMillan couldn&apos;t escape as she watched the debate about America&apos;s meals unfold, one that urges us to pay food&apos;s true cost-which is to say, pay more. So in 2009 McMillan embarked on a groundbreaking undercover journey to see what it takes to eat well in America. For nearly a year, she worked, ate, and lived alongside the working poor to examine how Americans eat when price matters.
From the fields of California, a Walmart produce aisle outside of Detroit, and the kitchen of a New York City Applebee&apos;s, McMillan takes us into the heart of America&apos;s meals. With startling intimacy she portrays the lives and food of Mexican garlic crews, Midwestern produce managers, and Caribbean line cooks, while also chronicling her own attempts to live and eat on meager wages. Along the way, she asked the questions still facing America a decade after the declaration of an obesity epidemic: Why do we eat the way we do? And how can we change it? To find out, McMillan goes beyond the food on her plate to examine the national priorities that put it there. With her absorbing blend of riveting narrative and formidable investigative reporting, McMillan takes us from dusty fields to clanging restaurant kitchens, linking her work to the quality of our meals-and always placing her observations in the context of America&apos;s approach not just to farms and kitchens but to wages and work. The surprising answers that McMillan found on her journey have profound implications for our food and agriculture, and also for how we see ourselves as a nation. Through stunning reportage, Tracie McMillan makes the simple case that-city or country, rich or poor-everyone wants good food.
Fearlessly reported and beautifully written, The American Way of Eating goes beyond statistics and culture wars to deliver a book that is fiercely intelligent and compulsively readable. Talking about dinner will never be the same again.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A worthy book.&quot; (Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The American Way of Eating
Subtitle: Undercover at Walmart, Applebee&apos;s, Farm Fields and the Dinner Table
Author: Tracie McMillan
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-30-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if you can&apos;t afford nine-dollar tomatoes? That was the question award-winning journalist Tracie McMillan couldn&apos;t escape as she watched the debate about America&apos;s meals unfold, one that urges us to pay food&apos;s true cost-which is to say, pay more. So in 2009 McMillan embarked on a groundbreaking undercover journey to see what it takes to eat well in America. For nearly a year, she worked, ate, and lived alongside the working poor to examine how Americans eat when price matters.
From the fields of California, a Walmart produce aisle outside of Detroit, and the kitchen of a New York City Applebee&apos;s, McMillan takes us into the heart of America&apos;s meals. With startling intimacy she portrays the lives and food of Mexican garlic crews, Midwestern produce managers, and Caribbean line cooks, while also chronicling her own attempts to live and eat on meager wages. Along the way, she asked the questions still facing America a decade after the declaration of an obesity epidemic: Why do we eat the way we do? And how can we change it? To find out, McMillan goes beyond the food on her plate to examine the national priorities that put it there. With her absorbing blend of riveting narrative and formidable investigative reporting, McMillan takes us from dusty fields to clanging restaurant kitchens, linking her work to the quality of our meals-and always placing her observations in the context of America&apos;s approach not just to farms and kitchens but to wages and work. The surprising answers that McMillan found on her journey have profound implications for our food and agriculture, and also for how we see ourselves as a nation. Through stunning reportage, Tracie McMillan makes the simple case that-city or country, rich or poor-everyone wants good food.
Fearlessly reported and beautifully written, The American Way of Eating goes beyond statistics and culture wars to deliver a book that is fiercely intelligent and compulsively readable. Talking about dinner will never be the same again.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A worthy book.&quot; (Booklist)

Members Reviews:
A bit disappointing
I was browsing through audible and came across the American Way of Eating by Tracie McMillan and narrated by Hilary Huber. What caught my attention was this idea of why it is so difficult for so many Americans to eat well. In her book she describes how she takes on a series of unskilled jobs from farm to plate  laboring as a farmhand where she picked grapes, sorted garlic, onions and peaches and later cut garlic. Then she goes on to stock shelves at Wal-Mart and finally works as an expeditor at Applebees.
I am always interested in the invisible members of society and to that end I can say Hilary Huber does a wonderful job bringing this story to life. In the field there are some interesting stories about how people are living and what people are eating. Then after she leaves the fields we rather lose that perspective instead it mostly about take home pay and what she encounters at work.
Unfortunately the point of her book was supposed to be more about why it is so difficult for Americans to eat well.  By the end of her book I could not really see the connection between the work she did and peoples food choices.  I know what it is like to wake up and work in a crappy job all while trying to make ends meet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Misspent Youth Audiobook by Meghan Daum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/My-Misspent-Youth-Audiobook/B017KUKNQS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: My Misspent Youth
Subtitle: Essays
Author: Meghan Daum
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-05-15
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An essayist in the tradition of Joan Didion, Meghan Daum is one of the most celebrated nonfiction writers of her generation, widely recognized for her fresh, provocative approach with which she unearths the hidden fault lines in the American landscape. From her well-remembered New Yorker essays about the financial demands of big-city ambition and the ethereal, strangely old-fashioned allure of cyber relationships to her dazzlingly hilarious riff in Harper&apos;s about musical passions that give way to middle-brow paraphernalia, Daum delves into the center of things while closely examining the detritus that spills out along the way. With precision and well-balanced irony, Daum implicates herself as readily as she does the targets that fascinate and horrify her.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Meghan Daum)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2015 00:53:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/drms/000704/bk_drms_000704_sample.mp3" length="1497413" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/My-Misspent-Youth-Audiobook/B017KUKNQS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514g+2ENa7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: My Misspent Youth
Subtitle: Essays
Author: Meghan Daum
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-05-15
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An essayist in the tradition of Joan Didion, Meghan Daum is one of the most celebrated nonfiction writers of her generation, widely recognized for her fresh, provocative approach with which she unearths the hidden fault lines in the American landscape. From her well-remembered New Yorker essays about the financial demands of big-city ambition and the ethereal, strangely old-fashioned allure of cyber relationships to her dazzlingly hilarious riff in Harper&apos;s about musical passions that give way to middle-brow paraphernalia, Daum delves into the center of things while closely examining the detritus that spills out along the way. With precision and well-balanced irony, Daum implicates herself as readily as she does the targets that fascinate and horrify her.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: My Misspent Youth
Subtitle: Essays
Author: Meghan Daum
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-05-15
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An essayist in the tradition of Joan Didion, Meghan Daum is one of the most celebrated nonfiction writers of her generation, widely recognized for her fresh, provocative approach with which she unearths the hidden fault lines in the American landscape. From her well-remembered New Yorker essays about the financial demands of big-city ambition and the ethereal, strangely old-fashioned allure of cyber relationships to her dazzlingly hilarious riff in Harper&apos;s about musical passions that give way to middle-brow paraphernalia, Daum delves into the center of things while closely examining the detritus that spills out along the way. With precision and well-balanced irony, Daum implicates herself as readily as she does the targets that fascinate and horrify her.

Members Reviews:
A Rising Star
After reading just one essay by Meghan Daum when it first appeared in The New Yorker, coincidentally the title piece of MY MISSPENT YOUTH, I wanted more, more, more of her prose.  So I was understandably thrilled when a recent web search turned up this first collection of her work and, having read it, I am even more thrilled.  She is really, really good.  She&apos;s so good, she&apos;s scary.  Daum&apos;s pieces share in common what she calls a point, which someone else bent on stuffy superlatives might call an overarching theme.  Either way, she&apos;s not imposing some pat formula on life but has pulled out a bona fide truth about the human condition in its many different circumstances, that we simultaneously operate in two worlds, one a concoction of dreams, prejudices and cultural conditioning, the other, reality.  Each of her essays is a moment of reckoning, of understanding how the imagined world has tipped the real one, of having to bow to the real one.  In unflinching prose that just sweeps along, she pursues truth as a player, occasionally as a witness.  The quality of her work reminds me of what Carol Burnett said about having no choice but to become the star because she was a misfit in the chorus: Daum, incapable of following through on requests that she submit to puppy mill essaying on Gen-X preoccupations (she&apos;s about 31), has positioned herself in the territory of Joan Didion and our finest cultural commentators.

Excellent
I first read My Misspent Youth through the New Yorker website and was blown away by the fearless honesty and sharp writing. In reading the essay, the rest of My Misspent Youth did not disappoint. I look forward to reading more work by Meghan Daum

A must read
Megan Daum is one of my favorite writers, she never disappoints

Meghan Daum is simply awesome (though that gushy descriptor doesn&apos;t do her justice)
Meghan Daum is simply awesome (though that gushy descriptor doesn&apos;t do her justice). I didn&apos;t quite know what to make of her, based on her LA Times columns alone, but having since read several collections of her essays, I&apos;m totally sold.  Incisive, funny, self-aware -- a joy to read.

I highly recommend. Incredibly
As a 23 year old currently misspending my youth, I highly recommend. Incredibly relatable</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Labor of Love Audiobook by Moira Weigel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Labor-of-Love-Audiobook/B01F66A5WU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Labor of Love
Subtitle: The Invention of Dating
Author: Moira Weigel
Narrator: Kyra Miller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-17-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 186 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Does anyone date anymore?&quot;
Today the authorities tell us that courtship is in crisis. But when Moira Weigel dives into the history of sex and romance in modern America, she discovers that authorities have always said this.
Ever since young men and women started to go out together, older generations have scolded them: That&apos;s not the way to find true love. The first women who made dates with strangers were often arrested for prostitution; long before &quot;hookup culture&quot;, there were &quot;petting parties&quot;; before parents worried about cell phone apps, they fretted about joyrides and &quot;parking&quot;.
Dating is always dying. But this does not mean that love is dead. It simply changes with the economy. Dating is, and always has been, tied to work. Lines like &quot;I&apos;ll pick you up at six&quot; made sense at a time when people had jobs that started and ended at fixed hours. But in an age of contract work and flextime, many of us have become sexual freelancers, more likely to text a partner, &quot;u still up?&quot;
Weaving together over 100 years of history with scenes from the contemporary landscape, Labor of Love offers a fresh feminist perspective on how we came to date the ways we do. This isn&apos;t a guide to &quot;getting the guy&quot;. There are no ridiculous &quot;rules&quot; to follow. Instead Weigel helps us understand how looking for love shapes who we are and hopefully leads us closer to the happy ending that dating promises.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Moira Weigel)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2016 18:40:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/009442/bk_reco_009442_sample.mp3" length="2399841" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Labor-of-Love-Audiobook/B01F66A5WU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51k2ge-Vc3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Labor of Love
Subtitle: The Invention of Dating
Author: Moira Weigel
Narrator: Kyra Miller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-17-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 186 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Does anyone date anymore?&quot;
Today the authorities tell us that courtship is in crisis. But when Moira Weigel dives into the history of sex and romance in modern America, she discovers that authorities have always said this.
Ever since young men and women started to go out together, older generations have scolded them: That&apos;s not the way to find true love. The first women who made dates with strangers were often arrested for prostitution; long before &quot;hookup culture&quot;, there were &quot;petting parties&quot;; before parents worried about cell phone apps, they fretted about joyrides and &quot;parking&quot;.
Dating is always dying. But this does not mean that love is dead. It simply changes with the economy. Dating is, and always has been, tied to work. Lines like &quot;I&apos;ll pick you up at six&quot; made sense at a time when people had jobs that started and ended at fixed hours. But in an age of contract work and flextime, many of us have become sexual freelancers, more likely to text a partner, &quot;u still up?&quot;
Weaving together over 100 years of history with scenes from the contemporary landscape, Labor of Love offers a fresh feminist perspective on how we came to date the ways we do. This isn&apos;t a guide to &quot;getting the guy&quot;. There are no ridiculous &quot;rules&quot; to follow. Instead Weigel helps us understand how looking for love shapes who we are and hopefully leads us closer to the happy ending that dating promises.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Labor of Love
Subtitle: The Invention of Dating
Author: Moira Weigel
Narrator: Kyra Miller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-17-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 186 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Does anyone date anymore?&quot;
Today the authorities tell us that courtship is in crisis. But when Moira Weigel dives into the history of sex and romance in modern America, she discovers that authorities have always said this.
Ever since young men and women started to go out together, older generations have scolded them: That&apos;s not the way to find true love. The first women who made dates with strangers were often arrested for prostitution; long before &quot;hookup culture&quot;, there were &quot;petting parties&quot;; before parents worried about cell phone apps, they fretted about joyrides and &quot;parking&quot;.
Dating is always dying. But this does not mean that love is dead. It simply changes with the economy. Dating is, and always has been, tied to work. Lines like &quot;I&apos;ll pick you up at six&quot; made sense at a time when people had jobs that started and ended at fixed hours. But in an age of contract work and flextime, many of us have become sexual freelancers, more likely to text a partner, &quot;u still up?&quot;
Weaving together over 100 years of history with scenes from the contemporary landscape, Labor of Love offers a fresh feminist perspective on how we came to date the ways we do. This isn&apos;t a guide to &quot;getting the guy&quot;. There are no ridiculous &quot;rules&quot; to follow. Instead Weigel helps us understand how looking for love shapes who we are and hopefully leads us closer to the happy ending that dating promises.

Members Reviews:
amazing
when I first bought this book, I was thinking it was going to be about how hard relationships can be, and how to work on them to make them better. I was surprised when it turned out to be more about the history of dating and American cultural norms behind it. the book was so informative, I loved it. it was very sociologically oriented to study the dynamics between two people who are dating or married. It was quite enjoyable.
at times, it was kind of hard to follow whether or not the narrator was reading a quote from another study or not, but other than that, I would highly recommend it.

Not Meant To Be Useful, But Quite Fun
&quot;Labor of Love&quot; isn&apos;t a how-to book, so don&apos;t go in expecting that. Rather, it&apos;s a historical look at dating and the way we flounder around looking for that fleeting something.
In earlier times, a couple was focused on the same goal; nowadays we look within ourselves seeking to have something gratified, never understanding that it&apos;s what we bring to the table and to our culture that matters.
This book covers everything from &quot;calling&quot; on someone to &quot;hooking up&quot; (and boy does college mess with our dating code, or what?) From Girls Gone Wild, to the AIDS epidemic. From &quot;settling&quot; to speed-dating to dating apps to geo-location.
It&apos;s not a heavy in-depth read, but it sure is interesting, and Kyra Miller delivers it decently enough with plenty of tongue-in-cheekiness.
By the way? Weigel thinks the best way to change our culture is by banding together and organizing. As somebody with PTSD from my dating years, if I ever go back out there, I say we Unionize...!

Amazing book!
This book is a thoughtful look through time, gender, race and class in the U.S. Who knew speed dating was invented by a rabbi! Thanks a million!

entertaining and interesting enough
interesting look at the history of dating, and its relationship to economic trends.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gun Control: Guns in America, the Full Debate Audiobook by Christopher Street</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gun-Control-Guns-in-America-the-Full-Debate-Audiobook/B01N4EDJ2L</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Gun Control: Guns in America, the Full Debate
Subtitle: More Guns, Less Problems? No Guns, No Problems?
Author: Christopher Street
Narrator: Shane Morris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-16
Publisher: Christopher Smith
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If there&apos;s one thing most of the world knows about the USA, it&apos;s that we love guns. Depending on who you are, this might be a source of pride; knowing that your country provides you with the ultimate freedom to preserve life and liberty. For others, it&apos;s a source of shame that despite being the richest nation in the world, the USA doesn&apos;t even have the same level of gun regulations as many third world nations.
No matter how you feel about guns, knowing what to do about them is a difficult question for anybody. There are no easy answers to the debate about gun control. The information and statistics all seem to contradict each other, and everyone has such strong opinions about guns that there must be a right one.
This is where this book on gun control comes to help. Here you will be given an engaging and insightful look into the world of guns and gun control.
Understanding the true nature of gun violence and gun culture in the USA is as much about developing the ability to think critically about statistics and society as it is determining whether we should be giving people guns or taking them away.
The NRA tells you that guns stop 2.5 million crimes a year. Mother Jones tells you that you&apos;re more likely to kill yourself or your children than a criminal with a gun. Who to believe? What&apos;s the agenda?
Whether Republican or Democrat, gun-nut or gun-phobic, the truth is that the USA&apos;s gun homicide rate doesn&apos;t just beat out America&apos;s competition in the Western world, it obliterates it. Does this mean we need to bury our guns, or make sure we have enough to go around? Discover what gun control really means, and how it would manifest itself in America.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christopher Street)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2016 23:23:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/075475/bk_acx0_075475_sample.mp3" length="2143444" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gun-Control-Guns-in-America-the-Full-Debate-Audiobook/B01N4EDJ2L</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61kRuZmPW0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Gun Control: Guns in America, the Full Debate
Subtitle: More Guns, Less Problems? No Guns, No Problems?
Author: Christopher Street
Narrator: Shane Morris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-16
Publisher: Christopher Smith
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If there&apos;s one thing most of the world knows about the USA, it&apos;s that we love guns. Depending on who you are, this might be a source of pride; knowing that your country provides you with the ultimate freedom to preserve life and liberty. For others, it&apos;s a source of shame that despite being the richest nation in the world, the USA doesn&apos;t even have the same level of gun regulations as many third world nations.
No matter how you feel about guns, knowing what to do about them is a difficult question for anybody. There are no easy answers to the debate about gun control. The information and statistics all seem to contradict each other, and everyone has such strong opinions about guns that there must be a right one.
This is where this book on gun control comes to help. Here you will be given an engaging and insightful look into the world of guns and gun control.
Understanding the true nature of gun violence and gun culture in the USA is as much about developing the ability to think critically about statistics and society as it is determining whether we should be giving people guns or taking them away.
The NRA tells you that guns stop 2.5 million crimes a year. Mother Jones tells you that you&apos;re more likely to kill yourself or your children than a criminal with a gun. Who to believe? What&apos;s the agenda?
Whether Republican or Democrat, gun-nut or gun-phobic, the truth is that the USA&apos;s gun homicide rate doesn&apos;t just beat out America&apos;s competition in the Western world, it obliterates it. Does this mean we need to bury our guns, or make sure we have enough to go around? Discover what gun control really means, and how it would manifest itself in America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Gun Control: Guns in America, the Full Debate
Subtitle: More Guns, Less Problems? No Guns, No Problems?
Author: Christopher Street
Narrator: Shane Morris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-16
Publisher: Christopher Smith
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If there&apos;s one thing most of the world knows about the USA, it&apos;s that we love guns. Depending on who you are, this might be a source of pride; knowing that your country provides you with the ultimate freedom to preserve life and liberty. For others, it&apos;s a source of shame that despite being the richest nation in the world, the USA doesn&apos;t even have the same level of gun regulations as many third world nations.
No matter how you feel about guns, knowing what to do about them is a difficult question for anybody. There are no easy answers to the debate about gun control. The information and statistics all seem to contradict each other, and everyone has such strong opinions about guns that there must be a right one.
This is where this book on gun control comes to help. Here you will be given an engaging and insightful look into the world of guns and gun control.
Understanding the true nature of gun violence and gun culture in the USA is as much about developing the ability to think critically about statistics and society as it is determining whether we should be giving people guns or taking them away.
The NRA tells you that guns stop 2.5 million crimes a year. Mother Jones tells you that you&apos;re more likely to kill yourself or your children than a criminal with a gun. Who to believe? What&apos;s the agenda?
Whether Republican or Democrat, gun-nut or gun-phobic, the truth is that the USA&apos;s gun homicide rate doesn&apos;t just beat out America&apos;s competition in the Western world, it obliterates it. Does this mean we need to bury our guns, or make sure we have enough to go around? Discover what gun control really means, and how it would manifest itself in America.

Members Reviews:
Not Bias
Although the author is not totally unbiased about the gun issue, he doesn&apos;t let his feelings on the subject become a burden. All in all this is a great coverage of the gun rights subject. Even though I lived through a lot of the history he discusses, I learned a lot.

Opened up my mind!
Opened my mind to both sides of the gun debate but did not persuade me to buy a weapon for self-protection. Many in our population lack the self control and skill to NOT &quot;react first - think later&quot; which leads to tragedy and remorse.

Factual
Great beginning for a reasoned conversation about gun ownership rights and gun safety for the public, gun owners and non owners. Very readable and factual. As an almost life long gun owner, hunter and sport shooter (trap), I am very concerned that we have not been able to have a careful, non emotional debate about how to ensure gun ownership rights and to deal with the public health issue of 30 plus thousand gun deaths a year. This book allows for a discussion based on facts to begin.

Excellent
Christopher advocates for both sides of the argument, searching a common ground large enough for partisans on both sides of the debate.

Well Researched
Well researched, balanced with extensive historical context and perspective. Engaging writing. Brought 2nd Amendment, Pro-gun and gun control issues into perspective. I learned a great deal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pandora&apos;s Lunchbox Audiobook by Melanie Warner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pandoras-Lunchbox-Audiobook/B00C1FKO7Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pandora&apos;s Lunchbox
Subtitle: How Processed Food Took Over the American Meal
Author: Melanie Warner
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-29-13
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a piece of individually wrapped cheese retains its shape, color, and texture for years, what does it say about the food we eat and feed our children? Former New York Times reporter and mother Melanie Warner decided to explore that question when she observed the phenomenon of the indestructible cheese. She began an investigative journey that takes her to research labs, food science departments, and factories around the country. What she discovered provides a rare, eye-opening - and sometimes disturbing - account of what we&apos;re really eating. Warner looks at how decades of food science have resulted in the cheapest, most abundant, most addictive, and most nutritionally devastating food in the world, and she uncovers startling evidence about the profound health implications of the packaged and fast foods that we eat on a daily basis.
From breakfast cereal to chicken subs to nutrition bars, processed foods account for roughly 70 percent of our nation&apos;s calories. Despite the growing presence of farmers&apos; markets and organic produce, strange food additives are nearly impossible to avoid. Combining meticulous research, vivid writing, and cultural analysis, Warner blows the lid off the largely undocumented - and lightly regulated - world of chemically treated and processed foods and lays bare the potential price we may pay for consuming even so-called &quot;healthy&quot; foods.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Warner&apos;s thought-provoking study does an excellent job presenting the facts without sensationalizing, and offering common-sense solutions to those seeking to make better food choices.&quot; (
Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Melanie Warner)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2013 09:01:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002964/bk_tant_002964_sample.mp3" length="2341557" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pandoras-Lunchbox-Audiobook/B00C1FKO7Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51CBz28BueL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pandora&apos;s Lunchbox
Subtitle: How Processed Food Took Over the American Meal
Author: Melanie Warner
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-29-13
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a piece of individually wrapped cheese retains its shape, color, and texture for years, what does it say about the food we eat and feed our children? Former New York Times reporter and mother Melanie Warner decided to explore that question when she observed the phenomenon of the indestructible cheese. She began an investigative journey that takes her to research labs, food science departments, and factories around the country. What she discovered provides a rare, eye-opening - and sometimes disturbing - account of what we&apos;re really eating. Warner looks at how decades of food science have resulted in the cheapest, most abundant, most addictive, and most nutritionally devastating food in the world, and she uncovers startling evidence about the profound health implications of the packaged and fast foods that we eat on a daily basis.
From breakfast cereal to chicken subs to nutrition bars, processed foods account for roughly 70 percent of our nation&apos;s calories. Despite the growing presence of farmers&apos; markets and organic produce, strange food additives are nearly impossible to avoid. Combining meticulous research, vivid writing, and cultural analysis, Warner blows the lid off the largely undocumented - and lightly regulated - world of chemically treated and processed foods and lays bare the potential price we may pay for consuming even so-called &quot;healthy&quot; foods.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Warner&apos;s thought-provoking study does an excellent job presenting the facts without sensationalizing, and offering common-sense solutions to those seeking to make better food choices.&quot; (
Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pandora&apos;s Lunchbox
Subtitle: How Processed Food Took Over the American Meal
Author: Melanie Warner
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-29-13
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a piece of individually wrapped cheese retains its shape, color, and texture for years, what does it say about the food we eat and feed our children? Former New York Times reporter and mother Melanie Warner decided to explore that question when she observed the phenomenon of the indestructible cheese. She began an investigative journey that takes her to research labs, food science departments, and factories around the country. What she discovered provides a rare, eye-opening - and sometimes disturbing - account of what we&apos;re really eating. Warner looks at how decades of food science have resulted in the cheapest, most abundant, most addictive, and most nutritionally devastating food in the world, and she uncovers startling evidence about the profound health implications of the packaged and fast foods that we eat on a daily basis.
From breakfast cereal to chicken subs to nutrition bars, processed foods account for roughly 70 percent of our nation&apos;s calories. Despite the growing presence of farmers&apos; markets and organic produce, strange food additives are nearly impossible to avoid. Combining meticulous research, vivid writing, and cultural analysis, Warner blows the lid off the largely undocumented - and lightly regulated - world of chemically treated and processed foods and lays bare the potential price we may pay for consuming even so-called &quot;healthy&quot; foods.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Warner&apos;s thought-provoking study does an excellent job presenting the facts without sensationalizing, and offering common-sense solutions to those seeking to make better food choices.&quot; (
Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Interesting.
What did you like best about Pandora&apos;s Lunchbox? What did you like least?
A nice background on food history
Any additional comments?
There&apos;s obvious bias present in some of the stories based on the author&apos;s own perceptions and a desire to persuade others. Substances such as fatty acids are referred to as &quot;grease&quot; as a way of influencing others or attempting to debase some of the substances. This style is repeatedly used throughout the text and juxtaposed against scientific or factual data to attempt to provide more emphasis. Overall, a decent history lesson on the food and supplement industry.

Same old
Not much different from other books of its kind. Narrator has an artificially perky voice for nonfiction. She sounds like she&apos;d reading about Disney princesses to a group of 3rd graders. Pass.

Protein and Bread
What made the experience of listening to Pandora&apos;s Lunchbox the most enjoyable?
It was a great coverage of all the ways that our corporate food is questionable; however, I would recommend two books to listen to or read to clarify some things she needs to read as well as all those who have listened to or read this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Affluenza Audiobook by John de Graaf, David Wann, Thomas H. Naylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Affluenza-Audiobook/B00PG3QO2E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Affluenza
Subtitle: How Over-Consumption Is Killing Us - And How We Can Fight Back
Author: John de Graaf, David Wann, Thomas H. Naylor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-11-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Affluenza, n. a painful, contagious, socially transmitted condition of overload, debt, anxiety, and waste resulting from the dogged pursuit of more. We tried to warn you! The 2008 economic collapse proved how resilient and dangerous affluenza can be. Now in its third edition, this audiobook can safely be called prophetic in showing how problems ranging from loneliness, endless working hours, and family conflict to rising debt, environmental pollution, and rampant commercialism are all symptoms of this global plague. The new edition traces the role overconsumption played in the Great Recession, discusses new ways to measure social health and success (such as the Gross Domestic Happiness index), and offers policy recommendations to make our society more simplicity-friendly. The underlying message isnt to stop buying - its to remember, always, that the best things in life arent things.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John de Graaf)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2014 08:29:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/020739/bk_adbl_020739_sample.mp3" length="2213661" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Affluenza-Audiobook/B00PG3QO2E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61QQo-gn-nL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Affluenza
Subtitle: How Over-Consumption Is Killing Us - And How We Can Fight Back
Author: John de Graaf, David Wann, Thomas H. Naylor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-11-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Affluenza, n. a painful, contagious, socially transmitted condition of overload, debt, anxiety, and waste resulting from the dogged pursuit of more. We tried to warn you! The 2008 economic collapse proved how resilient and dangerous affluenza can be. Now in its third edition, this audiobook can safely be called prophetic in showing how problems ranging from loneliness, endless working hours, and family conflict to rising debt, environmental pollution, and rampant commercialism are all symptoms of this global plague. The new edition traces the role overconsumption played in the Great Recession, discusses new ways to measure social health and success (such as the Gross Domestic Happiness index), and offers policy recommendations to make our society more simplicity-friendly. The underlying message isnt to stop buying - its to remember, always, that the best things in life arent things.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Affluenza
Subtitle: How Over-Consumption Is Killing Us - And How We Can Fight Back
Author: John de Graaf, David Wann, Thomas H. Naylor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-11-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Affluenza, n. a painful, contagious, socially transmitted condition of overload, debt, anxiety, and waste resulting from the dogged pursuit of more. We tried to warn you! The 2008 economic collapse proved how resilient and dangerous affluenza can be. Now in its third edition, this audiobook can safely be called prophetic in showing how problems ranging from loneliness, endless working hours, and family conflict to rising debt, environmental pollution, and rampant commercialism are all symptoms of this global plague. The new edition traces the role overconsumption played in the Great Recession, discusses new ways to measure social health and success (such as the Gross Domestic Happiness index), and offers policy recommendations to make our society more simplicity-friendly. The underlying message isnt to stop buying - its to remember, always, that the best things in life arent things.

Members Reviews:
Very interesting book
If you could sum up Affluenza in three words, what would they be?
Eye opening, factual, scary
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
Societal changes based on statistics.
What does Joe Barrett bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
An interesting voice that increases the readers intrigue.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
I refer to it often in conversations.

required reading. however, I loved it.
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes I would recommend it to a friend. The author has a way with words so it was easy to listen to. I enjoyed the context. It got a little too political in part 3 though.

a penny saved is much more than a penny earned
simple is as simple does, a humble life does more than allow appreciation of privilege, it can make ya &quot;rich&quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bright-sided Audiobook by Barbara Ehrenreich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bright-sided-Audiobook/B002V8LA7Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bright-sided
Subtitle: How the Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America
Author: Barbara Ehrenreich
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-09
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 317 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Americans are a &quot;positive&quot; people - cheerful, optimistic, and upbeat: this is our reputation as well as our self-image. But more than a temperament, being positive, we are told, is the key to success and prosperity.
In this utterly original take on the American frame of mind, Barbara Ehrenreich traces the strange career of our sunny outlook from its origins as a marginal 19th-century healing technique to its enshrinement as a dominant, almost mandatory, cultural attitude. Evangelical mega-churches preach the good news that you only have to want something to get it, because God wants to &quot;prosper&quot; you. The medical profession prescribes positive thinking for its presumed health benefits. Academia has made room for new departments of &quot;positive psychology&quot; and the &quot;science of happiness.&quot; Nowhere, though, has bright-siding taken firmer root than within the business community, where, as Ehrenreich shows, the refusal even to consider negative outcomes - like mortgage defaults - contributed directly to the current economic crisis.
With the mythbusting powers for which she is acclaimed, Ehrenreich exposes the downside of America&apos;s penchant for positive thinking: On a personal level, it leads to self-blame and a morbid preoccupation with stamping out &quot;negative&quot; thoughts. On a national level, it&apos;s brought us an era of irrational optimism resulting in disaster. This is Ehrenreich at her provocative best - poking holes in conventional wisdom and faux science, and ending with a call for existential clarity and courage.

Editorial Reviews:
Liberal essayist Barbara Ehrenreich has been cranking out a fresh book on some aspect of the follies and failings in American social justice every few years since 1969. Twenty books later, she brings us this gem addressing the perils of positive thinking. Named a &quot;Voice of the Century&quot; by AudioFile magazine, Kate Reading has given voice to well over a hundred books and is one of Audible&apos;s featured narrators. This is Reading&apos;s first time at bat with Ehrenreich&apos;s work, and predictably, she knocks it out of the park.
The majority of Ehrenreich&apos;s books tend to focus on a large institution or systemic national problem, such as health care or concerns of the middle class. Bright-sided tackles the increasingly fashionable idea that &quot;the power of positive thinking&quot; can guide Americans through any type of crisis. Unlike some of her previous work, this book aligns all of Ehrenreich&apos;s interests and brings each facet of her expertise to bear on one very nebulous and fluffy opponent. Across this shady and shifting psychological battlefield, Reading keeps up every step of the way. Her tone is terrifically authoritative and methodical in the opening chapters where Ehrenreich uses her degree in microbiology to knock down the pseudoscientific studies and rationales for promoting optimism one by one. Reading softens the critical edge without getting overly syrupy when Ehrenreich moves into her more personal anecdotes about struggling to defeat breast cancer without the aid of cheerfulness.
Where both author and narrator really shine is the second half of the book, which attacks the three-headed zombie of academic, religious, and economic blindness created by this new culture of &quot;optimism at all costs&quot;.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Barbara Ehrenreich)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2009 15:18:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/001004/bk_aren_001004_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bright-sided-Audiobook/B002V8LA7Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51AccwPw78L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bright-sided
Subtitle: How the Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America
Author: Barbara Ehrenreich
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-09
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 317 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Americans are a &quot;positive&quot; people - cheerful, optimistic, and upbeat: this is our reputation as well as our self-image. But more than a temperament, being positive, we are told, is the key to success and prosperity.
In this utterly original take on the American frame of mind, Barbara Ehrenreich traces the strange career of our sunny outlook from its origins as a marginal 19th-century healing technique to its enshrinement as a dominant, almost mandatory, cultural attitude. Evangelical mega-churches preach the good news that you only have to want something to get it, because God wants to &quot;prosper&quot; you. The medical profession prescribes positive thinking for its presumed health benefits. Academia has made room for new departments of &quot;positive psychology&quot; and the &quot;science of happiness.&quot; Nowhere, though, has bright-siding taken firmer root than within the business community, where, as Ehrenreich shows, the refusal even to consider negative outcomes - like mortgage defaults - contributed directly to the current economic crisis.
With the mythbusting powers for which she is acclaimed, Ehrenreich exposes the downside of America&apos;s penchant for positive thinking: On a personal level, it leads to self-blame and a morbid preoccupation with stamping out &quot;negative&quot; thoughts. On a national level, it&apos;s brought us an era of irrational optimism resulting in disaster. This is Ehrenreich at her provocative best - poking holes in conventional wisdom and faux science, and ending with a call for existential clarity and courage.

Editorial Reviews:
Liberal essayist Barbara Ehrenreich has been cranking out a fresh book on some aspect of the follies and failings in American social justice every few years since 1969. Twenty books later, she brings us this gem addressing the perils of positive thinking. Named a &quot;Voice of the Century&quot; by AudioFile magazine, Kate Reading has given voice to well over a hundred books and is one of Audible&apos;s featured narrators. This is Reading&apos;s first time at bat with Ehrenreich&apos;s work, and predictably, she knocks it out of the park.
The majority of Ehrenreich&apos;s books tend to focus on a large institution or systemic national problem, such as health care or concerns of the middle class. Bright-sided tackles the increasingly fashionable idea that &quot;the power of positive thinking&quot; can guide Americans through any type of crisis. Unlike some of her previous work, this book aligns all of Ehrenreich&apos;s interests and brings each facet of her expertise to bear on one very nebulous and fluffy opponent. Across this shady and shifting psychological battlefield, Reading keeps up every step of the way. Her tone is terrifically authoritative and methodical in the opening chapters where Ehrenreich uses her degree in microbiology to knock down the pseudoscientific studies and rationales for promoting optimism one by one. Reading softens the critical edge without getting overly syrupy when Ehrenreich moves into her more personal anecdotes about struggling to defeat breast cancer without the aid of cheerfulness.
Where both author and narrator really shine is the second half of the book, which attacks the three-headed zombie of academic, religious, and economic blindness created by this new culture of &quot;optimism at all costs&quot;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bright-sided
Subtitle: How the Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America
Author: Barbara Ehrenreich
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-09
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 317 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Americans are a &quot;positive&quot; people - cheerful, optimistic, and upbeat: this is our reputation as well as our self-image. But more than a temperament, being positive, we are told, is the key to success and prosperity.
In this utterly original take on the American frame of mind, Barbara Ehrenreich traces the strange career of our sunny outlook from its origins as a marginal 19th-century healing technique to its enshrinement as a dominant, almost mandatory, cultural attitude. Evangelical mega-churches preach the good news that you only have to want something to get it, because God wants to &quot;prosper&quot; you. The medical profession prescribes positive thinking for its presumed health benefits. Academia has made room for new departments of &quot;positive psychology&quot; and the &quot;science of happiness.&quot; Nowhere, though, has bright-siding taken firmer root than within the business community, where, as Ehrenreich shows, the refusal even to consider negative outcomes - like mortgage defaults - contributed directly to the current economic crisis.
With the mythbusting powers for which she is acclaimed, Ehrenreich exposes the downside of America&apos;s penchant for positive thinking: On a personal level, it leads to self-blame and a morbid preoccupation with stamping out &quot;negative&quot; thoughts. On a national level, it&apos;s brought us an era of irrational optimism resulting in disaster. This is Ehrenreich at her provocative best - poking holes in conventional wisdom and faux science, and ending with a call for existential clarity and courage.

Editorial Reviews:
Liberal essayist Barbara Ehrenreich has been cranking out a fresh book on some aspect of the follies and failings in American social justice every few years since 1969. Twenty books later, she brings us this gem addressing the perils of positive thinking. Named a &quot;Voice of the Century&quot; by AudioFile magazine, Kate Reading has given voice to well over a hundred books and is one of Audible&apos;s featured narrators. This is Reading&apos;s first time at bat with Ehrenreich&apos;s work, and predictably, she knocks it out of the park.
The majority of Ehrenreich&apos;s books tend to focus on a large institution or systemic national problem, such as health care or concerns of the middle class. Bright-sided tackles the increasingly fashionable idea that &quot;the power of positive thinking&quot; can guide Americans through any type of crisis. Unlike some of her previous work, this book aligns all of Ehrenreich&apos;s interests and brings each facet of her expertise to bear on one very nebulous and fluffy opponent. Across this shady and shifting psychological battlefield, Reading keeps up every step of the way. Her tone is terrifically authoritative and methodical in the opening chapters where Ehrenreich uses her degree in microbiology to knock down the pseudoscientific studies and rationales for promoting optimism one by one. Reading softens the critical edge without getting overly syrupy when Ehrenreich moves into her more personal anecdotes about struggling to defeat breast cancer without the aid of cheerfulness.
Where both author and narrator really shine is the second half of the book, which attacks the three-headed zombie of academic, religious, and economic blindness created by this new culture of &quot;optimism at all costs&quot;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>1 Dead in Attic Audiobook by Chris Rose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/1-Dead-in-Attic-Audiobook/B00N1ZJW8W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 1 Dead in Attic
Subtitle: After Katrina
Author: Chris Rose
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-27-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 53 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
1 Dead in Attic is a collection of stories by Times-Picayune columnist Chris Rose, recounting the first harrowing year and a half of life in New Orleans after Hurricane Katrina. Celebrated as a local treasure and heaped with national praise, Rose provides a roller-coaster ride of observation, commentary, emotion, tragedy, and even humor - in a way that only he could find in a devastated wasteland.
They are stories of the dead and the living, stories of survivors and believers, stories of hope and despair. And stories about refrigerators.
1 Dead in Attic freeze-frames New Orleans, caught between an old era and a new, during its most desperate time, as it struggles out of the floodwaters and wills itself back to life.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chris Rose)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Aug 2014 16:06:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/019139/bk_adbl_019139_sample.mp3" length="1783280" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/1-Dead-in-Attic-Audiobook/B00N1ZJW8W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511z823+JjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 1 Dead in Attic
Subtitle: After Katrina
Author: Chris Rose
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-27-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 53 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
1 Dead in Attic is a collection of stories by Times-Picayune columnist Chris Rose, recounting the first harrowing year and a half of life in New Orleans after Hurricane Katrina. Celebrated as a local treasure and heaped with national praise, Rose provides a roller-coaster ride of observation, commentary, emotion, tragedy, and even humor - in a way that only he could find in a devastated wasteland.
They are stories of the dead and the living, stories of survivors and believers, stories of hope and despair. And stories about refrigerators.
1 Dead in Attic freeze-frames New Orleans, caught between an old era and a new, during its most desperate time, as it struggles out of the floodwaters and wills itself back to life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 1 Dead in Attic
Subtitle: After Katrina
Author: Chris Rose
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-27-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 53 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
1 Dead in Attic is a collection of stories by Times-Picayune columnist Chris Rose, recounting the first harrowing year and a half of life in New Orleans after Hurricane Katrina. Celebrated as a local treasure and heaped with national praise, Rose provides a roller-coaster ride of observation, commentary, emotion, tragedy, and even humor - in a way that only he could find in a devastated wasteland.
They are stories of the dead and the living, stories of survivors and believers, stories of hope and despair. And stories about refrigerators.
1 Dead in Attic freeze-frames New Orleans, caught between an old era and a new, during its most desperate time, as it struggles out of the floodwaters and wills itself back to life.

Members Reviews:
Still Makes Me Hurt
I got involved with animal rescue after Katrina hit, was a nutcase by the time Rita swept through (even though I hadn&apos;t been there yet, but the images, my imagination, the extent of my caring about the horror were enough), and had full blown PTSD by the time I came back after two weeks in New Orleans helping out when the state was kicking out all out-of-state rescues. The place, ALL of those parishes, are dear to me. I HAD to get this book because the title: 1 Dead in Attic was pretty much something you saw everywhere (along with 4 dogs DOA, 3 cats DOA in Bathroom, things like that.)
I still grieve.
But I felt like I was given a little piece of &quot;home,&quot; if you will, when I listened to Chris Rose&apos;s book. It&apos;s a series of his articles, all the happenings, all his thoughts, things that went on after Katrina, for over a year, the horror, the heartache, the struggles and triumphs. The depression and sense of loss. The rebirth (sometimes with meds needed).
I guess this might not be everybody&apos;s cup of tea. Katrina no longer holds the nation&apos;s attention, but it&apos;s a wonderful book in its own right, a touching one worthy of a listen.
And Bronson Pinchot? He has just grown into one of the most fearless narrators I&apos;ve ever had the pleasure of listening to! Anger, exasperation, humor, tenderness, robotic depression, gentle love, all tones and expressions seem so easy for him to convey.
Wow to this book.
Simply:
Wow

Bronson Pinchot is a Revelation
Any additional comments?
I concur with all the accolades written about this book. My purpose in submitting this review is to share a deep appreciation for Bronson Pinchot&apos;s narration. There are several narrators working today that inspire me to take a chance with a book of which I may not have heard. Bronson Pinchot just got added to that very short list.

insightful
a great book for anyone who got all of their Katrina news from watching television.  This will set you straight on the facts from the viewpoints of those who lived it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Town That Food Saved Audiobook by Ben Hewitt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Town-That-Food-Saved-Audiobook/B004CSZU9M</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Town That Food Saved
Subtitle: How One Community Found Vitality in Local Food
Author: Ben Hewitt
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 59 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past several years, Hardwick, Vermont, a typical hardscrabble farming community of three thousand residents, has jump-started its economy and redefined its self-image through a local, self-sustaining food system unlike anything else in America. Even as the recent financial downturn threatens to cripple small businesses and privately owned farms, a stunning number of food-based businesses have grown in the regionVermont Soy, Jasper Hill Farm, Petes Greens, Patchwork Farm &amp; Bakery, Applecheek Farm, Claires Restaurant and Bar, and Bonnieview Farm, to name only a few. The mostly young entrepreneurs have created a network of community support, meeting regularly to share advice, equipment, and business plans and to loan each other capital. Hardwick is fast becoming a model for other communities hoping to replicate its success. The captivating story of a small town coming back to life, The Town That Food Saved is narrative nonfiction at its best, full of colorful characters and grounded in an idea that will revolutionize the way we eat.

Critic Reviews:
A pleasurable, almost gossipy read. (San Francisco Chronicle)
The literary tone and humor make this book more accessible and entertaining. (School Library Journal)
Adroitly balancing professional neutrality with personal commitment, Hewitt engagingly examines this paradigm shift in the way a community feeds its citizens. (Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ben Hewitt)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Nov 2010 21:55:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/004063/bk_blak_004063_sample.mp3" length="2399741" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Town-That-Food-Saved-Audiobook/B004CSZU9M</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51HCMDuJ9SL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Town That Food Saved
Subtitle: How One Community Found Vitality in Local Food
Author: Ben Hewitt
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 59 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past several years, Hardwick, Vermont, a typical hardscrabble farming community of three thousand residents, has jump-started its economy and redefined its self-image through a local, self-sustaining food system unlike anything else in America. Even as the recent financial downturn threatens to cripple small businesses and privately owned farms, a stunning number of food-based businesses have grown in the regionVermont Soy, Jasper Hill Farm, Petes Greens, Patchwork Farm &amp; Bakery, Applecheek Farm, Claires Restaurant and Bar, and Bonnieview Farm, to name only a few. The mostly young entrepreneurs have created a network of community support, meeting regularly to share advice, equipment, and business plans and to loan each other capital. Hardwick is fast becoming a model for other communities hoping to replicate its success. The captivating story of a small town coming back to life, The Town That Food Saved is narrative nonfiction at its best, full of colorful characters and grounded in an idea that will revolutionize the way we eat.

Critic Reviews:
A pleasurable, almost gossipy read. (San Francisco Chronicle)
The literary tone and humor make this book more accessible and entertaining. (School Library Journal)
Adroitly balancing professional neutrality with personal commitment, Hewitt engagingly examines this paradigm shift in the way a community feeds its citizens. (Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Town That Food Saved
Subtitle: How One Community Found Vitality in Local Food
Author: Ben Hewitt
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 59 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past several years, Hardwick, Vermont, a typical hardscrabble farming community of three thousand residents, has jump-started its economy and redefined its self-image through a local, self-sustaining food system unlike anything else in America. Even as the recent financial downturn threatens to cripple small businesses and privately owned farms, a stunning number of food-based businesses have grown in the regionVermont Soy, Jasper Hill Farm, Petes Greens, Patchwork Farm &amp; Bakery, Applecheek Farm, Claires Restaurant and Bar, and Bonnieview Farm, to name only a few. The mostly young entrepreneurs have created a network of community support, meeting regularly to share advice, equipment, and business plans and to loan each other capital. Hardwick is fast becoming a model for other communities hoping to replicate its success. The captivating story of a small town coming back to life, The Town That Food Saved is narrative nonfiction at its best, full of colorful characters and grounded in an idea that will revolutionize the way we eat.

Critic Reviews:
A pleasurable, almost gossipy read. (San Francisco Chronicle)
The literary tone and humor make this book more accessible and entertaining. (School Library Journal)
Adroitly balancing professional neutrality with personal commitment, Hewitt engagingly examines this paradigm shift in the way a community feeds its citizens. (Booklist)

Members Reviews:
Trepidation turned to intruige
I started listening to this book and for the first hour or so, wasn&apos;t sure what I had gotten myself in for. It seemed (and maybe still seems, I&apos;m not sure) a big advert for this town. However, Ben really does explore some really interesting and worthwhile questions about the whole local food economy idea that other books (including Barbara Kingsolver&apos;s Animal Vegetable Miracle) simply don&apos;t cover. Its very much an in depth view and discussion of what local food really means, what impact that has and what it means to this one small town. And Arthur (whose accent I didn&apos;t at first like and then it grew on me over time, really fitting the words from the mouths of some of the locals) really added character to each of the different people in the story, making them very distinct and separate from each other. All in all, a very good (and different book), well orated and well written.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Notes from No Mans Land Audiobook by Eula Biss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Notes-from-No-Mans-Land-Audiobook/B00AYKQY6U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Notes from No Mans Land
Subtitle: American Essays
Author: Eula Biss
Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 01-11-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award for Criticism
Winner of the Graywolf Press Nonfiction Prize
A frank and fascinating exploration of race and racial identity
In a book that begins with a series of lynchings and ends with a series of apologies, Eula Biss explores race in America. Her response to the topic is informed by the experiences chronicled in these essays - teaching in a Harlem school on the morning of 9/11, reporting for an African American newspaper in San Diego, watching the aftermath of Katrina from a college town in Iowa, and settling in Chicagos most diverse neighborhood. As Biss moves across the country from New York to California to the Midwest, her essays move across time from biblical Babylon to the freedmans schools of Reconstruction to a Jim Crow mining town to post-war white flight. She brings an eclectic education to the page, drawing variously on the Eagles, Laura Ingalls Wilder, James Baldwin, Alexander Graham Bell, Joan Didion, religious pamphlets, and reality television shows.
These spare, sometimes lyric essays explore the legacy of race in America, artfully revealing in intimate detail how families, schools, and neighborhoods participate in preserving racial privilege. Faced with a disturbing past and an unsettling present, Biss still remains hopeful about the possibilities of American diversity, not the sun-shininess of it, or the quota-making politics of it, but the real complexity of it.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Traversing an isthmus between white America and nonwhite America, she notes her own, ample opportunities, yet refuses to relinquish the struggle for racial identity to those that have traditionally been more oppressed.&quot; (Columbia Journalism Review)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eula Biss)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jan 2013 13:05:33 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/008053/bk_adbl_008053_sample.mp3" length="2083676" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Notes-from-No-Mans-Land-Audiobook/B00AYKQY6U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41FGwIP+6+L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Notes from No Mans Land
Subtitle: American Essays
Author: Eula Biss
Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 01-11-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award for Criticism
Winner of the Graywolf Press Nonfiction Prize
A frank and fascinating exploration of race and racial identity
In a book that begins with a series of lynchings and ends with a series of apologies, Eula Biss explores race in America. Her response to the topic is informed by the experiences chronicled in these essays - teaching in a Harlem school on the morning of 9/11, reporting for an African American newspaper in San Diego, watching the aftermath of Katrina from a college town in Iowa, and settling in Chicagos most diverse neighborhood. As Biss moves across the country from New York to California to the Midwest, her essays move across time from biblical Babylon to the freedmans schools of Reconstruction to a Jim Crow mining town to post-war white flight. She brings an eclectic education to the page, drawing variously on the Eagles, Laura Ingalls Wilder, James Baldwin, Alexander Graham Bell, Joan Didion, religious pamphlets, and reality television shows.
These spare, sometimes lyric essays explore the legacy of race in America, artfully revealing in intimate detail how families, schools, and neighborhoods participate in preserving racial privilege. Faced with a disturbing past and an unsettling present, Biss still remains hopeful about the possibilities of American diversity, not the sun-shininess of it, or the quota-making politics of it, but the real complexity of it.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Traversing an isthmus between white America and nonwhite America, she notes her own, ample opportunities, yet refuses to relinquish the struggle for racial identity to those that have traditionally been more oppressed.&quot; (Columbia Journalism Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Notes from No Mans Land
Subtitle: American Essays
Author: Eula Biss
Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 01-11-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award for Criticism
Winner of the Graywolf Press Nonfiction Prize
A frank and fascinating exploration of race and racial identity
In a book that begins with a series of lynchings and ends with a series of apologies, Eula Biss explores race in America. Her response to the topic is informed by the experiences chronicled in these essays - teaching in a Harlem school on the morning of 9/11, reporting for an African American newspaper in San Diego, watching the aftermath of Katrina from a college town in Iowa, and settling in Chicagos most diverse neighborhood. As Biss moves across the country from New York to California to the Midwest, her essays move across time from biblical Babylon to the freedmans schools of Reconstruction to a Jim Crow mining town to post-war white flight. She brings an eclectic education to the page, drawing variously on the Eagles, Laura Ingalls Wilder, James Baldwin, Alexander Graham Bell, Joan Didion, religious pamphlets, and reality television shows.
These spare, sometimes lyric essays explore the legacy of race in America, artfully revealing in intimate detail how families, schools, and neighborhoods participate in preserving racial privilege. Faced with a disturbing past and an unsettling present, Biss still remains hopeful about the possibilities of American diversity, not the sun-shininess of it, or the quota-making politics of it, but the real complexity of it.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Traversing an isthmus between white America and nonwhite America, she notes her own, ample opportunities, yet refuses to relinquish the struggle for racial identity to those that have traditionally been more oppressed.&quot; (Columbia Journalism Review)

Members Reviews:
Well Written (If Not Well Thought Out)
Eula Biss is a talented writer with interesting life experiences, and many of the essays in this collection are lyrical explorations of her thinking.  With the theme of race interwoven throughout her writings, this makes for a thought-provoking book, and one capable of passionate discussion, e.g., in a book group.
That said, the author seems to use the personal essay format as permission to put forth her most superficial views, often poorly researched if at all.   For example, she begins the book by stating the oft-repeated conclusion that there is no biological basis for race, which is therefore a purely social construct.   Even the most casual research shows that this is wishful thinking and scientifically incorrect (see, Race Is Seen as Real Guide To Track Roots of Disease, By Nicholas Wade, Published: July 30, 2002 in the New York Times).  What the author means is that the biological differences are exceedingly minor and cannot support all the behavioral claims or segregationists, etc., but this is no excuse to misstate facts.  Similarly, the author later boldly states that the historical record is completely devoid of documentation of a certain practice, as if she has actually reviewed the historical record in its entirety.
Personally, my aha moment was realizing that racism can be thought of as merely a subset of the more general shunning of otherness.   And this is why I think of the book as, at best, a well written series of essays based on the most lightweight analysis of the purported subject matter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ayn Rand Cult Audiobook by Jeff Walker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Ayn-Rand-Cult-Audiobook/B00K87NZ20</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Ayn Rand Cult
Author: Jeff Walker
Narrator: Fred Filbrich
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ayn Rand and her philosophical school, Objectivism, have had a considerable influence upon American popular culture, yet the true story of her life and work has yet to be told. In this book, Jeff Walker debunks the cult-like following that developed around the author of the classics Atlas Shrugged and The Fountainhead - a cult that persists even today.

Critic Reviews:
Walker&apos;s account is well researched and clearly written,.. A solid contribution to 20th-century intellectual history. (Library Journal)
&quot;Comprehensive... will infuriate those who admire Rand and hearten those who hate her. (Liberty)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeff Walker)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2014 09:22:38 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/018517/bk_acx0_018517_sample.mp3" length="1188125" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Ayn-Rand-Cult-Audiobook/B00K87NZ20</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51fSA3ypJgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Ayn Rand Cult
Author: Jeff Walker
Narrator: Fred Filbrich
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ayn Rand and her philosophical school, Objectivism, have had a considerable influence upon American popular culture, yet the true story of her life and work has yet to be told. In this book, Jeff Walker debunks the cult-like following that developed around the author of the classics Atlas Shrugged and The Fountainhead - a cult that persists even today.

Critic Reviews:
Walker&apos;s account is well researched and clearly written,.. A solid contribution to 20th-century intellectual history. (Library Journal)
&quot;Comprehensive... will infuriate those who admire Rand and hearten those who hate her. (Liberty)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Ayn Rand Cult
Author: Jeff Walker
Narrator: Fred Filbrich
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ayn Rand and her philosophical school, Objectivism, have had a considerable influence upon American popular culture, yet the true story of her life and work has yet to be told. In this book, Jeff Walker debunks the cult-like following that developed around the author of the classics Atlas Shrugged and The Fountainhead - a cult that persists even today.

Critic Reviews:
Walker&apos;s account is well researched and clearly written,.. A solid contribution to 20th-century intellectual history. (Library Journal)
&quot;Comprehensive... will infuriate those who admire Rand and hearten those who hate her. (Liberty)

Members Reviews:
Very Informative, But Far Too Much Editorial
If you could sum up The Ayn Rand Cult in three words, what would they be?
Informative but Biased
Would you be willing to try another book from Jeff Walker? Why or why not?
Probably not.  Dont get me wrong, the man does his homework, and there is some excellent reporting on this fascinating book.  But the man cant leave well enough alone, and feels the need to add his editorial everywhere to make certain individuals look bad (which is unnecessary, since the bad people already look bad enough from their own misdeeds).
Any additional comments?
The irony is not lost of a cult around someone who preaches individuality and making personal rational choices.  Rand, who expects only the highest level of morally integrity of others, is involved in a secret affair with a young protege, passive aggressively pressuring their respective spouses to agree and remain silent.  The story is compelling and fascinating.  Yet Walker spares no opportunity to unnecessarily mudsling, particularly in the chapters on the three Rand lieutenants (Branden, Piekoff &amp; Greenspan).  Only the worst interpretations of everyones actions is presumed.  Barbara Brandens The Passion of Ayn Rand (also despised by Rand followers) is a much balanced view of what happened.  Having said that though, this book is filled with an enormous amount of quality information, and a true portrayal of the cult can be gleaned.  Someone could go in, remove about a quarter of the editorial, and be left with a great book.  In the end, I do recommend the book, understanding that the author is no friend of the individuals involved, and the reader will have to stomach through repeated personal invectives to get to the story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Social Life of Information Audiobook by John Seely Brown, Paul Duguid</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Social-Life-of-Information-Audiobook/B072NF22NT</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Social Life of Information
Author: John Seely Brown, Paul Duguid
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-19-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Updated, with a New Preface
John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid show us how to look beyond mere information to the social context that creates and gives meaning to it. Arguing elegantly for the important role that human sociability plays, even - perhaps especially - in the digital world, The Social Life of Information gives us an optimistic look beyond the simplicities of information and individuals. It shows how a better understanding of the contribution that communities, organizations, and institutions make to learning, working, and innovating can lead to the richest possible use of technology in our work and everyday lives. With a new introduction by David Weinberger and reflections by the authors on developments since the book&apos;s first publication, this new edition is essential listening for anyone seeking to understand the human place in a digital world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Seely Brown)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2017 11:14:36 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/010221/bk_reco_010221_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Social-Life-of-Information-Audiobook/B072NF22NT</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51LmxB5KYzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Social Life of Information
Author: John Seely Brown, Paul Duguid
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-19-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Updated, with a New Preface
John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid show us how to look beyond mere information to the social context that creates and gives meaning to it. Arguing elegantly for the important role that human sociability plays, even - perhaps especially - in the digital world, The Social Life of Information gives us an optimistic look beyond the simplicities of information and individuals. It shows how a better understanding of the contribution that communities, organizations, and institutions make to learning, working, and innovating can lead to the richest possible use of technology in our work and everyday lives. With a new introduction by David Weinberger and reflections by the authors on developments since the book&apos;s first publication, this new edition is essential listening for anyone seeking to understand the human place in a digital world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Social Life of Information
Author: John Seely Brown, Paul Duguid
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-19-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Updated, with a New Preface
John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid show us how to look beyond mere information to the social context that creates and gives meaning to it. Arguing elegantly for the important role that human sociability plays, even - perhaps especially - in the digital world, The Social Life of Information gives us an optimistic look beyond the simplicities of information and individuals. It shows how a better understanding of the contribution that communities, organizations, and institutions make to learning, working, and innovating can lead to the richest possible use of technology in our work and everyday lives. With a new introduction by David Weinberger and reflections by the authors on developments since the book&apos;s first publication, this new edition is essential listening for anyone seeking to understand the human place in a digital world.

Members Reviews:
Five Stars
Read this book to understand the beginning of the flux between information theory, real-world practice and personal computing.

How and why &#226;the ability of information and its technologies [continue] to change the social world for the better&#226;
This is an updated edition of a book first published in 2000. David Weisberger provides an Introduction to the New Edition. As co-authors John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid observe in their New Preface, &#226;As we have tried to suggest in this brief attempt to set this book in a contemporary con text, one thing that remains underanalyzed in the world of technological change is the &#226;social&#226; that we have tried to investigate. We have sought to indicate that it is more than an outgrowth of or reducible to individualism. While there is a great deal of talk of the social, what people are talking about often remains unclear.&#226;
One of their objectives in this new edition to provide greater clarity of issues that have emerged in recent years. Social groups now play a much more important role in the context of information itself. Brown and Duguid &#226;certainly do not pretend that this fifteen-year old book pretend that their updated edition &#226;will in any way provide that understanding, but we hope it might still signal the need to develop it.&#226; There is indeed work yet to be done.
With uncommon precision as well as eloquence, they urge their reader to consider quite carefully what information is, how it can be exchanged, and why the nature and extent of that exchange are among the defining characteristics of any society. They observe, &quot;Technology design often takes aim at the surface of life. There it undoubtedly scores lots of worthwhile hits.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gay, Straight, and the Reason Why Audiobook by Simon LeVay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gay-Straight-and-the-Reason-Why-Audiobook/B00I5QHGD0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Gay, Straight, and the Reason Why
Subtitle: The Science of Sexual Orientation
Author: Simon LeVay
Narrator: Topher Payne
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 02-04-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What causes a child to grow up gay or straight? In this book, neuroscientist Simon LeVay summarizes a wealth of scientific evidence that points to one inescapable conclusion: Sexual orientation results primarily from an interaction between genes, sex hormones, and the cells of the developing body and brain.
LeVay helped create this field in 1991 with a much-publicized study in Science, where he reported on a difference in the brain structure between gay and straight men. Since then, an entire scientific discipline has sprung up around the quest for a biological explanation of sexual orientation. In this book, LeVay provides a clear explanation of where the science stands today, taking the reader on a whirlwind tour of laboratories that specialize in genetics, endocrinology, neuroscience, cognitive psychology, evolutionary psychology, and family demographics. He describes, for instance, how researchers have manipulated the sex hormone levels of animals during development, causing them to mate preferentially with animals of their own gender. LeVay also reports on the prevalence of homosexual behavior among wild animals, ranging from Graylag geese to the Bonobo chimpanzee.
Although many details remain unresolved, the general conclusion is quite clear: A person&apos;s sexual orientation arises in large part from biological processes that are already underway before birth. LeVay also makes it clear that these lines of research have a lot of potential because--far from seeking to discover &quot;what went wrong&quot; in the lives of gay people, attempting to develop &quot;cures&quot; for homosexuality, or returning to traditional explanations that center on parent-child relationships, various forms of &quot;training,&quot; or early sexual experiences--our modern scientists are increasingly seeing sexual variety as something to be valued, celebrated, and welcomed into society.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Simon LeVay)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2014 11:37:36 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015499/bk_adbl_015499_sample.mp3" length="2331526" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gay-Straight-and-the-Reason-Why-Audiobook/B00I5QHGD0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41Ca9EoRmgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Gay, Straight, and the Reason Why
Subtitle: The Science of Sexual Orientation
Author: Simon LeVay
Narrator: Topher Payne
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 02-04-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What causes a child to grow up gay or straight? In this book, neuroscientist Simon LeVay summarizes a wealth of scientific evidence that points to one inescapable conclusion: Sexual orientation results primarily from an interaction between genes, sex hormones, and the cells of the developing body and brain.
LeVay helped create this field in 1991 with a much-publicized study in Science, where he reported on a difference in the brain structure between gay and straight men. Since then, an entire scientific discipline has sprung up around the quest for a biological explanation of sexual orientation. In this book, LeVay provides a clear explanation of where the science stands today, taking the reader on a whirlwind tour of laboratories that specialize in genetics, endocrinology, neuroscience, cognitive psychology, evolutionary psychology, and family demographics. He describes, for instance, how researchers have manipulated the sex hormone levels of animals during development, causing them to mate preferentially with animals of their own gender. LeVay also reports on the prevalence of homosexual behavior among wild animals, ranging from Graylag geese to the Bonobo chimpanzee.
Although many details remain unresolved, the general conclusion is quite clear: A person&apos;s sexual orientation arises in large part from biological processes that are already underway before birth. LeVay also makes it clear that these lines of research have a lot of potential because--far from seeking to discover &quot;what went wrong&quot; in the lives of gay people, attempting to develop &quot;cures&quot; for homosexuality, or returning to traditional explanations that center on parent-child relationships, various forms of &quot;training,&quot; or early sexual experiences--our modern scientists are increasingly seeing sexual variety as something to be valued, celebrated, and welcomed into society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Gay, Straight, and the Reason Why
Subtitle: The Science of Sexual Orientation
Author: Simon LeVay
Narrator: Topher Payne
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 02-04-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What causes a child to grow up gay or straight? In this book, neuroscientist Simon LeVay summarizes a wealth of scientific evidence that points to one inescapable conclusion: Sexual orientation results primarily from an interaction between genes, sex hormones, and the cells of the developing body and brain.
LeVay helped create this field in 1991 with a much-publicized study in Science, where he reported on a difference in the brain structure between gay and straight men. Since then, an entire scientific discipline has sprung up around the quest for a biological explanation of sexual orientation. In this book, LeVay provides a clear explanation of where the science stands today, taking the reader on a whirlwind tour of laboratories that specialize in genetics, endocrinology, neuroscience, cognitive psychology, evolutionary psychology, and family demographics. He describes, for instance, how researchers have manipulated the sex hormone levels of animals during development, causing them to mate preferentially with animals of their own gender. LeVay also reports on the prevalence of homosexual behavior among wild animals, ranging from Graylag geese to the Bonobo chimpanzee.
Although many details remain unresolved, the general conclusion is quite clear: A person&apos;s sexual orientation arises in large part from biological processes that are already underway before birth. LeVay also makes it clear that these lines of research have a lot of potential because--far from seeking to discover &quot;what went wrong&quot; in the lives of gay people, attempting to develop &quot;cures&quot; for homosexuality, or returning to traditional explanations that center on parent-child relationships, various forms of &quot;training,&quot; or early sexual experiences--our modern scientists are increasingly seeing sexual variety as something to be valued, celebrated, and welcomed into society.

Members Reviews:
Excellent litterature review on the topic
This book summarizes scientific studies on the reasons behind sexual orientation and behavior. It describes multiple hypotheses, experiments and findings on the topic.
Well written. Good voice acting. Contains lots of valuable information.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Periods Gone Public Audiobook by Jennifer Weiss-Wolf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Periods-Gone-Public-Audiobook/B075NRDGL1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Periods Gone Public
Subtitle: Taking a Stand on Menstrual Equality
Author: Jennifer Weiss-Wolf
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 09-18-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first book to explore menstruation in the current cultural and political landscape and to investigate the new wave of period activism taking the world by storm.
After centuries of being shrouded in taboo and superstition, periods have gone mainstream. Seemingly overnight, a new, high-profile movement has emerged - one dedicated to bold activism, creative product innovation, and smart policy advocacy - to address the centrality of menstruation in relation to core issues of gender equality and equity.
In Periods Gone Public, Jennifer Weiss-Wolf - the woman Bustle dubbed one of the nation&apos;s &quot;badass menstrual activists&quot; - explores why periods have become a prominent political cause. From eliminating the tampon tax, to enacting new laws ensuring access to affordable, safe products, menstruation is no longer something to whisper about. Weiss-Wolf shares her firsthand account in the fight for &quot;period equity&quot; and introduces listeners to the leaders, pioneers, and everyday people who are making change happen. From societal attitudes of periods throughout history - in the United States and around the world - to grassroots activism and product innovation, Weiss-Wolf challenges listeners to face stigma head-on and elevate an agenda that recognizes both the power - and the absolute normalcy - of menstruation.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jennifer Weiss-Wolf)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2017 15:36:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/009534/bk_brll_009534_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Periods-Gone-Public-Audiobook/B075NRDGL1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Up3wz9CWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Periods Gone Public
Subtitle: Taking a Stand on Menstrual Equality
Author: Jennifer Weiss-Wolf
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 09-18-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first book to explore menstruation in the current cultural and political landscape and to investigate the new wave of period activism taking the world by storm.
After centuries of being shrouded in taboo and superstition, periods have gone mainstream. Seemingly overnight, a new, high-profile movement has emerged - one dedicated to bold activism, creative product innovation, and smart policy advocacy - to address the centrality of menstruation in relation to core issues of gender equality and equity.
In Periods Gone Public, Jennifer Weiss-Wolf - the woman Bustle dubbed one of the nation&apos;s &quot;badass menstrual activists&quot; - explores why periods have become a prominent political cause. From eliminating the tampon tax, to enacting new laws ensuring access to affordable, safe products, menstruation is no longer something to whisper about. Weiss-Wolf shares her firsthand account in the fight for &quot;period equity&quot; and introduces listeners to the leaders, pioneers, and everyday people who are making change happen. From societal attitudes of periods throughout history - in the United States and around the world - to grassroots activism and product innovation, Weiss-Wolf challenges listeners to face stigma head-on and elevate an agenda that recognizes both the power - and the absolute normalcy - of menstruation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Periods Gone Public
Subtitle: Taking a Stand on Menstrual Equality
Author: Jennifer Weiss-Wolf
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 09-18-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first book to explore menstruation in the current cultural and political landscape and to investigate the new wave of period activism taking the world by storm.
After centuries of being shrouded in taboo and superstition, periods have gone mainstream. Seemingly overnight, a new, high-profile movement has emerged - one dedicated to bold activism, creative product innovation, and smart policy advocacy - to address the centrality of menstruation in relation to core issues of gender equality and equity.
In Periods Gone Public, Jennifer Weiss-Wolf - the woman Bustle dubbed one of the nation&apos;s &quot;badass menstrual activists&quot; - explores why periods have become a prominent political cause. From eliminating the tampon tax, to enacting new laws ensuring access to affordable, safe products, menstruation is no longer something to whisper about. Weiss-Wolf shares her firsthand account in the fight for &quot;period equity&quot; and introduces listeners to the leaders, pioneers, and everyday people who are making change happen. From societal attitudes of periods throughout history - in the United States and around the world - to grassroots activism and product innovation, Weiss-Wolf challenges listeners to face stigma head-on and elevate an agenda that recognizes both the power - and the absolute normalcy - of menstruation.

Members Reviews:
Interesting, a bit dogmatic, and missing European perspective
It was interesting enough. It repeated itself a lot. I think it was too big of jump to assume what Trump meant in his statement, but the author repeated it over and over again as if doing so made her assumption correct.
I remember as a kid that in 1988 while running track in 7th grade my coach at my school said a few years prior tampons were used for nosebleeds because they were deemed not safe for their original school purchased use (the schools bought so many), but that wasnt mentioned in the book. I think incidents like that set back the free tampon moment more than the author cared to research or mention as if free tampons are a new idea that they hadnt tried before in schools in the early 80s and been burned.
But overall it is a nice book.
I wish it had more of an international perspective for the economics of free tampons. I would have liked to hear more about it from a pan-European prospective. Are say Germans or Ukrainians contemplating or already supplying free tampons? That would help explain if it would be sustainable in the US over the long run. Dont get me wrong, it is a really nice helpful goal.
After listening to this book, I wonder if unsafe dioxin-tainted tampons could have contributed to my moms death from ovarian cancer at age 49 in the year 2000. She was one those 42% of women that the author quotes as preferring tampons. I wonder what percentage of Europeans prefer tampons, but then again there is that international perspective that is lacking some.
There was one chapter in the beginning of the book that was almost exactly like a web page on the internet. It is hard to tell from an audio book of due credit was given  I hope so.
The chapters about pad production in India were very interesting and fun to listen to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stay Audiobook by Jennifer Michael Hecht</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stay-Audiobook/B00FVXECNM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stay
Subtitle: A History of Suicide and the Philosophies Against It
Author: Jennifer Michael Hecht
Narrator: Jennifer Michael Hecht
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Worldwide, more people die by suicide than by murder, and many more are left behind to grieve. Despite distressing statistics that show suicide rates rising, the subject, long a taboo, is infrequently talked about. In this sweeping intellectual and cultural history, poet and historian Jennifer Michael Hecht channels her grief for two friends lost to suicide into a search for historys most persuasive arguments against the irretrievable act, arguments she hopes to bring back into public consciousness.
From the Stoics and the Bible to Dante, Shakespeare, Wittgenstein, and such 20th-century writers as John Berryman, Hecht recasts the narrative of our secular age in new terms. She shows how religious prohibitions against self-killing were replaced by the Enlightenments insistence on the rights of the individual, even when those rights had troubling applications. This transition, she movingly argues, resulted in a profound cultural and moral loss: the loss of shared, secular, logical arguments against suicide. By examining how people in other times have found powerful reasons to stay alive when suicide seems a tempting choice, she makes a persuasive intellectual and moral case against suicide.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jennifer Michael Hecht)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2013 11:20:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/014939/bk_adbl_014939_sample.mp3" length="2221700" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stay-Audiobook/B00FVXECNM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41HXMD0LNuL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stay
Subtitle: A History of Suicide and the Philosophies Against It
Author: Jennifer Michael Hecht
Narrator: Jennifer Michael Hecht
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Worldwide, more people die by suicide than by murder, and many more are left behind to grieve. Despite distressing statistics that show suicide rates rising, the subject, long a taboo, is infrequently talked about. In this sweeping intellectual and cultural history, poet and historian Jennifer Michael Hecht channels her grief for two friends lost to suicide into a search for historys most persuasive arguments against the irretrievable act, arguments she hopes to bring back into public consciousness.
From the Stoics and the Bible to Dante, Shakespeare, Wittgenstein, and such 20th-century writers as John Berryman, Hecht recasts the narrative of our secular age in new terms. She shows how religious prohibitions against self-killing were replaced by the Enlightenments insistence on the rights of the individual, even when those rights had troubling applications. This transition, she movingly argues, resulted in a profound cultural and moral loss: the loss of shared, secular, logical arguments against suicide. By examining how people in other times have found powerful reasons to stay alive when suicide seems a tempting choice, she makes a persuasive intellectual and moral case against suicide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stay
Subtitle: A History of Suicide and the Philosophies Against It
Author: Jennifer Michael Hecht
Narrator: Jennifer Michael Hecht
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Worldwide, more people die by suicide than by murder, and many more are left behind to grieve. Despite distressing statistics that show suicide rates rising, the subject, long a taboo, is infrequently talked about. In this sweeping intellectual and cultural history, poet and historian Jennifer Michael Hecht channels her grief for two friends lost to suicide into a search for historys most persuasive arguments against the irretrievable act, arguments she hopes to bring back into public consciousness.
From the Stoics and the Bible to Dante, Shakespeare, Wittgenstein, and such 20th-century writers as John Berryman, Hecht recasts the narrative of our secular age in new terms. She shows how religious prohibitions against self-killing were replaced by the Enlightenments insistence on the rights of the individual, even when those rights had troubling applications. This transition, she movingly argues, resulted in a profound cultural and moral loss: the loss of shared, secular, logical arguments against suicide. By examining how people in other times have found powerful reasons to stay alive when suicide seems a tempting choice, she makes a persuasive intellectual and moral case against suicide.

Members Reviews:
Informative but oddly dispassionate
Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not?
In the introduction to Stay, the author notes that she has lost several close friends and fellow writers to suicide.   She then argues why we have an obligation to stay.  Powerful stuff.  What follows after though is an oddly dispassionate and encyclopedic progression through historical justifications for and mostly against suicide.  Some of this is interesting from a philosophical and sociological perspective but neither is it necessarily very persuasive.  What seemed lacking, given the intro and the author&apos;s firm belief that we owe it to ourselves and others to live, is that she fails to engage the reader at an emotional level by bringing in any contemporary or personal connections.  Still, I would say that Stay is a worthwhile read but more for those with an interest in the evolution of western society&apos;s mores toward it than a book that will convince anyone to come down from the ledge.
What about Jennifer Michael Hechts performance did you like?
Well read.

I return to this book again and again
Any additional comments?
Whenever I&apos;m struggling, I come back to this book. There is always something new in it that strikes me, and gives me something to hold onto moving forward.

Definitely a must read for everyone.
Anyone who has lost some one or thought about suicide should really read this book.

Brilliant, necessary book!
A rational look at the philosophy of suicide, statistics; a well spoken, articulate, wise, and generous book for those who have contemplated suicide or have known someone who has committed suicide. This is not a sappy self-help book, but a philosophical survey and a brilliant, articulate plea for understanding the arguments--beautifully read by the author. I didn&apos;t think anyone could make me change my mind about this controversial topic, but Hecht&apos;s put a few holes in my thinking. This is an impressive and necessary work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Safety Anarchist Audiobook by Sidney Dekker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Safety-Anarchist-Audiobook/B078JBF8WL</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Safety Anarchist
Subtitle: Relying on Human Expertise and Innovation, Reducing Bureaucracy and Compliance
Author: Sidney Dekker
Narrator: Sidney Dekker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-22-17
Publisher: ACX
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Work has never been as safe as it seems today. Safety has also never been as bureaucratized as it is today. Over the past two decades, the number of safety rules and statutes has exploded, and organizations themselves are creating ever more internal compliance requirements. Bureaucracy and compliance now seem less about managing the safety of workers, and more about managing the liability of the people they work for.
At the same time, progress on safety has slowed. Many incident and injury rates have flatlined. Worse, excellent safety performance on low-consequence events tends to increase the risk of fatalities and disasters. We make workers do a lot that does nothing to improve their success locally. And paradoxically, the tightening of safety bureaucracy robs us of exactly the source of human insight, creativity and resilience that can tell us how success is actually created, and where the next accident may well come from.
It is time for Safety Anarchists: people who trust people more than process, who rely on horizontally coordinating experiences and innovations, who push back against petty rules and coercive compliance, and who help recover the dignity and expertise of human work.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sidney Dekker)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Dec 2017 19:29:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/103708/bk_acx0_103708_sample.mp3" length="2336853" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Safety-Anarchist-Audiobook/B078JBF8WL</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41yb84yKBEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Safety Anarchist
Subtitle: Relying on Human Expertise and Innovation, Reducing Bureaucracy and Compliance
Author: Sidney Dekker
Narrator: Sidney Dekker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-22-17
Publisher: ACX
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Work has never been as safe as it seems today. Safety has also never been as bureaucratized as it is today. Over the past two decades, the number of safety rules and statutes has exploded, and organizations themselves are creating ever more internal compliance requirements. Bureaucracy and compliance now seem less about managing the safety of workers, and more about managing the liability of the people they work for.
At the same time, progress on safety has slowed. Many incident and injury rates have flatlined. Worse, excellent safety performance on low-consequence events tends to increase the risk of fatalities and disasters. We make workers do a lot that does nothing to improve their success locally. And paradoxically, the tightening of safety bureaucracy robs us of exactly the source of human insight, creativity and resilience that can tell us how success is actually created, and where the next accident may well come from.
It is time for Safety Anarchists: people who trust people more than process, who rely on horizontally coordinating experiences and innovations, who push back against petty rules and coercive compliance, and who help recover the dignity and expertise of human work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Safety Anarchist
Subtitle: Relying on Human Expertise and Innovation, Reducing Bureaucracy and Compliance
Author: Sidney Dekker
Narrator: Sidney Dekker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-22-17
Publisher: ACX
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Work has never been as safe as it seems today. Safety has also never been as bureaucratized as it is today. Over the past two decades, the number of safety rules and statutes has exploded, and organizations themselves are creating ever more internal compliance requirements. Bureaucracy and compliance now seem less about managing the safety of workers, and more about managing the liability of the people they work for.
At the same time, progress on safety has slowed. Many incident and injury rates have flatlined. Worse, excellent safety performance on low-consequence events tends to increase the risk of fatalities and disasters. We make workers do a lot that does nothing to improve their success locally. And paradoxically, the tightening of safety bureaucracy robs us of exactly the source of human insight, creativity and resilience that can tell us how success is actually created, and where the next accident may well come from.
It is time for Safety Anarchists: people who trust people more than process, who rely on horizontally coordinating experiences and innovations, who push back against petty rules and coercive compliance, and who help recover the dignity and expertise of human work.

Members Reviews:
A MUST READ FOR HEALTH &amp; SAFETY PROFESSIONALS
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
This is a really beautifully written book demonstrating how we need to change how we manage safety in our organisations.  Relevant examples are given, and it will be hard for any safety professional out there not to take on board some of Sidney&apos;s valuable insights.  He shows safety up for what it has become, an overly controlling and bureaucratic function, that is detracting rather than adding value to businesses in many cases.  What is great is that Sidney doesn&apos;t just show us where we are failing, he guides us in the direction of good principles, bringing us back to why health and safety came about in the first place - to protect the health, safety and wellbeing of people within our organisations.  Absolutely brilliant...
Have you listened to any of Sidney Dekkers other performances? How does this one compare?
I am a big fan of Sidney Dekker&apos;s, and have many hard copies of his books.  To have the audio versions is brilliant, especially when Sidney was the narrator.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Street of Eternal Happiness Audiobook by Rob Schmitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Street-of-Eternal-Happiness-Audiobook/B01HFLOJPI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Street of Eternal Happiness
Subtitle: Big City Dreams Along a Shanghai Road
Author: Rob Schmitz
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Modern Shanghai: a global city in the midst of a renaissance, where dreamers arrive each day to partake in a mad torrent of capital, ideas, and opportunity. Marketplace&apos;s Rob Schmitz is one of them. He immerses himself in his neighborhood, forging deep relationships with ordinary people who see in the city&apos;s sleek skyline a brighter future, and a chance to rewrite their destinies. There&apos;s Zhao, whose path from factory floor to shopkeeper is sidetracked by her desperate measures to ensure a better future for her sons. Down the street lives Auntie Fu, a fervent capitalist forever trying to improve herself with religion and get-rich-quick schemes while keeping her skeptical husband at bay. Up a flight of stairs, musician and caf&#233; owner CK sets up shop to attract young dreamers like himself but learns he&apos;s searching for something more.
A tale of 21st-century China, Street of Eternal Happiness profiles China&apos;s distinct generations through multifaceted characters who illuminate an enlightening, humorous, and at times heartrending journey along the winding road to the Chinese Dream.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rob Schmitz)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2016 03:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006253/bk_tant_006253_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Street-of-Eternal-Happiness-Audiobook/B01HFLOJPI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/614gOme+xHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Street of Eternal Happiness
Subtitle: Big City Dreams Along a Shanghai Road
Author: Rob Schmitz
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Modern Shanghai: a global city in the midst of a renaissance, where dreamers arrive each day to partake in a mad torrent of capital, ideas, and opportunity. Marketplace&apos;s Rob Schmitz is one of them. He immerses himself in his neighborhood, forging deep relationships with ordinary people who see in the city&apos;s sleek skyline a brighter future, and a chance to rewrite their destinies. There&apos;s Zhao, whose path from factory floor to shopkeeper is sidetracked by her desperate measures to ensure a better future for her sons. Down the street lives Auntie Fu, a fervent capitalist forever trying to improve herself with religion and get-rich-quick schemes while keeping her skeptical husband at bay. Up a flight of stairs, musician and caf&#233; owner CK sets up shop to attract young dreamers like himself but learns he&apos;s searching for something more.
A tale of 21st-century China, Street of Eternal Happiness profiles China&apos;s distinct generations through multifaceted characters who illuminate an enlightening, humorous, and at times heartrending journey along the winding road to the Chinese Dream.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Street of Eternal Happiness
Subtitle: Big City Dreams Along a Shanghai Road
Author: Rob Schmitz
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Modern Shanghai: a global city in the midst of a renaissance, where dreamers arrive each day to partake in a mad torrent of capital, ideas, and opportunity. Marketplace&apos;s Rob Schmitz is one of them. He immerses himself in his neighborhood, forging deep relationships with ordinary people who see in the city&apos;s sleek skyline a brighter future, and a chance to rewrite their destinies. There&apos;s Zhao, whose path from factory floor to shopkeeper is sidetracked by her desperate measures to ensure a better future for her sons. Down the street lives Auntie Fu, a fervent capitalist forever trying to improve herself with religion and get-rich-quick schemes while keeping her skeptical husband at bay. Up a flight of stairs, musician and caf&#233; owner CK sets up shop to attract young dreamers like himself but learns he&apos;s searching for something more.
A tale of 21st-century China, Street of Eternal Happiness profiles China&apos;s distinct generations through multifaceted characters who illuminate an enlightening, humorous, and at times heartrending journey along the winding road to the Chinese Dream.

Members Reviews:
For a book about China, please correctly pronounce Chinese words
The story was enjoyable and described the author&apos;s experiences living in Shanghai. The issue that bothered me throughout was the horrible mispronunciation of Chinese words, many even said with a French accent. Chinese is spoken by twenty percent of the world-there&apos;s no excuse not to get this right in the audio book!

Life in China
What did you like best about Street of Eternal Happiness? What did you like least?
Interesting to hear about the lives of some people in China.
How could the performance have been better?
The narrator has a nice voice...until, he slips into the character of female voices.  His interpretation causes them all sound to like cackling hens. It annoyed me and distracted from the story.  All of the inflections he uses for the characters makes them seem naive, if not ignorant.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary of Homo Deus: Includes Key Takeaways &amp; Analysis Audiobook by FastReads</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Homo-Deus-by-Yuval-Noah-Harari-Includes-Key-Takeaways-Analysis-Audiobook/B076J16Q4Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Homo Deus: Includes Key Takeaways &amp; Analysis
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Lisa Negron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-17
Publisher: FastReads
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Yuval Noah Harari&apos;s earth-shattering look at the future of humanity, Homo Deus, breaks down the path of humanism and humanity, and offers an often bleak look at what the human race can expect in the future.
This FastReads summary offers supplementary material to Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow to help you distill the key takeaways, review the book&apos;s content, and further understand the writing style and overall themes from an editorial perspective. Whether you&apos;d like to deepen your understanding, refresh your memory, or simply decide whether or not this book is for you, FastReads summary is here to help. Absorb everything you need to know in under 30 minutes!
What does this FastReads summary include?
Original book summary overview
Yuval Noah Harari predicts a technocratic dystopia that some may find harrowing, and others exciting. Skeptics who think a world in which data rules the universe could be anything other than science fiction will be challenged, and potentially persuaded by Harari&apos;s arguments. Homo Deus challenges the most fundamental questions of what it means to be human and implores listeners to contemplate and take control of their futures before data does it for them.
Before you buy: The purpose of this FastReads summary is to help you decide if it&apos;s worth the time, money, and effort listening to the original book (if you haven&apos;t already). FastReads has pulled out the essence - but only to help you ascertain the value of the book for yourself. This analysis is meant as a supplement to, and not a replacement for, Homo Deus.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (FastReads)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 23:52:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/098822/bk_acx0_098822_sample.mp3" length="1816285" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Homo-Deus-by-Yuval-Noah-Harari-Includes-Key-Takeaways-Analysis-Audiobook/B076J16Q4Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61YqFS+E6pL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Homo Deus: Includes Key Takeaways &amp; Analysis
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Lisa Negron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-17
Publisher: FastReads
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Yuval Noah Harari&apos;s earth-shattering look at the future of humanity, Homo Deus, breaks down the path of humanism and humanity, and offers an often bleak look at what the human race can expect in the future.
This FastReads summary offers supplementary material to Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow to help you distill the key takeaways, review the book&apos;s content, and further understand the writing style and overall themes from an editorial perspective. Whether you&apos;d like to deepen your understanding, refresh your memory, or simply decide whether or not this book is for you, FastReads summary is here to help. Absorb everything you need to know in under 30 minutes!
What does this FastReads summary include?
Original book summary overview
Yuval Noah Harari predicts a technocratic dystopia that some may find harrowing, and others exciting. Skeptics who think a world in which data rules the universe could be anything other than science fiction will be challenged, and potentially persuaded by Harari&apos;s arguments. Homo Deus challenges the most fundamental questions of what it means to be human and implores listeners to contemplate and take control of their futures before data does it for them.
Before you buy: The purpose of this FastReads summary is to help you decide if it&apos;s worth the time, money, and effort listening to the original book (if you haven&apos;t already). FastReads has pulled out the essence - but only to help you ascertain the value of the book for yourself. This analysis is meant as a supplement to, and not a replacement for, Homo Deus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Homo Deus: Includes Key Takeaways &amp; Analysis
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Lisa Negron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-17
Publisher: FastReads
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Yuval Noah Harari&apos;s earth-shattering look at the future of humanity, Homo Deus, breaks down the path of humanism and humanity, and offers an often bleak look at what the human race can expect in the future.
This FastReads summary offers supplementary material to Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow to help you distill the key takeaways, review the book&apos;s content, and further understand the writing style and overall themes from an editorial perspective. Whether you&apos;d like to deepen your understanding, refresh your memory, or simply decide whether or not this book is for you, FastReads summary is here to help. Absorb everything you need to know in under 30 minutes!
What does this FastReads summary include?
Original book summary overview
Yuval Noah Harari predicts a technocratic dystopia that some may find harrowing, and others exciting. Skeptics who think a world in which data rules the universe could be anything other than science fiction will be challenged, and potentially persuaded by Harari&apos;s arguments. Homo Deus challenges the most fundamental questions of what it means to be human and implores listeners to contemplate and take control of their futures before data does it for them.
Before you buy: The purpose of this FastReads summary is to help you decide if it&apos;s worth the time, money, and effort listening to the original book (if you haven&apos;t already). FastReads has pulled out the essence - but only to help you ascertain the value of the book for yourself. This analysis is meant as a supplement to, and not a replacement for, Homo Deus.

Members Reviews:
Is this the future for all of us?
This is an excellent way to get a concise review of the essential ideas behind a complex set of ideas. Important ideas that bring out one way of thinking about the future of humanity.. how we got here and where we my be heading.

Right off the bat the author of the Summary of ...
Right off the bat the author of the Summary of Homo Deus lost me as they referred to the Yuval Noah Harari as &quot;she.&quot;

Five Stars
Need to read 3 times n I&apos;m smart!

Thoughtful and frightening
The first two parts of the book were a good review of how humans have evolved to the present state with liberalism replacing a god centered humanity. The brain is much more complicated than the author believes. Datisism is very speculative. The earth as we know it might be destroyed by meteors or by climate change or by severe solar activity before any human can figure out how the brain works

Three Stars
Too short to reinforce ideas</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Privilege Audiobook by Shamus Rahman Khan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Privilege-Audiobook/B077W3DG98</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Privilege
Subtitle: The Making of an Adolescent Elite at St. Paul&apos;s School
Author: Shamus Rahman Khan
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As one of the most prestigious high schools in the nation, St. Paul&apos;s School in Concord, New Hampshire, has long been the exclusive domain of America&apos;s wealthiest sons. But times have changed. Today, a new elite of boys and girls is being molded at St. Paul&apos;s, one that reflects the hope of openness but also the persistence of inequality.
In Privilege, Shamus Khan returns to his alma mater to provide an inside look at an institution that has been the private realm of the elite for the past 150 years. He shows that St. Paul&apos;s students continue to learn what they always have - how to embody privilege. Yet, while students once leveraged the trappings of upper-class entitlement, family connections, and high culture, current St. Paul&apos;s students learn to succeed in a more diverse environment. To be the future leaders of a more democratic world, they must be at ease with everything from highbrow art to everyday life - from Beowulf to Jaws - and view hierarchies as ladders to scale.
Through deft portrayals of the relationships among students, faculty, and staff, Khan shows how members of the new elite face the opening of society while still preserving the advantages that allow them to rule.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Shamus Rahman Khan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2017 06:09:29 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/008991/bk_tant_008991_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Privilege-Audiobook/B077W3DG98</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51pRAVN1uaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Privilege
Subtitle: The Making of an Adolescent Elite at St. Paul&apos;s School
Author: Shamus Rahman Khan
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As one of the most prestigious high schools in the nation, St. Paul&apos;s School in Concord, New Hampshire, has long been the exclusive domain of America&apos;s wealthiest sons. But times have changed. Today, a new elite of boys and girls is being molded at St. Paul&apos;s, one that reflects the hope of openness but also the persistence of inequality.
In Privilege, Shamus Khan returns to his alma mater to provide an inside look at an institution that has been the private realm of the elite for the past 150 years. He shows that St. Paul&apos;s students continue to learn what they always have - how to embody privilege. Yet, while students once leveraged the trappings of upper-class entitlement, family connections, and high culture, current St. Paul&apos;s students learn to succeed in a more diverse environment. To be the future leaders of a more democratic world, they must be at ease with everything from highbrow art to everyday life - from Beowulf to Jaws - and view hierarchies as ladders to scale.
Through deft portrayals of the relationships among students, faculty, and staff, Khan shows how members of the new elite face the opening of society while still preserving the advantages that allow them to rule.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Privilege
Subtitle: The Making of an Adolescent Elite at St. Paul&apos;s School
Author: Shamus Rahman Khan
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As one of the most prestigious high schools in the nation, St. Paul&apos;s School in Concord, New Hampshire, has long been the exclusive domain of America&apos;s wealthiest sons. But times have changed. Today, a new elite of boys and girls is being molded at St. Paul&apos;s, one that reflects the hope of openness but also the persistence of inequality.
In Privilege, Shamus Khan returns to his alma mater to provide an inside look at an institution that has been the private realm of the elite for the past 150 years. He shows that St. Paul&apos;s students continue to learn what they always have - how to embody privilege. Yet, while students once leveraged the trappings of upper-class entitlement, family connections, and high culture, current St. Paul&apos;s students learn to succeed in a more diverse environment. To be the future leaders of a more democratic world, they must be at ease with everything from highbrow art to everyday life - from Beowulf to Jaws - and view hierarchies as ladders to scale.
Through deft portrayals of the relationships among students, faculty, and staff, Khan shows how members of the new elite face the opening of society while still preserving the advantages that allow them to rule.

Members Reviews:
Very informative
This is a book written by my current professor serve it was a joy to read. The text is informative without being heavy. It highlights a pressing issue of America&apos;s education system and inequality among the social classes.

love it!
I&apos;m a professor and assigned it for my classes and I loved it Great way talk about persistent inequality in society!

A great ethnography!
This is a great ethnography! Rigorously scholarly but also accessible and enjoyable to read - a rare accomplishment!

Five Stars
Honest and perceptive review

Excellent
Excellent analysis of the making of the new American ruling class.  Well written, avoids jargon, and will be of interest both to academics and non-expert.  Robert Dujarric, Temple University Japan.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David and Goliath Audiobook by Malcolm Gladwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/David-and-Goliath-Audiobook/B00FA48ZPS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: David and Goliath
Author: Malcolm Gladwell
Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 235 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
David and Goliath is the dazzling and provocative new book from Malcolm Gladwell, best-selling author of The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw.
Why do underdogs succeed so much more than we expect? How do the weak outsmart the strong? In David and Goliath Malcolm Gladwell takes us on a scintillating and surprising journey through the hidden dynamics that shape the balance of power between the small and the mighty. From the conflicts in Northern Ireland and Vietnam, through the tactics of civil rights leaders and the problem of privilege, Gladwell demonstrates how we misunderstand the true meaning of advantage and disadvantage.
When does a traumatic childhood work in someone&apos;s favour? How can a disability leave someone better off? And do you really want your child to go to the best school he or she can get into? David and Goliath draws on the stories of remarkable underdogs, history, science, psychology and on Malcolm Gladwell&apos;s unparalleled ability to make the connections others miss. It&apos;s a brilliant, illuminating book that overturns conventional thinking about power and advantage.
Author, journalist, cultural commentator, and intellectual adventurer, Malcolm Gladwell was born in 1963 in England to a Jamaican mother and an English mathematician father. He grew up in Canada and graduated with a degree in history from the University of Toronto in 1984. From 1987 to 1996, he was a reporter for The Washington Post, first as a science writer and then as New York City bureau chief. Since 1996, he has been a staff writer for The New Yorker magazine.
His curiosity and breadth of interests are shown in New Yorker articles ranging over a wide array of subjects including early childhood development and the flu, not to mention hair dye, shopping and what it takes to be cool. His first book, The Tipping Point, captured the world&apos;s attention with its theory that a curiously small change can have unforeseen effects, and the phrase has become part of our language, used by writers, politicians and business people everywhere to describe cultural trends and strange phenomena. His other international best-selling books are Blink, which explores how a snap judgment can be far more effective than a cautious decision, and What the Dog Saw, a collection of his most provocative and entertaining New Yorker pieces.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A global phenomenon... there is, it seems, no subject over which he cannot scatter some magic dust.&quot; (Observer)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Malcolm Gladwell)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2013 10:39:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/013441/bk_adbl_013441_sample.mp3" length="2399674" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/David-and-Goliath-Audiobook/B00FA48ZPS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51p129mBVVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: David and Goliath
Author: Malcolm Gladwell
Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 235 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
David and Goliath is the dazzling and provocative new book from Malcolm Gladwell, best-selling author of The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw.
Why do underdogs succeed so much more than we expect? How do the weak outsmart the strong? In David and Goliath Malcolm Gladwell takes us on a scintillating and surprising journey through the hidden dynamics that shape the balance of power between the small and the mighty. From the conflicts in Northern Ireland and Vietnam, through the tactics of civil rights leaders and the problem of privilege, Gladwell demonstrates how we misunderstand the true meaning of advantage and disadvantage.
When does a traumatic childhood work in someone&apos;s favour? How can a disability leave someone better off? And do you really want your child to go to the best school he or she can get into? David and Goliath draws on the stories of remarkable underdogs, history, science, psychology and on Malcolm Gladwell&apos;s unparalleled ability to make the connections others miss. It&apos;s a brilliant, illuminating book that overturns conventional thinking about power and advantage.
Author, journalist, cultural commentator, and intellectual adventurer, Malcolm Gladwell was born in 1963 in England to a Jamaican mother and an English mathematician father. He grew up in Canada and graduated with a degree in history from the University of Toronto in 1984. From 1987 to 1996, he was a reporter for The Washington Post, first as a science writer and then as New York City bureau chief. Since 1996, he has been a staff writer for The New Yorker magazine.
His curiosity and breadth of interests are shown in New Yorker articles ranging over a wide array of subjects including early childhood development and the flu, not to mention hair dye, shopping and what it takes to be cool. His first book, The Tipping Point, captured the world&apos;s attention with its theory that a curiously small change can have unforeseen effects, and the phrase has become part of our language, used by writers, politicians and business people everywhere to describe cultural trends and strange phenomena. His other international best-selling books are Blink, which explores how a snap judgment can be far more effective than a cautious decision, and What the Dog Saw, a collection of his most provocative and entertaining New Yorker pieces.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A global phenomenon... there is, it seems, no subject over which he cannot scatter some magic dust.&quot; (Observer)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: David and Goliath
Author: Malcolm Gladwell
Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 235 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
David and Goliath is the dazzling and provocative new book from Malcolm Gladwell, best-selling author of The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw.
Why do underdogs succeed so much more than we expect? How do the weak outsmart the strong? In David and Goliath Malcolm Gladwell takes us on a scintillating and surprising journey through the hidden dynamics that shape the balance of power between the small and the mighty. From the conflicts in Northern Ireland and Vietnam, through the tactics of civil rights leaders and the problem of privilege, Gladwell demonstrates how we misunderstand the true meaning of advantage and disadvantage.
When does a traumatic childhood work in someone&apos;s favour? How can a disability leave someone better off? And do you really want your child to go to the best school he or she can get into? David and Goliath draws on the stories of remarkable underdogs, history, science, psychology and on Malcolm Gladwell&apos;s unparalleled ability to make the connections others miss. It&apos;s a brilliant, illuminating book that overturns conventional thinking about power and advantage.
Author, journalist, cultural commentator, and intellectual adventurer, Malcolm Gladwell was born in 1963 in England to a Jamaican mother and an English mathematician father. He grew up in Canada and graduated with a degree in history from the University of Toronto in 1984. From 1987 to 1996, he was a reporter for The Washington Post, first as a science writer and then as New York City bureau chief. Since 1996, he has been a staff writer for The New Yorker magazine.
His curiosity and breadth of interests are shown in New Yorker articles ranging over a wide array of subjects including early childhood development and the flu, not to mention hair dye, shopping and what it takes to be cool. His first book, The Tipping Point, captured the world&apos;s attention with its theory that a curiously small change can have unforeseen effects, and the phrase has become part of our language, used by writers, politicians and business people everywhere to describe cultural trends and strange phenomena. His other international best-selling books are Blink, which explores how a snap judgment can be far more effective than a cautious decision, and What the Dog Saw, a collection of his most provocative and entertaining New Yorker pieces.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A global phenomenon... there is, it seems, no subject over which he cannot scatter some magic dust.&quot; (Observer)

Members Reviews:
Brilliant
What did you love best about David and Goliath?
Extremely intriguing and educating.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
Very easy language.
Which scene was your favorite?
The bit where he explains the duel of David and Goliath and why David was always the favourite to win,
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
The bit about hitting a level below what you would otherwise just squeeze into.
Any additional comments?
Great book in the most mesmerising voice of Gladwell himself.

Wonderful!
Another brilliant, insightful journey courtesy of the phenomenal Malcolm Gladwell.
I highly recommend this book...

Short.. &amp; trying too hard!
Outliers was a book that quite literally changed my &apos;outlook&apos; towards life &amp; since then I&apos;ve read all/most of Gladwell&apos;s works..</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>These Schools Belong to You and Me Audiobook by Deborah Meier, Emily Gasoi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/These-Schools-Belong-to-You-and-Me-Audiobook/B075315SP9</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: These Schools Belong to You and Me
Subtitle: Why We Can&apos;t Afford to Abandon Our Public Schools
Author: Deborah Meier, Emily Gasoi
Narrator: Lorna Raver, Emily Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-19-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A challenge to narrow, profit-driven conceptions of school success and an argument for protecting public education to ensure that all students become competent citizens in a vibrant democracy.
In These Schools Belong to You and Me, MacArthur award-winning educator, reformer, and author Deborah Meier draws on her 50-plus years of experience to argue that the purpose of universal education is to provide young people with an &quot;apprenticeship for citizenship in a democracy&quot;. Through an intergenerational exchange with her former colleague and fellow educator Emily Gasoi, the coauthors analyze the last several decades of education reform, challenging narrow profit-driven conceptions of school success. Reflecting on the trajectory of education and social policies that are leading our country further from rule &quot;of, for, and by the people&quot;, the authors apply their extensive knowledge and years of research to address the question of how public education must change in order to counter the erosion of democratic spirit and practice in schools and in the nation as a whole. Meier and Gasoi candidly reflect on the successes, missteps, and challenges they experienced working in democratically governed schools, demonstrating that it is possible to provide an enriched education to all students, not just the privileged few. Arguing that public education and democracy are inextricably bound, and pushing against the tide of privatization, These Schools Belong to You and Me is a rousing call to both save and improve public schools to ensure that all students are empowered to help shape our future democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deborah Meier and Emily Gasoi remind us of the most important question about education: What is the purpose of education? Why do we put children in schools for 13 years of their life, even 17 years? We educate them to be empowered citizens, every single one of them. We educate them to sustain our democracy. Standards and tests are not relevant to that goal. Learning to ask questions and to think is.&quot; (Diane Ravitch, author of Reign of Error: The Hoax of the Privatization Movement and the Danger to America&apos;s Public Schools)
&quot;It is fitting that a chapter in this inspiring book is titled &quot;Falling for Democracy&quot;, for Deborah Meier and Emily Gasoi have written an intimate and heartfelt love letter to public education. The authors give us the experience of creating and working in schools where democratic principles are vibrantly alive.&quot; (Mike Rose, author of Possible Lives: The Promise of Public Education in America)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Deborah Meier)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2017 14:36:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/005292/bk_rand_005292_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/These-Schools-Belong-to-You-and-Me-Audiobook/B075315SP9</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61mzC0krySL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: These Schools Belong to You and Me
Subtitle: Why We Can&apos;t Afford to Abandon Our Public Schools
Author: Deborah Meier, Emily Gasoi
Narrator: Lorna Raver, Emily Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-19-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A challenge to narrow, profit-driven conceptions of school success and an argument for protecting public education to ensure that all students become competent citizens in a vibrant democracy.
In These Schools Belong to You and Me, MacArthur award-winning educator, reformer, and author Deborah Meier draws on her 50-plus years of experience to argue that the purpose of universal education is to provide young people with an &quot;apprenticeship for citizenship in a democracy&quot;. Through an intergenerational exchange with her former colleague and fellow educator Emily Gasoi, the coauthors analyze the last several decades of education reform, challenging narrow profit-driven conceptions of school success. Reflecting on the trajectory of education and social policies that are leading our country further from rule &quot;of, for, and by the people&quot;, the authors apply their extensive knowledge and years of research to address the question of how public education must change in order to counter the erosion of democratic spirit and practice in schools and in the nation as a whole. Meier and Gasoi candidly reflect on the successes, missteps, and challenges they experienced working in democratically governed schools, demonstrating that it is possible to provide an enriched education to all students, not just the privileged few. Arguing that public education and democracy are inextricably bound, and pushing against the tide of privatization, These Schools Belong to You and Me is a rousing call to both save and improve public schools to ensure that all students are empowered to help shape our future democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deborah Meier and Emily Gasoi remind us of the most important question about education: What is the purpose of education? Why do we put children in schools for 13 years of their life, even 17 years? We educate them to be empowered citizens, every single one of them. We educate them to sustain our democracy. Standards and tests are not relevant to that goal. Learning to ask questions and to think is.&quot; (Diane Ravitch, author of Reign of Error: The Hoax of the Privatization Movement and the Danger to America&apos;s Public Schools)
&quot;It is fitting that a chapter in this inspiring book is titled &quot;Falling for Democracy&quot;, for Deborah Meier and Emily Gasoi have written an intimate and heartfelt love letter to public education. The authors give us the experience of creating and working in schools where democratic principles are vibrantly alive.&quot; (Mike Rose, author of Possible Lives: The Promise of Public Education in America)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: These Schools Belong to You and Me
Subtitle: Why We Can&apos;t Afford to Abandon Our Public Schools
Author: Deborah Meier, Emily Gasoi
Narrator: Lorna Raver, Emily Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-19-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A challenge to narrow, profit-driven conceptions of school success and an argument for protecting public education to ensure that all students become competent citizens in a vibrant democracy.
In These Schools Belong to You and Me, MacArthur award-winning educator, reformer, and author Deborah Meier draws on her 50-plus years of experience to argue that the purpose of universal education is to provide young people with an &quot;apprenticeship for citizenship in a democracy&quot;. Through an intergenerational exchange with her former colleague and fellow educator Emily Gasoi, the coauthors analyze the last several decades of education reform, challenging narrow profit-driven conceptions of school success. Reflecting on the trajectory of education and social policies that are leading our country further from rule &quot;of, for, and by the people&quot;, the authors apply their extensive knowledge and years of research to address the question of how public education must change in order to counter the erosion of democratic spirit and practice in schools and in the nation as a whole. Meier and Gasoi candidly reflect on the successes, missteps, and challenges they experienced working in democratically governed schools, demonstrating that it is possible to provide an enriched education to all students, not just the privileged few. Arguing that public education and democracy are inextricably bound, and pushing against the tide of privatization, These Schools Belong to You and Me is a rousing call to both save and improve public schools to ensure that all students are empowered to help shape our future democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deborah Meier and Emily Gasoi remind us of the most important question about education: What is the purpose of education? Why do we put children in schools for 13 years of their life, even 17 years? We educate them to be empowered citizens, every single one of them. We educate them to sustain our democracy. Standards and tests are not relevant to that goal. Learning to ask questions and to think is.&quot; (Diane Ravitch, author of Reign of Error: The Hoax of the Privatization Movement and the Danger to America&apos;s Public Schools)
&quot;It is fitting that a chapter in this inspiring book is titled &quot;Falling for Democracy&quot;, for Deborah Meier and Emily Gasoi have written an intimate and heartfelt love letter to public education. The authors give us the experience of creating and working in schools where democratic principles are vibrantly alive.&quot; (Mike Rose, author of Possible Lives: The Promise of Public Education in America)

Members Reviews:
Their experiences establishing better measures and better school practices remind us how the ...
Gasoi and Meier have written a very timely defense of the natural connection between how we organize our public schools and the quality of civic engagement in our democracy. No two education authors have more of a track record running schools and training teachers. The book is structured as a conversation between the authors, alternating their perspectives, chapter by chapter. Their insight into why the test score achievement gap will not be narrowed is breathtaking.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Medical Marijuana Guide for You &amp; Me Audiobook by Magie Rolton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Medical-Marijuana-Guide-for-You-Me-Audiobook/B01A95RZY4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Medical Marijuana Guide for You &amp; Me
Author: Magie Rolton
Narrator: Trevor Clinger
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-08-16
Publisher: Magie Rolton
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Marijuana - clinically known as cannabis, is a medicine prepared from the blossoming plant of cannabis sativa, which consists of five leaves. It has been known as an unlawful and prohibited drug for an extensive period of time. The very fact that medical doctors cannot recommend it openly is on account of the fact that the drug has a pick-me-up effect, in addition to causing an intense falsehood in an individual&apos;s perceptions of realism. It also produces a gloomy effect on the human body. But above all, since marijuana brings about a feeling of joy and ecstasy, hence persons of all age groups (especially the teenagers) pursue it readily.
Regardless of its drawbacks, immeasurable exploration is providing evidence that the drug&apos;s reimbursements are so many that they can overshadow its horrific effects. The cooperative usage of medical marijuana, by and large assists patients with unremitting disorders and ailments. Medical marijuana has much to bargain, once further research establishes its maximum benefits. Who knows, it might prove to be the marvel drug that the humankind has been awaiting! Marijuana has its benefits as well as disadvantages because it is obtained from a plant cultivated and created by Mother Nature. If used imprecisely, it can be disastrous to the human body, mind, and one&apos;s capabilities of perception.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Magie Rolton)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jan 2016 14:17:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/051129/bk_acx0_051129_sample.mp3" length="885847" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Medical-Marijuana-Guide-for-You-Me-Audiobook/B01A95RZY4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61BGLQw6LVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Medical Marijuana Guide for You &amp; Me
Author: Magie Rolton
Narrator: Trevor Clinger
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-08-16
Publisher: Magie Rolton
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Marijuana - clinically known as cannabis, is a medicine prepared from the blossoming plant of cannabis sativa, which consists of five leaves. It has been known as an unlawful and prohibited drug for an extensive period of time. The very fact that medical doctors cannot recommend it openly is on account of the fact that the drug has a pick-me-up effect, in addition to causing an intense falsehood in an individual&apos;s perceptions of realism. It also produces a gloomy effect on the human body. But above all, since marijuana brings about a feeling of joy and ecstasy, hence persons of all age groups (especially the teenagers) pursue it readily.
Regardless of its drawbacks, immeasurable exploration is providing evidence that the drug&apos;s reimbursements are so many that they can overshadow its horrific effects. The cooperative usage of medical marijuana, by and large assists patients with unremitting disorders and ailments. Medical marijuana has much to bargain, once further research establishes its maximum benefits. Who knows, it might prove to be the marvel drug that the humankind has been awaiting! Marijuana has its benefits as well as disadvantages because it is obtained from a plant cultivated and created by Mother Nature. If used imprecisely, it can be disastrous to the human body, mind, and one&apos;s capabilities of perception.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Medical Marijuana Guide for You &amp; Me
Author: Magie Rolton
Narrator: Trevor Clinger
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-08-16
Publisher: Magie Rolton
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Marijuana - clinically known as cannabis, is a medicine prepared from the blossoming plant of cannabis sativa, which consists of five leaves. It has been known as an unlawful and prohibited drug for an extensive period of time. The very fact that medical doctors cannot recommend it openly is on account of the fact that the drug has a pick-me-up effect, in addition to causing an intense falsehood in an individual&apos;s perceptions of realism. It also produces a gloomy effect on the human body. But above all, since marijuana brings about a feeling of joy and ecstasy, hence persons of all age groups (especially the teenagers) pursue it readily.
Regardless of its drawbacks, immeasurable exploration is providing evidence that the drug&apos;s reimbursements are so many that they can overshadow its horrific effects. The cooperative usage of medical marijuana, by and large assists patients with unremitting disorders and ailments. Medical marijuana has much to bargain, once further research establishes its maximum benefits. Who knows, it might prove to be the marvel drug that the humankind has been awaiting! Marijuana has its benefits as well as disadvantages because it is obtained from a plant cultivated and created by Mother Nature. If used imprecisely, it can be disastrous to the human body, mind, and one&apos;s capabilities of perception.

Members Reviews:
Every question answered in reagrds to MJ!
Where does Medical Marijuana Guide for You &amp; Me rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
I have listened to a lot of medical mj guides to try and understand it more and this one has to be the most well-written guide out there.
What was one of the most memorable moments of Medical Marijuana Guide for You &amp; Me?
Learning how it interacts with the endocannbinoid system.

Great beginners guide to marijuana!
I never thought I would find an idiot&apos;s guide to marijuana! This guide serves just that purpose! I have been wanting to know what all the buzz was about in regards to marijuana, and this guide did an amazing job at explaining anything and everything I have been wanting to know. Thanks for the great audiobook!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blur Audiobook by Bill Kovach, Tom Rosenstiel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blur-Audiobook/B00BLONZRO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blur
Subtitle: How to Know What&apos;s True in the Age of Information Overload
Author: Bill Kovach, Tom Rosenstiel
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-27-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Like the authors&apos; classic book The Elements of Journalism, Blur is a unique and understandable discourse on how information culture is changing. Yes, old authorities are being dismantled and new ones created, and the way we obtain knowledge has changed. But seeking true and reliable information remains the most important purpose of journalism - and the object for those who consume it. In an age when the line between citizen and journalist is becoming increasingly fuzzy, Blur is an indispensable and serious-minded guide to navigating this new 21century media terrain.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bill Kovach)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Feb 2013 11:17:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/009726/bk_adbl_009726_sample.mp3" length="2150967" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blur-Audiobook/B00BLONZRO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51F++LH-4dL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blur
Subtitle: How to Know What&apos;s True in the Age of Information Overload
Author: Bill Kovach, Tom Rosenstiel
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-27-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Like the authors&apos; classic book The Elements of Journalism, Blur is a unique and understandable discourse on how information culture is changing. Yes, old authorities are being dismantled and new ones created, and the way we obtain knowledge has changed. But seeking true and reliable information remains the most important purpose of journalism - and the object for those who consume it. In an age when the line between citizen and journalist is becoming increasingly fuzzy, Blur is an indispensable and serious-minded guide to navigating this new 21century media terrain.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blur
Subtitle: How to Know What&apos;s True in the Age of Information Overload
Author: Bill Kovach, Tom Rosenstiel
Narrator: Henry Leyva
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-27-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Like the authors&apos; classic book The Elements of Journalism, Blur is a unique and understandable discourse on how information culture is changing. Yes, old authorities are being dismantled and new ones created, and the way we obtain knowledge has changed. But seeking true and reliable information remains the most important purpose of journalism - and the object for those who consume it. In an age when the line between citizen and journalist is becoming increasingly fuzzy, Blur is an indispensable and serious-minded guide to navigating this new 21century media terrain.

Members Reviews:
How to become a more educated user of News
This is a very challenging book and requires a considerable amount of thought and challenges one to the commitment of being a responsible and discerning citizen which requires knowledge, balance, and a desire to explore all facets of an issue and to be aware of one&#226;s virus so as to have a balanced opinion that is not dependent on one point of you.

&quot;Take notes&quot;???
This is a great book EXCEPT that it is advertised that there is the ability to &quot;Take notes&quot; yet I can&apos;t see how

Five Stars
So good and super informative.

Have recommended this book to everyone I know
Have recommended this book to everyone I know! Am reading through my annotations now in anticipation of using this in my high school civics class.

Five Stars
use it as reference all the time</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bullied Audiobook by Carrie Goldman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bullied-Audiobook/B00S57ZAPU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bullied
Subtitle: What Every Parent, Teacher, and Kid Needs to Know About ending the Cycle of Fear
Author: Carrie Goldman
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-13-15
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The mother of a bullied first grader, popular blogger Carrie Goldman&apos;s inspiring true story triggered an outpouring of support from online communities around the world. In Bullied, she gives us a guide to the crucial lessons and actionable guidance she&apos;s learned about how to stop bullying before it starts. It is a book born from Goldman&apos;s post about the ridicule her daughter suffered from bringing a Star Wars thermos to school - a story that went viral on Facebook and Twitter before exploding everywhere, from CNN.com and Yahoo.com to sites all around the world.
Written in Goldman&apos;s warm, engaging style, Bullied is an important and very necessary listen for parents, educators, self-professed &quot;Girl Geeks&quot;, or anyone who has ever felt victimized by a bully, online or in person.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A well-researched guide to combating bullying... This book is a must-read for parents with children of any gender. Valuable support, resources and concrete actions for safely navigating the social wilderness of adolescence.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Carrie Goldman has written a compelling, well-organized book providing a depth of knowledge about a national crisis and deftly showing how people working together in schools and communities can eradicate bullying.&quot; (New York Journal of Books)
&quot;This is an important book on an important subject. We are glad to see such a broad and considered approach taken on the complex subject of bullying.&quot; (Ben Cohen, MBE, Chairman, Ben Cohen StandUp Foundation)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Carrie Goldman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2015 21:33:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/drms/000505/bk_drms_000505_sample.mp3" length="2236231" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bullied-Audiobook/B00S57ZAPU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51QkOzm43NL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bullied
Subtitle: What Every Parent, Teacher, and Kid Needs to Know About ending the Cycle of Fear
Author: Carrie Goldman
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-13-15
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The mother of a bullied first grader, popular blogger Carrie Goldman&apos;s inspiring true story triggered an outpouring of support from online communities around the world. In Bullied, she gives us a guide to the crucial lessons and actionable guidance she&apos;s learned about how to stop bullying before it starts. It is a book born from Goldman&apos;s post about the ridicule her daughter suffered from bringing a Star Wars thermos to school - a story that went viral on Facebook and Twitter before exploding everywhere, from CNN.com and Yahoo.com to sites all around the world.
Written in Goldman&apos;s warm, engaging style, Bullied is an important and very necessary listen for parents, educators, self-professed &quot;Girl Geeks&quot;, or anyone who has ever felt victimized by a bully, online or in person.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A well-researched guide to combating bullying... This book is a must-read for parents with children of any gender. Valuable support, resources and concrete actions for safely navigating the social wilderness of adolescence.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Carrie Goldman has written a compelling, well-organized book providing a depth of knowledge about a national crisis and deftly showing how people working together in schools and communities can eradicate bullying.&quot; (New York Journal of Books)
&quot;This is an important book on an important subject. We are glad to see such a broad and considered approach taken on the complex subject of bullying.&quot; (Ben Cohen, MBE, Chairman, Ben Cohen StandUp Foundation)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bullied
Subtitle: What Every Parent, Teacher, and Kid Needs to Know About ending the Cycle of Fear
Author: Carrie Goldman
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-13-15
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The mother of a bullied first grader, popular blogger Carrie Goldman&apos;s inspiring true story triggered an outpouring of support from online communities around the world. In Bullied, she gives us a guide to the crucial lessons and actionable guidance she&apos;s learned about how to stop bullying before it starts. It is a book born from Goldman&apos;s post about the ridicule her daughter suffered from bringing a Star Wars thermos to school - a story that went viral on Facebook and Twitter before exploding everywhere, from CNN.com and Yahoo.com to sites all around the world.
Written in Goldman&apos;s warm, engaging style, Bullied is an important and very necessary listen for parents, educators, self-professed &quot;Girl Geeks&quot;, or anyone who has ever felt victimized by a bully, online or in person.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A well-researched guide to combating bullying... This book is a must-read for parents with children of any gender. Valuable support, resources and concrete actions for safely navigating the social wilderness of adolescence.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Carrie Goldman has written a compelling, well-organized book providing a depth of knowledge about a national crisis and deftly showing how people working together in schools and communities can eradicate bullying.&quot; (New York Journal of Books)
&quot;This is an important book on an important subject. We are glad to see such a broad and considered approach taken on the complex subject of bullying.&quot; (Ben Cohen, MBE, Chairman, Ben Cohen StandUp Foundation)

Members Reviews:
Great
Every parent needs to read. Great book

Five Stars
A great read for parents.

Great Book!
This book is a great read for parents, teachers, or anyone who cares about people!  It is easy to read, enjoyable and very thought provoking.  Well done!

A practical conversation about bullying
Bullying is a complex topic. Carrie Goldman does a good job of bringing her own personal experience together with insight from experts to create a useful resource for parents.

Five Stars
ok</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mercy of the Sky Audiobook by Holly Bailey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Mercy-of-the-Sky-Audiobook/B00WVG6LDQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Mercy of the Sky
Subtitle: The Story of a Tornado
Author: Holly Bailey
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Mercy of the Sky is the harrowing inside account of Oklahoma&apos;s deadliest tornado, penned by a local writer who became a national correspondent.
Oklahomans have long been known for their fatalism and grit, but even old-timers are troubled by the twisters that are devastating the state with increasing frequency. On May 20, 2013, the worst tornado on record landed a direct hit on the small town of Moore, destroying two schools while the children cowered inside.
Oklahoma native Holly Bailey grew up dreaming of becoming a storm chaser. Instead she became Newsweek&apos;s youngest-ever White House correspondent, traveling to war zones with Presidents Bush and Obama. When Moore was hit, Bailey went back both as a journalist and a hometown girl and spoke with the teachers who put their lives at risk to save their students, the weathermen more revered than rock stars and more tormented than they let on, and many shell-shocked residents. In The Mercy of the Sky, Bailey does for the Oklahoma flatlands what Sebastian Junger did for Gloucester, Massachusetts, in The Perfect Storm, telling a dramatic, pause-register story about a town that must survive the elements - or die.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Holly Bailey)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2015 14:07:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/007602/bk_blak_007602_sample.mp3" length="2399834" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Mercy-of-the-Sky-Audiobook/B00WVG6LDQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51c6sz4g7dL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Mercy of the Sky
Subtitle: The Story of a Tornado
Author: Holly Bailey
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Mercy of the Sky is the harrowing inside account of Oklahoma&apos;s deadliest tornado, penned by a local writer who became a national correspondent.
Oklahomans have long been known for their fatalism and grit, but even old-timers are troubled by the twisters that are devastating the state with increasing frequency. On May 20, 2013, the worst tornado on record landed a direct hit on the small town of Moore, destroying two schools while the children cowered inside.
Oklahoma native Holly Bailey grew up dreaming of becoming a storm chaser. Instead she became Newsweek&apos;s youngest-ever White House correspondent, traveling to war zones with Presidents Bush and Obama. When Moore was hit, Bailey went back both as a journalist and a hometown girl and spoke with the teachers who put their lives at risk to save their students, the weathermen more revered than rock stars and more tormented than they let on, and many shell-shocked residents. In The Mercy of the Sky, Bailey does for the Oklahoma flatlands what Sebastian Junger did for Gloucester, Massachusetts, in The Perfect Storm, telling a dramatic, pause-register story about a town that must survive the elements - or die.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Mercy of the Sky
Subtitle: The Story of a Tornado
Author: Holly Bailey
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Mercy of the Sky is the harrowing inside account of Oklahoma&apos;s deadliest tornado, penned by a local writer who became a national correspondent.
Oklahomans have long been known for their fatalism and grit, but even old-timers are troubled by the twisters that are devastating the state with increasing frequency. On May 20, 2013, the worst tornado on record landed a direct hit on the small town of Moore, destroying two schools while the children cowered inside.
Oklahoma native Holly Bailey grew up dreaming of becoming a storm chaser. Instead she became Newsweek&apos;s youngest-ever White House correspondent, traveling to war zones with Presidents Bush and Obama. When Moore was hit, Bailey went back both as a journalist and a hometown girl and spoke with the teachers who put their lives at risk to save their students, the weathermen more revered than rock stars and more tormented than they let on, and many shell-shocked residents. In The Mercy of the Sky, Bailey does for the Oklahoma flatlands what Sebastian Junger did for Gloucester, Massachusetts, in The Perfect Storm, telling a dramatic, pause-register story about a town that must survive the elements - or die.

Members Reviews:
Should be No-Mercy From The Sky
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Absolutely
What did you like best about this story?
The Intensity of the narrator
Which character  as performed by Erin Bennett  was your favorite?
It&apos;s an amalgamation of characters and the story is told from each of their own prospectives.
If you could give The Mercy of the Sky a new subtitle, what would it be?
The Story of the 2013 Tornado Outbreak and Heartbreak
Any additional comments?
I read quite a few comments before I decided to go with this book. Originally I chose Into The Storm by Reed Timmer but once I gobbled thru that on a cross-country road trip I downloaded this one. I&apos;ve been a weather nut my entire life and while in the end, I decided to go with physics-related studies (the university I was at did offer an Atmospheric Sciences program) I always secretly wished I&apos;d attended the A/S program. There are a few negative reviews about this book, most of which circulate around the narrator or the way the story was delivered. Having worked with the National Severe Storms Laboratory and the National Weather Center (and Service) doing research related work in the realm of severe weather I can say that, for me, the delivery of the narrative of this book was spot on. I think the author and narrators are both trying to deliver the confusion, frustration, anxiety and fright these victims experienced thru her writing, having seen some of this horrible devastation first hand I can place the feelings they&apos;re trying to convey with the looks or actions I&apos;ve seen on others faces while they&apos;re trying to make sense of what&apos;s just happened to their lives. The narration can be over the top the way she delivers it, but that lends it&apos;self to the way she&apos;s attempting to frame the story and how these poor people felt. Personally, I loved this book and how it was written. First 9-10 chapters are about different meteorologists and their own stories of the devastating 2013 Moore OK tornado but that gives the book a solid narrative and it doesn&apos;t become mundane.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>War! What Is It Good For? Audiobook by Ian Morris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/War-What-Is-It-Good-For-Audiobook/B00JFF19YW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: War! What Is It Good For?
Subtitle: Conflict and the Progress of Civilization from Primates to Robots
Author: Ian Morris
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-15-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;War! . . . . / What is it good for? / Absolutely nothing,&quot; says the famous song - but archaeology, history, and biology show that war in fact has been good for something. Surprising as it sounds, war has made humanity safer and richer. In War! What Is It Good For?, the renowned historian and archaeologist Ian Morris tells the gruesome, gripping story of 15,000 years of war, going beyond the battles and brutality to reveal what war has really done to and for the world. Stone Age people lived in small, feuding societies and stood a one-in-ten or even one-in-five chance of dying violently. In the 20th century, by contrast - despite two world wars, Hiroshima, and the Holocaust - fewer than one person in a hundred died violently. The explanation: War, and war alone, has created bigger, more complex societies, ruled by governments that have stamped out internal violence. Strangely enough, killing has made the world safer, and the safety it has produced has allowed people to make the world richer too. War has been history&apos;s greatest paradox, but this searching study of fifteen thousand years of violence suggests that the next half century is going to be the most dangerous of all time. If we can survive it, the age-old dream of ending war may yet come to pass. But, Morris argues, only if we understand what war has been good for can we know where it will take us next.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A disturbing, transformative text that veers toward essential reading.&quot; (
Kirkus, Starred Review)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ian Morris)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2014 03:17:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/003730/bk_tant_003730_sample.mp3" length="2399702" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/War-What-Is-It-Good-For-Audiobook/B00JFF19YW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61orpXkxZaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: War! What Is It Good For?
Subtitle: Conflict and the Progress of Civilization from Primates to Robots
Author: Ian Morris
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-15-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;War! . . . . / What is it good for? / Absolutely nothing,&quot; says the famous song - but archaeology, history, and biology show that war in fact has been good for something. Surprising as it sounds, war has made humanity safer and richer. In War! What Is It Good For?, the renowned historian and archaeologist Ian Morris tells the gruesome, gripping story of 15,000 years of war, going beyond the battles and brutality to reveal what war has really done to and for the world. Stone Age people lived in small, feuding societies and stood a one-in-ten or even one-in-five chance of dying violently. In the 20th century, by contrast - despite two world wars, Hiroshima, and the Holocaust - fewer than one person in a hundred died violently. The explanation: War, and war alone, has created bigger, more complex societies, ruled by governments that have stamped out internal violence. Strangely enough, killing has made the world safer, and the safety it has produced has allowed people to make the world richer too. War has been history&apos;s greatest paradox, but this searching study of fifteen thousand years of violence suggests that the next half century is going to be the most dangerous of all time. If we can survive it, the age-old dream of ending war may yet come to pass. But, Morris argues, only if we understand what war has been good for can we know where it will take us next.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A disturbing, transformative text that veers toward essential reading.&quot; (
Kirkus, Starred Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: War! What Is It Good For?
Subtitle: Conflict and the Progress of Civilization from Primates to Robots
Author: Ian Morris
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-15-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;War! . . . . / What is it good for? / Absolutely nothing,&quot; says the famous song - but archaeology, history, and biology show that war in fact has been good for something. Surprising as it sounds, war has made humanity safer and richer. In War! What Is It Good For?, the renowned historian and archaeologist Ian Morris tells the gruesome, gripping story of 15,000 years of war, going beyond the battles and brutality to reveal what war has really done to and for the world. Stone Age people lived in small, feuding societies and stood a one-in-ten or even one-in-five chance of dying violently. In the 20th century, by contrast - despite two world wars, Hiroshima, and the Holocaust - fewer than one person in a hundred died violently. The explanation: War, and war alone, has created bigger, more complex societies, ruled by governments that have stamped out internal violence. Strangely enough, killing has made the world safer, and the safety it has produced has allowed people to make the world richer too. War has been history&apos;s greatest paradox, but this searching study of fifteen thousand years of violence suggests that the next half century is going to be the most dangerous of all time. If we can survive it, the age-old dream of ending war may yet come to pass. But, Morris argues, only if we understand what war has been good for can we know where it will take us next.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A disturbing, transformative text that veers toward essential reading.&quot; (
Kirkus, Starred Review)

Members Reviews:
Not What I Expected At All!!!
When I first saw this listing on Audible, my mind went back to the Seinfeld episode where Elaine works for a publishing agency and during a conversation with a &quot;famous&quot; author tells him that Tolstoy originally wanted to call War and Peace - &quot;War, What is it good for?&quot; to which she adds &quot;Absolutely Nothing&quot;
I did not know what to really expect but this turned out to be a great sociological treatise and an insightful history into the results of war and warfare.  His concepts of &quot;productive&quot; and &quot;unproductive&quot; war are interesting, but given that he is looking at events in hindsight, it appears man has stumbled into a success of sorts.
Overall, this is a very thought provoking book, a little long at times, but very enjoyable.  The narration was excellent and really enhanced the audio experience.  I am not familiar with any of his other works but will have to check them out.

Provocative and Well-Argued.
Should be re-titled: &quot;The Positive Side of War and Conflict and Their Role in History and Society&quot;. Whether or not you agree with Morris, he lays out his thesis clearly and with considerable evidence. His method is rigorous and scholarly. His conclusion is that war is the historical and sociological underpinning of the state, and that the state is responsible for creating a social, economic, and political reality in which the individual quality of life is dramatically better, and more peaceful, than it was in &quot;traditional&quot; societies. These are points bound to be controversial, and building a case and explaining all of his qualifications takes the entirety of the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Foolproof Audiobook by Greg Ip</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Foolproof-Audiobook/B0161X69SG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Foolproof
Subtitle: Why Safety Can Be Dangerous and How Danger Makes Us Safe
Author: Greg Ip
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How the very things we create to protect ourselves, like money market funds or antilock brakes, end up being the biggest threats to our safety and well-being.
We have learned a staggering amount about human nature and disaster - yet we keep having car crashes, floods, and financial crises. Partly this is because the success we have at making life safer enables us to take bigger risks. As our cities, transport systems, and financial markets become more interconnected and complex, so does the potential for catastrophe.
How do we stay safe? Should we? What if our attempts are exposing us even more to the very risks we are avoiding? Would acceptance of danger make us more secure? Is there such a thing as foolproof?
In Foolproof, Greg Ip presents a macro theory of human nature and disaster that explains how we can keep ourselves safe in our increasingly dangerous world.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Greg Ip)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2015 00:27:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002264/bk_hach_002264_sample.mp3" length="2383353" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Foolproof-Audiobook/B0161X69SG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61YGjt2CpXL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Foolproof
Subtitle: Why Safety Can Be Dangerous and How Danger Makes Us Safe
Author: Greg Ip
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How the very things we create to protect ourselves, like money market funds or antilock brakes, end up being the biggest threats to our safety and well-being.
We have learned a staggering amount about human nature and disaster - yet we keep having car crashes, floods, and financial crises. Partly this is because the success we have at making life safer enables us to take bigger risks. As our cities, transport systems, and financial markets become more interconnected and complex, so does the potential for catastrophe.
How do we stay safe? Should we? What if our attempts are exposing us even more to the very risks we are avoiding? Would acceptance of danger make us more secure? Is there such a thing as foolproof?
In Foolproof, Greg Ip presents a macro theory of human nature and disaster that explains how we can keep ourselves safe in our increasingly dangerous world.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Foolproof
Subtitle: Why Safety Can Be Dangerous and How Danger Makes Us Safe
Author: Greg Ip
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How the very things we create to protect ourselves, like money market funds or antilock brakes, end up being the biggest threats to our safety and well-being.
We have learned a staggering amount about human nature and disaster - yet we keep having car crashes, floods, and financial crises. Partly this is because the success we have at making life safer enables us to take bigger risks. As our cities, transport systems, and financial markets become more interconnected and complex, so does the potential for catastrophe.
How do we stay safe? Should we? What if our attempts are exposing us even more to the very risks we are avoiding? Would acceptance of danger make us more secure? Is there such a thing as foolproof?
In Foolproof, Greg Ip presents a macro theory of human nature and disaster that explains how we can keep ourselves safe in our increasingly dangerous world.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Fine walk-through of risk concepts, applications
This book is at a popular level, i.e., not a book on how to calculate risk. But it does a tremendous job walking through the basics and the thinking, spiced with plenty of history vignettes. This spans macro financial risk, products, insurance, all sorts of topics. The author seems to wander from one to another of these, but I don&apos;t mind. We can see how a smart strategy, at first, can become futile as more and more people, so to speak, crowd into the trade, and change the profile of risk involved.  E.g.,m as explained here, &quot;portfolio insurance&quot; and credit default swaps worked great until enough players crowded in, and suddenly they didn&apos;t work anymore. Behavior changes when people feel too comfortable or safe -- which is to say, they fail to monitor the changing environment, and therefore misprice their risks. I find this area fascinating -- two other books to check out along these lines (in print) are &apos;The Crisis of Crowding&apos; by Ludwig B. Chincarini (on finance), and &apos;When All Else Fails: Government as the Ultimate Risk Manager&apos; by David A. Moss.

Democratic party propaganda
the beginning of the book is devoted to affixing blame to global warming for modern day forest fires</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America at the Crossroads Audiobook by George Barna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-at-the-Crossroads-Audiobook/B01L9R8XE2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: America at the Crossroads
Subtitle: Explosive Trends Shaping America&apos;s Future and What You Can Do About It
Author: George Barna
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: christianaudio.com
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today&apos;s most troubling trends about faith and culture in America.
We live in a tumultuous time. Upheavals and reversals in culture, popular opinion, morality, race relations, socioeconomic status, and so much more have entire generations feeling off balance or out of touch. How do we keep pace with the breathtaking rate of change in our society when we can hardly find time to keep up with our racing newsfeeds? And in the face of such enormous cultural forces, is there anything we can do to help shape our culture?
With America at the Crossroads, best-selling author and cultural analyst George Barna turns his researcher&apos;s eye on the most significant trends of our moment in history, compiling and distilling the most salient information for busy listeners who want to shape culture rather than allow it to shape them. Anyone who has felt overwhelmed by our swiftly changing times will appreciate Barna&apos;s extensive research and his &quot;bottom line&quot; approach.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Barna)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2016 11:10:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hove/001870/bk_hove_001870_sample.mp3" length="2399663" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-at-the-Crossroads-Audiobook/B01L9R8XE2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ZkkXLPkfL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: America at the Crossroads
Subtitle: Explosive Trends Shaping America&apos;s Future and What You Can Do About It
Author: George Barna
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: christianaudio.com
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today&apos;s most troubling trends about faith and culture in America.
We live in a tumultuous time. Upheavals and reversals in culture, popular opinion, morality, race relations, socioeconomic status, and so much more have entire generations feeling off balance or out of touch. How do we keep pace with the breathtaking rate of change in our society when we can hardly find time to keep up with our racing newsfeeds? And in the face of such enormous cultural forces, is there anything we can do to help shape our culture?
With America at the Crossroads, best-selling author and cultural analyst George Barna turns his researcher&apos;s eye on the most significant trends of our moment in history, compiling and distilling the most salient information for busy listeners who want to shape culture rather than allow it to shape them. Anyone who has felt overwhelmed by our swiftly changing times will appreciate Barna&apos;s extensive research and his &quot;bottom line&quot; approach.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: America at the Crossroads
Subtitle: Explosive Trends Shaping America&apos;s Future and What You Can Do About It
Author: George Barna
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: christianaudio.com
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today&apos;s most troubling trends about faith and culture in America.
We live in a tumultuous time. Upheavals and reversals in culture, popular opinion, morality, race relations, socioeconomic status, and so much more have entire generations feeling off balance or out of touch. How do we keep pace with the breathtaking rate of change in our society when we can hardly find time to keep up with our racing newsfeeds? And in the face of such enormous cultural forces, is there anything we can do to help shape our culture?
With America at the Crossroads, best-selling author and cultural analyst George Barna turns his researcher&apos;s eye on the most significant trends of our moment in history, compiling and distilling the most salient information for busy listeners who want to shape culture rather than allow it to shape them. Anyone who has felt overwhelmed by our swiftly changing times will appreciate Barna&apos;s extensive research and his &quot;bottom line&quot; approach.

Members Reviews:
Eye-opening Facts
As always George Barna provides factual information that makes it easier to point to trends related to Christianity.  Having factual information that can be used in developing strategies for improving church experiences and strengthening the Christian experience.  Barna&apos;s findings related to the church were both eye-opening and concerning.  I am pleased that I ordered this book.

I enjoyed reading this book
I enjoyed reading this book.  It contains very important information and trend data that need to be taken seriously for the life of the Church and Christianity.

Five Stars
As usual, Barna has done a masterful job in marshaling the statistical data to highlight some rather disturbing trends.

Five Stars
Excellent book that reveals she re Anerica is headed in our Post Christian Relativistic society.

Four Stars
Good Book</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America the Anxious Audiobook by Ruth Whippman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-the-Anxious-Audiobook/B01LY6GGY1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: America the Anxious
Subtitle: How Our Pursuit of Happiness Is Creating a Nation of Nervous Wrecks
Author: Ruth Whippman
Narrator: Ruth Whippman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-04-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you happy? Right now? Happy enough? As happy as everyone else? Could you be happier if you tried harder?
After she packed up her British worldview (that most things were basically rubbish) and moved to America, journalist and documentary filmmaker Ruth Whippman found herself increasingly perplexed by the American obsession with one topic above all others: happiness. The subject came up everywhere: at the playground swings, at the meat counter in the supermarket, and even - legs in stirrups - at the gynecologist.
The omnipresence of these happiness conversations (trading tips, humble-bragging successes, offering unsolicited advice) wouldn&apos;t let her go, and so Ruth did some digging. What she found was a paradox: despite the fact that Americans spend more time and money in search of happiness than any other nation on earth, research shows that the United States is one of the least contented, most anxious countries in the developed world. Stoked by a multi-billion dollar &quot;happiness industrial complex&quot; intent on selling the promise of bliss, America appeared to be driving itself crazy in pursuit of contentment.
So Ruth set out on to get to the bottom of this contradiction, embarking on an uproarious pilgrimage to investigate how this national obsession infiltrates all areas of life, from religion to parenting, the workplace to academia. She attends a controversial self-help course that promises total transformation, where she learns all her problems are all her own fault; visits a &quot;happiness city&quot; in the Nevada desert and explores why it has one of the highest suicide rates in America; delves into the darker truths behind the influential academic &quot;positive psychology movement&quot;; and ventures to Utah to spend time with the Mormons, officially America&apos;s happiest people.
What she finds, ultimately, and presents in America the Anxious, is a rigorously researched yet universal answer, and one that comes absolutely free of charge.
Cover design by James Iacobelli.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ruth Whippman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2016 16:46:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/020813/bk_adbl_020813_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-the-Anxious-Audiobook/B01LY6GGY1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61l79JW9ksL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: America the Anxious
Subtitle: How Our Pursuit of Happiness Is Creating a Nation of Nervous Wrecks
Author: Ruth Whippman
Narrator: Ruth Whippman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-04-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you happy? Right now? Happy enough? As happy as everyone else? Could you be happier if you tried harder?
After she packed up her British worldview (that most things were basically rubbish) and moved to America, journalist and documentary filmmaker Ruth Whippman found herself increasingly perplexed by the American obsession with one topic above all others: happiness. The subject came up everywhere: at the playground swings, at the meat counter in the supermarket, and even - legs in stirrups - at the gynecologist.
The omnipresence of these happiness conversations (trading tips, humble-bragging successes, offering unsolicited advice) wouldn&apos;t let her go, and so Ruth did some digging. What she found was a paradox: despite the fact that Americans spend more time and money in search of happiness than any other nation on earth, research shows that the United States is one of the least contented, most anxious countries in the developed world. Stoked by a multi-billion dollar &quot;happiness industrial complex&quot; intent on selling the promise of bliss, America appeared to be driving itself crazy in pursuit of contentment.
So Ruth set out on to get to the bottom of this contradiction, embarking on an uproarious pilgrimage to investigate how this national obsession infiltrates all areas of life, from religion to parenting, the workplace to academia. She attends a controversial self-help course that promises total transformation, where she learns all her problems are all her own fault; visits a &quot;happiness city&quot; in the Nevada desert and explores why it has one of the highest suicide rates in America; delves into the darker truths behind the influential academic &quot;positive psychology movement&quot;; and ventures to Utah to spend time with the Mormons, officially America&apos;s happiest people.
What she finds, ultimately, and presents in America the Anxious, is a rigorously researched yet universal answer, and one that comes absolutely free of charge.
Cover design by James Iacobelli.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: America the Anxious
Subtitle: How Our Pursuit of Happiness Is Creating a Nation of Nervous Wrecks
Author: Ruth Whippman
Narrator: Ruth Whippman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-04-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you happy? Right now? Happy enough? As happy as everyone else? Could you be happier if you tried harder?
After she packed up her British worldview (that most things were basically rubbish) and moved to America, journalist and documentary filmmaker Ruth Whippman found herself increasingly perplexed by the American obsession with one topic above all others: happiness. The subject came up everywhere: at the playground swings, at the meat counter in the supermarket, and even - legs in stirrups - at the gynecologist.
The omnipresence of these happiness conversations (trading tips, humble-bragging successes, offering unsolicited advice) wouldn&apos;t let her go, and so Ruth did some digging. What she found was a paradox: despite the fact that Americans spend more time and money in search of happiness than any other nation on earth, research shows that the United States is one of the least contented, most anxious countries in the developed world. Stoked by a multi-billion dollar &quot;happiness industrial complex&quot; intent on selling the promise of bliss, America appeared to be driving itself crazy in pursuit of contentment.
So Ruth set out on to get to the bottom of this contradiction, embarking on an uproarious pilgrimage to investigate how this national obsession infiltrates all areas of life, from religion to parenting, the workplace to academia. She attends a controversial self-help course that promises total transformation, where she learns all her problems are all her own fault; visits a &quot;happiness city&quot; in the Nevada desert and explores why it has one of the highest suicide rates in America; delves into the darker truths behind the influential academic &quot;positive psychology movement&quot;; and ventures to Utah to spend time with the Mormons, officially America&apos;s happiest people.
What she finds, ultimately, and presents in America the Anxious, is a rigorously researched yet universal answer, and one that comes absolutely free of charge.
Cover design by James Iacobelli.

Members Reviews:
Makes a very intelligent and interesting case
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
In case you understand that each coin has 2 sides, and based on that you start wondering why the US culture puts such a strong focus on being positive all the time, this book will help you to gain deeper cultural insights.
Would you ever listen to anything by Ruth Whippman again?
Without a doubt
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
There are many moments actually, I particularly liked the way she weaves in Facebook and the Mormon church.
Any additional comments?
I admit that I may have been more receptive to the book&apos;s storyline because of my European background.

Thoroughly Enjoyable
Any additional comments?
It&apos;s been a long time since I&apos;ve enjoyed a book so much. Sometimes, it takes the insights of an objective observer to shake us from old habits.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Police State Audiobook by Gerry Spence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Police-State-Audiobook/B014EG67LG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Police State
Subtitle: How America&apos;s Cops Get Away with Murder
Author: Gerry Spence
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-15
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 77 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We all want to feel safe. But safe from what and from whom?
In his 60-plus years as a trial lawyer, Gerry Spence has never represented a person accused of a crime in which the police hadn&apos;t themselves violated the law. Whether by covering up their own corrupt dealings, by the falsification or manufacture of evidence, or by the outright murder of innocent civilians, those individuals charged with upholding the law break it every day - in ways more scandalous than the courts have dared admit. The police and prosecutors won&apos;t charge or convict themselves, and so the crimes of the criminal justice system are swept under the rug. Nothing changes.
Too many police officers are killers on the loose, and every uninformed American is a potential next victim. Police culture is mired in the dead weight of precedent and ruled by trigger-happy tyrants. Power will march our nation over the police state precipice unless &quot;we the people&quot; take action. The FBI&apos;s massacre of the Weaver family at Ruby Ridge, the killing of mortally wounded Fouad Kaady by a group of police officers, the torture of teenaged Dennis Williams by cops seeking a murder confession - again and again, the question arises: When the very men and women we pay to protect us instead persecute us every day, how can we be safe? In Police State, Spence slaps a stinging indictment upon the American justice system and puts forth a plan to restore liberty and justice for all.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gerry Spence)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2015 15:60:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/002046/bk_aren_002046_sample.mp3" length="2399695" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Police-State-Audiobook/B014EG67LG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hwHqmZ-cL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Police State
Subtitle: How America&apos;s Cops Get Away with Murder
Author: Gerry Spence
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-15
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 77 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We all want to feel safe. But safe from what and from whom?
In his 60-plus years as a trial lawyer, Gerry Spence has never represented a person accused of a crime in which the police hadn&apos;t themselves violated the law. Whether by covering up their own corrupt dealings, by the falsification or manufacture of evidence, or by the outright murder of innocent civilians, those individuals charged with upholding the law break it every day - in ways more scandalous than the courts have dared admit. The police and prosecutors won&apos;t charge or convict themselves, and so the crimes of the criminal justice system are swept under the rug. Nothing changes.
Too many police officers are killers on the loose, and every uninformed American is a potential next victim. Police culture is mired in the dead weight of precedent and ruled by trigger-happy tyrants. Power will march our nation over the police state precipice unless &quot;we the people&quot; take action. The FBI&apos;s massacre of the Weaver family at Ruby Ridge, the killing of mortally wounded Fouad Kaady by a group of police officers, the torture of teenaged Dennis Williams by cops seeking a murder confession - again and again, the question arises: When the very men and women we pay to protect us instead persecute us every day, how can we be safe? In Police State, Spence slaps a stinging indictment upon the American justice system and puts forth a plan to restore liberty and justice for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Police State
Subtitle: How America&apos;s Cops Get Away with Murder
Author: Gerry Spence
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-15
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 77 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We all want to feel safe. But safe from what and from whom?
In his 60-plus years as a trial lawyer, Gerry Spence has never represented a person accused of a crime in which the police hadn&apos;t themselves violated the law. Whether by covering up their own corrupt dealings, by the falsification or manufacture of evidence, or by the outright murder of innocent civilians, those individuals charged with upholding the law break it every day - in ways more scandalous than the courts have dared admit. The police and prosecutors won&apos;t charge or convict themselves, and so the crimes of the criminal justice system are swept under the rug. Nothing changes.
Too many police officers are killers on the loose, and every uninformed American is a potential next victim. Police culture is mired in the dead weight of precedent and ruled by trigger-happy tyrants. Power will march our nation over the police state precipice unless &quot;we the people&quot; take action. The FBI&apos;s massacre of the Weaver family at Ruby Ridge, the killing of mortally wounded Fouad Kaady by a group of police officers, the torture of teenaged Dennis Williams by cops seeking a murder confession - again and again, the question arises: When the very men and women we pay to protect us instead persecute us every day, how can we be safe? In Police State, Spence slaps a stinging indictment upon the American justice system and puts forth a plan to restore liberty and justice for all.

Members Reviews:
Some excellent points
It had some good case examples but reading what seemed to be the entire court record for several of the cases got tedious.

Exceptional
This book gives the listener a first hand view of how our judicial system has failed us as a society. Mr Spence is a warrior for justice and is a shining example of how we should all behave as citizens and use our ability as free Americans to stand against this tyrannical power hungry developing police state.

Must read!
Great book with details of well know cases never exposed before. Spence is brilliant and this book is as well. Narration was like Spence telling the story himself. Highly recommended this to everyone!

A Book EVERY SchoolKid and Adult Should Read!
There need to be more people in this country like Gerry Spence.
This man takes on our renegade army of overly-aggressive police with reckless abandon. We&apos;ve given our protectors entirely too much power, and we&apos;ve forgotten that, when it&apos;s all said and done, they are OUR EMPLOYEES. Yet, they beat us, tase us, and shoot us with little or no valid reasoning. They also falsify evidence, lie on the stand, and make fraudulent arrests for justifications that are wholly up to them, and may include personal vindictiveness or jealousy. Cops are people, just like you and I. They are imperfect. They make mistakes.
The difference between us and them is, they can shoot you, lie about it, and get away with it with impunity. They can file false charges against you, cost you thousands in legal fees, and get no reprimand or punishment when it&apos;s eventually found that you were innocent all along. They can plant evidence that can never be linked back to them, since they know the system well enough to subvert it. They are above the law, and they are well aware of it.
And they need to be stopped.
This book is an excellent step in doing that.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Son Also Rises Audiobook by Gregory Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Son-Also-Rises-Audiobook/B00J2WYKSK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Son Also Rises
Subtitle: Surnames and the History of Social Mobility
Author: Gregory Clark
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How much of our fate is tied to the status of our parents and grandparents? How much does this influence our children? More than we wish to believe. While it has been argued that rigid class structures have eroded in favor of greater social equality, The Son Also Rises proves that movement on the social ladder has changed little over eight centuries. Using a novel technique - tracking family names over generations to measure social mobility across countries and periods - renowned economic historian Gregory Clark reveals that mobility rates are lower than conventionally estimated, do not vary across societies, and are resistant to social policies. The good news is that these patterns are driven by strong inheritance of abilities and lineage does not beget unwarranted advantage. The bad news is that much of our fate is predictable from lineage. Clark argues that since a greater part of our place in the world is predetermined, we must avoid creating winner-take-all societies.
Clark examines and compares surnames in such diverse cases as modern Sweden, 14th-century England, and Qing Dynasty China. He demonstrates how fate is determined by ancestry and that almost all societies - as different as the modern United States, Communist China, and modern Japan - have similarly low social mobility rates. These figures are impervious to institutions, and it takes hundreds of years for descendants to shake off the advantages and disadvantages of their ancestors. For these reasons, Clark contends that societies should act to limit the disparities in rewards between those of high and low social rank.
Challenging popular assumptions about mobility and revealing the deeply entrenched force of inherited advantage, The Son Also Rises is sure to prompt intense debate for years to come.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gregory Clark)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Mar 2014 09:03:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/018235/bk_adbl_018235_sample.mp3" length="2192812" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Son-Also-Rises-Audiobook/B00J2WYKSK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51vNJjPVNJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Son Also Rises
Subtitle: Surnames and the History of Social Mobility
Author: Gregory Clark
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How much of our fate is tied to the status of our parents and grandparents? How much does this influence our children? More than we wish to believe. While it has been argued that rigid class structures have eroded in favor of greater social equality, The Son Also Rises proves that movement on the social ladder has changed little over eight centuries. Using a novel technique - tracking family names over generations to measure social mobility across countries and periods - renowned economic historian Gregory Clark reveals that mobility rates are lower than conventionally estimated, do not vary across societies, and are resistant to social policies. The good news is that these patterns are driven by strong inheritance of abilities and lineage does not beget unwarranted advantage. The bad news is that much of our fate is predictable from lineage. Clark argues that since a greater part of our place in the world is predetermined, we must avoid creating winner-take-all societies.
Clark examines and compares surnames in such diverse cases as modern Sweden, 14th-century England, and Qing Dynasty China. He demonstrates how fate is determined by ancestry and that almost all societies - as different as the modern United States, Communist China, and modern Japan - have similarly low social mobility rates. These figures are impervious to institutions, and it takes hundreds of years for descendants to shake off the advantages and disadvantages of their ancestors. For these reasons, Clark contends that societies should act to limit the disparities in rewards between those of high and low social rank.
Challenging popular assumptions about mobility and revealing the deeply entrenched force of inherited advantage, The Son Also Rises is sure to prompt intense debate for years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Son Also Rises
Subtitle: Surnames and the History of Social Mobility
Author: Gregory Clark
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How much of our fate is tied to the status of our parents and grandparents? How much does this influence our children? More than we wish to believe. While it has been argued that rigid class structures have eroded in favor of greater social equality, The Son Also Rises proves that movement on the social ladder has changed little over eight centuries. Using a novel technique - tracking family names over generations to measure social mobility across countries and periods - renowned economic historian Gregory Clark reveals that mobility rates are lower than conventionally estimated, do not vary across societies, and are resistant to social policies. The good news is that these patterns are driven by strong inheritance of abilities and lineage does not beget unwarranted advantage. The bad news is that much of our fate is predictable from lineage. Clark argues that since a greater part of our place in the world is predetermined, we must avoid creating winner-take-all societies.
Clark examines and compares surnames in such diverse cases as modern Sweden, 14th-century England, and Qing Dynasty China. He demonstrates how fate is determined by ancestry and that almost all societies - as different as the modern United States, Communist China, and modern Japan - have similarly low social mobility rates. These figures are impervious to institutions, and it takes hundreds of years for descendants to shake off the advantages and disadvantages of their ancestors. For these reasons, Clark contends that societies should act to limit the disparities in rewards between those of high and low social rank.
Challenging popular assumptions about mobility and revealing the deeply entrenched force of inherited advantage, The Son Also Rises is sure to prompt intense debate for years to come.

Members Reviews:
Bit same-y
Each chapter largely felt like a repeat of the first. The text is also not very suited to an audio format as there are so many references to graphs. In addition, some of the mispronunciation (such as of Govan and Edinburgh) was bothersome. If a UK author&apos;s work is going to be narrated by an American, care should be taken to get these British place-names right.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peoples and Cultures of the World Audiobook by The Great Courses</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Peoples-and-Cultures-of-the-World-Audiobook/B00DMOB2TO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Peoples and Cultures of the World
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Edward Fischer
Format: Original Recording
Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 137 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As the &quot;science of humanity,&quot; anthropology can help us understand virtually anything about ourselves, from our political and economic systems, to why we get married, to how we decide to buy a particular bottle of wine. This 24-lecture course reveals the extraordinary power of anthropology - and its subspecialty, cultural anthropology - as a tool to understand the world&apos;s varied human societies, including our own.
These lectures will immerse you in the world of the Trobriand Islanders of Melanesia; the Yanomam&#246; of the Brazilian Amazon; the Dobe Ju&apos;hoansi or Kung Bushmen of Botswana and Namibia; and other indigenous peoples.
Professor Fischer leads an excursion through cultural practices that often seem, to us, quirky, exotic, and even repulsive - marriages that include as many as 20 husbands, matrilineal societies, magic spirits and witchcraft, cannibalism, and incest - practices that will make you question your assumptions about what is natural, or what is human nature.
As you review these customs, the professor describes the issues that cultural anthropologists face in dealing with them. For example, what should anthropologists do in cases such as female circumcision or ritualized rape, in which customs seriously conflict with our own sense of morality and human rights?
Professor Fischer also applies the lessons of cultural anthropology to our own culture by considering the U.S. economy and consumer behavior. Is our economy really based on rational decision making? If so, why do we eat cattle and pigs, but not horses? Why are we willing to shop around to save $10 on a clock radio, but not on a big-screen TV?
You will grow to appreciate how valuable an understanding of cultural anthropology is in a world of ever-increasing globalization, in which members of even the most remote cultures come into more frequent and more influential contact through international travel, migration, business, and the Internet.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Great Courses)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2013 05:08:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tcco/000232/bk_tcco_000232_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Peoples-and-Cultures-of-the-World-Audiobook/B00DMOB2TO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41NVqRQyLLL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Peoples and Cultures of the World
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Edward Fischer
Format: Original Recording
Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 137 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As the &quot;science of humanity,&quot; anthropology can help us understand virtually anything about ourselves, from our political and economic systems, to why we get married, to how we decide to buy a particular bottle of wine. This 24-lecture course reveals the extraordinary power of anthropology - and its subspecialty, cultural anthropology - as a tool to understand the world&apos;s varied human societies, including our own.
These lectures will immerse you in the world of the Trobriand Islanders of Melanesia; the Yanomam&#246; of the Brazilian Amazon; the Dobe Ju&apos;hoansi or Kung Bushmen of Botswana and Namibia; and other indigenous peoples.
Professor Fischer leads an excursion through cultural practices that often seem, to us, quirky, exotic, and even repulsive - marriages that include as many as 20 husbands, matrilineal societies, magic spirits and witchcraft, cannibalism, and incest - practices that will make you question your assumptions about what is natural, or what is human nature.
As you review these customs, the professor describes the issues that cultural anthropologists face in dealing with them. For example, what should anthropologists do in cases such as female circumcision or ritualized rape, in which customs seriously conflict with our own sense of morality and human rights?
Professor Fischer also applies the lessons of cultural anthropology to our own culture by considering the U.S. economy and consumer behavior. Is our economy really based on rational decision making? If so, why do we eat cattle and pigs, but not horses? Why are we willing to shop around to save $10 on a clock radio, but not on a big-screen TV?
You will grow to appreciate how valuable an understanding of cultural anthropology is in a world of ever-increasing globalization, in which members of even the most remote cultures come into more frequent and more influential contact through international travel, migration, business, and the Internet.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Peoples and Cultures of the World
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Edward Fischer
Format: Original Recording
Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 137 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As the &quot;science of humanity,&quot; anthropology can help us understand virtually anything about ourselves, from our political and economic systems, to why we get married, to how we decide to buy a particular bottle of wine. This 24-lecture course reveals the extraordinary power of anthropology - and its subspecialty, cultural anthropology - as a tool to understand the world&apos;s varied human societies, including our own.
These lectures will immerse you in the world of the Trobriand Islanders of Melanesia; the Yanomam&#246; of the Brazilian Amazon; the Dobe Ju&apos;hoansi or Kung Bushmen of Botswana and Namibia; and other indigenous peoples.
Professor Fischer leads an excursion through cultural practices that often seem, to us, quirky, exotic, and even repulsive - marriages that include as many as 20 husbands, matrilineal societies, magic spirits and witchcraft, cannibalism, and incest - practices that will make you question your assumptions about what is natural, or what is human nature.
As you review these customs, the professor describes the issues that cultural anthropologists face in dealing with them. For example, what should anthropologists do in cases such as female circumcision or ritualized rape, in which customs seriously conflict with our own sense of morality and human rights?
Professor Fischer also applies the lessons of cultural anthropology to our own culture by considering the U.S. economy and consumer behavior. Is our economy really based on rational decision making? If so, why do we eat cattle and pigs, but not horses? Why are we willing to shop around to save $10 on a clock radio, but not on a big-screen TV?
You will grow to appreciate how valuable an understanding of cultural anthropology is in a world of ever-increasing globalization, in which members of even the most remote cultures come into more frequent and more influential contact through international travel, migration, business, and the Internet.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
The world is not only made of tribes
Actually the world is made of tribes, but I was left with the feeling that the book was too much focused on small tribes (interesting as they may be... and they are). I was expecting a more overarching perspective of big tribes: modern peoples and nations... it would be more useful.
It was a good anthropological exercise though...

Interesting
Would you listen to Peoples and Cultures of the World again? Why?
I would like to hear these lectures again.  Professor Fischer describes the culture and habits of peoples all over the globe.  I loved that he guided us through the lives of those in remote villages and people who are rarely studied.  These lectures were really enjoyable.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
I think for me, when he explained why cannibals think we are wrong and wasteful when we bury (instead of eat) our dead he was most compelling because it helped me to see them as humans with reasons for their actions.  I never understood the &quot;why&quot; behind what they do.  He has a way of teaching delicate subjects in an academic manner, so the listener can accept the information easier.  He told stories of peoples so dramatically different than traditional Americans, I found it very interesting.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analysis of Esther Perels The State of Affairs by Milkyway Media Audiobook by Milkyway Media</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Analysis-of-Esther-Perels-The-State-of-Affairs-by-Milkyway-Media-Audiobook/B0792R4NJ1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Esther Perels The State of Affairs by Milkyway Media
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-18
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity (2017) by sex and relationship expert Esther Perel is an examination of unfaithfulness in romantic relationshipswhat it is, why it happens, and how different cultures handle itas well as an exploration of what affairs can teach all lovers about healthy relationships. Perel takes a non-judgmental approach to the motivations of the cheater and the outside lover, as well as to the contributions of the betrayed partner to the relationship crisis. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Milkyway Media)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2018 20:47:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/105798/bk_acx0_105798_sample.mp3" length="683825" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Analysis-of-Esther-Perels-The-State-of-Affairs-by-Milkyway-Media-Audiobook/B0792R4NJ1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51acNGjFK3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Esther Perels The State of Affairs by Milkyway Media
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-18
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity (2017) by sex and relationship expert Esther Perel is an examination of unfaithfulness in romantic relationshipswhat it is, why it happens, and how different cultures handle itas well as an exploration of what affairs can teach all lovers about healthy relationships. Perel takes a non-judgmental approach to the motivations of the cheater and the outside lover, as well as to the contributions of the betrayed partner to the relationship crisis. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Esther Perels The State of Affairs by Milkyway Media
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-18
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity (2017) by sex and relationship expert Esther Perel is an examination of unfaithfulness in romantic relationshipswhat it is, why it happens, and how different cultures handle itas well as an exploration of what affairs can teach all lovers about healthy relationships. Perel takes a non-judgmental approach to the motivations of the cheater and the outside lover, as well as to the contributions of the betrayed partner to the relationship crisis. Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Antonio-Gramscis-Prison-Notebooks-Audiobook/B01INZXNWU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks
Author: Lorenzo Fusaro, Jason Xidias
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
First published in 1948, Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks is an important Marxist work that says we must understand societies both in terms of their economic relationships and their cultural beliefs.
Gramsci wanted to explore why Russia had undergone a socialist revolution in 1917 while other European countries had not. So he developed the concept of hegemony, which is the idea that those who hold power in a society can maintain and use that power because of their own grip on cultural values and economic relationships. Using a combination of force and manipulation, they are able to convince most people that the existing social arrangement is logical and in their best interests. Gramsci says that for a society to truly be transformed, workers need to rise up against two things - the unfair economic system and the ideas and political institutions that sustain it.
Gramsci&apos;s analysis of capitalism, economics, and culture has helped explain current historical developments, such as the recent financial crisis that started in 2007.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lorenzo Fusaro)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2016 04:33:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063885/bk_acx0_063885_sample.mp3" length="475895" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Antonio-Gramscis-Prison-Notebooks-Audiobook/B01INZXNWU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51g4TZfbXzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks
Author: Lorenzo Fusaro, Jason Xidias
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
First published in 1948, Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks is an important Marxist work that says we must understand societies both in terms of their economic relationships and their cultural beliefs.
Gramsci wanted to explore why Russia had undergone a socialist revolution in 1917 while other European countries had not. So he developed the concept of hegemony, which is the idea that those who hold power in a society can maintain and use that power because of their own grip on cultural values and economic relationships. Using a combination of force and manipulation, they are able to convince most people that the existing social arrangement is logical and in their best interests. Gramsci says that for a society to truly be transformed, workers need to rise up against two things - the unfair economic system and the ideas and political institutions that sustain it.
Gramsci&apos;s analysis of capitalism, economics, and culture has helped explain current historical developments, such as the recent financial crisis that started in 2007.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks
Author: Lorenzo Fusaro, Jason Xidias
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
First published in 1948, Antonio Gramsci&apos;s Prison Notebooks is an important Marxist work that says we must understand societies both in terms of their economic relationships and their cultural beliefs.
Gramsci wanted to explore why Russia had undergone a socialist revolution in 1917 while other European countries had not. So he developed the concept of hegemony, which is the idea that those who hold power in a society can maintain and use that power because of their own grip on cultural values and economic relationships. Using a combination of force and manipulation, they are able to convince most people that the existing social arrangement is logical and in their best interests. Gramsci says that for a society to truly be transformed, workers need to rise up against two things - the unfair economic system and the ideas and political institutions that sustain it.
Gramsci&apos;s analysis of capitalism, economics, and culture has helped explain current historical developments, such as the recent financial crisis that started in 2007.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World of Myth Audiobook by David Adams Leeming</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-World-of-Myth-Audiobook/B00I4992EY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The World of Myth
Subtitle: An Anthology
Author: David Adams Leeming
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-03-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Hercules, Zeus, Thor, Gilgamesh - these are the figures that leap to mind when we think of myth. But to David Leeming, myths are more than stories of deities and fantastic beings from non-Christian cultures. Myth is at once the most particular and the most universal feature of civilization, representing common concerns that each society voices in its own idiom. Whether an Egyptian story of creation or the big-bang theory of modern physics, myth is metaphor, mirroring our deepest sense of ourselves in relation to existence itself.
Now, in The World of Myth, Leeming provides a sweeping anthology of myths, ranging from ancient Egypt and Greece to the Polynesian islands and modern science. We read stories of great floods from the ancient Babylonians, Hebrews, Chinese, and Mayans; tales of apocalypse from India, the Norse, Christianity, and modern science; myths of the mother goddess from Native American Hopi culture and James Lovelock&apos;s Gaia. Leeming has culled myths from Aztec, Greek, African, Australian Aboriginal, Japanese, Moslem, Hittite, Celtic, Chinese, and Persian cultures, offering one of the most wide-ranging collections of what he calls the collective dreams of humanity.More important, he has organized these myths according to a number of themes, comparing and contrasting how various societies have addressed similar concerns, or have told similar stories.
In the section on dying gods, for example, both Odin and Jesus sacrifice themselves to renew the world, each dying on a tree. Such traditions, he proposes, may have their roots in societies of the distant past, which would ritually sacrifice their kings to renew the tribe.In The World of Myth, David Leeming takes us on a journey &quot;not through a maze of falsehood but through a marvellous world of metaphor,&quot; metaphor for &quot;the story of the relationship between the known and the unknown, both around us and within us.&quot; Fantastic, tragic, bizarre, sometimes funny, the myths he presents speak of the most fundamental human experience, a part of what Joseph Campbell called &quot;the wonderful song of the soul&apos;s high adventure.&quot;</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Adams Leeming)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Feb 2014 20:31:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015536/bk_adbl_015536_sample.mp3" length="1695015" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-World-of-Myth-Audiobook/B00I4992EY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TGPTx8DlL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The World of Myth
Subtitle: An Anthology
Author: David Adams Leeming
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-03-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Hercules, Zeus, Thor, Gilgamesh - these are the figures that leap to mind when we think of myth. But to David Leeming, myths are more than stories of deities and fantastic beings from non-Christian cultures. Myth is at once the most particular and the most universal feature of civilization, representing common concerns that each society voices in its own idiom. Whether an Egyptian story of creation or the big-bang theory of modern physics, myth is metaphor, mirroring our deepest sense of ourselves in relation to existence itself.
Now, in The World of Myth, Leeming provides a sweeping anthology of myths, ranging from ancient Egypt and Greece to the Polynesian islands and modern science. We read stories of great floods from the ancient Babylonians, Hebrews, Chinese, and Mayans; tales of apocalypse from India, the Norse, Christianity, and modern science; myths of the mother goddess from Native American Hopi culture and James Lovelock&apos;s Gaia. Leeming has culled myths from Aztec, Greek, African, Australian Aboriginal, Japanese, Moslem, Hittite, Celtic, Chinese, and Persian cultures, offering one of the most wide-ranging collections of what he calls the collective dreams of humanity.More important, he has organized these myths according to a number of themes, comparing and contrasting how various societies have addressed similar concerns, or have told similar stories.
In the section on dying gods, for example, both Odin and Jesus sacrifice themselves to renew the world, each dying on a tree. Such traditions, he proposes, may have their roots in societies of the distant past, which would ritually sacrifice their kings to renew the tribe.In The World of Myth, David Leeming takes us on a journey &quot;not through a maze of falsehood but through a marvellous world of metaphor,&quot; metaphor for &quot;the story of the relationship between the known and the unknown, both around us and within us.&quot; Fantastic, tragic, bizarre, sometimes funny, the myths he presents speak of the most fundamental human experience, a part of what Joseph Campbell called &quot;the wonderful song of the soul&apos;s high adventure.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The World of Myth
Subtitle: An Anthology
Author: David Adams Leeming
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-03-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Hercules, Zeus, Thor, Gilgamesh - these are the figures that leap to mind when we think of myth. But to David Leeming, myths are more than stories of deities and fantastic beings from non-Christian cultures. Myth is at once the most particular and the most universal feature of civilization, representing common concerns that each society voices in its own idiom. Whether an Egyptian story of creation or the big-bang theory of modern physics, myth is metaphor, mirroring our deepest sense of ourselves in relation to existence itself.
Now, in The World of Myth, Leeming provides a sweeping anthology of myths, ranging from ancient Egypt and Greece to the Polynesian islands and modern science. We read stories of great floods from the ancient Babylonians, Hebrews, Chinese, and Mayans; tales of apocalypse from India, the Norse, Christianity, and modern science; myths of the mother goddess from Native American Hopi culture and James Lovelock&apos;s Gaia. Leeming has culled myths from Aztec, Greek, African, Australian Aboriginal, Japanese, Moslem, Hittite, Celtic, Chinese, and Persian cultures, offering one of the most wide-ranging collections of what he calls the collective dreams of humanity.More important, he has organized these myths according to a number of themes, comparing and contrasting how various societies have addressed similar concerns, or have told similar stories.
In the section on dying gods, for example, both Odin and Jesus sacrifice themselves to renew the world, each dying on a tree. Such traditions, he proposes, may have their roots in societies of the distant past, which would ritually sacrifice their kings to renew the tribe.In The World of Myth, David Leeming takes us on a journey &quot;not through a maze of falsehood but through a marvellous world of metaphor,&quot; metaphor for &quot;the story of the relationship between the known and the unknown, both around us and within us.&quot; Fantastic, tragic, bizarre, sometimes funny, the myths he presents speak of the most fundamental human experience, a part of what Joseph Campbell called &quot;the wonderful song of the soul&apos;s high adventure.&quot;

Members Reviews:
Excellently Written
Incredibly well thought out and narrated. A must for myth enthusiasts everywhere. I highly recommend this book to an avid reader.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hogs Wild Audiobook by Ian Frazier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hogs-Wild-Audiobook/B01G7PNOP4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hogs Wild
Subtitle: Selected Reporting Pieces
Author: Ian Frazier
Narrator: Ian Frazier
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-07-16
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;A master of both distilled insight and utter nonsense&quot; (The Believer), Ian Frazier is one of the most gifted chroniclers of contemporary America. Hogs Wild assembles a decade&apos;s worth of his finest essays and reportage and demonstrates the irrepressible passions and artful digressions that distinguish his enduring body of work.
Part muckraker, part adventurer, and part raconteur, Frazier beholds, captures, and occasionally reimagines the spirit of the American experience. He travels down South to examine feral hogs and learns that their presence in any county is a strong indicator that it votes Republican. He introduces us to a man who, when his house is hit by a supposed meteorite, hopes to &quot;leverage&quot; the space object into opportunity for his family, and a New York City police detective who is fascinated with rap-music-related crimes. Alongside Frazier&apos;s delight in the absurdities of contemporary life is his sense of social responsibility: There&apos;s an echo of the great reform-minded writers in his pieces on a soup kitchen, opioid overdose deaths on Staten Island, and the rise in homelessness in New York City under Mayor Bloomberg.
In each dizzying discovery, Hogs Wild unearths the joys of inquiry without agenda, curiosity without calculation. To listen to Frazier is to become a kind of social and political anthropologist - astute and deeply engaged.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ian Frazier)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2016 14:44:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/002273/bk_aren_002273_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hogs-Wild-Audiobook/B01G7PNOP4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ihdDHAmNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hogs Wild
Subtitle: Selected Reporting Pieces
Author: Ian Frazier
Narrator: Ian Frazier
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-07-16
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;A master of both distilled insight and utter nonsense&quot; (The Believer), Ian Frazier is one of the most gifted chroniclers of contemporary America. Hogs Wild assembles a decade&apos;s worth of his finest essays and reportage and demonstrates the irrepressible passions and artful digressions that distinguish his enduring body of work.
Part muckraker, part adventurer, and part raconteur, Frazier beholds, captures, and occasionally reimagines the spirit of the American experience. He travels down South to examine feral hogs and learns that their presence in any county is a strong indicator that it votes Republican. He introduces us to a man who, when his house is hit by a supposed meteorite, hopes to &quot;leverage&quot; the space object into opportunity for his family, and a New York City police detective who is fascinated with rap-music-related crimes. Alongside Frazier&apos;s delight in the absurdities of contemporary life is his sense of social responsibility: There&apos;s an echo of the great reform-minded writers in his pieces on a soup kitchen, opioid overdose deaths on Staten Island, and the rise in homelessness in New York City under Mayor Bloomberg.
In each dizzying discovery, Hogs Wild unearths the joys of inquiry without agenda, curiosity without calculation. To listen to Frazier is to become a kind of social and political anthropologist - astute and deeply engaged.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hogs Wild
Subtitle: Selected Reporting Pieces
Author: Ian Frazier
Narrator: Ian Frazier
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-07-16
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;A master of both distilled insight and utter nonsense&quot; (The Believer), Ian Frazier is one of the most gifted chroniclers of contemporary America. Hogs Wild assembles a decade&apos;s worth of his finest essays and reportage and demonstrates the irrepressible passions and artful digressions that distinguish his enduring body of work.
Part muckraker, part adventurer, and part raconteur, Frazier beholds, captures, and occasionally reimagines the spirit of the American experience. He travels down South to examine feral hogs and learns that their presence in any county is a strong indicator that it votes Republican. He introduces us to a man who, when his house is hit by a supposed meteorite, hopes to &quot;leverage&quot; the space object into opportunity for his family, and a New York City police detective who is fascinated with rap-music-related crimes. Alongside Frazier&apos;s delight in the absurdities of contemporary life is his sense of social responsibility: There&apos;s an echo of the great reform-minded writers in his pieces on a soup kitchen, opioid overdose deaths on Staten Island, and the rise in homelessness in New York City under Mayor Bloomberg.
In each dizzying discovery, Hogs Wild unearths the joys of inquiry without agenda, curiosity without calculation. To listen to Frazier is to become a kind of social and political anthropologist - astute and deeply engaged.

Members Reviews:
An Essay for Every Reading Occasion
Hogs Wild has an essay for every reading occasion. It&apos;s your beach read, and the book you take camping. It may lead you to a quiet place for reflection, or to Staten Island with the hope of spotting a seal. Frazier is a generous writer, educator, and human being, sharing life-lessons from abroad and close to home, and often with his lovable sense of humor. Hogs Wild is as close to real life as a book can hope to be. Expect to feel as though you&apos;ve gotten out of the house when you finish reading it.

Love Ian Frazier
Ian Frazier can take a mundane topic(s) and make it interesting. This collection is not his best work - but because of his skill, it is considerably above average in entertainment value.

Collection of Gems
Frazier is an inquisitive mind very much in the mold of John McPhee, a New Yorker colleague, and his pieces are lucid and well-reported, much in the McPhee mold. Likewise, he takes esoteric subjects like counting hermit crabs and gives us a glimpse into people and places that most will never see. These pieces, many of them set in New York itself, are little gems that show how well non-fiction can be made interesting and readable, even if a few are likely to go a bit off the deep end for most readers and the subjects themselves don&apos;t always seem to merit the loving attention that Frazier gives them.

Our Twain
Terrific.

Another great book by Frazier
Another brilliant read from Frazier. His observation and research of various topics is unmatched. His information comes across like a documentary, but when reading, it feels like he is at your kitchen table telling you these stories over a cup of coffee.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does Fat Shaming Work? Audiobook by Trevor Clinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Does-Fat-Shaming-Work-Audiobook/B00Z02STXI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Does Fat Shaming Work?
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Zach Sielaff
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-08-15
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All throughout the world, obesity has been identified as a rising epidemic.
Obese men and women are often the most labeled and criticized population compared to any other group. Many people view fat shaming as a bad thing, but could it actually be a good thing?</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Trevor Clinger)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2015 15:39:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/037041/bk_acx0_037041_sample.mp3" length="352077" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Does-Fat-Shaming-Work-Audiobook/B00Z02STXI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41VS-W1o26L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Does Fat Shaming Work?
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Zach Sielaff
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-08-15
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All throughout the world, obesity has been identified as a rising epidemic.
Obese men and women are often the most labeled and criticized population compared to any other group. Many people view fat shaming as a bad thing, but could it actually be a good thing?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Does Fat Shaming Work?
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Zach Sielaff
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-08-15
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All throughout the world, obesity has been identified as a rising epidemic.
Obese men and women are often the most labeled and criticized population compared to any other group. Many people view fat shaming as a bad thing, but could it actually be a good thing?

Members Reviews:
Save time
Skip this book if you are looking for any type of new information or methodology.
Eat healthy and work out more....meh!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Road Taken Audiobook by Henry Petroski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Road-Taken-Audiobook/B01IBZ8E2Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Road Taken
Subtitle: The History and Future of America&apos;s Infrastructure
Author: Henry Petroski
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-14-16
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Physical infrastructure in the United States is crumbling. The American Society of Civil Engineers has, in its latest report, given American roads and bridges a grade of D and C+, respectively, and has described roughly 65,000 bridges in the United States as &apos;structurally deficient&apos;.
This crisis - and one need look no further than the I-35W bridge collapse in Minnesota to see that it is indeed a crisis - shows little sign of abating short of a massive change in attitude amongst politicians and the American public.
In The Road Taken, acclaimed historian Henry Petroski explores our core infrastructure from historical and contemporary perspectives and explains how essential their maintenance is to America&apos;s economic health. Recounting the long history behind America&apos;s highway system, Petroski reveals the genesis of our interstate numbering system (even roads go east-west, odd go north-south); the inspiration behind the center line that has divided roads for decades; and the creation of such taken-for-granted objects as guardrails, stop signs, and traffic lights - all crucial parts of our national and local infrastructure.
His history of the rebuilding of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge reveals the complex and challenging interplay between government and industry inherent in the conception, funding, design, and building of major infrastructure projects while his forensic analysis of the street he lives on - its potholes, gutters, and curbs - will engage homeowners everywhere.
A compelling work of history, The Road Taken is also an urgent clarion call aimed at American citizens, politicians, and anyone with a vested interest in our economic well-being. The road we take in the next decade toward rebuilding our aging infrastructure will in large part determine our future national prosperity.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A characteristically eye-opening look at America&apos;s infrastructure.... Anyone with an interest in the way things work will want this book - and will doubtless emerge as a fan of the ever curious author.&quot; (starred review,Kirkus Reviews) 
&quot;Public infrastructure is often deemed interesting only to policy wonks, but Petroski (The Pencil: A History of Design and Circumstance), a professor of history and civil engineering at Duke University, proves that he can make it accessible and fascinating for a wider readership. His goal is to create a more informed electorate that will weigh in with political leaders about long-standing safety issues posed by obsolete and decrepit infrastructure. But the book is more than a laundry list of trouble spots; Petroski offers historical context for today&apos;s challenges.... His book may well move readers to lobby their elected officials.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Henry Petroski)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2016 13:46:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/027488/bk_adbl_027488_sample.mp3" length="1888944" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Road-Taken-Audiobook/B01IBZ8E2Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51+3GwlUTDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Road Taken
Subtitle: The History and Future of America&apos;s Infrastructure
Author: Henry Petroski
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-14-16
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Physical infrastructure in the United States is crumbling. The American Society of Civil Engineers has, in its latest report, given American roads and bridges a grade of D and C+, respectively, and has described roughly 65,000 bridges in the United States as &apos;structurally deficient&apos;.
This crisis - and one need look no further than the I-35W bridge collapse in Minnesota to see that it is indeed a crisis - shows little sign of abating short of a massive change in attitude amongst politicians and the American public.
In The Road Taken, acclaimed historian Henry Petroski explores our core infrastructure from historical and contemporary perspectives and explains how essential their maintenance is to America&apos;s economic health. Recounting the long history behind America&apos;s highway system, Petroski reveals the genesis of our interstate numbering system (even roads go east-west, odd go north-south); the inspiration behind the center line that has divided roads for decades; and the creation of such taken-for-granted objects as guardrails, stop signs, and traffic lights - all crucial parts of our national and local infrastructure.
His history of the rebuilding of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge reveals the complex and challenging interplay between government and industry inherent in the conception, funding, design, and building of major infrastructure projects while his forensic analysis of the street he lives on - its potholes, gutters, and curbs - will engage homeowners everywhere.
A compelling work of history, The Road Taken is also an urgent clarion call aimed at American citizens, politicians, and anyone with a vested interest in our economic well-being. The road we take in the next decade toward rebuilding our aging infrastructure will in large part determine our future national prosperity.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A characteristically eye-opening look at America&apos;s infrastructure.... Anyone with an interest in the way things work will want this book - and will doubtless emerge as a fan of the ever curious author.&quot; (starred review,Kirkus Reviews) 
&quot;Public infrastructure is often deemed interesting only to policy wonks, but Petroski (The Pencil: A History of Design and Circumstance), a professor of history and civil engineering at Duke University, proves that he can make it accessible and fascinating for a wider readership. His goal is to create a more informed electorate that will weigh in with political leaders about long-standing safety issues posed by obsolete and decrepit infrastructure. But the book is more than a laundry list of trouble spots; Petroski offers historical context for today&apos;s challenges.... His book may well move readers to lobby their elected officials.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Road Taken
Subtitle: The History and Future of America&apos;s Infrastructure
Author: Henry Petroski
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-14-16
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Physical infrastructure in the United States is crumbling. The American Society of Civil Engineers has, in its latest report, given American roads and bridges a grade of D and C+, respectively, and has described roughly 65,000 bridges in the United States as &apos;structurally deficient&apos;.
This crisis - and one need look no further than the I-35W bridge collapse in Minnesota to see that it is indeed a crisis - shows little sign of abating short of a massive change in attitude amongst politicians and the American public.
In The Road Taken, acclaimed historian Henry Petroski explores our core infrastructure from historical and contemporary perspectives and explains how essential their maintenance is to America&apos;s economic health. Recounting the long history behind America&apos;s highway system, Petroski reveals the genesis of our interstate numbering system (even roads go east-west, odd go north-south); the inspiration behind the center line that has divided roads for decades; and the creation of such taken-for-granted objects as guardrails, stop signs, and traffic lights - all crucial parts of our national and local infrastructure.
His history of the rebuilding of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge reveals the complex and challenging interplay between government and industry inherent in the conception, funding, design, and building of major infrastructure projects while his forensic analysis of the street he lives on - its potholes, gutters, and curbs - will engage homeowners everywhere.
A compelling work of history, The Road Taken is also an urgent clarion call aimed at American citizens, politicians, and anyone with a vested interest in our economic well-being. The road we take in the next decade toward rebuilding our aging infrastructure will in large part determine our future national prosperity.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A characteristically eye-opening look at America&apos;s infrastructure.... Anyone with an interest in the way things work will want this book - and will doubtless emerge as a fan of the ever curious author.&quot; (starred review,Kirkus Reviews) 
&quot;Public infrastructure is often deemed interesting only to policy wonks, but Petroski (The Pencil: A History of Design and Circumstance), a professor of history and civil engineering at Duke University, proves that he can make it accessible and fascinating for a wider readership. His goal is to create a more informed electorate that will weigh in with political leaders about long-standing safety issues posed by obsolete and decrepit infrastructure. But the book is more than a laundry list of trouble spots; Petroski offers historical context for today&apos;s challenges.... His book may well move readers to lobby their elected officials.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
the challenge of getting there
I&apos;d characterize this book as Infrastructure 101.  Some good history and some helpful observations.  Not as much as I would have liked on the &quot;future.&quot;

Well put
Dull topic expressed with a rather extensive examination of the interconnecting issues st play, much the the infrastructure itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Insight Audiobook by Tasha Eurich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Insight-Audiobook/B06ZZCV8CZ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Insight
Subtitle: The Power of Self-Awareness in a Self-Deluded World
Author: Tasha Eurich
Narrator: Tasha Eurich
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-18-17
Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do you understand who you really are? Or how others really see you? We all know people with a stunning lack of self-awareness - but how often do we consider whether we might have the same problem?
Research shows that self-awareness is the meta-skill of the 21st century - the foundation for high performance, smart choices, and lasting relationships. Unfortunately we are remarkably poor judges of ourselves and how we come across, and it&apos;s rare to get candid, objective feedback from colleagues, employees, and even friends and family.
Integrating hundreds of studies with her own research and work in the Fortune 500 world, organizational psychologist Tasha Eurich shatters conventional assumptions about what it takes to truly know ourselves - like why introspection isn&apos;t a bullet train to insight, how experience is the enemy of self-knowledge, and just how far others will go to avoid telling us the truth about ourselves. Through stories of people who&apos;ve made dramatic self-awareness gains, she offers surprising secrets, techniques and strategies to help listeners do the same - and therefore improve their work performance, career satisfaction, leadership potential, relationships and more.
At a time when self-awareness matters more than ever,  Insight is the essential playbook for surviving and thriving in an unaware world.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In Insight, Tasha Eurich suggests groundbreaking strategies and tips for seeing ourselves clearly. This book is a powerful resource for anyone seeking to live a happier, more successful life.&quot; (Gretchen Rubin, New York Times best-selling author of The Happiness Project and Better Than Before)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tasha Eurich)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2017 11:02:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/macm/001092/bk_macm_001092_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Insight-Audiobook/B06ZZCV8CZ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41FaP106BDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Insight
Subtitle: The Power of Self-Awareness in a Self-Deluded World
Author: Tasha Eurich
Narrator: Tasha Eurich
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-18-17
Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do you understand who you really are? Or how others really see you? We all know people with a stunning lack of self-awareness - but how often do we consider whether we might have the same problem?
Research shows that self-awareness is the meta-skill of the 21st century - the foundation for high performance, smart choices, and lasting relationships. Unfortunately we are remarkably poor judges of ourselves and how we come across, and it&apos;s rare to get candid, objective feedback from colleagues, employees, and even friends and family.
Integrating hundreds of studies with her own research and work in the Fortune 500 world, organizational psychologist Tasha Eurich shatters conventional assumptions about what it takes to truly know ourselves - like why introspection isn&apos;t a bullet train to insight, how experience is the enemy of self-knowledge, and just how far others will go to avoid telling us the truth about ourselves. Through stories of people who&apos;ve made dramatic self-awareness gains, she offers surprising secrets, techniques and strategies to help listeners do the same - and therefore improve their work performance, career satisfaction, leadership potential, relationships and more.
At a time when self-awareness matters more than ever,  Insight is the essential playbook for surviving and thriving in an unaware world.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In Insight, Tasha Eurich suggests groundbreaking strategies and tips for seeing ourselves clearly. This book is a powerful resource for anyone seeking to live a happier, more successful life.&quot; (Gretchen Rubin, New York Times best-selling author of The Happiness Project and Better Than Before)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Insight
Subtitle: The Power of Self-Awareness in a Self-Deluded World
Author: Tasha Eurich
Narrator: Tasha Eurich
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-18-17
Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do you understand who you really are? Or how others really see you? We all know people with a stunning lack of self-awareness - but how often do we consider whether we might have the same problem?
Research shows that self-awareness is the meta-skill of the 21st century - the foundation for high performance, smart choices, and lasting relationships. Unfortunately we are remarkably poor judges of ourselves and how we come across, and it&apos;s rare to get candid, objective feedback from colleagues, employees, and even friends and family.
Integrating hundreds of studies with her own research and work in the Fortune 500 world, organizational psychologist Tasha Eurich shatters conventional assumptions about what it takes to truly know ourselves - like why introspection isn&apos;t a bullet train to insight, how experience is the enemy of self-knowledge, and just how far others will go to avoid telling us the truth about ourselves. Through stories of people who&apos;ve made dramatic self-awareness gains, she offers surprising secrets, techniques and strategies to help listeners do the same - and therefore improve their work performance, career satisfaction, leadership potential, relationships and more.
At a time when self-awareness matters more than ever,  Insight is the essential playbook for surviving and thriving in an unaware world.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In Insight, Tasha Eurich suggests groundbreaking strategies and tips for seeing ourselves clearly. This book is a powerful resource for anyone seeking to live a happier, more successful life.&quot; (Gretchen Rubin, New York Times best-selling author of The Happiness Project and Better Than Before)

Members Reviews:
Might be life changing - check back in a few years
Insight takes on a rather nebulous concept, self-awareness, explains it, and tells you how you might get there. The initial difficulty is that everyone thinks he is already self-aware. The book is deceptively dense, despite being clearly written, and deserves several listens. Also, I suspect that the book will have no effect if you don&apos;t do the exercises in the appendix. This book might make me more insightful, but it is too soon to tell.

A life changing read
Having never written a review I felt compelled to do so about this book.  Hooked from page one and gripped to the last page, this is one of those books to reread from the moment you finish it.  Filled with light bulb moments of insight and inspiration, this is (for me) a life changing book.  Applicable in the domestic, work and social environments which we all live in at all times there is so much to learn and take away from this book.  It&apos;s a must read and a huge thank you to Tasha for writing it.

PROPERLY CONFRONTS THE CHALLENGES OF FEEDBACK
This book breaks down the challenges of self awareness and feedback and gives practical and actionable advice on how to move through what many of us consider the emotional equivalent of going to the dentist and emerge the other side.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Distrust That Particular Flavor Audiobook by William Gibson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Distrust-That-Particular-Flavor-Audiobook/B006WRDZSY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Distrust That Particular Flavor
Author: William Gibson
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-17-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new compilation of essays and articles from novelist William Gibson, offering listeners a privileged view into the mind of a writer whose thinking has shaped our culture.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A provocative, surprising look at the lesser-known parts of a sci-fi superstar&apos;s writing career.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (William Gibson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2012 23:06:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002348/bk_tant_002348_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Distrust-That-Particular-Flavor-Audiobook/B006WRDZSY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51lBB0vlg7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Distrust That Particular Flavor
Author: William Gibson
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-17-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new compilation of essays and articles from novelist William Gibson, offering listeners a privileged view into the mind of a writer whose thinking has shaped our culture.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A provocative, surprising look at the lesser-known parts of a sci-fi superstar&apos;s writing career.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Distrust That Particular Flavor
Author: William Gibson
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-17-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new compilation of essays and articles from novelist William Gibson, offering listeners a privileged view into the mind of a writer whose thinking has shaped our culture.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A provocative, surprising look at the lesser-known parts of a sci-fi superstar&apos;s writing career.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
Revelation of a complex mind -- YES
This is a book of essays and speeches compiled from various sources, with Gibson&apos;s commentary from today&apos;s perspective. It&apos;s a fascinating journey into a complex mind that begins to reveal the source material for his novels. As a writer, I&apos;m going to listen to it again (and again), with a notebook in hand. In the NY Times book review, Pagan Kennedy says, &quot;Gibson&apos;s writing enters the bloodstream like a drug, producing a mild hallucinogenic effect that lasts for hours.&quot; Yes.
I was less satisfied with the narrator Robertson Dean. I felt that the text called for someone speaking more conversationally. Dean is orotund and begins to sound robotic. I don&apos;t know what Gibson himself sounds like, but I wanted it to be him reading and talking to me. Dean doesn&apos;t by any means ruin the experience (so get this book!), but it could have been so much more intimate an experience with Gibson himself.

Mostly for Gibson Fans
Is there anything you would change about this book?
I would have enjoyed hearing more.
What do you think your next listen will be?
The Art of Fielding
Which scene was your favorite?
Gibson&apos;s description of his experience of Tokyo
If this book were a movie would you go see it?
No. It&apos;s episodic non-fiction without a unifying thread that might tie a documentary together.
Any additional comments?
Narrator Robertson Dean&apos;s voice and style is familiar from Gibson fiction titles he&apos;s performed. In general, I think it suits the material well, though in this non-fiction title, it&apos;s the writer himself he&apos;s portraying, and I think at times Dean comes off as more callow than I like to imagine Gibson being.
For fans of Gibson&apos;s fiction, this collection of short, non-fiction work gives a worthwhile look behind the scenes at the places and impressions that start his creative engine running. As it is more nearly journalism than anything else, it lacks the depth and startling cognitive associations that I much admire in his fiction. If you are new to Gibson, this is not the place to start. Better to listen to Neuromancer from the vanguard of cyberpunk, or Pattern Recognition for an all too plausible GIbsonian near-future.

This insightful book really needs chapter titles
Some of Gibson&apos;s essays are insightful, and Robertson Dean&apos;s masterful reading makes this audiobook a pleasure to listen to.
Unfortunately, however, I cannot recommend that you spend a credit on this audiobook, for one simple reason: Audible.com&apos;s client contains no chapter titles.
This book is the poster child for missing chapter titles. Each &quot;chapter&quot; is actually a short essay, reprinted from some other source, such as the forward of a published book, or some past edition of a magazine.
In Audible&apos;s client, all we get is &quot;Chapter 1,&quot; &quot;Chapter 2,&quot; etc., but we really need chapter titles in order to be able to navigate through this volume.
Come on, Audible.com, it&apos;s 2016.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Smoke Pot (Properly) Audiobook by David Bienenstock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Smoke-Pot-Properly-Audiobook/B01E05527G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Smoke Pot (Properly)
Subtitle: A Highbrow Guide to Getting High
Author: David Bienenstock
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Once literally demonized as &quot;the Devil&apos;s lettuce&quot; and linked to all manner of deviant behavior by the establishment&apos;s shameless antimarijuana propaganda campaigns, Cannabis sativa has lately been enjoying a long-overdue Renaissance. So now that the squares at long last seem ready to rethink pot&apos;s place in polite society, how, exactly, can members of this vibrant, innovative, life-affirming culture proudly and properly emerge from the underground - without forgetting our roots or losing our cool?
In How to Smoke Pot (Properly), VICE weed columnist and former High Times editor David Bienenstock charts the course for this bold new postprohibition world. With plenty of stops along the way for &quot;pro tips&quot; from friends in high places, including cannabis celebrities and thought leaders of the marijuana movement, listeners will learn everything from the basics of blazing to how Mary Jane makes humans more creative and collaborative, nurtures empathy, catalyzes epiphanies, enhances life&apos;s pleasures, promotes meaningful social bonds, facilitates cross-cultural understanding, and offers a far safer alternative to both alcohol and many pharmaceutical drugs.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;It&apos;s a healthy development that society has reached the point where it needed this book, and I&apos;m glad someone of David Bienenstock&apos;s eloquence and experience has written it.&quot; (Doug Fine, author of Hemp Bound)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Bienenstock)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2016 09:55:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/005953/bk_tant_005953_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Smoke-Pot-Properly-Audiobook/B01E05527G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ELKDWseUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Smoke Pot (Properly)
Subtitle: A Highbrow Guide to Getting High
Author: David Bienenstock
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Once literally demonized as &quot;the Devil&apos;s lettuce&quot; and linked to all manner of deviant behavior by the establishment&apos;s shameless antimarijuana propaganda campaigns, Cannabis sativa has lately been enjoying a long-overdue Renaissance. So now that the squares at long last seem ready to rethink pot&apos;s place in polite society, how, exactly, can members of this vibrant, innovative, life-affirming culture proudly and properly emerge from the underground - without forgetting our roots or losing our cool?
In How to Smoke Pot (Properly), VICE weed columnist and former High Times editor David Bienenstock charts the course for this bold new postprohibition world. With plenty of stops along the way for &quot;pro tips&quot; from friends in high places, including cannabis celebrities and thought leaders of the marijuana movement, listeners will learn everything from the basics of blazing to how Mary Jane makes humans more creative and collaborative, nurtures empathy, catalyzes epiphanies, enhances life&apos;s pleasures, promotes meaningful social bonds, facilitates cross-cultural understanding, and offers a far safer alternative to both alcohol and many pharmaceutical drugs.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;It&apos;s a healthy development that society has reached the point where it needed this book, and I&apos;m glad someone of David Bienenstock&apos;s eloquence and experience has written it.&quot; (Doug Fine, author of Hemp Bound)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Smoke Pot (Properly)
Subtitle: A Highbrow Guide to Getting High
Author: David Bienenstock
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Once literally demonized as &quot;the Devil&apos;s lettuce&quot; and linked to all manner of deviant behavior by the establishment&apos;s shameless antimarijuana propaganda campaigns, Cannabis sativa has lately been enjoying a long-overdue Renaissance. So now that the squares at long last seem ready to rethink pot&apos;s place in polite society, how, exactly, can members of this vibrant, innovative, life-affirming culture proudly and properly emerge from the underground - without forgetting our roots or losing our cool?
In How to Smoke Pot (Properly), VICE weed columnist and former High Times editor David Bienenstock charts the course for this bold new postprohibition world. With plenty of stops along the way for &quot;pro tips&quot; from friends in high places, including cannabis celebrities and thought leaders of the marijuana movement, listeners will learn everything from the basics of blazing to how Mary Jane makes humans more creative and collaborative, nurtures empathy, catalyzes epiphanies, enhances life&apos;s pleasures, promotes meaningful social bonds, facilitates cross-cultural understanding, and offers a far safer alternative to both alcohol and many pharmaceutical drugs.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;It&apos;s a healthy development that society has reached the point where it needed this book, and I&apos;m glad someone of David Bienenstock&apos;s eloquence and experience has written it.&quot; (Doug Fine, author of Hemp Bound)

Members Reviews:
Everything you need to know
I wish I would have had this information when started...would have been helpful.  Hydrate hydrate hydrate and always never smoke on an empty stomach.

Great
This book really introduces you to the world of legal cannabis. Very informative, and interesting!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reputation Audiobook by Gloria Origgi, Stephen Holmes, Noga Arikha</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reputation-Audiobook/B077VY6T87</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reputation
Subtitle: What Is It and Why It Matters
Author: Gloria Origgi, Stephen Holmes, Noga Arikha
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life
Reputation touches almost everything, guiding our behavior and choices in countless ways. But it is also shrouded in mystery. Why is it so powerful when the criteria by which people and things are defined as good or bad often appear to be arbitrary? Why do we care so much about how others see us that we may even do irrational and harmful things to try to influence their opinion?
In this engaging book, Gloria Origgi draws on philosophy, social psychology, sociology, economics, literature, and history to offer an illuminating account of an important yet oddly neglected subject. Origgi examines the influence of the Internet and social media as well as the countless ranking systems that characterize modern society and contribute to the creation of formal and informal reputations in our social relations, in business, in politics, in academia, and even in wine. She highlights the importance of reputation to the effective functioning of the economy and e-commerce. Origgi also discusses the existential significance of our obsession with reputation, concluding that an awareness of the relationship between our reputation and our actions empowers us to better understand who we are and why we do what we do. Compellingly written and filled with surprising insights, Reputation pins down an elusive subject that affects everyone.
Author bio: Gloria Origgi, a Paris-based philosopher, is a senior researcher at the Institut Jean Nicod at the National Center for Scientific Research. Her books include one on trust and another on the future of writing on the Internet. She maintains a blog in English, French, and Italian at gloriaoriggi.blogspot.com.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gloria Origgi)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 17:35:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/010530/bk_reco_010530_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reputation-Audiobook/B077VY6T87</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511Hswa6bPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reputation
Subtitle: What Is It and Why It Matters
Author: Gloria Origgi, Stephen Holmes, Noga Arikha
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life
Reputation touches almost everything, guiding our behavior and choices in countless ways. But it is also shrouded in mystery. Why is it so powerful when the criteria by which people and things are defined as good or bad often appear to be arbitrary? Why do we care so much about how others see us that we may even do irrational and harmful things to try to influence their opinion?
In this engaging book, Gloria Origgi draws on philosophy, social psychology, sociology, economics, literature, and history to offer an illuminating account of an important yet oddly neglected subject. Origgi examines the influence of the Internet and social media as well as the countless ranking systems that characterize modern society and contribute to the creation of formal and informal reputations in our social relations, in business, in politics, in academia, and even in wine. She highlights the importance of reputation to the effective functioning of the economy and e-commerce. Origgi also discusses the existential significance of our obsession with reputation, concluding that an awareness of the relationship between our reputation and our actions empowers us to better understand who we are and why we do what we do. Compellingly written and filled with surprising insights, Reputation pins down an elusive subject that affects everyone.
Author bio: Gloria Origgi, a Paris-based philosopher, is a senior researcher at the Institut Jean Nicod at the National Center for Scientific Research. Her books include one on trust and another on the future of writing on the Internet. She maintains a blog in English, French, and Italian at gloriaoriggi.blogspot.com.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reputation
Subtitle: What Is It and Why It Matters
Author: Gloria Origgi, Stephen Holmes, Noga Arikha
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life
Reputation touches almost everything, guiding our behavior and choices in countless ways. But it is also shrouded in mystery. Why is it so powerful when the criteria by which people and things are defined as good or bad often appear to be arbitrary? Why do we care so much about how others see us that we may even do irrational and harmful things to try to influence their opinion?
In this engaging book, Gloria Origgi draws on philosophy, social psychology, sociology, economics, literature, and history to offer an illuminating account of an important yet oddly neglected subject. Origgi examines the influence of the Internet and social media as well as the countless ranking systems that characterize modern society and contribute to the creation of formal and informal reputations in our social relations, in business, in politics, in academia, and even in wine. She highlights the importance of reputation to the effective functioning of the economy and e-commerce. Origgi also discusses the existential significance of our obsession with reputation, concluding that an awareness of the relationship between our reputation and our actions empowers us to better understand who we are and why we do what we do. Compellingly written and filled with surprising insights, Reputation pins down an elusive subject that affects everyone.
Author bio: Gloria Origgi, a Paris-based philosopher, is a senior researcher at the Institut Jean Nicod at the National Center for Scientific Research. Her books include one on trust and another on the future of writing on the Internet. She maintains a blog in English, French, and Italian at gloriaoriggi.blogspot.com.

Members Reviews:
We accept ourselves that not everything is black-and-white but we fall for the same categorisations of good, bad or indifferent
The publisher&#226;s blurb for this book was spot-on: &#226;A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life&#226;. It perfectly describes the objective of this book that manages to expertly get you thinking and considering your various reputations &#226; both personal and professional and even corporate &#226; as well as the role of reputations at-large.
This is less of a how-to book, but a book for thinking and latter exploitation. A lot of how we react to the reputations of others is unclear. We accept ourselves that not everything is black-and-white but we fall for the same categorisations of good, bad or indifferent. We accept reputational commentary from others often without validation. Why might we let the reputation of others determine someone else&#226;s reputation? It was in the newspaper, it must be true? A minister wouldn&#226;t do that sort of thing? I can&#226;t imagine&#226;? All of this and more surely mixes together as we evaluate the reputations of others &#226; and they do the same to you and evaluate you, despite your best-efforts not to create any adverse impression.
The author mixes well theories and expertise from many different disciplines to try and consider the influencing factors and effects of reputation. It makes for surprisingly accessible and engaging reading. Reputations are everywhere.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unbound Audiobook by Richard L. Currier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unbound-Audiobook/B0189JVZ1G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unbound
Subtitle: How Eight Technologies Made Us Human, Transformed Society, and Brought Our World to the Brink
Author: Richard L. Currier
Narrator: Noah Michael Levine
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-23-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Although we usually think of technology as something unique to modern times, our ancestors began to create the first technologies millions of years ago in the form of prehistoric tools and weapons. Over time, eight key technologies gradually freed us from the limitations of our animal origins.
The fabrication of weapons, the mastery of fire, and the technologies of clothing and shelter radically restructured the human body, enabling us to walk upright, shed our body hair, and migrate out of tropical Africa. Symbolic communication transformed human evolution from a slow biological process into a fast cultural process. The invention of agriculture revolutionized the relationship between humanity and the environment, and the technologies of interaction led to the birth of civilization. Precision machinery spawned the industrial revolution and the rise of nation-states; and in the next metamorphosis, digital technologies may well unite all of humanity for the benefit of future generations.
Synthesizing the findings of primatology, paleontology, archeology, history, and anthropology, Richard Currier reinterprets and retells the modern narrative of human evolution that began with the discovery of Lucy and other Australopithecus fossils. But the same forces that allowed us to integrate technology into every aspect of our daily lives have also brought us to the brink of planetary catastrophe. Unbound explains both how we got here and how human society must be transformed again to achieve a sustainable future.
Technology: &quot;The deliberate modification of any natural object or substance with forethought to achieve a specific end or to serve a specific purpose.&quot;</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard L. Currier)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Nov 2015 19:24:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/022881/bk_adbl_022881_sample.mp3" length="2001418" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unbound-Audiobook/B0189JVZ1G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61u-Mgc36CL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unbound
Subtitle: How Eight Technologies Made Us Human, Transformed Society, and Brought Our World to the Brink
Author: Richard L. Currier
Narrator: Noah Michael Levine
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-23-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Although we usually think of technology as something unique to modern times, our ancestors began to create the first technologies millions of years ago in the form of prehistoric tools and weapons. Over time, eight key technologies gradually freed us from the limitations of our animal origins.
The fabrication of weapons, the mastery of fire, and the technologies of clothing and shelter radically restructured the human body, enabling us to walk upright, shed our body hair, and migrate out of tropical Africa. Symbolic communication transformed human evolution from a slow biological process into a fast cultural process. The invention of agriculture revolutionized the relationship between humanity and the environment, and the technologies of interaction led to the birth of civilization. Precision machinery spawned the industrial revolution and the rise of nation-states; and in the next metamorphosis, digital technologies may well unite all of humanity for the benefit of future generations.
Synthesizing the findings of primatology, paleontology, archeology, history, and anthropology, Richard Currier reinterprets and retells the modern narrative of human evolution that began with the discovery of Lucy and other Australopithecus fossils. But the same forces that allowed us to integrate technology into every aspect of our daily lives have also brought us to the brink of planetary catastrophe. Unbound explains both how we got here and how human society must be transformed again to achieve a sustainable future.
Technology: &quot;The deliberate modification of any natural object or substance with forethought to achieve a specific end or to serve a specific purpose.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unbound
Subtitle: How Eight Technologies Made Us Human, Transformed Society, and Brought Our World to the Brink
Author: Richard L. Currier
Narrator: Noah Michael Levine
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-23-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Although we usually think of technology as something unique to modern times, our ancestors began to create the first technologies millions of years ago in the form of prehistoric tools and weapons. Over time, eight key technologies gradually freed us from the limitations of our animal origins.
The fabrication of weapons, the mastery of fire, and the technologies of clothing and shelter radically restructured the human body, enabling us to walk upright, shed our body hair, and migrate out of tropical Africa. Symbolic communication transformed human evolution from a slow biological process into a fast cultural process. The invention of agriculture revolutionized the relationship between humanity and the environment, and the technologies of interaction led to the birth of civilization. Precision machinery spawned the industrial revolution and the rise of nation-states; and in the next metamorphosis, digital technologies may well unite all of humanity for the benefit of future generations.
Synthesizing the findings of primatology, paleontology, archeology, history, and anthropology, Richard Currier reinterprets and retells the modern narrative of human evolution that began with the discovery of Lucy and other Australopithecus fossils. But the same forces that allowed us to integrate technology into every aspect of our daily lives have also brought us to the brink of planetary catastrophe. Unbound explains both how we got here and how human society must be transformed again to achieve a sustainable future.
Technology: &quot;The deliberate modification of any natural object or substance with forethought to achieve a specific end or to serve a specific purpose.&quot;

Members Reviews:
Good facts, not much else
This is the book Jared Diamond would have written, had Jared Diamond been deprived of vision or originality. It covers the cultural and, to a significant degree, the physical evolution of hominids from earlier life forms till the hopes and fears of the future. It is a successful compilation of good information and accepted theory, with a lot of well articulated declarations of the obvious, and, here and there, some juicy surprises. But lacking is any interesting focus or vision, other than, if we choose wisely, we can survive; if not... well, you know. It&apos;s the grandeur of human evolution in pedestrian wrap. I learned many good things, but I wish there had been more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elements of Taste Audiobook by Benjamin Errett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Elements-of-Taste-Audiobook/B076HCFRDY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Elements of Taste
Subtitle: Understanding What We Like and Why
Author: Benjamin Errett
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-17
Publisher: Gildan Media LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From My Little Pony to the Sex Pistols: An engaging exploration of why we love what we love.
Katy Perry. Wes Anderson. Coldplay. Star Wars. Hamilton. Gilmore Girls. We all have our most and least favorite things. But why?
In this smart, funny, and well-researched audiobook, Benjamin Errett brings together the latest findings from the worlds of psychology, criticism, neuroscience, market research, and more to examine what taste really means - and what it can teach us about ourselves.
Covering kitsch, nostalgia, snobbery, bad taste, George Michael, and what it means to be &quot;basic&quot;, this is the ultimate listen for anyone who devours popular and not-so-popular culture.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Benjamin Errett)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2017 14:50:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/gdan/002311/bk_gdan_002311_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Elements-of-Taste-Audiobook/B076HCFRDY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/5180xbutY1L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Elements of Taste
Subtitle: Understanding What We Like and Why
Author: Benjamin Errett
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-17
Publisher: Gildan Media LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From My Little Pony to the Sex Pistols: An engaging exploration of why we love what we love.
Katy Perry. Wes Anderson. Coldplay. Star Wars. Hamilton. Gilmore Girls. We all have our most and least favorite things. But why?
In this smart, funny, and well-researched audiobook, Benjamin Errett brings together the latest findings from the worlds of psychology, criticism, neuroscience, market research, and more to examine what taste really means - and what it can teach us about ourselves.
Covering kitsch, nostalgia, snobbery, bad taste, George Michael, and what it means to be &quot;basic&quot;, this is the ultimate listen for anyone who devours popular and not-so-popular culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Elements of Taste
Subtitle: Understanding What We Like and Why
Author: Benjamin Errett
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-17
Publisher: Gildan Media LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From My Little Pony to the Sex Pistols: An engaging exploration of why we love what we love.
Katy Perry. Wes Anderson. Coldplay. Star Wars. Hamilton. Gilmore Girls. We all have our most and least favorite things. But why?
In this smart, funny, and well-researched audiobook, Benjamin Errett brings together the latest findings from the worlds of psychology, criticism, neuroscience, market research, and more to examine what taste really means - and what it can teach us about ourselves.
Covering kitsch, nostalgia, snobbery, bad taste, George Michael, and what it means to be &quot;basic&quot;, this is the ultimate listen for anyone who devours popular and not-so-popular culture.

Members Reviews:
In good taste
Benjamin Errett asks, &apos;How do we tell if someone has taste?&apos; The immediate answer, he suggests is to find out what his passions are; what he reads, what gifts he buys, and what he eats. From that launch-pad, Errett takes us through an examination of the four basic tastes - sweet, sour, salty, and bitter. Then he jolts us with the fifth taste - the umami, supposedly discovered by the Japanese scientist Kikune Ikeda - and how that taste spawned creations such as Ove Knausgaard&apos;s six-volume book, &apos;My Struggle&apos;. Many readers are apt to find that a harrowing book to chew, let alone digest, especially when he includes 50 pages just about taking his daughter to a birthday party. It is a book, Errett says, is devoid of plot. &apos;The sentences are clunky and full of clich&#233;s.&apos;
Although the main chapters relate to the taste of food, Errett covers much more ground than that. He discusses taste in music and anything associated with lifestyle and culture. He has a marvellous sense of humour. When writing about snobs and slobs, he commented, &apos;Sometimes a latte is just a latte&apos;, &#225; la Freud.
Taste, Errett tells us, is a conscious choice; It is neither good nor bad. But we have far more choices than we can manage. So he talks to us about curating our needs; and even provides a menu for the minimalist. He endeavours to harmonise the conflict of taste and opinion, exhorting us to examine our diet, not just of food, from time to time. Only we can work something out - but then, our tastes may change.

What Our Tastes Tell Us About Who We Are
Where do our tastes comes from? Are they primarily cultural or personal? What do they tell us about ourselves and others? Is there such a thing as good or bad taste? This book does an incredible job looking into all of these questions, as well as introducing us to a myriad of books, movies, music, and food that will often expand our interests in things we currently find unappealing. Most of all it will make you think about your own tastes, and better understand why other people&#226;s tastes are different from our own.

Recommended for the most discerning readers
A fascinating audit of something I&apos;ve ALWAYS wanted to know more about. Recommended for the most discerning readers ;) and everyone else.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>300 Arguments: Essays Audiobook by Sarah Manguso</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/300-Arguments-Essays-Audiobook/B0741XT1FP</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 300 Arguments: Essays
Author: Sarah Manguso
Narrator: Sarah Manguso
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-17
Publisher: TalkingBook
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A brilliant and exhilarating sequence of aphorisms from one of our greatest essayists.
There will come a time when people decide you&apos;ve had enough of your grief, and they&apos;ll try to take it away from you.
Bad art is from no one to no one.
Am I happy? Damned if I know, but give me a few minutes and I&apos;ll tell you whether you are.
Thank heaven I don&apos;t have my friends&apos; problems. But sometimes I notice an expression on one of their faces that I recognize as secret gratitude.
I read sad stories to inoculate myself against grief. I watch action movies to identify with the quick-witted heroes. Both the same fantasy: I&apos;ll escape the worst of it.
- from 300 Arguments
A &quot;Proustian minimalist on the order of Lydia Davis&quot; (Kirkus Reviews), Sarah Manguso is one of the finest literary artists at work today. To hear her work is to witness acrobatic acts of compression in the service of extraordinary psychological and spiritual insight.
300 Arguments, a foray into the frontier of contemporary nonfiction writing, is at first glance a group of unrelated aphorisms. But, as in the work of David Markson, the pieces reveal themselves as a masterful arrangement that steadily gathers power. Manguso&apos;s arguments about desire, ambition, relationships, and failure are pithy, unsentimental, and defiant, and they add up to an unexpected and renegade wisdom literature.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sarah Manguso)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2017 08:56:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/091258/bk_acx0_091258_sample.mp3" length="653105" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/300-Arguments-Essays-Audiobook/B0741XT1FP</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51nBcpxr+9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 300 Arguments: Essays
Author: Sarah Manguso
Narrator: Sarah Manguso
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-17
Publisher: TalkingBook
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A brilliant and exhilarating sequence of aphorisms from one of our greatest essayists.
There will come a time when people decide you&apos;ve had enough of your grief, and they&apos;ll try to take it away from you.
Bad art is from no one to no one.
Am I happy? Damned if I know, but give me a few minutes and I&apos;ll tell you whether you are.
Thank heaven I don&apos;t have my friends&apos; problems. But sometimes I notice an expression on one of their faces that I recognize as secret gratitude.
I read sad stories to inoculate myself against grief. I watch action movies to identify with the quick-witted heroes. Both the same fantasy: I&apos;ll escape the worst of it.
- from 300 Arguments
A &quot;Proustian minimalist on the order of Lydia Davis&quot; (Kirkus Reviews), Sarah Manguso is one of the finest literary artists at work today. To hear her work is to witness acrobatic acts of compression in the service of extraordinary psychological and spiritual insight.
300 Arguments, a foray into the frontier of contemporary nonfiction writing, is at first glance a group of unrelated aphorisms. But, as in the work of David Markson, the pieces reveal themselves as a masterful arrangement that steadily gathers power. Manguso&apos;s arguments about desire, ambition, relationships, and failure are pithy, unsentimental, and defiant, and they add up to an unexpected and renegade wisdom literature.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 300 Arguments: Essays
Author: Sarah Manguso
Narrator: Sarah Manguso
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-17
Publisher: TalkingBook
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A brilliant and exhilarating sequence of aphorisms from one of our greatest essayists.
There will come a time when people decide you&apos;ve had enough of your grief, and they&apos;ll try to take it away from you.
Bad art is from no one to no one.
Am I happy? Damned if I know, but give me a few minutes and I&apos;ll tell you whether you are.
Thank heaven I don&apos;t have my friends&apos; problems. But sometimes I notice an expression on one of their faces that I recognize as secret gratitude.
I read sad stories to inoculate myself against grief. I watch action movies to identify with the quick-witted heroes. Both the same fantasy: I&apos;ll escape the worst of it.
- from 300 Arguments
A &quot;Proustian minimalist on the order of Lydia Davis&quot; (Kirkus Reviews), Sarah Manguso is one of the finest literary artists at work today. To hear her work is to witness acrobatic acts of compression in the service of extraordinary psychological and spiritual insight.
300 Arguments, a foray into the frontier of contemporary nonfiction writing, is at first glance a group of unrelated aphorisms. But, as in the work of David Markson, the pieces reveal themselves as a masterful arrangement that steadily gathers power. Manguso&apos;s arguments about desire, ambition, relationships, and failure are pithy, unsentimental, and defiant, and they add up to an unexpected and renegade wisdom literature.

Members Reviews:
Cool Collection Of Essays, Nice Reading
Any additional comments?
Really enjoyed these. Pretty different. Probably listen to more essays now. Great for busy mind, hungry for info.

Hooray!
These are so good. Manguso&apos;s work is top notch. Loved the audio too. Great self narrated books are hard to come by.

I GIVE THIS 300 STARS!
Any additional comments?
I&apos;d love it if there were more books like this to listen to. Every single essay is awesome and thoughtful.

YOU HAVE TO LISTEN TO THIS
Any additional comments?
We need more essay collections in audio. Made me reconsider a lot. Thank you, Sarah Manguso.

SARAH MANGUSO IS GREAT
Any additional comments?
I loved this. So informative and cool. Like a smack in the head. I wish everyone heard this. RECOMMEND!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Beer Matters Audiobook by Evan Rail</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Beer-Matters-Audiobook/B00LEUAEO2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why Beer Matters
Author: Evan Rail
Narrator: Evan Rail
Format: Unabridged
Length: 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past few years, there&apos;s been an explosion of interest in good beer. As hundreds of great new breweries have opened across the country and around the world, quality ales and lagers have been given an importance never before imagined. Despite beer&apos;s renaissance, however, no one seems to have focused on why beer suddenly matters, or what it is about beer that makes it the drink for our age. In this 6,500-word (20-page) personal essay, Evan Rail investigates several compelling aspects of beer beyond its principal role as a great drink, from its very real sense of place to its unusual relationship with the passing of time.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Evan Rail)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2014 16:36:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/018693/bk_adbl_018693_sample.mp3" length="2293074" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Beer-Matters-Audiobook/B00LEUAEO2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51w92Q3vsNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why Beer Matters
Author: Evan Rail
Narrator: Evan Rail
Format: Unabridged
Length: 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past few years, there&apos;s been an explosion of interest in good beer. As hundreds of great new breweries have opened across the country and around the world, quality ales and lagers have been given an importance never before imagined. Despite beer&apos;s renaissance, however, no one seems to have focused on why beer suddenly matters, or what it is about beer that makes it the drink for our age. In this 6,500-word (20-page) personal essay, Evan Rail investigates several compelling aspects of beer beyond its principal role as a great drink, from its very real sense of place to its unusual relationship with the passing of time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why Beer Matters
Author: Evan Rail
Narrator: Evan Rail
Format: Unabridged
Length: 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past few years, there&apos;s been an explosion of interest in good beer. As hundreds of great new breweries have opened across the country and around the world, quality ales and lagers have been given an importance never before imagined. Despite beer&apos;s renaissance, however, no one seems to have focused on why beer suddenly matters, or what it is about beer that makes it the drink for our age. In this 6,500-word (20-page) personal essay, Evan Rail investigates several compelling aspects of beer beyond its principal role as a great drink, from its very real sense of place to its unusual relationship with the passing of time.

Members Reviews:
Still good reading and sipping ...
Evan Rail expresses surprise that his writing didn&apos;t have much of a following until he started to write about beer. Now he is surprised at how popular his writings about beer have become -- people recommend that he write about nothing else.
I&apos;m not at all surprised. Rail obviously has studied beer carefully for many years, writes clearly and knowledgeably about many aspects of brewing and drinking, and communicates his love for beer with a degree of compassion. A couple of Popular Highlights capture the essence of his essay:
&quot;The U.S. was stuck with oceans of boring and similar pale lagers until craft brewing -- and, it has to be said, home brewing -- started to bring greater variety and more dynamic flavors to the glass. ... Being able to say no to this flavorless sameness, to say &apos;I&apos;ll have a rye saison&apos; or &apos;I&apos;d like a double IPA,&apos; is a vote against the dull grayness of a world where everything tastes the same. It is a call for difference, for variety, for vibrancy. It is a clearly spoken choice for something better.&quot;
To the same effect: &quot;Beer is a beverage for the age of Yelp and TripAdvisor, an age when individual consumers have a greater say in declaring value, worth and merit.&quot;
And, my personal favorite: &quot;... [I]t is beer&apos;s nature to be carefree and easygoing, to defy intense study and introspection, to just &apos;have a beer and relax&apos;. ... What matters most about beer is the drinking of it.&quot;
That sounds awfully good to me!
Robert C. Ross
May 2012
revised March 2015

Passionate plea for Beer
This is an ok book that has some interesting opinions but could have covered more areas and have been so much more.

Hmmm
I liked reading this, it was a quick and easy read. However Is the author arguing that the old days of beer are gone and that the main question should be &quot;does beer matter?&quot; In a world where he mentions that there are chuck Taylor&apos;s and McDonald&apos;s and coke on every street corner then therefore beer is becoming to uniform in taste? Or is he arguing that you can disregard all the uniqueness of beer and just know that beer matters because it brings the masses together at the end of a long working day. I know it&apos;s a kindle single but I hope there is an expanded edition.

a quick fun read!
Avoiding pedantic trivialism, the writer shows why so many people -- of all classes and nationalities -- have passionate opinions about beer today. (Hint: One reason is the increasing reinvention of classic craft beers.)
I can&apos;t wait to check out his recommendations, especially his picks for the best Czech pale lagers. Here&apos;s to vivid writing and good thinking.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>El fin del poder: C&#243;mo el poder ya no es lo que era [The End of Power: How Power Is No Longer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/El-fin-del-poder-Como-el-poder-ya-no-es-lo-que-era-The-End-of-Power-How-Power-Is-No-Longer-What-It-Was-Audiobook/B01CUWKYE2</link>
      <description>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El fin del poder: C&#243;mo el poder ya no es lo que era [The End of Power: How Power Is No Longer What It Was]
Autor: Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m
Narrador: Carlos Vicente
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 15 hrs and 50 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 03-14-16
Editor: Audible Studios para Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial
Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 12 votos
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Resumen del editor:
El primer audio libro seleccionado por Mark Zuckerberg para su club de lectura en Facebook.
El poder est&#225; cambiando de manos: de grandes ej&#233;rcitos disciplinados a ca&#243;ticas bandas de insurgentes; de gigantescas corporaciones a &#225;giles emprendedores; de los palacios presidenciales a las plazas p&#250;blicas. Pero tambi&#233;n est&#225; cambiando en s&#237; mismo: cada vez es m&#225;s dif&#237;cil de ejercer y m&#225;s f&#225;cil de perder. El resultado, como afirma el prestigioso analista internacional Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m, es que los l&#237;deres actuales tienen menos poder que sus antecesores, y que el potencial para que ocurran cambios repentinos y radicales sea mayor que nunca.
En El fin del poder, Na&#237;m describe la lucha entre los grandes actores antes dominantes y los nuevos micro-poderes que ahora les desaf&#237;an en todos los &#225;mbitos de la actividad humana. La energ&#237;a iconoclasta de los micro-poderes puede derrocar dictadores, acabar con los monopolios, y abrir nuevas e incre&#237;bles oportunidades, pero tambi&#233;n puede conducir al caos y a la par&#225;lisis.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2016 16:46:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/026403/bk_adbl_026403_sample.mp3" length="1942858" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/El-fin-del-poder-Como-el-poder-ya-no-es-lo-que-era-The-End-of-Power-How-Power-Is-No-Longer-What-It-Was-Audiobook/B01CUWKYE2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tsS3lCNgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>15:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Escucha este t&#237;tulo completo gratis en thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El fin del poder: C&#243;mo el poder ya no es lo que era [The End of Power: How Power Is No Longer What It Was]
Autor: Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m
Narrador: Carlos Vicente
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 15 hrs and 50 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 03-14-16
Editor: Audible Studios para Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial
Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 12 votos
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Resumen del editor:
El primer audio libro seleccionado por Mark Zuckerberg para su club de lectura en Facebook.
El poder est&#225; cambiando de manos: de grandes ej&#233;rcitos disciplinados a ca&#243;ticas bandas de insurgentes; de gigantescas corporaciones a &#225;giles emprendedores; de los palacios presidenciales a las plazas p&#250;blicas. Pero tambi&#233;n est&#225; cambiando en s&#237; mismo: cada vez es m&#225;s dif&#237;cil de ejercer y m&#225;s f&#225;cil de perder. El resultado, como afirma el prestigioso analista internacional Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m, es que los l&#237;deres actuales tienen menos poder que sus antecesores, y que el potencial para que ocurran cambios repentinos y radicales sea mayor que nunca.
En El fin del poder, Na&#237;m describe la lucha entre los grandes actores antes dominantes y los nuevos micro-poderes que ahora les desaf&#237;an en todos los &#225;mbitos de la actividad humana. La energ&#237;a iconoclasta de los micro-poderes puede derrocar dictadores, acabar con los monopolios, y abrir nuevas e incre&#237;bles oportunidades, pero tambi&#233;n puede conducir al caos y a la par&#225;lisis.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El fin del poder: C&#243;mo el poder ya no es lo que era [The End of Power: How Power Is No Longer What It Was]
Autor: Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m
Narrador: Carlos Vicente
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 15 hrs and 50 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 03-14-16
Editor: Audible Studios para Penguin Random House Grupo Editorial
Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 12 votos
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Resumen del editor:
El primer audio libro seleccionado por Mark Zuckerberg para su club de lectura en Facebook.
El poder est&#225; cambiando de manos: de grandes ej&#233;rcitos disciplinados a ca&#243;ticas bandas de insurgentes; de gigantescas corporaciones a &#225;giles emprendedores; de los palacios presidenciales a las plazas p&#250;blicas. Pero tambi&#233;n est&#225; cambiando en s&#237; mismo: cada vez es m&#225;s dif&#237;cil de ejercer y m&#225;s f&#225;cil de perder. El resultado, como afirma el prestigioso analista internacional Mois&#233;s Na&#237;m, es que los l&#237;deres actuales tienen menos poder que sus antecesores, y que el potencial para que ocurran cambios repentinos y radicales sea mayor que nunca.
En El fin del poder, Na&#237;m describe la lucha entre los grandes actores antes dominantes y los nuevos micro-poderes que ahora les desaf&#237;an en todos los &#225;mbitos de la actividad humana. La energ&#237;a iconoclasta de los micro-poderes puede derrocar dictadores, acabar con los monopolios, y abrir nuevas e incre&#237;bles oportunidades, pero tambi&#233;n puede conducir al caos y a la par&#225;lisis.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

Opiniones de los miembros:
Es un libro realmente brillante
Al iniciar el libro pens&#233; que me pod&#237;a aportar un visi&#243;n simple sobre lo que es el poder y porque unos son m&#225;s fuertes que otros,  pero realmente lo que hizo fue cambiar mi &#243;ptica sobre el poder en todos sus niveles ya hace parte de la vida en toda expresi&#243;n,  por esto si quieres solo entender como funciona o quieres llegar a ser un muy excelente l&#237;der,  debes leerlo. No lo califique 5 porque el &#250;nico detalle que no me gust&#243; ese que considero que fue muy redundante con muchos temas que ya hab&#237;a explicado antes y no era necesario alargar.

Lectura imprescindible para entender el orden mundial actual y su proyecci&#243;n
Hac&#237;a falta un libro que analizara el orden actual del mundo, los cambios recientes que ha sufrido y al mismo tiempo nos diera pautas para vislumbrar lo que ser&#225; el nuevo orden internacional. Esta obra analiza c&#243;mo era el orden mundial en el siglo XX, c&#243;mo fue cambiando hasta ser lo que vivimos ahora en el siglo XXI y hacia donde se dirige el nuevo orden mundial. Todo tiene que ver con el debilitamiento de la hegemon&#237;a del poder y c&#243;mo m&#225;s y m&#225;s actores se hacen presente para influir en el curso de la vida de las naciones. Por otro parte, el autor habla acerca de lo bueno y lo malo que tiene la degradaci&#243;n del poder y en cuanto a lo malo, el peligro que tienen los pa&#237;ses de caer en manos de mes&#237;as, tanto individuos como organizaciones, que presenten a los descre&#237;dos del poder tradicional opciones facilistas y r&#225;pidas a los problemas nacionales y mundiales.

Un libro extraordinario pero demasiado extenso.
El autor hace un an&#225;lisis exhaustivo de la situacion actual del poder con base a una extraordinaria y enorme bibliograf&#237;a. Es indudable que las conclusiones lucen como las correctas y son una buena gu&#237;a para decisiones futuras de personas y corporaciones.
El problema con la lectura de esta obra es que el autor es repetitivo y no se aprecia que favorezca los res&#250;menes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Headache Factory: True Tales of Online Obsession and Madness Audiobook by Jim Goad</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Headache-Factory-True-Tales-of-Online-Obsession-and-Madness-Audiobook/B01E4GTD1W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Headache Factory: True Tales of Online Obsession and Madness
Author: Jim Goad
Narrator: Jim Goad
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If Andy Warhol could have anticipated the Internet, he would have said its where everyone will be stalked for at least 15 minutes. Notorious underground author Jim Goad describes himself as a lowly neutrino in the vast universe of celebrity, yet he attracts a certain breed of demented fan that treats him as if hes the second coming of Christ - that is, until they feel hes somehow snubbed them, at which point he transforms into Satan. The Headache Factory documents Jims extensive experiences fending off fans who morphed into stalkers. By turns terrifying and amusing, the book demonstrates how social media enables the antisocial to reach out and touch anyone they want - even if their target doesnt want to be touched.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Goad)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2016 04:35:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/026796/bk_adbl_026796_sample.mp3" length="1765655" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Headache-Factory-True-Tales-of-Online-Obsession-and-Madness-Audiobook/B01E4GTD1W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51FDfBTu0wL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Headache Factory: True Tales of Online Obsession and Madness
Author: Jim Goad
Narrator: Jim Goad
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If Andy Warhol could have anticipated the Internet, he would have said its where everyone will be stalked for at least 15 minutes. Notorious underground author Jim Goad describes himself as a lowly neutrino in the vast universe of celebrity, yet he attracts a certain breed of demented fan that treats him as if hes the second coming of Christ - that is, until they feel hes somehow snubbed them, at which point he transforms into Satan. The Headache Factory documents Jims extensive experiences fending off fans who morphed into stalkers. By turns terrifying and amusing, the book demonstrates how social media enables the antisocial to reach out and touch anyone they want - even if their target doesnt want to be touched.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Headache Factory: True Tales of Online Obsession and Madness
Author: Jim Goad
Narrator: Jim Goad
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If Andy Warhol could have anticipated the Internet, he would have said its where everyone will be stalked for at least 15 minutes. Notorious underground author Jim Goad describes himself as a lowly neutrino in the vast universe of celebrity, yet he attracts a certain breed of demented fan that treats him as if hes the second coming of Christ - that is, until they feel hes somehow snubbed them, at which point he transforms into Satan. The Headache Factory documents Jims extensive experiences fending off fans who morphed into stalkers. By turns terrifying and amusing, the book demonstrates how social media enables the antisocial to reach out and touch anyone they want - even if their target doesnt want to be touched.

Members Reviews:
Hypnotic
Jim Goads unorthodox style and unapologetic recounting of his past fans turned feral, pulls you in like gossip with an old friend. you&apos;ll find yourself enjoying this one after a heated argument.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Harm in Hate Speech Audiobook by Jeremy Waldron</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Harm-in-Hate-Speech-Audiobook/B00KPVI0YM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Harm in Hate Speech
Author: Jeremy Waldron
Narrator: Dennis Holland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every liberal democracy has laws or codes against hate speech - except the United States. For constitutionalists, regulation of hate speech violates the First Amendment and damages a free society. Against this absolutist view, Jeremy Waldron argues powerfully that hate speech should be regulated as part of our commitment to human dignity and to inclusion and respect for members of vulnerable minorities.
Causing offense - by depicting a religious leader as a terrorist in a newspaper cartoon, for example - is not the same as launching a libelous attack on a groups dignity, according to Waldron, and it lies outside the reach of law. But defamation of a minority group, through hate speech, undermines a public good that can and should be protected: the basic assurance of inclusion in society for all members.
A social environment polluted by anti-gay leaflets, Nazi banners, and burning crosses sends an implicit message to the targets of such hatred: your security is uncertain and you can expect to face humiliation and discrimination when you leave your home.
Free-speech advocates boast of despising what racists say but defending to the death their right to say it. Waldron finds this emphasis on intellectual resilience misguided and points instead to the threat hate speech poses to the lives, dignity, and reputations of minority members. Finding support for his view among philosophers of the Enlightenment, Waldron asks us to move beyond knee-jerk American exceptionalism in our debates over the serious consequences of hateful speech.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeremy Waldron)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2014 19:20:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/016718/bk_adbl_016718_sample.mp3" length="2087525" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Harm-in-Hate-Speech-Audiobook/B00KPVI0YM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51iXvgQ032L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Harm in Hate Speech
Author: Jeremy Waldron
Narrator: Dennis Holland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every liberal democracy has laws or codes against hate speech - except the United States. For constitutionalists, regulation of hate speech violates the First Amendment and damages a free society. Against this absolutist view, Jeremy Waldron argues powerfully that hate speech should be regulated as part of our commitment to human dignity and to inclusion and respect for members of vulnerable minorities.
Causing offense - by depicting a religious leader as a terrorist in a newspaper cartoon, for example - is not the same as launching a libelous attack on a groups dignity, according to Waldron, and it lies outside the reach of law. But defamation of a minority group, through hate speech, undermines a public good that can and should be protected: the basic assurance of inclusion in society for all members.
A social environment polluted by anti-gay leaflets, Nazi banners, and burning crosses sends an implicit message to the targets of such hatred: your security is uncertain and you can expect to face humiliation and discrimination when you leave your home.
Free-speech advocates boast of despising what racists say but defending to the death their right to say it. Waldron finds this emphasis on intellectual resilience misguided and points instead to the threat hate speech poses to the lives, dignity, and reputations of minority members. Finding support for his view among philosophers of the Enlightenment, Waldron asks us to move beyond knee-jerk American exceptionalism in our debates over the serious consequences of hateful speech.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Harm in Hate Speech
Author: Jeremy Waldron
Narrator: Dennis Holland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every liberal democracy has laws or codes against hate speech - except the United States. For constitutionalists, regulation of hate speech violates the First Amendment and damages a free society. Against this absolutist view, Jeremy Waldron argues powerfully that hate speech should be regulated as part of our commitment to human dignity and to inclusion and respect for members of vulnerable minorities.
Causing offense - by depicting a religious leader as a terrorist in a newspaper cartoon, for example - is not the same as launching a libelous attack on a groups dignity, according to Waldron, and it lies outside the reach of law. But defamation of a minority group, through hate speech, undermines a public good that can and should be protected: the basic assurance of inclusion in society for all members.
A social environment polluted by anti-gay leaflets, Nazi banners, and burning crosses sends an implicit message to the targets of such hatred: your security is uncertain and you can expect to face humiliation and discrimination when you leave your home.
Free-speech advocates boast of despising what racists say but defending to the death their right to say it. Waldron finds this emphasis on intellectual resilience misguided and points instead to the threat hate speech poses to the lives, dignity, and reputations of minority members. Finding support for his view among philosophers of the Enlightenment, Waldron asks us to move beyond knee-jerk American exceptionalism in our debates over the serious consequences of hateful speech.

Members Reviews:
Liberal Fascism Par Excellence
If you&apos;ve already read and understood Jonah Goldberg&apos;s book _Liberal Fascism_, you&apos;ll be prepared for the worldview articulated in this book.  Goldberg memorably quotes the late comedian George Carlin as saying that if fascism ever comes to America, it will be in the form of &quot;smiley-face&quot; fascism.  I can&apos;t think of a better example of contemporary &quot;smiley face&quot; fascism than the propositions argued for in this repugnant book.
I have a hard time with the star-rating system for a book like this.  It is well-written and generally coherent.  Many of the arguments are weak, or operate under a completely different set of assumptions from those of classical liberalism (which undergird the U.S. Constitution), but that is beside the point.  Waldron is a competent, if not brilliant, writer of prose.  However, I (and, I believe, many others regarded as &quot;First Amendment absolutists&quot; by the authoritarian Right or Left) find Waldron&apos;s views to be anathema to our principles.  Quite simply, I find his views revolting, as I would find the views of someone who argues for torture of prisoners.  This is why I give the &quot;story&quot; (although this is nonfiction, exposition) or content one star.  I have no problem with the narration; these are not Dennis Holland&apos;s ideas, they are those of the writer.
In a nutshell, Waldron argues that the United States should follow the example of other &quot;civilized&quot; countries (like Germany, England, Sweden, etc.) and enact &quot;hate speech&quot; legislation to criminalize &quot;hate speech.&quot;  This is actually quite ironic given recent developments in Europe, in which right-wing &quot;xenophobic&quot; parties are rapidly consolidating their hold on power, as part of a reaction to years of domination by left-wing multiculturalist regimes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evicted Audiobook by Matthew Desmond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Evicted-Audiobook/B01CUI3JM0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Evicted
Subtitle: Poverty and Profit in the American City
Author: Matthew Desmond
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-14-16
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction, 2017
Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Evicted by Matthew Desmond, read by Dion Graham.
Arleen spends nearly all her money on rent but is kicked out with her kids in Milwaukee&apos;s coldest winter for years. Doreen&apos;s home is so filthy her family call it &apos;the rat hole&apos;. Lamar, a wheelchair-bound ex-soldier, tries to work his way out of debt for his boys. Scott, a nurse turned addict, lives in a gutted-out trailer. This is their world. And this is the 21st century: where fewer and fewer people can afford a simple roof over their head.
From abandoned slums to shelters, eviction courts to ghettoes, Matthew Desmond spent years living with and recording the stories of those struggling to survive - yet who won&apos;t give up.
A work of love, care and humanity, Evicted reminds us why, without a home, nothing else is possible. It is one of the most necessary books of our time.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Desmond)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2016 22:59:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pauk/000727/bk_pauk_000727_sample.mp3" length="2273563" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Evicted-Audiobook/B01CUI3JM0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Y-mnJKdDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Evicted
Subtitle: Poverty and Profit in the American City
Author: Matthew Desmond
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-14-16
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction, 2017
Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Evicted by Matthew Desmond, read by Dion Graham.
Arleen spends nearly all her money on rent but is kicked out with her kids in Milwaukee&apos;s coldest winter for years. Doreen&apos;s home is so filthy her family call it &apos;the rat hole&apos;. Lamar, a wheelchair-bound ex-soldier, tries to work his way out of debt for his boys. Scott, a nurse turned addict, lives in a gutted-out trailer. This is their world. And this is the 21st century: where fewer and fewer people can afford a simple roof over their head.
From abandoned slums to shelters, eviction courts to ghettoes, Matthew Desmond spent years living with and recording the stories of those struggling to survive - yet who won&apos;t give up.
A work of love, care and humanity, Evicted reminds us why, without a home, nothing else is possible. It is one of the most necessary books of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Evicted
Subtitle: Poverty and Profit in the American City
Author: Matthew Desmond
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-14-16
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction, 2017
Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Evicted by Matthew Desmond, read by Dion Graham.
Arleen spends nearly all her money on rent but is kicked out with her kids in Milwaukee&apos;s coldest winter for years. Doreen&apos;s home is so filthy her family call it &apos;the rat hole&apos;. Lamar, a wheelchair-bound ex-soldier, tries to work his way out of debt for his boys. Scott, a nurse turned addict, lives in a gutted-out trailer. This is their world. And this is the 21st century: where fewer and fewer people can afford a simple roof over their head.
From abandoned slums to shelters, eviction courts to ghettoes, Matthew Desmond spent years living with and recording the stories of those struggling to survive - yet who won&apos;t give up.
A work of love, care and humanity, Evicted reminds us why, without a home, nothing else is possible. It is one of the most necessary books of our time.

Members Reviews:
Amazing study of inner city dynamics
The author follows several families, reports their stories, and points to facts that contribute to their decisions which prolong their poverty.  This is an important book that provides points revelation to the debate about poverty and points to eviction&apos;s role in it. The Epilogue itself is worth the price of the book.

Grim, detailed outlook on the American poor
Absolute kudos to Matthew Desmond for his detailed look into the heart of America&apos;s troubled capitalist system. His research and first-hand accounts of people living in poverty in Milwaukee is desperate, heartbreaking and dire, at the same time he offers an alternative to attempt to remedy an age old discriminatory system.
Eight individuals and families in this book represent an ongoing endemic situation that has perpetuated over the last century. Desmond explains circumstances that many ie. institutions are familiar with but choose to not deal with. Definitely deserved of the Pulitzer Prize.

Enthralling
Absorbing stories of real people&apos;s struggles. A fascinating insight into a different world. Non judgemental and warm writing and narration.

Must listen!
This impeccably researched book about the experience of poverty in the United States provides a wake up call on the failures of current economic models. You would be a cold hard character to listen to this book and not appreciate the grinding poverty and totally unfair system that pervades too many people&apos;s lives. A call to action to change the way welfare is perceived and provided; everyone deserves the right to safe and secure housing at an affordable cost.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Citizen Canine Audiobook by David Grimm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Citizen-Canine-Audiobook/B00J2IEIV8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Citizen Canine
Subtitle: Our Evolving Relationship with Cats and Dogs
Author: David Grimm
Narrator: Graham Hamilton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 69 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this fascinating exploration of the changing status of dogs and cats in society, pet lover and award-winning journalist David Grimm explores the rich and surprising history of our favorite companion animals. He treks the long and often torturous path from their wild origins to their dark days in the middle ages to their current standing as the most valued animals on Earth. As he travels across the country - riding along with Los Angeles detectives as they investigate animal cruelty cases, touring the devastation of New Orleans in search of the orphaned pets of Hurricane Katrina, and coming face-to-face with wolves and feral cats - Grimm reveals the changing social attitudes that have turned pets into family members, and the remarkable laws and court cases that have elevated them to quasi citizens.The journey to citizenship isnt a smooth one, however. As Grimm finds, theres plenty of opposition to the rising status of cats and dogs. From scientists and farmers worried that our affection for pets could spill over to livestock and lab rats to philosophers who say the only way to save society is to wipe cats and dogs from the face of the earth, the battle lines are being drawn. We are entering a new age of pets - one that is fundamentally transforming our relationship with these animals and reshaping the very fabric of society. For pet lovers or anyone interested in how we decide who gets to be a person in todays world, Citizen Canine is a must-have. It is a pet tale like no other.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Grimm)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2014 09:47:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/017461/bk_adbl_017461_sample.mp3" length="2360365" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Citizen-Canine-Audiobook/B00J2IEIV8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51g3u4PxmaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Citizen Canine
Subtitle: Our Evolving Relationship with Cats and Dogs
Author: David Grimm
Narrator: Graham Hamilton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 69 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this fascinating exploration of the changing status of dogs and cats in society, pet lover and award-winning journalist David Grimm explores the rich and surprising history of our favorite companion animals. He treks the long and often torturous path from their wild origins to their dark days in the middle ages to their current standing as the most valued animals on Earth. As he travels across the country - riding along with Los Angeles detectives as they investigate animal cruelty cases, touring the devastation of New Orleans in search of the orphaned pets of Hurricane Katrina, and coming face-to-face with wolves and feral cats - Grimm reveals the changing social attitudes that have turned pets into family members, and the remarkable laws and court cases that have elevated them to quasi citizens.The journey to citizenship isnt a smooth one, however. As Grimm finds, theres plenty of opposition to the rising status of cats and dogs. From scientists and farmers worried that our affection for pets could spill over to livestock and lab rats to philosophers who say the only way to save society is to wipe cats and dogs from the face of the earth, the battle lines are being drawn. We are entering a new age of pets - one that is fundamentally transforming our relationship with these animals and reshaping the very fabric of society. For pet lovers or anyone interested in how we decide who gets to be a person in todays world, Citizen Canine is a must-have. It is a pet tale like no other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Citizen Canine
Subtitle: Our Evolving Relationship with Cats and Dogs
Author: David Grimm
Narrator: Graham Hamilton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 69 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this fascinating exploration of the changing status of dogs and cats in society, pet lover and award-winning journalist David Grimm explores the rich and surprising history of our favorite companion animals. He treks the long and often torturous path from their wild origins to their dark days in the middle ages to their current standing as the most valued animals on Earth. As he travels across the country - riding along with Los Angeles detectives as they investigate animal cruelty cases, touring the devastation of New Orleans in search of the orphaned pets of Hurricane Katrina, and coming face-to-face with wolves and feral cats - Grimm reveals the changing social attitudes that have turned pets into family members, and the remarkable laws and court cases that have elevated them to quasi citizens.The journey to citizenship isnt a smooth one, however. As Grimm finds, theres plenty of opposition to the rising status of cats and dogs. From scientists and farmers worried that our affection for pets could spill over to livestock and lab rats to philosophers who say the only way to save society is to wipe cats and dogs from the face of the earth, the battle lines are being drawn. We are entering a new age of pets - one that is fundamentally transforming our relationship with these animals and reshaping the very fabric of society. For pet lovers or anyone interested in how we decide who gets to be a person in todays world, Citizen Canine is a must-have. It is a pet tale like no other.

Members Reviews:
Cats and Dogs Unite!
Seriously, every now and then this book tried getting a bit political and I kept thinking that Grimm was going to force Unionization upon our favorite four-legged friends. Thankfully however, he stopped short of this, and let me just take this opportunity to get the &quot;political&quot; aspect of the book out of the way. There&apos;s quite a bit of back and forth about whether animals should legally be granted &quot;personhood,&quot; should be granted rights. This is ticking off veterinarians (malpractice suits), agribusiness (livestock/meat industry), and laboratories (Oh, hell, what are we gonna cut up now?). ALL of them are squawking about not giving animals those rights: it&apos;ll ruin their business, slow production, set science back, etc. etc. And most people are against it too because oddly enough, in a lot of states, it would give animals more rights than people. To this I say, animals need more protection in businesses--they suffer far too much. I&apos;m not saying stop using them, just, jiminy h. cricket, can&apos;t we be more humane?!? Also, do we always have to drop to the least common denominator? How about, instead of continuing to deny rights to animals, let&apos;s elevate rights for humans also?
Okay, that was my rant about that part of the book, and that&apos;s not what the whoooole book was about. There was plenty of great stuff in here. A few ick bits, as D. Grimm goes on an &quot;Animal Cops&quot;-type ride along to find the severed heads of two dogs (and hallelujah, at least we&apos;re in a day and age where that&apos;s legally taken seriously). But some great visits to rescues, and sanctuaries are here also.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Common Fallacies Audiobook by Phillip Ward, Julia Edwards</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Book-of-Common-Fallacies-Audiobook/B00BFUA8YM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Book of Common Fallacies
Subtitle: Falsehoods, Misconceptions, Flawed Facts, and Half-Truths That Are Ruining Your Life
Author: Phillip Ward, Julia Edwards
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged
Length: 21 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-17-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Everything you thought you knew was wrong!
Long before Snopes.com and Wikipedia, The Book of Common Fallacies set out to debunk popular beliefs and set the record straight. By tracking down the facts and citing experts in a multitude of fields, Philip Ward points out the senseless ideas that we have come to accept as fact. Newly updated with todays common misconceptions, The Book of Common Fallacies exposes the truth behind hundreds of commonly held false beliefs.

Editorial Reviews:
Even though our current society is flooded with a constant stream of information - nonstop TV programming, websites upon websites - it doesn&apos;t always translate to correct information. The Book of Common Fallacies, by Phillip Ward and Julia Edwards, is a scrutinizing and entertaining look at many of the popular beliefs and &quot;facts&quot; we have come to accept as gospel. With a clear and engaging performance by veteran narrator Traber Burns, this audiobook sets the record straight on things ranging from the truth behind the hallucinogenic qualities of absinthe, to the width of the Atlantic, to the comical theory that the size of a man&apos;s member can be ascertained by the size of his feet.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Phillip Ward)</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 Feb 2013 08:09:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/008628/bk_adbl_008628_sample.mp3" length="2344483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Book-of-Common-Fallacies-Audiobook/B00BFUA8YM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511Z2blaABL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>21:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Book of Common Fallacies
Subtitle: Falsehoods, Misconceptions, Flawed Facts, and Half-Truths That Are Ruining Your Life
Author: Phillip Ward, Julia Edwards
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged
Length: 21 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-17-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Everything you thought you knew was wrong!
Long before Snopes.com and Wikipedia, The Book of Common Fallacies set out to debunk popular beliefs and set the record straight. By tracking down the facts and citing experts in a multitude of fields, Philip Ward points out the senseless ideas that we have come to accept as fact. Newly updated with todays common misconceptions, The Book of Common Fallacies exposes the truth behind hundreds of commonly held false beliefs.

Editorial Reviews:
Even though our current society is flooded with a constant stream of information - nonstop TV programming, websites upon websites - it doesn&apos;t always translate to correct information. The Book of Common Fallacies, by Phillip Ward and Julia Edwards, is a scrutinizing and entertaining look at many of the popular beliefs and &quot;facts&quot; we have come to accept as gospel. With a clear and engaging performance by veteran narrator Traber Burns, this audiobook sets the record straight on things ranging from the truth behind the hallucinogenic qualities of absinthe, to the width of the Atlantic, to the comical theory that the size of a man&apos;s member can be ascertained by the size of his feet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Book of Common Fallacies
Subtitle: Falsehoods, Misconceptions, Flawed Facts, and Half-Truths That Are Ruining Your Life
Author: Phillip Ward, Julia Edwards
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged
Length: 21 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-17-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Everything you thought you knew was wrong!
Long before Snopes.com and Wikipedia, The Book of Common Fallacies set out to debunk popular beliefs and set the record straight. By tracking down the facts and citing experts in a multitude of fields, Philip Ward points out the senseless ideas that we have come to accept as fact. Newly updated with todays common misconceptions, The Book of Common Fallacies exposes the truth behind hundreds of commonly held false beliefs.

Editorial Reviews:
Even though our current society is flooded with a constant stream of information - nonstop TV programming, websites upon websites - it doesn&apos;t always translate to correct information. The Book of Common Fallacies, by Phillip Ward and Julia Edwards, is a scrutinizing and entertaining look at many of the popular beliefs and &quot;facts&quot; we have come to accept as gospel. With a clear and engaging performance by veteran narrator Traber Burns, this audiobook sets the record straight on things ranging from the truth behind the hallucinogenic qualities of absinthe, to the width of the Atlantic, to the comical theory that the size of a man&apos;s member can be ascertained by the size of his feet.

Members Reviews:
A few good entries, but most are obscure
Was The Book of Common Fallacies worth the listening time?
I felt the urge to fast-forward often! I would say that more than half of these &quot;common fallacies&quot; are ones that I have never heard of. It should have been called &quot;Very Obscure Fallacies&quot;. I thought it was going to have more &quot;old wives tales&quot; and things you hear every day. Most of these I can&apos;t believe that people would have thought was true, except maybe 1000 years ago! There are LOTS of common fallacies that I hear all the time in the general public that were not even mentioned, but yet very trivial things that no one would ever say or think of like &quot;A phrase always means what it says&quot;, I mean huh? Also, quite a few of the &quot;Fallacies&quot; were merely opinions, or things that cannot even be proven or disproven - so how can those be fallacies?? I found myself saying &quot;what the....??&quot; a lot while listening to this book. Every now and then, however, I did hear something familiar, and it was neat to hear the origins behind the fallacy.
Any additional comments?
Just a weird book, so many trivial and uninteresting things that are passed off as being common. I&apos;d love to know where on the planet most of these are common.

Boring
Would you try another book from Phillip Ward and Julia Edwards  and/or Traber Burns?
No
Has The Book of Common Fallacies turned you off from other books in this genre?
Yes
How did the narrator detract from the book?
No
Any additional comments?
This book doesn&apos;t lend itself to the audiobook form.  It&apos;s made up of small snippets of information and hearing one after the other is boring.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>There Is Simply too Much to Think About Audiobook by Saul Bellow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/There-Is-Simply-too-Much-to-Think-About-Audiobook/B00V3YFKIY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: There Is Simply too Much to Think About
Subtitle: Collected Nonfiction
Author: Saul Bellow
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-31-15
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A sweeping collection and a tribute to one of the most influential, daring, and visionary minds of the 20th century.
The year 2015 marks several literary milestones: the centennial of Saul Bellow&apos;s birth, the tenth anniversary of his death, and the publication of Zachary Leader&apos;s much anticipated biography. Bellow - a Nobel laureate, a Pulitzer Prize winner, and the only novelist to receive three National Book Awards - has long been regarded as one of America&apos;s most cherished authors. Here, Benjamin Taylor, editor of the acclaimed Saul Bellow: Letters, presents lesser-known aspects of the iconic writer.
Arranged chronologically, this literary time capsule displays the full extent of Bellow&apos;s nonfiction, including criticism, interviews, speeches, and other reflections, tracing his career from his initial success as a novelist until the end of his life. Bringing together six classic pieces with an abundance of previously uncollected material, There Is Simply Too Much to Think Aboutis a powerful reminder not only of Bellow&apos;s genius but also of his enduring place in the Western canon, and it is sure to be widely reviewed and talked about for years to come.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Saul Bellow)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2015 10:36:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/007499/bk_blak_007499_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/There-Is-Simply-too-Much-to-Think-About-Audiobook/B00V3YFKIY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61VPDpc9sEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>20:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: There Is Simply too Much to Think About
Subtitle: Collected Nonfiction
Author: Saul Bellow
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-31-15
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A sweeping collection and a tribute to one of the most influential, daring, and visionary minds of the 20th century.
The year 2015 marks several literary milestones: the centennial of Saul Bellow&apos;s birth, the tenth anniversary of his death, and the publication of Zachary Leader&apos;s much anticipated biography. Bellow - a Nobel laureate, a Pulitzer Prize winner, and the only novelist to receive three National Book Awards - has long been regarded as one of America&apos;s most cherished authors. Here, Benjamin Taylor, editor of the acclaimed Saul Bellow: Letters, presents lesser-known aspects of the iconic writer.
Arranged chronologically, this literary time capsule displays the full extent of Bellow&apos;s nonfiction, including criticism, interviews, speeches, and other reflections, tracing his career from his initial success as a novelist until the end of his life. Bringing together six classic pieces with an abundance of previously uncollected material, There Is Simply Too Much to Think Aboutis a powerful reminder not only of Bellow&apos;s genius but also of his enduring place in the Western canon, and it is sure to be widely reviewed and talked about for years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: There Is Simply too Much to Think About
Subtitle: Collected Nonfiction
Author: Saul Bellow
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-31-15
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A sweeping collection and a tribute to one of the most influential, daring, and visionary minds of the 20th century.
The year 2015 marks several literary milestones: the centennial of Saul Bellow&apos;s birth, the tenth anniversary of his death, and the publication of Zachary Leader&apos;s much anticipated biography. Bellow - a Nobel laureate, a Pulitzer Prize winner, and the only novelist to receive three National Book Awards - has long been regarded as one of America&apos;s most cherished authors. Here, Benjamin Taylor, editor of the acclaimed Saul Bellow: Letters, presents lesser-known aspects of the iconic writer.
Arranged chronologically, this literary time capsule displays the full extent of Bellow&apos;s nonfiction, including criticism, interviews, speeches, and other reflections, tracing his career from his initial success as a novelist until the end of his life. Bringing together six classic pieces with an abundance of previously uncollected material, There Is Simply Too Much to Think Aboutis a powerful reminder not only of Bellow&apos;s genius but also of his enduring place in the Western canon, and it is sure to be widely reviewed and talked about for years to come.

Members Reviews:
Admirers of Bellow&#226;s fiction will delight simply in the wealth of Bellovian prose on offer in this heavy volume.
Geoff Dyer once said that when choosing a book review to reprint in a collection of essays, it is important for the piece to have &#226;something that transforms it from being a review to a sort of essay in its own right. People either are or are not interested in Denis Johnson, say, but there are a few things in that essay that are worth raising about people other than Denis Johnson. The better the piece, in some ways, the more irrelevant it would render this issue of whether or not you had read the book in question.&#226; Much of Saul Bellow&#226;s collected nonfiction is made up of book reviews and literary theorizing. That &#226;something&#226; that Dyer looked for in his own writing is present everywhere in Bellow&#226;s work. In a word, it is his style.
Admirers of Bellow&#226;s fiction will delight simply in the wealth of Bellovian prose on offer in this heavy volume. In Martin Amis&#226; words, &#226;His sentences seem to weigh more than anyone else&#226;s.&#226; In &#226;Starting Out in Chicago,&#226; Bellow writes the following of his decision to become a writer, some 40 years earlier: &#226;And what was the most impractical of choices in sombre, heavy, growling, lowbrow Chicago? Why, it was to be the representative of beauty, the interpreter of the human heart, the hero of ingenuity, playfulness, personal freedom, generosity and love. I cannot say even now this was a bad sort of crackpot to be.&#226; The combination of this Dickensian luxuriance in language and the urbane wisecracking that made Bellow&#226;s voice such a distinctive one in 20th-century letters is one that is hard to grow tired of.
For a book that is essentially a work of collected criticism, there is much skepticism of critics expressed throughout. Even the title of the collection, &#226;There Is Simply Too Much to Think About,&#226; seems to refer to the futility of the whole critical endeavor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Waiting for the Weekend Audiobook by Witold Rybczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Waiting-for-the-Weekend-Audiobook/B002UZMV0K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Waiting for the Weekend
Author: Witold Rybczynski
Narrator: Nadia May
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-00
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Waiting for the Weekend, Witold Rybczynski unfolds the history of leisure. There have always been breaks from the routine of work: taboo days, market days, public festivals, holy days - we couldn&apos;t survive without them. He explores the origins of the week and the observance of the Sabbath, and shows how, beginning with the industrial revolution, when workers began staying home on Mondays, the practice of &quot;keeping Saint Monday&quot; evolved into the familiar institution of the weekend.
&quot;At first, the five-day week was common in only three industries: the needle trade, building construction (where well-organized unions had been aggressive in seeking shorter hours), and to a lesser degree printing and publishing, where the change from the half-Saturday to the full-Saturday holiday was slow in coming.&quot;</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Witold Rybczynski)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2000 20:15:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/000477/bk_blak_000477_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Waiting-for-the-Weekend-Audiobook/B002UZMV0K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51cNkSU7s6L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Waiting for the Weekend
Author: Witold Rybczynski
Narrator: Nadia May
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-00
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Waiting for the Weekend, Witold Rybczynski unfolds the history of leisure. There have always been breaks from the routine of work: taboo days, market days, public festivals, holy days - we couldn&apos;t survive without them. He explores the origins of the week and the observance of the Sabbath, and shows how, beginning with the industrial revolution, when workers began staying home on Mondays, the practice of &quot;keeping Saint Monday&quot; evolved into the familiar institution of the weekend.
&quot;At first, the five-day week was common in only three industries: the needle trade, building construction (where well-organized unions had been aggressive in seeking shorter hours), and to a lesser degree printing and publishing, where the change from the half-Saturday to the full-Saturday holiday was slow in coming.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Waiting for the Weekend
Author: Witold Rybczynski
Narrator: Nadia May
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-00
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Waiting for the Weekend, Witold Rybczynski unfolds the history of leisure. There have always been breaks from the routine of work: taboo days, market days, public festivals, holy days - we couldn&apos;t survive without them. He explores the origins of the week and the observance of the Sabbath, and shows how, beginning with the industrial revolution, when workers began staying home on Mondays, the practice of &quot;keeping Saint Monday&quot; evolved into the familiar institution of the weekend.
&quot;At first, the five-day week was common in only three industries: the needle trade, building construction (where well-organized unions had been aggressive in seeking shorter hours), and to a lesser degree printing and publishing, where the change from the half-Saturday to the full-Saturday holiday was slow in coming.&quot;

Members Reviews:
Good narration of a dull and lazy authorial effort
A dry, dull, informationally light and largely unconvincing wander through the history of leisure.
Interesting bits at the beginning regarding the development of the calendar and weekdays, but little else to interest besides - too few facts, not enough detail to give colour or interest. I was hoping for something more lively that would teach me interesting things, but I didn&apos;t find it here.
Very well read - I can&apos;t fault Nadia May, she did her best with boring material. It just felt like an uncharacteristically lazy effort on the author&apos;s part.
Also, really poor sound quality, with some echoing and a very &quot;distant AM radio&quot; edge to it - poorly dubbed from an original 80s recording I would guess.
Overall, very disappointed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Indentured Audiobook by Joe Nocera, Ben Strauss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Indentured-Audiobook/B01AOESHLA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Indentured
Subtitle: The Inside Story of the Rebellion Against the NCAA
Author: Joe Nocera, Ben Strauss
Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-16-16
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;How can the NCAA blithely wreck careers without regard to due process or common fairness? How can it act so ruthlessly to enforce rules that are so petty? Why won&apos;t anybody stand up to these outrageous violations of American values and American justice?&quot;
In the four years since Joe Nocera asked those questions in a controversial New York Times column, the National Collegiate Athletic Association has come under fire. Fans have begun to realize that the athletes involved in the two biggest college sports, men&apos;s basketball and football, are little more than indentured servants. Millions of teenagers accept scholarships to chase their dreams of fame and fortune - at the price of absolute submission to the whims of an organization that puts their interests dead last.
For about 5 percent of top-division players, college ends with a golden ticket to the NFL or the NBA. But what about the overwhelming majority who never turn pro? They don&apos;t earn a dime from the estimated $13 billion generated annually by college sports - an ocean of cash that enriches schools, conferences, coaches, TV networks, and apparel companies...everyone except those who give their blood and sweat to entertain the fans.
Indentured tells the dramatic story of a loose-knit group of rebels who decided to fight the hypocrisy of the NCAA, which blathers endlessly about the purity of its &quot;student athletes&quot; while exploiting many of them: the ones who get injured and drop out because their scholarships have been revoked. The ones who will neither graduate nor go pro. The ones who live in terror of accidentally violating some obscure rule in the 400-page NCAA rulebook.
Joe Nocera and Ben Strauss take us into the inner circle of the NCAA&apos;s fiercest enemies. You&apos;ll meet, among others:
Indentured reveals how these and other renegades, working sometimes in concert and sometimes alone, are fighting for justice in the bare-knuckles world of college sports.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joe Nocera)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2016 00:28:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/002773/bk_peng_002773_sample.mp3" length="2399692" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Indentured-Audiobook/B01AOESHLA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51isrcBgXCL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>15:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Indentured
Subtitle: The Inside Story of the Rebellion Against the NCAA
Author: Joe Nocera, Ben Strauss
Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-16-16
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;How can the NCAA blithely wreck careers without regard to due process or common fairness? How can it act so ruthlessly to enforce rules that are so petty? Why won&apos;t anybody stand up to these outrageous violations of American values and American justice?&quot;
In the four years since Joe Nocera asked those questions in a controversial New York Times column, the National Collegiate Athletic Association has come under fire. Fans have begun to realize that the athletes involved in the two biggest college sports, men&apos;s basketball and football, are little more than indentured servants. Millions of teenagers accept scholarships to chase their dreams of fame and fortune - at the price of absolute submission to the whims of an organization that puts their interests dead last.
For about 5 percent of top-division players, college ends with a golden ticket to the NFL or the NBA. But what about the overwhelming majority who never turn pro? They don&apos;t earn a dime from the estimated $13 billion generated annually by college sports - an ocean of cash that enriches schools, conferences, coaches, TV networks, and apparel companies...everyone except those who give their blood and sweat to entertain the fans.
Indentured tells the dramatic story of a loose-knit group of rebels who decided to fight the hypocrisy of the NCAA, which blathers endlessly about the purity of its &quot;student athletes&quot; while exploiting many of them: the ones who get injured and drop out because their scholarships have been revoked. The ones who will neither graduate nor go pro. The ones who live in terror of accidentally violating some obscure rule in the 400-page NCAA rulebook.
Joe Nocera and Ben Strauss take us into the inner circle of the NCAA&apos;s fiercest enemies. You&apos;ll meet, among others:
Indentured reveals how these and other renegades, working sometimes in concert and sometimes alone, are fighting for justice in the bare-knuckles world of college sports.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Indentured
Subtitle: The Inside Story of the Rebellion Against the NCAA
Author: Joe Nocera, Ben Strauss
Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-16-16
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;How can the NCAA blithely wreck careers without regard to due process or common fairness? How can it act so ruthlessly to enforce rules that are so petty? Why won&apos;t anybody stand up to these outrageous violations of American values and American justice?&quot;
In the four years since Joe Nocera asked those questions in a controversial New York Times column, the National Collegiate Athletic Association has come under fire. Fans have begun to realize that the athletes involved in the two biggest college sports, men&apos;s basketball and football, are little more than indentured servants. Millions of teenagers accept scholarships to chase their dreams of fame and fortune - at the price of absolute submission to the whims of an organization that puts their interests dead last.
For about 5 percent of top-division players, college ends with a golden ticket to the NFL or the NBA. But what about the overwhelming majority who never turn pro? They don&apos;t earn a dime from the estimated $13 billion generated annually by college sports - an ocean of cash that enriches schools, conferences, coaches, TV networks, and apparel companies...everyone except those who give their blood and sweat to entertain the fans.
Indentured tells the dramatic story of a loose-knit group of rebels who decided to fight the hypocrisy of the NCAA, which blathers endlessly about the purity of its &quot;student athletes&quot; while exploiting many of them: the ones who get injured and drop out because their scholarships have been revoked. The ones who will neither graduate nor go pro. The ones who live in terror of accidentally violating some obscure rule in the 400-page NCAA rulebook.
Joe Nocera and Ben Strauss take us into the inner circle of the NCAA&apos;s fiercest enemies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Holy Sh*t Audiobook by Melissa Mohr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Holy-Sh-t-Audiobook/B00KAHURBA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Holy Sh*t
Subtitle: A Brief History of Swearing
Author: Melissa Mohr
Narrator: Napoleon Ryan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Almost everyone swears, or worries about not swearing, from the two-year-old who has just discovered the power of potty mouth to the grandma who wonders why every other word she hears is obscene. Whether they express anger or exhilaration, are meant to insult or to commend, swear words perform a crucial role in language. But swearing is also a uniquely well-suited lens through which to look at history, offering a fascinating record of what people care about on the deepest levels of a culture - what&apos;s divine, what&apos;s terrifying, and what&apos;s taboo.
Holy Sh*t tells the story of two kinds of swearing - obscenities and oaths - from ancient Rome and the Bible to today. With humor and insight, Melissa Mohr takes listeners on a journey to discover how &quot;swearing&quot; has come to include both testifying with your hand on the Bible and calling someone a *#$&amp;!* when they cut you off on the highway. She explores obscenities in ancient Rome - which were remarkably similar to our own - and unearths the history of religious oaths in the Middle Ages, when swearing (or not swearing) an oath was often a matter of life and death.
Holy Sh*t also explains the advancement of civility and corresponding censorship of language in the 18th century, considers the rise of racial slurs after World War II, examines the physiological effects of swearing (increased heart rate and greater pain tolerance), and answers a question that preoccupies the FCC, the US Senate, and anyone who has recently overheard little kids at a playground: are we swearing more now than people did in the past?
A gem of lexicography and cultural history, Holy Sh*t is a serious exploration of obscenity - and it also just might expand your repertoire of words to choose from the next time you shut your finger in the car door.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Melissa Mohr)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2014 17:55:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/018785/bk_adbl_018785_sample.mp3" length="1831253" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Holy-Sh-t-Audiobook/B00KAHURBA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51luYPkNpML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Holy Sh*t
Subtitle: A Brief History of Swearing
Author: Melissa Mohr
Narrator: Napoleon Ryan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Almost everyone swears, or worries about not swearing, from the two-year-old who has just discovered the power of potty mouth to the grandma who wonders why every other word she hears is obscene. Whether they express anger or exhilaration, are meant to insult or to commend, swear words perform a crucial role in language. But swearing is also a uniquely well-suited lens through which to look at history, offering a fascinating record of what people care about on the deepest levels of a culture - what&apos;s divine, what&apos;s terrifying, and what&apos;s taboo.
Holy Sh*t tells the story of two kinds of swearing - obscenities and oaths - from ancient Rome and the Bible to today. With humor and insight, Melissa Mohr takes listeners on a journey to discover how &quot;swearing&quot; has come to include both testifying with your hand on the Bible and calling someone a *#$&amp;!* when they cut you off on the highway. She explores obscenities in ancient Rome - which were remarkably similar to our own - and unearths the history of religious oaths in the Middle Ages, when swearing (or not swearing) an oath was often a matter of life and death.
Holy Sh*t also explains the advancement of civility and corresponding censorship of language in the 18th century, considers the rise of racial slurs after World War II, examines the physiological effects of swearing (increased heart rate and greater pain tolerance), and answers a question that preoccupies the FCC, the US Senate, and anyone who has recently overheard little kids at a playground: are we swearing more now than people did in the past?
A gem of lexicography and cultural history, Holy Sh*t is a serious exploration of obscenity - and it also just might expand your repertoire of words to choose from the next time you shut your finger in the car door.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Holy Sh*t
Subtitle: A Brief History of Swearing
Author: Melissa Mohr
Narrator: Napoleon Ryan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Almost everyone swears, or worries about not swearing, from the two-year-old who has just discovered the power of potty mouth to the grandma who wonders why every other word she hears is obscene. Whether they express anger or exhilaration, are meant to insult or to commend, swear words perform a crucial role in language. But swearing is also a uniquely well-suited lens through which to look at history, offering a fascinating record of what people care about on the deepest levels of a culture - what&apos;s divine, what&apos;s terrifying, and what&apos;s taboo.
Holy Sh*t tells the story of two kinds of swearing - obscenities and oaths - from ancient Rome and the Bible to today. With humor and insight, Melissa Mohr takes listeners on a journey to discover how &quot;swearing&quot; has come to include both testifying with your hand on the Bible and calling someone a *#$&amp;!* when they cut you off on the highway. She explores obscenities in ancient Rome - which were remarkably similar to our own - and unearths the history of religious oaths in the Middle Ages, when swearing (or not swearing) an oath was often a matter of life and death.
Holy Sh*t also explains the advancement of civility and corresponding censorship of language in the 18th century, considers the rise of racial slurs after World War II, examines the physiological effects of swearing (increased heart rate and greater pain tolerance), and answers a question that preoccupies the FCC, the US Senate, and anyone who has recently overheard little kids at a playground: are we swearing more now than people did in the past?
A gem of lexicography and cultural history, Holy Sh*t is a serious exploration of obscenity - and it also just might expand your repertoire of words to choose from the next time you shut your finger in the car door.

Members Reviews:
Entertaining and Enlightening
Any additional comments?
I&apos;ve always been a fan of micro-histories that explore language or aspects of culture. Holy Sh*t: A Brief History of Swearing was a fascinating trip through what many today think is a recent phenomenon. Mohr sets the record straight, however, with a discussion of Ancient Rome and their use of language which shared much with the current way we use obscene words and how we swear. She then brings us through the history of the English language (with a few other European languages thrown in for comparison) and the British and American cultures.
Mohr does a great job of illustrating how our concepts of swearing are related to those larger societal concepts such as religion, privacy, class, and shame. Her examples come from law, literature, and other documents as well as more contemporary media such as film, television and radio. (Yes, George Carlin and Rhett Butler are in here...) She also puts to bed some myths about word origins including a famous one for the F word and one for Sh*t.
An entertaining and enlightening read - especially for someone like me who enjoys using a colorful range of expletives.

Meh.
The historical information was interesting. The narrator was dull and could not keep my attention.

A great listen
While the narrator&apos;s voice takes just a bit of time to acclimate to, this book is great. Fantastic details, good storytelling, and very entertaining.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Color of Success Audiobook by Ellen D. Wu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Color-of-Success-Audiobook/B00JW3JQSS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Color of Success
Subtitle: Asian Americans and the Origins of the Model Minority
Author: Ellen D. Wu
Narrator: Emily Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Color of Success tells of the astonishing transformation of Asians in the United States from the &quot;yellow peril&quot; to &quot;model minorities&quot; - peoples distinct from the white majority but lauded as well-assimilated, upwardly mobile, and exemplars of traditional family values - in the middle decades of the 20th century. As Ellen Wu shows, liberals argued for the acceptance of these immigrant communities into the national fold, charging that the failure of America to live in accordance with its democratic ideals endangered the country&apos;s aspirations to world leadership.
Weaving together myriad perspectives, Wu provides an unprecedented view of racial reform and the contradictions of national belonging in the civil rights era. She highlights the contests for power and authority within Japanese and Chinese America alongside the designs of those external to these populations, including government officials, social scientists, journalists, and others. And she demonstrates that the invention of the model minority took place in multiple arenas, such as battles over zoot suiters leaving wartime internment camps, the juvenile delinquency panic of the 1950s, Hawaii statehood, and the African American freedom movement. Together, these illuminate the impact of foreign relations on the domestic racial order and how the nation accepted Asians as legitimate citizens while continuing to perceive them as indelible outsiders.
By charting the emergence of the model minority stereotype, The Color of Success reveals that this far-reaching, politically charged process continues to have profound implications for how Americans understand race, opportunity, and nationhood.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ellen D. Wu)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Apr 2014 04:58:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/018240/bk_adbl_018240_sample.mp3" length="2359652" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Color-of-Success-Audiobook/B00JW3JQSS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61aeahgoulL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Color of Success
Subtitle: Asian Americans and the Origins of the Model Minority
Author: Ellen D. Wu
Narrator: Emily Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Color of Success tells of the astonishing transformation of Asians in the United States from the &quot;yellow peril&quot; to &quot;model minorities&quot; - peoples distinct from the white majority but lauded as well-assimilated, upwardly mobile, and exemplars of traditional family values - in the middle decades of the 20th century. As Ellen Wu shows, liberals argued for the acceptance of these immigrant communities into the national fold, charging that the failure of America to live in accordance with its democratic ideals endangered the country&apos;s aspirations to world leadership.
Weaving together myriad perspectives, Wu provides an unprecedented view of racial reform and the contradictions of national belonging in the civil rights era. She highlights the contests for power and authority within Japanese and Chinese America alongside the designs of those external to these populations, including government officials, social scientists, journalists, and others. And she demonstrates that the invention of the model minority took place in multiple arenas, such as battles over zoot suiters leaving wartime internment camps, the juvenile delinquency panic of the 1950s, Hawaii statehood, and the African American freedom movement. Together, these illuminate the impact of foreign relations on the domestic racial order and how the nation accepted Asians as legitimate citizens while continuing to perceive them as indelible outsiders.
By charting the emergence of the model minority stereotype, The Color of Success reveals that this far-reaching, politically charged process continues to have profound implications for how Americans understand race, opportunity, and nationhood.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Color of Success
Subtitle: Asian Americans and the Origins of the Model Minority
Author: Ellen D. Wu
Narrator: Emily Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Color of Success tells of the astonishing transformation of Asians in the United States from the &quot;yellow peril&quot; to &quot;model minorities&quot; - peoples distinct from the white majority but lauded as well-assimilated, upwardly mobile, and exemplars of traditional family values - in the middle decades of the 20th century. As Ellen Wu shows, liberals argued for the acceptance of these immigrant communities into the national fold, charging that the failure of America to live in accordance with its democratic ideals endangered the country&apos;s aspirations to world leadership.
Weaving together myriad perspectives, Wu provides an unprecedented view of racial reform and the contradictions of national belonging in the civil rights era. She highlights the contests for power and authority within Japanese and Chinese America alongside the designs of those external to these populations, including government officials, social scientists, journalists, and others. And she demonstrates that the invention of the model minority took place in multiple arenas, such as battles over zoot suiters leaving wartime internment camps, the juvenile delinquency panic of the 1950s, Hawaii statehood, and the African American freedom movement. Together, these illuminate the impact of foreign relations on the domestic racial order and how the nation accepted Asians as legitimate citizens while continuing to perceive them as indelible outsiders.
By charting the emergence of the model minority stereotype, The Color of Success reveals that this far-reaching, politically charged process continues to have profound implications for how Americans understand race, opportunity, and nationhood.

Members Reviews:
Seminal work on two Asian American groups.
&#226;Unlike the progeny of turn-of-the-century southern and eastern European immigrants, who melted into unambiguous whiteness in the crucibles of mass consumption, industrial unionism, New Deal ethnic pluralism, and military service, Japanese and Chinese did not disappear into whiteness after the end of exclusion&#226;.&#226;  Thus writes author Ellen D. Wu in this seminal work on two Asian American groups.  As the quotation suggests, she skillfully draws on the scholarship relating to the emigration from Europe of contemporaneous groups.  She also makes insightful comparisons about the two groups themselves; for example, comparing and contrasting what happened during World War Ii (when the Japan was the enemy and China was the ally) and the Cold War, when the roles essentially were reversed.

Excellent history of the Asian American experience
Excellent history of the Asian American experience, but also places this story in the larger context of America&apos;s struggle with race, class, education, and politics, that still resonate today.  A must read for anyone interested in Asian American history.

How Chinese in America Helped Create Model Minority Myth in the 1940s (And more...)
There&apos;s a little-known truth about the model minority myth that I just started appreciating as a Chinese person in the US much more deeply after reading this book.
And when you appreciate this truth, you&apos;ll probably notice greater complexities in your identity and upbringing, such as anti-blackness, classism, and white supremacy.
One insight from this book pinpoints how Chinese actually helped create the Model Minority Myth in the 1940s.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>That&apos;s Not What I Meant Audiobook by Deborah Tannen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Thats-Not-What-I-Meant-Audiobook/B002V02S70</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: That&apos;s Not What I Meant
Subtitle: The Sociolinguistics of Everyday Conversation - The Modern Scholar
Author: Deborah Tannen
Narrator: Deborah Tannen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-23-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 105 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A person&apos;s conversational style includes far more than the words that he or she speaks. Each conversation is composed of contextual cues, unspoken messages, body language, and the rhythms of speech. For the most part, people communicate without a conscious focus on the subtleties of language. Through this course, the complexities of language, and all that language entails, will become more apparent.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Deborah Tannen)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2008 14:24:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/002163/bk_reco_002163_sample.mp3" length="2399540" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Thats-Not-What-I-Meant-Audiobook/B002V02S70</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517a0-pQymL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: That&apos;s Not What I Meant
Subtitle: The Sociolinguistics of Everyday Conversation - The Modern Scholar
Author: Deborah Tannen
Narrator: Deborah Tannen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-23-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 105 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A person&apos;s conversational style includes far more than the words that he or she speaks. Each conversation is composed of contextual cues, unspoken messages, body language, and the rhythms of speech. For the most part, people communicate without a conscious focus on the subtleties of language. Through this course, the complexities of language, and all that language entails, will become more apparent.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: That&apos;s Not What I Meant
Subtitle: The Sociolinguistics of Everyday Conversation - The Modern Scholar
Author: Deborah Tannen
Narrator: Deborah Tannen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-23-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 105 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A person&apos;s conversational style includes far more than the words that he or she speaks. Each conversation is composed of contextual cues, unspoken messages, body language, and the rhythms of speech. For the most part, people communicate without a conscious focus on the subtleties of language. Through this course, the complexities of language, and all that language entails, will become more apparent.

Members Reviews:
Helpful Perceptions, not Scienctic Study
This is not a book about science, rather it&apos;s a book about perceptions. Where this book is presented as Scholarly lecture series it implies that it should be treated as having a basis in factual reality, but this is not what you are receiving. While the work begins with descriptive terms and possible scientific approaches to Sociolinguistics, the lectures work much better as self-help.
The author goes through a variety of elements of conversation which may allow the listener to improve their personal relationships with those around them through adjustments in the speech or by recognizing those issues of others.Those seeking scientific scholarship will be disappointed, those seeking an introduction to Social Linguistics in a non-scientific vocabulary will really enjoy.
The Modern Scholar: He Said/She Said: Women, Men and Language, also by Deborah Tannen, is VERY similar to this series. I would not recommend purchasing both.

Interesting
If you have read any of Deborah Tannen&apos;s popular titles, you will probably enjoy this.  It is billed as a series of lectures (boring!) but you could just as easily reframe it as different chapters in an audio book.
Concepts are explained simply and clearly.  It is quite accessable to the lay person, because there isn&apos;t an assumed level of knowledge.
Having read some previous titles by the same author, several vignettes were familiar, but it was quite amusing/entertaining to hear them read aloud.  (eg the story about the pediatrician talking to the little girl.)
There is also an accompanying booklet to download.  If you are considering downloading this title, the accompanying booklet gives a rough idea of what you can expect.  It is very helpful if you want to follow up any of the authors cited.
Would highly recommend for people with a general interest in communication, or linguistics.

A Big Let Down
What disappointed you about The Modern Scholar?
The selection was not informative.  It amounted mostly to discussing the scholarly names for mannerisms and tendencies that everyone already recognizes in their day to day communications.
Has The Modern Scholar turned you off from other books in this genre?
No.
Did the narration match the pace of the story?
Yes.
What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment?
Disappointment.
Any additional comments?
I&apos;ve read several Modern Scholar selections and enjoyed most of them, but not this one.  The professor had very little practical information to offer.  Most of it was examples of miscommunication to which the narrator supplied the linguistic terms.  This selection might be of use if you are Sheldon Cooper or Mr. Data from Star Trek.  Anyone who has good communication skills will find almost nothing valuable here.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enchanted Objects Audiobook by David Rose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Enchanted-Objects-Audiobook/B00KWG4832</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Enchanted Objects
Subtitle: Design, Human Desire, and the Internet of Things
Author: David Rose
Narrator: Corey Brill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-15-14
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 123 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the tradition of Who Owns the Future? and The Second Machine Age, an MIT Media Lab scientist imagines how everyday objects can intuit our needs and improve our lives.
We are now standing at the precipice of the next transformative development: The Internet of Things. Soon, connected technology will be embedded in hundreds of everyday objects we already use: our cars, wallets, watches, umbrellas, even our trash cans. These objects will respond to our needs, come to know us, and learn to think on our behalf. David Rose calls these devices - which are just beginning to creep into the marketplace - Enchanted Objects.
Some believe the future will look like more of the same - more smartphones, tablets, screens embedded in every conceivable surface. Rose has a different vision: Technology that atomizes, combining itself with the objects that make up the very fabric of daily living. Such technology will be woven into the background of our environment, enhancing human relationships and channeling desires for omniscience, long life, and creative expression. The enchanted objects of fairy tales and science fiction will enter real life.
Groundbreaking, timely, and provocative, Enchanted Objects is a blueprint for a better future, where efficient solutions come hand in hand with technology that delights our senses. It is essential listening for designers, technologists, entrepreneurs, business leaders, and anyone who wishes to understand the future and stay relevant in the Internet of Things.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Rose)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2014 13:23:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/006774/bk_sans_006774_sample.mp3" length="2372071" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Enchanted-Objects-Audiobook/B00KWG4832</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514RjkH23hL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Enchanted Objects
Subtitle: Design, Human Desire, and the Internet of Things
Author: David Rose
Narrator: Corey Brill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-15-14
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 123 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the tradition of Who Owns the Future? and The Second Machine Age, an MIT Media Lab scientist imagines how everyday objects can intuit our needs and improve our lives.
We are now standing at the precipice of the next transformative development: The Internet of Things. Soon, connected technology will be embedded in hundreds of everyday objects we already use: our cars, wallets, watches, umbrellas, even our trash cans. These objects will respond to our needs, come to know us, and learn to think on our behalf. David Rose calls these devices - which are just beginning to creep into the marketplace - Enchanted Objects.
Some believe the future will look like more of the same - more smartphones, tablets, screens embedded in every conceivable surface. Rose has a different vision: Technology that atomizes, combining itself with the objects that make up the very fabric of daily living. Such technology will be woven into the background of our environment, enhancing human relationships and channeling desires for omniscience, long life, and creative expression. The enchanted objects of fairy tales and science fiction will enter real life.
Groundbreaking, timely, and provocative, Enchanted Objects is a blueprint for a better future, where efficient solutions come hand in hand with technology that delights our senses. It is essential listening for designers, technologists, entrepreneurs, business leaders, and anyone who wishes to understand the future and stay relevant in the Internet of Things.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Enchanted Objects
Subtitle: Design, Human Desire, and the Internet of Things
Author: David Rose
Narrator: Corey Brill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-15-14
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 123 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the tradition of Who Owns the Future? and The Second Machine Age, an MIT Media Lab scientist imagines how everyday objects can intuit our needs and improve our lives.
We are now standing at the precipice of the next transformative development: The Internet of Things. Soon, connected technology will be embedded in hundreds of everyday objects we already use: our cars, wallets, watches, umbrellas, even our trash cans. These objects will respond to our needs, come to know us, and learn to think on our behalf. David Rose calls these devices - which are just beginning to creep into the marketplace - Enchanted Objects.
Some believe the future will look like more of the same - more smartphones, tablets, screens embedded in every conceivable surface. Rose has a different vision: Technology that atomizes, combining itself with the objects that make up the very fabric of daily living. Such technology will be woven into the background of our environment, enhancing human relationships and channeling desires for omniscience, long life, and creative expression. The enchanted objects of fairy tales and science fiction will enter real life.
Groundbreaking, timely, and provocative, Enchanted Objects is a blueprint for a better future, where efficient solutions come hand in hand with technology that delights our senses. It is essential listening for designers, technologists, entrepreneurs, business leaders, and anyone who wishes to understand the future and stay relevant in the Internet of Things.

Members Reviews:
Well done
In my opinion, this book should be absorbed in between The Design of Everyday Things and Reality is Broken.

Living in an enchanted world
This book conjures a magical &quot;Harry Potter&quot; world where soon ordinary-looking objects will be able to perform extraordinary tasks for us, thanks to the Internet.
Today, many home appliances can be linked together online, and Rose says this &quot;Internet of Things&quot; could extend to include any number of comfortably familiar objects in our daily livesnone of which will require a smart phone or computer to operate. (Think of having a light in your home that indicates the outside air temperature by color, versus using a weather app on your phone. The app gives you more detailed information, but the light tells you the basics of what you want to know in a glance.)
&quot;Enchanted Objects&quot; offers an easy-to-understand explanation of what the Internet of Things is, and what it could be in the future.

Thought provoking
A great book for spurring ideas for new technologies and thinking about how the future may look.

Not new
No real value , all the usual, even boring.
Thanks for writing the book, but a few to remember.

completely enchanted
we must keep this generation and future generations  imagining.  exciting, exciting stuff, to be so creative, yet delineated and structured in sharing all of this.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You May Also Like Audiobook by Tom Vanderbilt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/You-May-Also-Like-Audiobook/B01CROB488</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: You May Also Like
Subtitle: Taste in an Age of Endless Choice
Author: Tom Vanderbilt
Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of Traffic, an enlightening and illuminating look at why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what our preferences reveal about us.
Why is showing up to work wearing the same outfit as a coworker so embarrassing? Why do we venerate so many artists who were controversial or ignored during their lifetimes? What makes an ideal cat an ideal cat, or an ideal beer an ideal beer, in the eyes of expert judges? From the tangled underpinnings of our food taste to our unsettling insecurity before unfamiliar works of art to the complex dynamics of our playlists and the pop charts, our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces. And in the digital age, a nonstop procession of &quot;thumbs-up&quot; and &quot;likes&quot; and &quot;stars&quot; is helping dictate our choices. Taste has moved online - there are more ways than ever for us, and companies, to see what and how we are consuming.
If you&apos;ve ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies, how to spot a fake Yelp review, or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you&apos;ve probably never thought to ask. With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. Comprehensively researched and singularly insightful, You May Also Like is a joyous intellectual journey that helps us better understand how we perceive, judge, and appreciate the world around us.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tom Vanderbilt)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2016 09:60:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004518/bk_rand_004518_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/You-May-Also-Like-Audiobook/B01CROB488</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41fsNDorhyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: You May Also Like
Subtitle: Taste in an Age of Endless Choice
Author: Tom Vanderbilt
Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of Traffic, an enlightening and illuminating look at why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what our preferences reveal about us.
Why is showing up to work wearing the same outfit as a coworker so embarrassing? Why do we venerate so many artists who were controversial or ignored during their lifetimes? What makes an ideal cat an ideal cat, or an ideal beer an ideal beer, in the eyes of expert judges? From the tangled underpinnings of our food taste to our unsettling insecurity before unfamiliar works of art to the complex dynamics of our playlists and the pop charts, our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces. And in the digital age, a nonstop procession of &quot;thumbs-up&quot; and &quot;likes&quot; and &quot;stars&quot; is helping dictate our choices. Taste has moved online - there are more ways than ever for us, and companies, to see what and how we are consuming.
If you&apos;ve ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies, how to spot a fake Yelp review, or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you&apos;ve probably never thought to ask. With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. Comprehensively researched and singularly insightful, You May Also Like is a joyous intellectual journey that helps us better understand how we perceive, judge, and appreciate the world around us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: You May Also Like
Subtitle: Taste in an Age of Endless Choice
Author: Tom Vanderbilt
Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of Traffic, an enlightening and illuminating look at why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what our preferences reveal about us.
Why is showing up to work wearing the same outfit as a coworker so embarrassing? Why do we venerate so many artists who were controversial or ignored during their lifetimes? What makes an ideal cat an ideal cat, or an ideal beer an ideal beer, in the eyes of expert judges? From the tangled underpinnings of our food taste to our unsettling insecurity before unfamiliar works of art to the complex dynamics of our playlists and the pop charts, our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces. And in the digital age, a nonstop procession of &quot;thumbs-up&quot; and &quot;likes&quot; and &quot;stars&quot; is helping dictate our choices. Taste has moved online - there are more ways than ever for us, and companies, to see what and how we are consuming.
If you&apos;ve ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies, how to spot a fake Yelp review, or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you&apos;ve probably never thought to ask. With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. Comprehensively researched and singularly insightful, You May Also Like is a joyous intellectual journey that helps us better understand how we perceive, judge, and appreciate the world around us.

Members Reviews:
[Citation needed]
I love good journalism. I picked this book up after reading an excerpt in Wired magazine, expecting to enjoy it thoroughly. While I did find it interesting, I felt that it choked on the one thing reputable journalists are almost universally good at: making ironclad logical connections between facts (studies, interviews, etc.) and conclusions.
Although plenty of excellent research went into this book, Vanderbilt spent a lot of time out in the weeds, drawing conclusions and making judgments that didn&apos;t seem warranted by the data. In the end, the book asked more questions than it answered, which isn&apos;t necessarily a bad thing, but shouldn&apos;t be the case for a book with such an extensive bibliography. I also found that I couldn&apos;t detect the rationale for leaving some questions alone and unanswered, and answering others with speculation or theory stated as fact.
To Vanderbilt&apos;s credit, psychology is a hard subject to reach any conclusions about, and he tries hard to keep it anchored in reality despite the temptation to go the &quot;pop psychology&quot; route and talk about what is interesting rather than significant.

Interesting, a good intro on the topic
I found a lot of the information to be a repackaging of things I had already read about, but I studied some of this stuff in university.
What was new to me was some of the more journalistic parts of the book, like when he interviewed the people at echonest.
It&apos;s a good read, I enjoyed it overall.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Stories of Slang Audiobook by Jonathon Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Stories-of-Slang-Audiobook/B0763Z88RK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Stories of Slang
Author: Jonathon Green
Narrator: Tom Lawrence
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Little, Brown Book Group
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Like the flesh-and-blood humans whose uncensored emotions it represents, slang&apos;s obsessions are sex, the body and its functions, and intoxication: drink and drugs. Slang does not do kind. It&apos;s about hatreds - both intimate and national - about the insults that follow on, the sneers and the put-downs. Caring, sharing and compassion? Not at this address. There are over 10,000 terms focusing on sex, but love? Not one.
Jonathon Green, aka &apos;Mr Slang&apos;, has drawn on the 600,000-plus citations that make up his magisterial Green&apos;s Dictionary of Slang (published 2010, and now available online) to tell some of slang&apos;s most entertaining stories. Categories range from The Body to Pulp Diction, via multicultural London English and pun-tastic gems.
Mostly gazing up from the gutter, slang, perhaps surprisingly, also embraces the stars. These stories may look at drunken sailors, dubious doctors, and a shelf of dangerously potent cocktails, but slang does class acts as well. None more so than Shakespeare. Devotee of the double entendre, master of the pun, and the first to put nearly 300 slang terms in print.
&apos;Shakespeare, uses, at my count, just over 500 &quot;slang&quot; terms, of which 277 are currently the first recorded use of a given term. Among these are the beast with two backs, every mother&apos;s son, fat-headed, heifer (for woman), pickers and stealers (hands), small beer (insignificant matters), what the dickens, and many more.&apos;</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jonathon Green)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 04:38:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/lbas/000009/bk_lbas_000009_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Stories-of-Slang-Audiobook/B0763Z88RK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61bMrpXsL1L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Stories of Slang
Author: Jonathon Green
Narrator: Tom Lawrence
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Little, Brown Book Group
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Like the flesh-and-blood humans whose uncensored emotions it represents, slang&apos;s obsessions are sex, the body and its functions, and intoxication: drink and drugs. Slang does not do kind. It&apos;s about hatreds - both intimate and national - about the insults that follow on, the sneers and the put-downs. Caring, sharing and compassion? Not at this address. There are over 10,000 terms focusing on sex, but love? Not one.
Jonathon Green, aka &apos;Mr Slang&apos;, has drawn on the 600,000-plus citations that make up his magisterial Green&apos;s Dictionary of Slang (published 2010, and now available online) to tell some of slang&apos;s most entertaining stories. Categories range from The Body to Pulp Diction, via multicultural London English and pun-tastic gems.
Mostly gazing up from the gutter, slang, perhaps surprisingly, also embraces the stars. These stories may look at drunken sailors, dubious doctors, and a shelf of dangerously potent cocktails, but slang does class acts as well. None more so than Shakespeare. Devotee of the double entendre, master of the pun, and the first to put nearly 300 slang terms in print.
&apos;Shakespeare, uses, at my count, just over 500 &quot;slang&quot; terms, of which 277 are currently the first recorded use of a given term. Among these are the beast with two backs, every mother&apos;s son, fat-headed, heifer (for woman), pickers and stealers (hands), small beer (insignificant matters), what the dickens, and many more.&apos;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Stories of Slang
Author: Jonathon Green
Narrator: Tom Lawrence
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Little, Brown Book Group
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Like the flesh-and-blood humans whose uncensored emotions it represents, slang&apos;s obsessions are sex, the body and its functions, and intoxication: drink and drugs. Slang does not do kind. It&apos;s about hatreds - both intimate and national - about the insults that follow on, the sneers and the put-downs. Caring, sharing and compassion? Not at this address. There are over 10,000 terms focusing on sex, but love? Not one.
Jonathon Green, aka &apos;Mr Slang&apos;, has drawn on the 600,000-plus citations that make up his magisterial Green&apos;s Dictionary of Slang (published 2010, and now available online) to tell some of slang&apos;s most entertaining stories. Categories range from The Body to Pulp Diction, via multicultural London English and pun-tastic gems.
Mostly gazing up from the gutter, slang, perhaps surprisingly, also embraces the stars. These stories may look at drunken sailors, dubious doctors, and a shelf of dangerously potent cocktails, but slang does class acts as well. None more so than Shakespeare. Devotee of the double entendre, master of the pun, and the first to put nearly 300 slang terms in print.
&apos;Shakespeare, uses, at my count, just over 500 &quot;slang&quot; terms, of which 277 are currently the first recorded use of a given term. Among these are the beast with two backs, every mother&apos;s son, fat-headed, heifer (for woman), pickers and stealers (hands), small beer (insignificant matters), what the dickens, and many more.&apos;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unrequited Audiobook by Lisa A. Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unrequited-Audiobook/B00SBTFFZ2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unrequited
Subtitle: Women and Romantic Obsession
Author: Lisa A. Phillips
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The summer Lisa A. Phillips turned 30, she fell in love with someone who didn&apos;t return her feelings. She soon became obsessed. She followed him around, called him compulsively, and talked about him endlessly. One desperate morning, after she snuck into his apartment building, he picked up a baseball bat to protect himself and began to dial 911. Her unrequited love had changed her from a sane, conscientious college teacher and radio reporter into someone she barely recognized - someone who was taking her yearning much too far.
In Unrequited, Phillips explores the tremendous force of obsessive love in women&apos;s lives. Interweaving her own story with frank interviews and in-depth research in science, psychology, cultural history, and literature, Phillips describes how romantic obsession takes root, grows, and strongly influences our thoughts and behaviors. As she illuminates this mysterious psychological experience, placing it in a rich and nuanced context, Phillips offers compelling insights to help any woman who has experienced unrequited obsessive love and been mystified and troubled by its grip.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deeply researched and compellingly written.&quot; (Colette Dowling, author of The Cinderella Complex)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lisa A. Phillips)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2015 10:40:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004437/bk_tant_004437_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unrequited-Audiobook/B00SBTFFZ2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51BNF0XIuPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unrequited
Subtitle: Women and Romantic Obsession
Author: Lisa A. Phillips
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The summer Lisa A. Phillips turned 30, she fell in love with someone who didn&apos;t return her feelings. She soon became obsessed. She followed him around, called him compulsively, and talked about him endlessly. One desperate morning, after she snuck into his apartment building, he picked up a baseball bat to protect himself and began to dial 911. Her unrequited love had changed her from a sane, conscientious college teacher and radio reporter into someone she barely recognized - someone who was taking her yearning much too far.
In Unrequited, Phillips explores the tremendous force of obsessive love in women&apos;s lives. Interweaving her own story with frank interviews and in-depth research in science, psychology, cultural history, and literature, Phillips describes how romantic obsession takes root, grows, and strongly influences our thoughts and behaviors. As she illuminates this mysterious psychological experience, placing it in a rich and nuanced context, Phillips offers compelling insights to help any woman who has experienced unrequited obsessive love and been mystified and troubled by its grip.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deeply researched and compellingly written.&quot; (Colette Dowling, author of The Cinderella Complex)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unrequited
Subtitle: Women and Romantic Obsession
Author: Lisa A. Phillips
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The summer Lisa A. Phillips turned 30, she fell in love with someone who didn&apos;t return her feelings. She soon became obsessed. She followed him around, called him compulsively, and talked about him endlessly. One desperate morning, after she snuck into his apartment building, he picked up a baseball bat to protect himself and began to dial 911. Her unrequited love had changed her from a sane, conscientious college teacher and radio reporter into someone she barely recognized - someone who was taking her yearning much too far.
In Unrequited, Phillips explores the tremendous force of obsessive love in women&apos;s lives. Interweaving her own story with frank interviews and in-depth research in science, psychology, cultural history, and literature, Phillips describes how romantic obsession takes root, grows, and strongly influences our thoughts and behaviors. As she illuminates this mysterious psychological experience, placing it in a rich and nuanced context, Phillips offers compelling insights to help any woman who has experienced unrequited obsessive love and been mystified and troubled by its grip.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Deeply researched and compellingly written.&quot; (Colette Dowling, author of The Cinderella Complex)

Members Reviews:
Great book! So-so narrator....
I think this book is awesome. I actually purchased the hardcover, but then I got the audio book. It&apos;s easier to listen to it, now that I have young children. It has truly helped me get over my own unrequited love. It was also the distraction I needed to keep myself from contacting him.
The narrator is quite monotone and doesn&apos;t do characters/accents very well. Still worth the listen 

Worthy of your time &amp; attention despite somewhat annoying vocal narration.
Smart, well-written, accessible, and thoughtfully healing. The vocal narration (done by someone other than the author) is a bit disconcertingly newscaster-like, unfortunately.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Soul and the City: Art, Literature, and Urban Living Audiobook by The Great Courses</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Soul-and-the-City-Art-Literature-and-Urban-Living-Audiobook/B00DJ6K5SY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Soul and the City: Art, Literature, and Urban Living
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Arnold Weinstein
Format: Original Recording
Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
These eight lectures are a celebration of humanity and the rich texture of human experience. They are a fascinating focus on the complex artistic representations of city life from the 18th to the 20th century. Join Professor Weinstein as he reveals the portraits of humanity that came from several of the period&apos;s greatest artists, writers, and thinkers.
Among them:
These lectures reveal several vital themes that appear in artists&apos; subjective renderings of urban living: orientation (finding our way), the marketplace (exchanging goods and services), anonymity (experiencing solitude or freedom), encounters (fearing or connecting with others), history (maintaining contact with other times), and cultures (entering the cities&apos; ever-changing cultural forms).
Why use art as a guide to city life? According to Professor Weinstein, &quot;Art usually supports what we learn from scientific studies of urban life. Art provides us with something social science cannot: a subjective rendering of city experience that is not quantifiable. Such a depiction includes our fears, desires, and dreams. Art serves as a record for these experiences.&quot;
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Great Courses)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2013 02:52:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tcco/000312/bk_tcco_000312_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Soul-and-the-City-Art-Literature-and-Urban-Living-Audiobook/B00DJ6K5SY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41aI8Q4BNEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Soul and the City: Art, Literature, and Urban Living
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Arnold Weinstein
Format: Original Recording
Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
These eight lectures are a celebration of humanity and the rich texture of human experience. They are a fascinating focus on the complex artistic representations of city life from the 18th to the 20th century. Join Professor Weinstein as he reveals the portraits of humanity that came from several of the period&apos;s greatest artists, writers, and thinkers.
Among them:
These lectures reveal several vital themes that appear in artists&apos; subjective renderings of urban living: orientation (finding our way), the marketplace (exchanging goods and services), anonymity (experiencing solitude or freedom), encounters (fearing or connecting with others), history (maintaining contact with other times), and cultures (entering the cities&apos; ever-changing cultural forms).
Why use art as a guide to city life? According to Professor Weinstein, &quot;Art usually supports what we learn from scientific studies of urban life. Art provides us with something social science cannot: a subjective rendering of city experience that is not quantifiable. Such a depiction includes our fears, desires, and dreams. Art serves as a record for these experiences.&quot;
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Soul and the City: Art, Literature, and Urban Living
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Arnold Weinstein
Format: Original Recording
Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
These eight lectures are a celebration of humanity and the rich texture of human experience. They are a fascinating focus on the complex artistic representations of city life from the 18th to the 20th century. Join Professor Weinstein as he reveals the portraits of humanity that came from several of the period&apos;s greatest artists, writers, and thinkers.
Among them:
These lectures reveal several vital themes that appear in artists&apos; subjective renderings of urban living: orientation (finding our way), the marketplace (exchanging goods and services), anonymity (experiencing solitude or freedom), encounters (fearing or connecting with others), history (maintaining contact with other times), and cultures (entering the cities&apos; ever-changing cultural forms).
Why use art as a guide to city life? According to Professor Weinstein, &quot;Art usually supports what we learn from scientific studies of urban life. Art provides us with something social science cannot: a subjective rendering of city experience that is not quantifiable. Such a depiction includes our fears, desires, and dreams. Art serves as a record for these experiences.&quot;
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Not great but not bad either
It actually is a decent course it is just a little bit disjointed and somewhat not parallel with consecutive lessons.

ok performance but garbled
liked the material but not the performance
would not recommend for the price or content

Can&apos;t do it
I can usually stay with a Great Courses series, even if I disagree with a lecturer&apos;s point of view, or find his voice slightly grating. I could not make it through the first 30 minutes, as the professor went over and over - slowly and deliberately - the same four lines of a poem by Blake. Excruciating.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bad English Audiobook by Ammon Shea</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bad-English-Audiobook/B00MI0DZQ6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bad English
Subtitle: A History of Linguistic Aggravation
Author: Ammon Shea
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
English is a glorious mess of a language, cobbled together from a wide variety of sources and syntaxes, and changing over time with popular usage. Many of the words and usages we embrace as standard and correct today were at first considered slang, impolite, or just plain wrong. Whether you consider yourself a stickler, a nitpicker, or a rule-breaker in the know, Bad English is sure to enlighten, enrage, and perhaps even inspire. Filled with historic and contemporary examples, the audiobook chronicles the long and entertaining history of language mistakes, and features some of our most common words and phrases, including decimate, hopefully, enormity, that vs. which, enervate vs. energize, bemuse vs. amuse, literally vs. figuratively, ain&apos;t, irregardless, socialist, OMG, and stupider. Lively, funny, and surprising, this is an audiobook that will settle arguments among word lovers-and it&apos;s sure to start a few, too.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;On the playground of language, there is no more mischievous laddie than Ammon Shea.&quot; (Roy Peter Clark, author of The Glamour of Grammar)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ammon Shea)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2014 07:14:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004029/bk_tant_004029_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bad-English-Audiobook/B00MI0DZQ6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51LOU6szkOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bad English
Subtitle: A History of Linguistic Aggravation
Author: Ammon Shea
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
English is a glorious mess of a language, cobbled together from a wide variety of sources and syntaxes, and changing over time with popular usage. Many of the words and usages we embrace as standard and correct today were at first considered slang, impolite, or just plain wrong. Whether you consider yourself a stickler, a nitpicker, or a rule-breaker in the know, Bad English is sure to enlighten, enrage, and perhaps even inspire. Filled with historic and contemporary examples, the audiobook chronicles the long and entertaining history of language mistakes, and features some of our most common words and phrases, including decimate, hopefully, enormity, that vs. which, enervate vs. energize, bemuse vs. amuse, literally vs. figuratively, ain&apos;t, irregardless, socialist, OMG, and stupider. Lively, funny, and surprising, this is an audiobook that will settle arguments among word lovers-and it&apos;s sure to start a few, too.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;On the playground of language, there is no more mischievous laddie than Ammon Shea.&quot; (Roy Peter Clark, author of The Glamour of Grammar)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bad English
Subtitle: A History of Linguistic Aggravation
Author: Ammon Shea
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
English is a glorious mess of a language, cobbled together from a wide variety of sources and syntaxes, and changing over time with popular usage. Many of the words and usages we embrace as standard and correct today were at first considered slang, impolite, or just plain wrong. Whether you consider yourself a stickler, a nitpicker, or a rule-breaker in the know, Bad English is sure to enlighten, enrage, and perhaps even inspire. Filled with historic and contemporary examples, the audiobook chronicles the long and entertaining history of language mistakes, and features some of our most common words and phrases, including decimate, hopefully, enormity, that vs. which, enervate vs. energize, bemuse vs. amuse, literally vs. figuratively, ain&apos;t, irregardless, socialist, OMG, and stupider. Lively, funny, and surprising, this is an audiobook that will settle arguments among word lovers-and it&apos;s sure to start a few, too.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;On the playground of language, there is no more mischievous laddie than Ammon Shea.&quot; (Roy Peter Clark, author of The Glamour of Grammar)

Members Reviews:
Turns your knowledge of English upside down
Any additional comments?
What a fun and interesting book! I pride myself in being current on grammar and knowledgeable about vocabulary and usage, but this book sort of throws it all away! It points out the histories of words and phrases and their origins as well as indicating why some are very much frowned on and where the &quot;misuses&quot; originated. I personally am no less likely to notice when someone &quot;misuses&quot; a subject versus object form of a pronoun, but I feel better about my decision not generally to point it out (it really has always been rude :-) ). In the end of the book, it goes through a list of often misused  in some contexts and some people&apos;s opinions  words and phrases and when they were determined to be &quot;wrong&quot;. I really liked the book :-) , and now I can use some of the ideas to help myself in main language usage and decisions and know on what they are nominally based. (less) [edit]</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A $500 House in Detroit Audiobook by Drew Philp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-500-House-in-Detroit-Audiobook/B06XPNDYM1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A $500 House in Detroit
Subtitle: Rebuilding an Abandoned Home and an American City
Author: Drew Philp
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-11-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drew Philp, an idealistic college student from a working-class Michigan family, withdraws from the comforts of life on a university campus in search of a place to live where he can make a difference. He sets his sights on Detroit, the failed metropolis of abandoned buildings, widespread poverty, and rampant crime - a complicated source of national fascination, often stereotyped and little understood. Arriving with no job, no friends, and no money, Philp is na&#239;vely determined to fix the huge, broken city with his own hands and on his own terms. A year later, he saves up and buys a ramshackle house for $500 in the east side neighborhood known as Poletown and moves in.
Philp gets what he pays for. The roomy Queen Anne he now owns has been abandoned for a decade and is little more than a clapboard shell on a crumbling brick foundation, filled with heaping piles of trash (including most of a chopped-up minivan), and missing windows, heat, water, electricity, and a functional roof. The landscape of the surrounding neighborhood resembles an urban prairie: overgrown fields dotted with houses that haven&apos;t been demolished or burned to the ground - some of them well-maintained by Detroiters who have chosen to remain in the city, but many, like the Queen Anne, left vacant and in complete disrepair.
Based on a BuzzFeed essay that resonated with millions of readers, A $500 House in Detroit is Philp&apos;s raw and earnest account of rebuilding everything but the frame of his house, nail by nail and room by room. It&apos;s also the story of a young man finding his footing in the city, the country, and his own generation. As he assimilates into the community of Detroiters around him, Philp guides listeners through the city&apos;s vibrant history and engages in urgent conversations about gentrification, racial tensions, and class warfare.
We witness his concept of Detroit shift, expand, and evolve as his plan to save the city gives way to a life forged from political meaning, personal connection, and collective purpose.
Part social history, part brash generational statement, part comeback story, A $500 House in Detroit is an intimate account of the tentative revival of an American city - home by home and person by person - and a glimpse at a new way forward for generations to come.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Drew Philp)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2017 12:37:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007876/bk_sans_007876_sample.mp3" length="2399810" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-500-House-in-Detroit-Audiobook/B06XPNDYM1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61UpCbTxtkL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A $500 House in Detroit
Subtitle: Rebuilding an Abandoned Home and an American City
Author: Drew Philp
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-11-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drew Philp, an idealistic college student from a working-class Michigan family, withdraws from the comforts of life on a university campus in search of a place to live where he can make a difference. He sets his sights on Detroit, the failed metropolis of abandoned buildings, widespread poverty, and rampant crime - a complicated source of national fascination, often stereotyped and little understood. Arriving with no job, no friends, and no money, Philp is na&#239;vely determined to fix the huge, broken city with his own hands and on his own terms. A year later, he saves up and buys a ramshackle house for $500 in the east side neighborhood known as Poletown and moves in.
Philp gets what he pays for. The roomy Queen Anne he now owns has been abandoned for a decade and is little more than a clapboard shell on a crumbling brick foundation, filled with heaping piles of trash (including most of a chopped-up minivan), and missing windows, heat, water, electricity, and a functional roof. The landscape of the surrounding neighborhood resembles an urban prairie: overgrown fields dotted with houses that haven&apos;t been demolished or burned to the ground - some of them well-maintained by Detroiters who have chosen to remain in the city, but many, like the Queen Anne, left vacant and in complete disrepair.
Based on a BuzzFeed essay that resonated with millions of readers, A $500 House in Detroit is Philp&apos;s raw and earnest account of rebuilding everything but the frame of his house, nail by nail and room by room. It&apos;s also the story of a young man finding his footing in the city, the country, and his own generation. As he assimilates into the community of Detroiters around him, Philp guides listeners through the city&apos;s vibrant history and engages in urgent conversations about gentrification, racial tensions, and class warfare.
We witness his concept of Detroit shift, expand, and evolve as his plan to save the city gives way to a life forged from political meaning, personal connection, and collective purpose.
Part social history, part brash generational statement, part comeback story, A $500 House in Detroit is an intimate account of the tentative revival of an American city - home by home and person by person - and a glimpse at a new way forward for generations to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A $500 House in Detroit
Subtitle: Rebuilding an Abandoned Home and an American City
Author: Drew Philp
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-11-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drew Philp, an idealistic college student from a working-class Michigan family, withdraws from the comforts of life on a university campus in search of a place to live where he can make a difference. He sets his sights on Detroit, the failed metropolis of abandoned buildings, widespread poverty, and rampant crime - a complicated source of national fascination, often stereotyped and little understood. Arriving with no job, no friends, and no money, Philp is na&#239;vely determined to fix the huge, broken city with his own hands and on his own terms. A year later, he saves up and buys a ramshackle house for $500 in the east side neighborhood known as Poletown and moves in.
Philp gets what he pays for. The roomy Queen Anne he now owns has been abandoned for a decade and is little more than a clapboard shell on a crumbling brick foundation, filled with heaping piles of trash (including most of a chopped-up minivan), and missing windows, heat, water, electricity, and a functional roof. The landscape of the surrounding neighborhood resembles an urban prairie: overgrown fields dotted with houses that haven&apos;t been demolished or burned to the ground - some of them well-maintained by Detroiters who have chosen to remain in the city, but many, like the Queen Anne, left vacant and in complete disrepair.
Based on a BuzzFeed essay that resonated with millions of readers, A $500 House in Detroit is Philp&apos;s raw and earnest account of rebuilding everything but the frame of his house, nail by nail and room by room. It&apos;s also the story of a young man finding his footing in the city, the country, and his own generation. As he assimilates into the community of Detroiters around him, Philp guides listeners through the city&apos;s vibrant history and engages in urgent conversations about gentrification, racial tensions, and class warfare.
We witness his concept of Detroit shift, expand, and evolve as his plan to save the city gives way to a life forged from political meaning, personal connection, and collective purpose.
Part social history, part brash generational statement, part comeback story, A $500 House in Detroit is an intimate account of the tentative revival of an American city - home by home and person by person - and a glimpse at a new way forward for generations to come.

Members Reviews:
Compelling in so many ways
This is a beautiful story. Drew takes you on a tour through his thoughts, his struggles, and lets you see a glimpse of Detroit&apos;s history, hardship, and the communities that have survived. Touching everything from racial tension, to politics, to family, to art-- this story shares bits of pain and celebration that resounded with me and my experiences. I think everyone can find something in this book to relate to and to learn from. It&apos;s not just about a house.

Harrowing, inspired and beautiful
I couldn&apos;t stop listening to this quiet, determined story of one man&apos;s quest to rehab an abandoned home in inner city Detroit. With humility, courage, and a yearning to do better and find belonging, this story was utterly captivating. Through the microcosm of one once-great American city, Philp peels back the layers of propaganda, corruption, systemic racism and greed that pulled it down. It is a sobering, sensitive and hopeful look at humanity, our country and our impact on this planet. Wonderful, thought-provoking moments throughout.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Dignity Audiobook by Ai-jen Poo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Age-of-Dignity-Audiobook/B00WANZ352</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Dignity
Subtitle: Preparing for the Elder Boom in a Changing America
Author: Ai-jen Poo
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-28-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
By 2035, 11.5 million Americans will be over the age of 85 - more than double today&apos;s five million - and living longer than ever before. To enable all of us to age with dignity and security in the face of this coming Age Wave, our society must learn to value the care of our elders. The process of building a culture that supports care is a key component to restoring the American dream and, as Ai-Jen Poo convincingly argues, will generate millions of new jobs and breathe new life into our national ideals of independence, justice, and dignity.
At the intersection of our aging population, the fraying safety net, and opportunities for women and immigrants in the workforce, The Age of Dignity maps an integrated set of solutions to address America&apos;s new demographic and economic realities.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This can-do book by an activist seeking to rouse the public into action has a lot to say to anyone who plans on getting old.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ai-jen Poo)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2015 00:45:36 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004690/bk_tant_004690_sample.mp3" length="2399764" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Age-of-Dignity-Audiobook/B00WANZ352</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GE8pvnL0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Dignity
Subtitle: Preparing for the Elder Boom in a Changing America
Author: Ai-jen Poo
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-28-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
By 2035, 11.5 million Americans will be over the age of 85 - more than double today&apos;s five million - and living longer than ever before. To enable all of us to age with dignity and security in the face of this coming Age Wave, our society must learn to value the care of our elders. The process of building a culture that supports care is a key component to restoring the American dream and, as Ai-Jen Poo convincingly argues, will generate millions of new jobs and breathe new life into our national ideals of independence, justice, and dignity.
At the intersection of our aging population, the fraying safety net, and opportunities for women and immigrants in the workforce, The Age of Dignity maps an integrated set of solutions to address America&apos;s new demographic and economic realities.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This can-do book by an activist seeking to rouse the public into action has a lot to say to anyone who plans on getting old.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Dignity
Subtitle: Preparing for the Elder Boom in a Changing America
Author: Ai-jen Poo
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-28-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
By 2035, 11.5 million Americans will be over the age of 85 - more than double today&apos;s five million - and living longer than ever before. To enable all of us to age with dignity and security in the face of this coming Age Wave, our society must learn to value the care of our elders. The process of building a culture that supports care is a key component to restoring the American dream and, as Ai-Jen Poo convincingly argues, will generate millions of new jobs and breathe new life into our national ideals of independence, justice, and dignity.
At the intersection of our aging population, the fraying safety net, and opportunities for women and immigrants in the workforce, The Age of Dignity maps an integrated set of solutions to address America&apos;s new demographic and economic realities.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This can-do book by an activist seeking to rouse the public into action has a lot to say to anyone who plans on getting old.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
I want to meet this woman someday
This woman is a genius and a pathbreaker to a shared future of support for caregivers. Cogent argument for better government support for hired caregivers, higher wages, and paths to professional skill-building and advancement.  Supports expansion of the PACE program, which keeps frail seniors at home. Building a coalition between frail elders, their adult children, and the lifesaving hired caregivers who help keep them happy at home. This is holy and relational work, and should be honored as such. She&apos;s brilliant, because she understands this can&apos;t be framed as a &quot;workers vs. management&quot; issue.

It is to Ai-jen Poo&#226;s great credit that she came to the problem of caring ...
I&#226;m a homecare RN.
The Age of Dignity is a clarion call, pointing not just to the impending crisis of Aging America, but to the heroines and heroes who are already guiding the most vulnerable among us to safety and dignity.
It is to Ai-jen Poo&#226;s great credit that she came to the problem of caring for elderly Americans 14 years ago, before it had even occurred to most of us that the Baby Boomers were going to grow old en masse.  That long-term familiarity is clearly evidenced in the wide scope of strategies she explores.  Rather than pointing to a panacea, Ms. Poo knows that only a mosaic of creative and dedicated solutions will offer success in tackling what will surely be the greatest social policy challenge of the first half of this century.
And even more inspiring, Ms. Poo understands that this struggle will ultimately be won not by policy, but by the women who actually devote their hearts and lives to caring, day after day, for our elderly and frail.  This book, then, is not ultimately Ms. Poo&#226;s story: it is the story of the skilled and loving women she brings so vividly to life from the pages of The Age of Dignity.

Valuing the Work that Makes All Other Work Possible
This is a very timely and important book that brings together the challenges we face in immigration, creating skilled jobs, addressing the needs of both the &quot;sandwich&quot; generation and the booming (and aging) Baby Boomers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Head in the Cloud Audiobook by William Poundstone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Head-in-the-Cloud-Audiobook/B01HS6YJ4G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Head in the Cloud
Subtitle: Why Knowing Things Still Matters When Facts Are So Easy to Look Up
Author: William Poundstone
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The real-world value of knowledge in the mobile-device age.
More people know who Khloe Kardashian is than who Rene Descartes was. Most can&apos;t find Delaware on a map, correctly spell the word occurrence, or name the largest ocean on the planet. But how important is it to fill our heads with facts? A few keystrokes can summon almost any information in seconds. Why should we bother learning facts at all?
Best-selling author William Poundstone confronts that timely question in Head in the Cloud. He shows that many areas of knowledge correlate with the quality of our lives - wealth, health, and happiness - and even with politics and behavior. Combining Big Data survey techniques with eye-opening anecdotes, Poundstone examines what Americans know (and don&apos;t know) on topics ranging from quantum physics to pop culture.
Head in the Cloud asks why we&apos;re okay with spelling errors on menus but not on r&#233;sum&#233;s; why Fox News viewers don&apos;t know which party controls Congress; why people who know trivia make more money than those who don&apos;t; and how individuals can navigate clickbait and media spin to stay informed about what really matters.
Hilarious, humbling, and wildly entertaining, Head in the Cloud is a must-listen for anyone who doesn&apos;t know everything.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (William Poundstone)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2016 12:03:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/009590/bk_reco_009590_sample.mp3" length="2399710" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Head-in-the-Cloud-Audiobook/B01HS6YJ4G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61RVoszr5AL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Head in the Cloud
Subtitle: Why Knowing Things Still Matters When Facts Are So Easy to Look Up
Author: William Poundstone
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The real-world value of knowledge in the mobile-device age.
More people know who Khloe Kardashian is than who Rene Descartes was. Most can&apos;t find Delaware on a map, correctly spell the word occurrence, or name the largest ocean on the planet. But how important is it to fill our heads with facts? A few keystrokes can summon almost any information in seconds. Why should we bother learning facts at all?
Best-selling author William Poundstone confronts that timely question in Head in the Cloud. He shows that many areas of knowledge correlate with the quality of our lives - wealth, health, and happiness - and even with politics and behavior. Combining Big Data survey techniques with eye-opening anecdotes, Poundstone examines what Americans know (and don&apos;t know) on topics ranging from quantum physics to pop culture.
Head in the Cloud asks why we&apos;re okay with spelling errors on menus but not on r&#233;sum&#233;s; why Fox News viewers don&apos;t know which party controls Congress; why people who know trivia make more money than those who don&apos;t; and how individuals can navigate clickbait and media spin to stay informed about what really matters.
Hilarious, humbling, and wildly entertaining, Head in the Cloud is a must-listen for anyone who doesn&apos;t know everything.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Head in the Cloud
Subtitle: Why Knowing Things Still Matters When Facts Are So Easy to Look Up
Author: William Poundstone
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The real-world value of knowledge in the mobile-device age.
More people know who Khloe Kardashian is than who Rene Descartes was. Most can&apos;t find Delaware on a map, correctly spell the word occurrence, or name the largest ocean on the planet. But how important is it to fill our heads with facts? A few keystrokes can summon almost any information in seconds. Why should we bother learning facts at all?
Best-selling author William Poundstone confronts that timely question in Head in the Cloud. He shows that many areas of knowledge correlate with the quality of our lives - wealth, health, and happiness - and even with politics and behavior. Combining Big Data survey techniques with eye-opening anecdotes, Poundstone examines what Americans know (and don&apos;t know) on topics ranging from quantum physics to pop culture.
Head in the Cloud asks why we&apos;re okay with spelling errors on menus but not on r&#233;sum&#233;s; why Fox News viewers don&apos;t know which party controls Congress; why people who know trivia make more money than those who don&apos;t; and how individuals can navigate clickbait and media spin to stay informed about what really matters.
Hilarious, humbling, and wildly entertaining, Head in the Cloud is a must-listen for anyone who doesn&apos;t know everything.

Members Reviews:
Poundstone details a great deal of survey data about general knowledge and things ...
Interesting book, but not quite what I expected from it.  Poundstone details a great deal of survey data about general knowledge and things that correlates with.  The survey results are fascinating and I even sought out the full studies for more detail.  As for the meat of why it matters, it wasn&apos;t as well developed as I had anticipated.  Knowing things indicates some level of education, leisure, and background status that correlates with income and future status but also age, interests and nothing.  Interesting engaging read, but lacking meat

Eye opening demonstration of human nature. A must read for the young. Scary outlook for democracy.
Thought provoking and learning experience in a fun and easily accessible framework.
The subject matter is essentially life in complex society and how to cope and improve as we muddle along.
As the book demonstrates so elegantly, some muddle more than others!

Neat book!
Very interesting book. It can be a bit overwhelming with the sheer amount of numbers, statistics and surveys within. I guess that is expected when taking into consideration what the author intends for people to realize or learn. I did take away a lot from it though.

Good and easy read
In this age of twitter and soundbites, it is good to be reminded occasionally of why it is important to know stuff (details, facts, etc.)

Four Stars
An interesting read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self Audiobook by Matthew Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Narrative-Structures-and-the-Language-of-the-Self-Audiobook/B00INB24SE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self
Subtitle: Theory Interpretation Narrative
Author: Matthew Clark
Narrator: Doug Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self by Matthew Clark offers a new way of thinking about the interrelation of character and plot. Clark investigates the characters brought together in a narrative, considering them not as random collections but as structured sets that correspond to various manifestations of the self. The shape and structure of these sets can be thought of as narrative geometry, and various geometries imply various theories of the self.
Part One, Philosophical Fables of the Self, examines narratives such as The Talented Mr. Ripley, A Farewell to Arms, A Separate Peace, and The Master of Ballantrae in order to show successively more complex versions of the self as modeled by Descartes, Hegel, Freud, and Mead. Part Two, The Case of the Subject, uses Case Grammar to extend the discussion to additional roles of the self in narratives such as The Waves, The Great Gatsby, Fifth Business, and Howards End as examples of the self as experiencer, the self as observer, the instrumental self, and the locative self.
The audiobook ends with an extended analysis of the subject in Hartleys The Go-Between. Throughout, the discussion is concerned with practical analysis of specific narratives and with the development of an understanding of the self that moves beyond the simple dichotomy of the self and the other, the subject and the object.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Clark)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2014 00:10:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/016125/bk_acx0_016125_sample.mp3" length="2240028" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Narrative-Structures-and-the-Language-of-the-Self-Audiobook/B00INB24SE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TAHFo1mxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self
Subtitle: Theory Interpretation Narrative
Author: Matthew Clark
Narrator: Doug Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self by Matthew Clark offers a new way of thinking about the interrelation of character and plot. Clark investigates the characters brought together in a narrative, considering them not as random collections but as structured sets that correspond to various manifestations of the self. The shape and structure of these sets can be thought of as narrative geometry, and various geometries imply various theories of the self.
Part One, Philosophical Fables of the Self, examines narratives such as The Talented Mr. Ripley, A Farewell to Arms, A Separate Peace, and The Master of Ballantrae in order to show successively more complex versions of the self as modeled by Descartes, Hegel, Freud, and Mead. Part Two, The Case of the Subject, uses Case Grammar to extend the discussion to additional roles of the self in narratives such as The Waves, The Great Gatsby, Fifth Business, and Howards End as examples of the self as experiencer, the self as observer, the instrumental self, and the locative self.
The audiobook ends with an extended analysis of the subject in Hartleys The Go-Between. Throughout, the discussion is concerned with practical analysis of specific narratives and with the development of an understanding of the self that moves beyond the simple dichotomy of the self and the other, the subject and the object.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self
Subtitle: Theory Interpretation Narrative
Author: Matthew Clark
Narrator: Doug Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Narrative Structures and the Language of the Self by Matthew Clark offers a new way of thinking about the interrelation of character and plot. Clark investigates the characters brought together in a narrative, considering them not as random collections but as structured sets that correspond to various manifestations of the self. The shape and structure of these sets can be thought of as narrative geometry, and various geometries imply various theories of the self.
Part One, Philosophical Fables of the Self, examines narratives such as The Talented Mr. Ripley, A Farewell to Arms, A Separate Peace, and The Master of Ballantrae in order to show successively more complex versions of the self as modeled by Descartes, Hegel, Freud, and Mead. Part Two, The Case of the Subject, uses Case Grammar to extend the discussion to additional roles of the self in narratives such as The Waves, The Great Gatsby, Fifth Business, and Howards End as examples of the self as experiencer, the self as observer, the instrumental self, and the locative self.
The audiobook ends with an extended analysis of the subject in Hartleys The Go-Between. Throughout, the discussion is concerned with practical analysis of specific narratives and with the development of an understanding of the self that moves beyond the simple dichotomy of the self and the other, the subject and the object.

Members Reviews:
Fascinating Topic, Unsuccessfully Addressed
It is encouraging to see audible offering academic texts on fascinating topics, but this selection has serious shortcomings both in terms of its substance and implementation. The author is exploring how models of selfhood appear in literature, but after a brief introduction the book is mostly a discussion of the plot and themes of various works of fiction, in which the author slots them into various categories of types of treatments of the self (Hegelian, Aristophanic, dyadic,) and while these books seem sensibly organized, the larger implications of the presence of these patterns of selfhood is inadequately considered. The book is thin in terms of cultural theory, historical context, cognitive science . . . any larger framing, really. The author fails to answer the crucial question of so what?
Another problem with this selection is that it is incompetently read, with many distracting, ridiculous mispronunciations of commonplace intellectual words that draw the listener out of the argument. This book requires that the reader be able to speak French and German, neither of which he can. The French passages, for instance, are read in an effete, comically high-pitched caricature of how a provincial American might imagine French people talk. Hiring an academic adviser to coach readers on pronunciations of big words, and using readers who can competently speak in the requisite foreign languages, could improve the quality of books like this.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Change Happens Audiobook by Duncan Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-Change-Happens-Audiobook/B06XHP82BD</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Change Happens
Author: Duncan Green
Narrator: Christopher Preece
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-13-17
Publisher: Wetware Media
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Human society is full of would-be &quot;change agents&quot;, a restless mix of campaigners, lobbyists, and officials, both individuals and organizations, set on transforming the world. They want to improve public services, reform laws and regulations, guarantee human rights, get a fairer deal for those on the sharp end, achieve greater recognition for any number of issues, or simply be treated with respect.
Striking then, why so many universities lack programs for social activists, to which students can turn for advice and inspiration. Instead, scholarly discussions of change are fragmented with few conversations crossing disciplinary boundaries, rarely making it onto the radar of those actively seeking change.
This audiobook bridges the gap between academia and practice, bringing together the best research from a range of academic disciplines and the evolving practical understanding of activists to explore the topic of social and political change. Drawing on many first-hand examples from the global experience of Oxfam, one of the world&apos;s largest social justice NGOs, as well as the author&apos;s insights from studying and working on international development, it tests ideas on how change happens and offers the latest thinking on what works to achieve progressive change.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Duncan Green)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2017 19:16:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/082165/bk_acx0_082165_sample.mp3" length="1374711" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-Change-Happens-Audiobook/B06XHP82BD</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51HXhfTCt5L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Change Happens
Author: Duncan Green
Narrator: Christopher Preece
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-13-17
Publisher: Wetware Media
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Human society is full of would-be &quot;change agents&quot;, a restless mix of campaigners, lobbyists, and officials, both individuals and organizations, set on transforming the world. They want to improve public services, reform laws and regulations, guarantee human rights, get a fairer deal for those on the sharp end, achieve greater recognition for any number of issues, or simply be treated with respect.
Striking then, why so many universities lack programs for social activists, to which students can turn for advice and inspiration. Instead, scholarly discussions of change are fragmented with few conversations crossing disciplinary boundaries, rarely making it onto the radar of those actively seeking change.
This audiobook bridges the gap between academia and practice, bringing together the best research from a range of academic disciplines and the evolving practical understanding of activists to explore the topic of social and political change. Drawing on many first-hand examples from the global experience of Oxfam, one of the world&apos;s largest social justice NGOs, as well as the author&apos;s insights from studying and working on international development, it tests ideas on how change happens and offers the latest thinking on what works to achieve progressive change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Change Happens
Author: Duncan Green
Narrator: Christopher Preece
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-13-17
Publisher: Wetware Media
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Human society is full of would-be &quot;change agents&quot;, a restless mix of campaigners, lobbyists, and officials, both individuals and organizations, set on transforming the world. They want to improve public services, reform laws and regulations, guarantee human rights, get a fairer deal for those on the sharp end, achieve greater recognition for any number of issues, or simply be treated with respect.
Striking then, why so many universities lack programs for social activists, to which students can turn for advice and inspiration. Instead, scholarly discussions of change are fragmented with few conversations crossing disciplinary boundaries, rarely making it onto the radar of those actively seeking change.
This audiobook bridges the gap between academia and practice, bringing together the best research from a range of academic disciplines and the evolving practical understanding of activists to explore the topic of social and political change. Drawing on many first-hand examples from the global experience of Oxfam, one of the world&apos;s largest social justice NGOs, as well as the author&apos;s insights from studying and working on international development, it tests ideas on how change happens and offers the latest thinking on what works to achieve progressive change.

Members Reviews:
Five Stars
Excellent book in helping us to understand how changed comes about in a dignified and acceptable fashion.

Five Stars
Excellent book

Making the World a Better Place
An invaluable compendium of world-class insights about effective, strategic global leadership and the dynamics of social change.  This book demonstrates that wisdom and good leadership always matter in policies, practices, and outcomes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis Audiobook by Elite Summaries</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Tipping-Point-by-Malcolm-Gladwell-Summary-Analysis-Audiobook/B074TJS3LC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis
Author: Elite Summaries
Narrator: Ian Andrews
Format: Unabridged
Length: 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-17-17
Publisher: Elite Summaries
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis
A smarter you in 15 minutes. What is your time worth?
How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference is a debut audiobook by Malcolm Gladwell that defines a tipping point as &quot;the moment of critical mass, the threshold, the boiling point.&quot; The audiobook seeks to go into detail and describe the &quot;mysterious&quot; sociological changes that mark everyday activities. Gladwell states that, &quot;Ideas and products and messages and behaviors spread like viruses do.&quot;
The Law of the Few by Malcolm Gladwell also states that, &quot;The success of any social epidemic is heavily dependent upon the involvement of an individual with a particular and rare group of social gifts.&quot; For Malcolm Gladwell, economists label this the 80/20 Principle, which could be the idea, that in every situation roughly 80 percent of the work are going to be done by 20 percent with the participants&quot;. These people are described in the following ways:
Connectors will be the population in every community who know large numbers of men and women, and who are in the habit of making introductions. They usually know people across numerous social, cultural, professional, and economic circles, and create a habit of introducing those who work, or are in different circles.
Salespersons are &quot;persuaders&quot; - those with charismatic and powerful negotiation skills. They tend on an indefinable trait that goes beyond the things they say, making others desire to agree with them.
The Stickiness Factor - A specific content of a message that renders its impact unforgettable. Popular children&apos;s television programs, including Sesame Street and Blue&apos;s Clues, pioneered the properties in the stickiness factor, thus enhancing effective retention of educational content, and also, entertainment value.
The power of context in human behavior is to understand, and strongly depend on its environment.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Elite Summaries)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2017 17:11:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/093883/bk_acx0_093883_sample.mp3" length="2350019" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Tipping-Point-by-Malcolm-Gladwell-Summary-Analysis-Audiobook/B074TJS3LC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51uHkn-t2zL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis
Author: Elite Summaries
Narrator: Ian Andrews
Format: Unabridged
Length: 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-17-17
Publisher: Elite Summaries
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis
A smarter you in 15 minutes. What is your time worth?
How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference is a debut audiobook by Malcolm Gladwell that defines a tipping point as &quot;the moment of critical mass, the threshold, the boiling point.&quot; The audiobook seeks to go into detail and describe the &quot;mysterious&quot; sociological changes that mark everyday activities. Gladwell states that, &quot;Ideas and products and messages and behaviors spread like viruses do.&quot;
The Law of the Few by Malcolm Gladwell also states that, &quot;The success of any social epidemic is heavily dependent upon the involvement of an individual with a particular and rare group of social gifts.&quot; For Malcolm Gladwell, economists label this the 80/20 Principle, which could be the idea, that in every situation roughly 80 percent of the work are going to be done by 20 percent with the participants&quot;. These people are described in the following ways:
Connectors will be the population in every community who know large numbers of men and women, and who are in the habit of making introductions. They usually know people across numerous social, cultural, professional, and economic circles, and create a habit of introducing those who work, or are in different circles.
Salespersons are &quot;persuaders&quot; - those with charismatic and powerful negotiation skills. They tend on an indefinable trait that goes beyond the things they say, making others desire to agree with them.
The Stickiness Factor - A specific content of a message that renders its impact unforgettable. Popular children&apos;s television programs, including Sesame Street and Blue&apos;s Clues, pioneered the properties in the stickiness factor, thus enhancing effective retention of educational content, and also, entertainment value.
The power of context in human behavior is to understand, and strongly depend on its environment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis
Author: Elite Summaries
Narrator: Ian Andrews
Format: Unabridged
Length: 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-17-17
Publisher: Elite Summaries
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Tipping Point: by Malcolm Gladwell | Summary &amp; Analysis
A smarter you in 15 minutes. What is your time worth?
How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference is a debut audiobook by Malcolm Gladwell that defines a tipping point as &quot;the moment of critical mass, the threshold, the boiling point.&quot; The audiobook seeks to go into detail and describe the &quot;mysterious&quot; sociological changes that mark everyday activities. Gladwell states that, &quot;Ideas and products and messages and behaviors spread like viruses do.&quot;
The Law of the Few by Malcolm Gladwell also states that, &quot;The success of any social epidemic is heavily dependent upon the involvement of an individual with a particular and rare group of social gifts.&quot; For Malcolm Gladwell, economists label this the 80/20 Principle, which could be the idea, that in every situation roughly 80 percent of the work are going to be done by 20 percent with the participants&quot;. These people are described in the following ways:
Connectors will be the population in every community who know large numbers of men and women, and who are in the habit of making introductions. They usually know people across numerous social, cultural, professional, and economic circles, and create a habit of introducing those who work, or are in different circles.
Salespersons are &quot;persuaders&quot; - those with charismatic and powerful negotiation skills. They tend on an indefinable trait that goes beyond the things they say, making others desire to agree with them.
The Stickiness Factor - A specific content of a message that renders its impact unforgettable. Popular children&apos;s television programs, including Sesame Street and Blue&apos;s Clues, pioneered the properties in the stickiness factor, thus enhancing effective retention of educational content, and also, entertainment value.
The power of context in human behavior is to understand, and strongly depend on its environment.

Members Reviews:
good voice, poor translation
good voice but poor summary.  narrator spoke well but the words chosen sounded as if the text was translated from a foreign language with poor tense agreement and subject verb agreement.

DO NOT BUY
This is not only a horrible summary of the book, it&apos;s barely even English. It&apos;s like it was written by someone who&apos;s been learning English for 6 months and only read the chapter titles of the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Silencing Audiobook by Kirsten Powers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Silencing-Audiobook/B00WFIDBZQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Silencing
Subtitle: How the Left Is Killing Free Speech
Author: Kirsten Powers
Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-11-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 310 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Life-long liberal Kirsten Powers blasts the Left&apos;s forced march towards conformity in an expos&#233; of the illiberal war on free speech. No longer champions of tolerance and free speech, the &quot;illiberal Left&quot; now viciously attacks and silences anyone with alternative points of view. Powers asks, &quot;Whatever happened to free speech in America?&quot;</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kirsten Powers)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2015 17:60:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/006994/bk_brll_006994_sample.mp3" length="1896430" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Silencing-Audiobook/B00WFIDBZQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51udSpUv0dL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Silencing
Subtitle: How the Left Is Killing Free Speech
Author: Kirsten Powers
Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-11-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 310 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Life-long liberal Kirsten Powers blasts the Left&apos;s forced march towards conformity in an expos&#233; of the illiberal war on free speech. No longer champions of tolerance and free speech, the &quot;illiberal Left&quot; now viciously attacks and silences anyone with alternative points of view. Powers asks, &quot;Whatever happened to free speech in America?&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Silencing
Subtitle: How the Left Is Killing Free Speech
Author: Kirsten Powers
Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-11-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 310 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Life-long liberal Kirsten Powers blasts the Left&apos;s forced march towards conformity in an expos&#233; of the illiberal war on free speech. No longer champions of tolerance and free speech, the &quot;illiberal Left&quot; now viciously attacks and silences anyone with alternative points of view. Powers asks, &quot;Whatever happened to free speech in America?&quot;

Members Reviews:
Audible censors fantastic book on free speech
Audible, don&apos;t censor any words in a book about free speech! This recording censors several words as the author is lambasting censorship. I highly recommend this book, but I wish Audible would knock off the censorship to protect our &quot;delicate&quot; sensibilities. Please uncensor those parts of the book.

A very good, and tragically, needful, listen...
If you could sum up The Silencing in three words, what would they be?
Surprising, quite informative.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
The sad fact that its premise is so true.
What does Kristin Watson Heintz bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
Well, if nothing else, an audible voice.
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
The extent to which this silencing is taking place, and the hate speech used by the alleged opponents of it.
Any additional comments?
Again, it&apos;s sad that a book like this even had to be published- by a longtime progressive, no less. But this book definitely serves as a sign of the times.

Great listen for all, regardless of your politics!
What did you love best about The Silencing?
Being a life long liberal gives Kirsten Powers a unique position when it comes to the activities to squelch free speech  of the left. She supports her points with facts and logic that are not shrouded with any of her own political bias&apos;s.
What was one of the most memorable moments of The Silencing?
Her outlining the attacks by the left on Fax News and the facts she present that dissect the attacks as baseless.  While no news organization is perfect when you take time to watch the various networks operate, listen to their on-air personalities her points really clarify the nasty nature of the left&apos;s anti-Fox operations.
What does Kristin Watson Heintz bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
She is an outstanding narrator with a delivery that aligned well with the book&apos;s topic.
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
It was a great listen all around.  Have recommended to several people with all kinds of political stripes!
Any additional comments?
Over the years I have read or watched Kirsten Powers numerous times.  While I do not closely align with her politics I will always take the time to absorb her message and the logic she had used to from her thoughts.  She is a consummate professional who conducts herself from facts, logic and the ability to look, listen and lear from others.  &quot;The Silencing&quot; is a perfect example of how opinion columnist, news personalities and other who are within the media should operate with: facts, logic and respect for those who you may differ with.

Well done
The book is right on the money.  Good research well thought though and well told.  This is a truth we all know but is not spoken by most in the media.  Kirsten is fast becoming my favorite journalist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Difficult Men Audiobook by Brett Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Difficult-Men-Audiobook/B00DL7X33K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Difficult Men
Subtitle: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution: From The Sopranos and The Wire to Mad Men and Breaking Bad
Author: Brett Martin
Narrator: Keith Szarabajka
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-03-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 503 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A riveting and revealing look at the shows that helped cable television drama emerge as the signature art form of the 21st century
In the late 1990s and early 2000s, the landscape of television began an unprecedented transformation. While the networks continued to chase the lowest common denominator, a wave of new shows, first on premium-cable channels like HBO and then basic-cable networks like FX and AMC, dramatically stretched televisions narrative inventiveness, emotional resonance, and artistic ambition. No longer necessarily concerned with creating always-likable characters, plots that wrapped up neatly every episode, or subjects that were deemed safe and appropriate, shows such as The Wire, The Sopranos, Mad Men, Deadwood, The Shield, and more tackled issues of life and death, love and sexuality, addiction, race, violence, and existential boredom. Just as the big novel had in the 1960s and the subversive films of New Hollywood had in 1970s,television shows became the place to go to see stories of the triumph and betrayals of the American Dream at the beginning of the 21st century.
This revolution happened at the hands of a new breed of auteur: the all-powerful writer-showrunner. These were men nearly as complicated, idiosyncratic, and difficult as the conflicted protagonists that defined the genre. Given the chance to make art in a maligned medium, they fell upon the opportunity with unchecked ambition.
Combining deep reportage with cultural analysis and historical context, Brett Martin recounts the rise and inner workings of a genre that represents not only a new golden age for television but also a cultural watershed. Difficult Menfeatures extensive interviews with all the major players, including David Chase(The Sopranos), David Simon and Ed Burns (The Wire), Matthew Weiner and Jon Hamm (Mad Men), David Milch (NYPD Blue, Deadwood), and Alan Ball (SixFeet Under), in addition to dozens of other writers, directors, studio executives, actors, production assistants, makeup artists, script supervisors ,and so on. Martin takes us behind the scenes of our favorite shows, delivering never-before-heard story after story and revealing how cable television has distinguished itself dramatically from the networks, emerging from the shadow of film to become a truly significant and influential part of our culture.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Brett Martin)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2013 13:38:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/005754/bk_blak_005754_sample.mp3" length="2399708" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Difficult-Men-Audiobook/B00DL7X33K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51L5XKSisYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Difficult Men
Subtitle: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution: From The Sopranos and The Wire to Mad Men and Breaking Bad
Author: Brett Martin
Narrator: Keith Szarabajka
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-03-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 503 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A riveting and revealing look at the shows that helped cable television drama emerge as the signature art form of the 21st century
In the late 1990s and early 2000s, the landscape of television began an unprecedented transformation. While the networks continued to chase the lowest common denominator, a wave of new shows, first on premium-cable channels like HBO and then basic-cable networks like FX and AMC, dramatically stretched televisions narrative inventiveness, emotional resonance, and artistic ambition. No longer necessarily concerned with creating always-likable characters, plots that wrapped up neatly every episode, or subjects that were deemed safe and appropriate, shows such as The Wire, The Sopranos, Mad Men, Deadwood, The Shield, and more tackled issues of life and death, love and sexuality, addiction, race, violence, and existential boredom. Just as the big novel had in the 1960s and the subversive films of New Hollywood had in 1970s,television shows became the place to go to see stories of the triumph and betrayals of the American Dream at the beginning of the 21st century.
This revolution happened at the hands of a new breed of auteur: the all-powerful writer-showrunner. These were men nearly as complicated, idiosyncratic, and difficult as the conflicted protagonists that defined the genre. Given the chance to make art in a maligned medium, they fell upon the opportunity with unchecked ambition.
Combining deep reportage with cultural analysis and historical context, Brett Martin recounts the rise and inner workings of a genre that represents not only a new golden age for television but also a cultural watershed. Difficult Menfeatures extensive interviews with all the major players, including David Chase(The Sopranos), David Simon and Ed Burns (The Wire), Matthew Weiner and Jon Hamm (Mad Men), David Milch (NYPD Blue, Deadwood), and Alan Ball (SixFeet Under), in addition to dozens of other writers, directors, studio executives, actors, production assistants, makeup artists, script supervisors ,and so on. Martin takes us behind the scenes of our favorite shows, delivering never-before-heard story after story and revealing how cable television has distinguished itself dramatically from the networks, emerging from the shadow of film to become a truly significant and influential part of our culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Difficult Men
Subtitle: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution: From The Sopranos and The Wire to Mad Men and Breaking Bad
Author: Brett Martin
Narrator: Keith Szarabajka
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-03-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 503 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A riveting and revealing look at the shows that helped cable television drama emerge as the signature art form of the 21st century
In the late 1990s and early 2000s, the landscape of television began an unprecedented transformation. While the networks continued to chase the lowest common denominator, a wave of new shows, first on premium-cable channels like HBO and then basic-cable networks like FX and AMC, dramatically stretched televisions narrative inventiveness, emotional resonance, and artistic ambition. No longer necessarily concerned with creating always-likable characters, plots that wrapped up neatly every episode, or subjects that were deemed safe and appropriate, shows such as The Wire, The Sopranos, Mad Men, Deadwood, The Shield, and more tackled issues of life and death, love and sexuality, addiction, race, violence, and existential boredom. Just as the big novel had in the 1960s and the subversive films of New Hollywood had in 1970s,television shows became the place to go to see stories of the triumph and betrayals of the American Dream at the beginning of the 21st century.
This revolution happened at the hands of a new breed of auteur: the all-powerful writer-showrunner. These were men nearly as complicated, idiosyncratic, and difficult as the conflicted protagonists that defined the genre. Given the chance to make art in a maligned medium, they fell upon the opportunity with unchecked ambition.
Combining deep reportage with cultural analysis and historical context, Brett Martin recounts the rise and inner workings of a genre that represents not only a new golden age for television but also a cultural watershed. Difficult Menfeatures extensive interviews with all the major players, including David Chase(The Sopranos), David Simon and Ed Burns (The Wire), Matthew Weiner and Jon Hamm (Mad Men), David Milch (NYPD Blue, Deadwood), and Alan Ball (SixFeet Under), in addition to dozens of other writers, directors, studio executives, actors, production assistants, makeup artists, script supervisors ,and so on. Martin takes us behind the scenes of our favorite shows, delivering never-before-heard story after story and revealing how cable television has distinguished itself dramatically from the networks, emerging from the shadow of film to become a truly significant and influential part of our culture.

Members Reviews:
Praise TV&apos;s third golden age!
Who knew the land of quality television could be so intriguing?  Ive dabbled with books discussing the evolution of TV into a medium capable of showcasing intelligent and quality work.  Everything Bad Is Good For You by Steven Johnson discussed the development of the multi-story arc, describing the complicated story lines once reserved for soap operas which began to drift into primetime dramas with Hill Street Blues.
Difficult Men: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution: From The Sopranos and The Wire to Mad Men and Breaking Bad by Brett Martin (Im not kidding, there are really two subtitles there) takes this concept further, covering what he calls TVs third golden age:  the era that began with The Sopranos, continued with The Wire and Mad Men, and finally crescendoed with Breaking Bad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Supper Safe Audiobook by Ben Hewitt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Making-Supper-Safe-Audiobook/B00MI0EWK4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Making Supper Safe
Subtitle: One Man&apos;s Quest to Learn the Truth about Food Safety
Author: Ben Hewitt
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Making Supper Safe, Ben Hewitt exposes the vulnerabilities inherent to the US food industry, where the majority of our processing facilities are inspected only once every seven years. It turns out that in our increasingly complicated food system, pathogenic bacteria are everywhere. Food recalls have become so ubiquitous we hardly even notice them. The massive peanut salmonella contamination of 20082009 alone killed nine and sickened an estimated 22,500 people; only a few weeks later, contaminated frozen cookie dough sent 35 people to the hospital. Can we learn to trust our food again? In a quest to answer that question, Hewitt introduces a vibrant cast of characters and revolutionaries who are reinventing how we grow, process, package, distribute, and protect our food. He takes listeners inside a food contamination trace-back investigation, talks to lawyers, policy makers, and families who have been affected by contaminated food, and even goes dumpster diving to uncover the potential dangers of your dinner - all to uncover the potential dangers of dinner and amidst a broader food system malfunction.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ben Hewitt)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2014 23:35:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/014485/bk_adbl_014485_sample.mp3" length="2262151" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Making-Supper-Safe-Audiobook/B00MI0EWK4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41bVY9cqjFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Making Supper Safe
Subtitle: One Man&apos;s Quest to Learn the Truth about Food Safety
Author: Ben Hewitt
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Making Supper Safe, Ben Hewitt exposes the vulnerabilities inherent to the US food industry, where the majority of our processing facilities are inspected only once every seven years. It turns out that in our increasingly complicated food system, pathogenic bacteria are everywhere. Food recalls have become so ubiquitous we hardly even notice them. The massive peanut salmonella contamination of 20082009 alone killed nine and sickened an estimated 22,500 people; only a few weeks later, contaminated frozen cookie dough sent 35 people to the hospital. Can we learn to trust our food again? In a quest to answer that question, Hewitt introduces a vibrant cast of characters and revolutionaries who are reinventing how we grow, process, package, distribute, and protect our food. He takes listeners inside a food contamination trace-back investigation, talks to lawyers, policy makers, and families who have been affected by contaminated food, and even goes dumpster diving to uncover the potential dangers of your dinner - all to uncover the potential dangers of dinner and amidst a broader food system malfunction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Making Supper Safe
Subtitle: One Man&apos;s Quest to Learn the Truth about Food Safety
Author: Ben Hewitt
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-08-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Making Supper Safe, Ben Hewitt exposes the vulnerabilities inherent to the US food industry, where the majority of our processing facilities are inspected only once every seven years. It turns out that in our increasingly complicated food system, pathogenic bacteria are everywhere. Food recalls have become so ubiquitous we hardly even notice them. The massive peanut salmonella contamination of 20082009 alone killed nine and sickened an estimated 22,500 people; only a few weeks later, contaminated frozen cookie dough sent 35 people to the hospital. Can we learn to trust our food again? In a quest to answer that question, Hewitt introduces a vibrant cast of characters and revolutionaries who are reinventing how we grow, process, package, distribute, and protect our food. He takes listeners inside a food contamination trace-back investigation, talks to lawyers, policy makers, and families who have been affected by contaminated food, and even goes dumpster diving to uncover the potential dangers of your dinner - all to uncover the potential dangers of dinner and amidst a broader food system malfunction.

Members Reviews:
Food service person, not bored at all!!!
If you could sum up Making Supper Safe in three words, what would they be?
Informative. Expansive. Enjoyable
What about Bronson Pinchots performance did you like?
He brought out the nuances of humor. His voice is very nice to listen to. Being some one who has listened to a lot of audio books, he is on my new favorite list
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
I almost did, so yes.
Any additional comments?
I am in food service. I was just trying to learn more about food safety. Expected it to be slightly academic and boring, but I was pleasantly surprised. Highly recommend it.

Great Book
Great book. Balanced with lots of facts and short on any kind of preachy message.
And who knew Bronson Pinchot was such a great narrator. Really. He made Hewitt&apos;s mildly dry humor really very funny. When I see Pinchot&apos;s name listed in the future, it will be a definite selling point.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Americas Four Gods Audiobook by Paul Froese, Christopher Bader</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Americas-Four-Gods-Audiobook/B004PIBJPS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Americas Four Gods
Subtitle: What We Say About God - &amp; What That Says About Us
Author: Paul Froese, Christopher Bader
Narrator: Robert Blumenfeld
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-01-11
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Despite all the hype surrounding the &quot;New Atheism&quot;, the United States remains one of the most religious nations on Earth. In fact, 95% of Americans believe in God - a level of agreement rarely seen in American life. The greatest divisions in America are not between atheists and believers, or even between people of different faiths. What divides us, this groundbreaking book shows, is how we conceive of God and the role He plays in our daily lives.
America&apos;s Four Gods draws on the most wide-ranging, comprehensive, and illuminating survey of American&apos;s religious beliefs ever conducted to offer a systematic exploration of how Americans view God. Paul Froese and Christopher Bader argue that many of America&apos;s most intractable social and political divisions emerge from religious convictions that are deeply held but rarely openly discussed.
Drawing upon original survey data from thousands of Americans and a wealth of in-depth interviews from all parts of the country, Froese and Bader trace America&apos;s cultural and political diversity to its ultimate source: differing opinions about God. They show that regardless of our religious tradition (or lack thereof), Americans worship four distinct types of God: The Authoritative God, who is both engaged in the world and judgmental; The Benevolent God, who loves and helps us in spite of our failings; The Critical God, who catalogs our sins but does not punish them (at least not in this life); and The Distant God, who stands apart from the world He created. The authors show that these four conceptions of God form the basis of our worldviews and are among the most powerful predictors of how we feel about the most contentious issues in American life.
Accessible, insightful, and filled with the voices of ordinary Americans discussing their most personal religious beliefs, America&apos;s Four Gods provides an invaluable portrait of how we view God and, therefore, how we view virtually everything else.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A tour de force showing what Americans believe about God and how it shapes their behavior. This path-breaking work forces us to move beyond the ill-defined labels of religious liberals and conservatives to understand how images of God move people to action.&quot; (Roger Finke, Professor of Sociology and Religious Studies, Penn State University)
&quot;A fascinating and penetrating study.&quot; (Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Froese)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 10:43:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/002615/bk_adbl_002615_sample.mp3" length="1516517" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Americas-Four-Gods-Audiobook/B004PIBJPS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517Nmr3LXpL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Americas Four Gods
Subtitle: What We Say About God - &amp; What That Says About Us
Author: Paul Froese, Christopher Bader
Narrator: Robert Blumenfeld
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-01-11
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Despite all the hype surrounding the &quot;New Atheism&quot;, the United States remains one of the most religious nations on Earth. In fact, 95% of Americans believe in God - a level of agreement rarely seen in American life. The greatest divisions in America are not between atheists and believers, or even between people of different faiths. What divides us, this groundbreaking book shows, is how we conceive of God and the role He plays in our daily lives.
America&apos;s Four Gods draws on the most wide-ranging, comprehensive, and illuminating survey of American&apos;s religious beliefs ever conducted to offer a systematic exploration of how Americans view God. Paul Froese and Christopher Bader argue that many of America&apos;s most intractable social and political divisions emerge from religious convictions that are deeply held but rarely openly discussed.
Drawing upon original survey data from thousands of Americans and a wealth of in-depth interviews from all parts of the country, Froese and Bader trace America&apos;s cultural and political diversity to its ultimate source: differing opinions about God. They show that regardless of our religious tradition (or lack thereof), Americans worship four distinct types of God: The Authoritative God, who is both engaged in the world and judgmental; The Benevolent God, who loves and helps us in spite of our failings; The Critical God, who catalogs our sins but does not punish them (at least not in this life); and The Distant God, who stands apart from the world He created. The authors show that these four conceptions of God form the basis of our worldviews and are among the most powerful predictors of how we feel about the most contentious issues in American life.
Accessible, insightful, and filled with the voices of ordinary Americans discussing their most personal religious beliefs, America&apos;s Four Gods provides an invaluable portrait of how we view God and, therefore, how we view virtually everything else.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A tour de force showing what Americans believe about God and how it shapes their behavior. This path-breaking work forces us to move beyond the ill-defined labels of religious liberals and conservatives to understand how images of God move people to action.&quot; (Roger Finke, Professor of Sociology and Religious Studies, Penn State University)
&quot;A fascinating and penetrating study.&quot; (Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Americas Four Gods
Subtitle: What We Say About God - &amp; What That Says About Us
Author: Paul Froese, Christopher Bader
Narrator: Robert Blumenfeld
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-01-11
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Despite all the hype surrounding the &quot;New Atheism&quot;, the United States remains one of the most religious nations on Earth. In fact, 95% of Americans believe in God - a level of agreement rarely seen in American life. The greatest divisions in America are not between atheists and believers, or even between people of different faiths. What divides us, this groundbreaking book shows, is how we conceive of God and the role He plays in our daily lives.
America&apos;s Four Gods draws on the most wide-ranging, comprehensive, and illuminating survey of American&apos;s religious beliefs ever conducted to offer a systematic exploration of how Americans view God. Paul Froese and Christopher Bader argue that many of America&apos;s most intractable social and political divisions emerge from religious convictions that are deeply held but rarely openly discussed.
Drawing upon original survey data from thousands of Americans and a wealth of in-depth interviews from all parts of the country, Froese and Bader trace America&apos;s cultural and political diversity to its ultimate source: differing opinions about God. They show that regardless of our religious tradition (or lack thereof), Americans worship four distinct types of God: The Authoritative God, who is both engaged in the world and judgmental; The Benevolent God, who loves and helps us in spite of our failings; The Critical God, who catalogs our sins but does not punish them (at least not in this life); and The Distant God, who stands apart from the world He created. The authors show that these four conceptions of God form the basis of our worldviews and are among the most powerful predictors of how we feel about the most contentious issues in American life.
Accessible, insightful, and filled with the voices of ordinary Americans discussing their most personal religious beliefs, America&apos;s Four Gods provides an invaluable portrait of how we view God and, therefore, how we view virtually everything else.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A tour de force showing what Americans believe about God and how it shapes their behavior. This path-breaking work forces us to move beyond the ill-defined labels of religious liberals and conservatives to understand how images of God move people to action.&quot; (Roger Finke, Professor of Sociology and Religious Studies, Penn State University)
&quot;A fascinating and penetrating study.&quot; (Booklist)

Members Reviews:
Intriguing
If you could sum up Americas Four Gods in three words, what would they be?
Facintating, Intriguing, Entertaining
Who was your favorite character and why?
This book provides interesting data concerning the changes in the religious preferences and demographics in America, supplemented with vignettes that illustrate the author&apos;s points.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sex Work Audiobook by Priscilla Alexander, Frederique Delacoste</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sex-Work-Audiobook/B00ATQ6CTI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sex Work
Subtitle: Writings by Women in the Sex Industry
Author: Priscilla Alexander, Frederique Delacoste
Narrator: Lily Bask, Julia Farhat, Mackenzie Harte, Suzanne Toren, Gabra Zackman, Lauren Fortgang, Piper Goodeve, Madison Vaughn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A landmark collection of writings by street prostitutes, exotic dancers, nude models, escorts, porn stars, and massage parlor workers. Since publication in 1987, Sex Work has generated much discussion and has changed the language we use to talk about sex for money.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Priscilla Alexander)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Dec 2012 10:36:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/007253/bk_adbl_007253_sample.mp3" length="1921596" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sex-Work-Audiobook/B00ATQ6CTI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/5182oxEK9cL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sex Work
Subtitle: Writings by Women in the Sex Industry
Author: Priscilla Alexander, Frederique Delacoste
Narrator: Lily Bask, Julia Farhat, Mackenzie Harte, Suzanne Toren, Gabra Zackman, Lauren Fortgang, Piper Goodeve, Madison Vaughn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A landmark collection of writings by street prostitutes, exotic dancers, nude models, escorts, porn stars, and massage parlor workers. Since publication in 1987, Sex Work has generated much discussion and has changed the language we use to talk about sex for money.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sex Work
Subtitle: Writings by Women in the Sex Industry
Author: Priscilla Alexander, Frederique Delacoste
Narrator: Lily Bask, Julia Farhat, Mackenzie Harte, Suzanne Toren, Gabra Zackman, Lauren Fortgang, Piper Goodeve, Madison Vaughn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A landmark collection of writings by street prostitutes, exotic dancers, nude models, escorts, porn stars, and massage parlor workers. Since publication in 1987, Sex Work has generated much discussion and has changed the language we use to talk about sex for money.

Members Reviews:
Well that wasn&apos;t what I was thinking
Where does Sex Work rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
My recommendations were skewed by True Porn Clerk Stories. I had kind of assumed this would be humorous anecdotes. I was wrong
There were some moments I laughed but it was far more conflicting. I listen mostly for escapism, this was kind of the opposite.
Any additional comments?
A good read. Maybe not what I wanted to hear but more what I should hear.

The Illustrious Labor of Whores
This is the book that introduced the term sex work to the public, a new vision of prostitution articulated by sex workers themselves. It has never been equalled.
Sex Work presents a turning point collection of writings by street prostitutes, exotic dancers, nude models, escorts, porn stars, and massage parlor workers. Featuring voices from the vangaurd of the sex-positive movement.
Since publication in 1987, Sex Work has generated more discussion and has changed the language we use to talk about sex for money than any other publication to date.

Are we lucky or what? Ab Eye Opener
Several narrators managed to keep an interisting story going. Several of the contributirs made it clear, that most poor women have no choice but to sell their bodies or starve. The overall economic climate across the world underpays women.  So being male, white and from one of the more affluent countries ( often brought by theft, war, slavery ), I am blessed and the words of the interviewed woman made this very clear to me.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hunting Ground Audiobook by Kirby Dick, Amy Ziering, Constance Matthiessen - editor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Hunting-Ground-Audiobook/B01I401X2Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Hunting Ground
Subtitle: The Inside Story of Sexual Assault on American College Campuses
Author: Kirby Dick, Amy Ziering, Constance Matthiessen - editor
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The debate over sexual violence on campus is reaching fever pitch, from headlines about out-of-control fraternities to the &quot;mattress protests&quot; by female students at Columbia University and other colleges.
The Hunting Ground, the new documentary by award-winning filmmakers Kirby Dick and Amy Ziering, has taken this debate to a new level, becoming a galvanizing catalyst for discussion at the hundreds of campuses where the documentary is being screened each month. The film has sparked calls for legislation by Governor Andrew M. Cuomo of New York and other prominent public figures and sparked a backlash from university administrators, fraternities, and conservative groups.
Now, in a new companion volume to the film, all those concerned about the &quot;rape culture&quot; on campus will be offered an inside perspective on the controversy as well as reactions to the film from a range of leading writers and guidance on how to learn more and get active. As in the film, it&apos;s the gripping personal stories told by female students - and the obstinate refusal of college administrators and law enforcement authorities to recognize the severity of the problem - that will rivet listeners.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kirby Dick)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2016 23:39:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/025769/bk_adbl_025769_sample.mp3" length="2148502" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Hunting-Ground-Audiobook/B01I401X2Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51D9z+hKFUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Hunting Ground
Subtitle: The Inside Story of Sexual Assault on American College Campuses
Author: Kirby Dick, Amy Ziering, Constance Matthiessen - editor
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The debate over sexual violence on campus is reaching fever pitch, from headlines about out-of-control fraternities to the &quot;mattress protests&quot; by female students at Columbia University and other colleges.
The Hunting Ground, the new documentary by award-winning filmmakers Kirby Dick and Amy Ziering, has taken this debate to a new level, becoming a galvanizing catalyst for discussion at the hundreds of campuses where the documentary is being screened each month. The film has sparked calls for legislation by Governor Andrew M. Cuomo of New York and other prominent public figures and sparked a backlash from university administrators, fraternities, and conservative groups.
Now, in a new companion volume to the film, all those concerned about the &quot;rape culture&quot; on campus will be offered an inside perspective on the controversy as well as reactions to the film from a range of leading writers and guidance on how to learn more and get active. As in the film, it&apos;s the gripping personal stories told by female students - and the obstinate refusal of college administrators and law enforcement authorities to recognize the severity of the problem - that will rivet listeners.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Hunting Ground
Subtitle: The Inside Story of Sexual Assault on American College Campuses
Author: Kirby Dick, Amy Ziering, Constance Matthiessen - editor
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The debate over sexual violence on campus is reaching fever pitch, from headlines about out-of-control fraternities to the &quot;mattress protests&quot; by female students at Columbia University and other colleges.
The Hunting Ground, the new documentary by award-winning filmmakers Kirby Dick and Amy Ziering, has taken this debate to a new level, becoming a galvanizing catalyst for discussion at the hundreds of campuses where the documentary is being screened each month. The film has sparked calls for legislation by Governor Andrew M. Cuomo of New York and other prominent public figures and sparked a backlash from university administrators, fraternities, and conservative groups.
Now, in a new companion volume to the film, all those concerned about the &quot;rape culture&quot; on campus will be offered an inside perspective on the controversy as well as reactions to the film from a range of leading writers and guidance on how to learn more and get active. As in the film, it&apos;s the gripping personal stories told by female students - and the obstinate refusal of college administrators and law enforcement authorities to recognize the severity of the problem - that will rivet listeners.

Members Reviews:
Horrible crimes unpunished all because of the almighty dollar
How anyone can denigrate and trash these women is beyond me.  Jameis  Winston is an entitled, arrogant pr***, protected by the University and the police and the NFL.  I wonder just how many of these men that have defended this rapist have daughters and, if so, they would be so quick to overlook and protect this man from the Justice he deserves.  All because of the almighty sports and football world.  Shame on the Tampa Bay Buccaneers for allowing him to play and get ridiculously rich all the while overlooking his behavior.  I pray someday he is punished for what he has done.

A must read
Amazing book just like the documentary. A must read full of insight into the epidemic of campus sexual assault. As an advocate, I am so appreciative of the film and the book and the awareness that they have brought and are bringing to campus sexual assault and it&apos;s impact on survivors.

Very important, informative book for anyone going to college ...
Very important, informative book for anyone going to college or who has a lived one going to college...along with the video.

Astonishing... Disappointing.
If the book is anything like The Hunting Ground documentary film then when I do finish reading it I will upgrade my rating to 5 stars. I am, to say the least, dumbfounded to see this book has only 1 review, 1 lonely review, four months after publication and with a 70,000 sales rank on Amazon. Am I missing something? Where are the reviews from all these readers who probably number in the many hundreds if not thousands? Astonishing, disappointing.

A Great Book of Unchallenged Feminist Tripe
More man-hating, ridiculous tripe that pretends to be anything other than that which it really is: yelling &quot;fire&quot; in a mythical building which isn&apos;t, and never has been, on fire.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aphro-ism Audiobook by Aph Ko, Syl Ko</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Aphro-ism-Audiobook/B074R32J77</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Aphro-ism
Subtitle: Essays on Pop Culture, Feminism, and Black Veganism from Two Sisters
Author: Aph Ko, Syl Ko
Narrator: Dana Brewer Harris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-14-17
Publisher: Lantern Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this lively, accessible, and provocative collection, Aph and Syl Ko provide new theoretical frameworks on race, advocacy for nonhuman animals, and feminism. Using popular culture as a point of reference for their critiques, the Ko sisters engage in groundbreaking analysis of the compartmentalized nature of contemporary social movements, present new ways of understanding interconnected oppressions, and offer conceptual ways of moving forward, expressive of Afrofuturism and black veganism.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Aph Ko)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2017 07:44:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/093713/bk_acx0_093713_sample.mp3" length="1625905" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Aphro-ism-Audiobook/B074R32J77</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61yQdu6C2DL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Aphro-ism
Subtitle: Essays on Pop Culture, Feminism, and Black Veganism from Two Sisters
Author: Aph Ko, Syl Ko
Narrator: Dana Brewer Harris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-14-17
Publisher: Lantern Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this lively, accessible, and provocative collection, Aph and Syl Ko provide new theoretical frameworks on race, advocacy for nonhuman animals, and feminism. Using popular culture as a point of reference for their critiques, the Ko sisters engage in groundbreaking analysis of the compartmentalized nature of contemporary social movements, present new ways of understanding interconnected oppressions, and offer conceptual ways of moving forward, expressive of Afrofuturism and black veganism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Aphro-ism
Subtitle: Essays on Pop Culture, Feminism, and Black Veganism from Two Sisters
Author: Aph Ko, Syl Ko
Narrator: Dana Brewer Harris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-14-17
Publisher: Lantern Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this lively, accessible, and provocative collection, Aph and Syl Ko provide new theoretical frameworks on race, advocacy for nonhuman animals, and feminism. Using popular culture as a point of reference for their critiques, the Ko sisters engage in groundbreaking analysis of the compartmentalized nature of contemporary social movements, present new ways of understanding interconnected oppressions, and offer conceptual ways of moving forward, expressive of Afrofuturism and black veganism.

Members Reviews:
Absolutely Essential
Please take the time to read this fantastic book. It covers topics essentially to understanding and taking on systems of oppression in the most effective of ways. Beautifully insightful.

Fantastic Afro-Futurism
This book is dangerous and brilliant.
Loved it and recommend it for stretching your thinking.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unnatural World Audiobook by David Biello</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Unnatural-World-Audiobook/B01N17SGR2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Unnatural World
Subtitle: The Race to Remake Civilization in Earth&apos;s Newest Age
Author: David Biello
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-14-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Unnatural World chronicles a disparate band of unlikely heroes: an effervescent mad scientist who would fertilize the seas, a pigeon obsessive bent on bringing back the extinct; a low-level government functionary in China doing his best to clean up his city, and more. These scientists, billionaires, and ordinary people are all working toward saving the best home humanity is likely to ever have.
What is the threat? It is us. In a time when a species dies out every 10 minutes, when summers are getting hotter, winters colder, and oceans higher, some people still deny mankind&apos;s effect on the Earth. But all of our impacts on the planet have ushered in what qualifies as a new geologic epoch, thanks to global warming, mass extinction, and such technologies as nuclear weapons and plastics. The Unnatural World examines the world we have created and analyzes the glimmers of hope emerging from the efforts of incredible individuals seeking to change our future. Instead of a world without us, this history of the future shows how to become good gardeners, helping people thrive along with an abundance of plants, animals, and all the exuberant profusion of life on Earth - a better world with us.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Biello)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2017 10:47:33 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007126/bk_tant_007126_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Unnatural-World-Audiobook/B01N17SGR2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51CZiQxQLML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Unnatural World
Subtitle: The Race to Remake Civilization in Earth&apos;s Newest Age
Author: David Biello
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-14-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Unnatural World chronicles a disparate band of unlikely heroes: an effervescent mad scientist who would fertilize the seas, a pigeon obsessive bent on bringing back the extinct; a low-level government functionary in China doing his best to clean up his city, and more. These scientists, billionaires, and ordinary people are all working toward saving the best home humanity is likely to ever have.
What is the threat? It is us. In a time when a species dies out every 10 minutes, when summers are getting hotter, winters colder, and oceans higher, some people still deny mankind&apos;s effect on the Earth. But all of our impacts on the planet have ushered in what qualifies as a new geologic epoch, thanks to global warming, mass extinction, and such technologies as nuclear weapons and plastics. The Unnatural World examines the world we have created and analyzes the glimmers of hope emerging from the efforts of incredible individuals seeking to change our future. Instead of a world without us, this history of the future shows how to become good gardeners, helping people thrive along with an abundance of plants, animals, and all the exuberant profusion of life on Earth - a better world with us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Unnatural World
Subtitle: The Race to Remake Civilization in Earth&apos;s Newest Age
Author: David Biello
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-14-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Unnatural World chronicles a disparate band of unlikely heroes: an effervescent mad scientist who would fertilize the seas, a pigeon obsessive bent on bringing back the extinct; a low-level government functionary in China doing his best to clean up his city, and more. These scientists, billionaires, and ordinary people are all working toward saving the best home humanity is likely to ever have.
What is the threat? It is us. In a time when a species dies out every 10 minutes, when summers are getting hotter, winters colder, and oceans higher, some people still deny mankind&apos;s effect on the Earth. But all of our impacts on the planet have ushered in what qualifies as a new geologic epoch, thanks to global warming, mass extinction, and such technologies as nuclear weapons and plastics. The Unnatural World examines the world we have created and analyzes the glimmers of hope emerging from the efforts of incredible individuals seeking to change our future. Instead of a world without us, this history of the future shows how to become good gardeners, helping people thrive along with an abundance of plants, animals, and all the exuberant profusion of life on Earth - a better world with us.

Members Reviews:
Interesting book
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
I would really only recommend this book to my techie friends...It was a little hard to follow. I might listen to it again in the future.
What did you like best about this story?
The book seemed to cover a huge variety of things about the anthropocene.
What does Peter Berkrot bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
I don&apos;t think I really enjoyed the narrating. I think Mr. Berkrot would have been better to have narrated a science fiction novel instead of this non fiction. Sometimes his narration was too distracting for the material.
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
There were actually a ton of interesting facts. I think the one I liked the most was the discussion with Elon Musk and how there really is no answer to fixing the anthropocene, and that we have to all fix it as one as a race of planet earth since we all caused the problem in order to survive.
Any additional comments?
The author really goes into depth about everything and sees every aspect from all sides.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Rules the World? Audiobook by Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Who-Rules-the-World-Audiobook/B01FSSC6NW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who Rules the World?
Subtitle: Reframings
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Brian Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-26-16
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of Who Rules the World? by Noam Chomsky, read by Brian Jones.
Internationally renowned political commentator Noam Chomsky examines America&apos;s pursuit and exercise of power in a post-9/11 world.
Noam Chomsky is the world&apos;s foremost intellectual activist. Over the last half century, no one has done more to question the great global powers who govern our lives, forensically scrutinizing policies and actions, calling our politicians, institutions and media to account.
The culmination of years of work, Who Rules the World? is Chomsky&apos;s definitive intellectual investigation into the major issues of our times. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China&apos;s global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, Chomsky explores how America&apos;s talk of freedom and human rights is often at odds with its actions.
Delving deep into the conflicts in Iraq, Afghanistan and Israel/Palestine, he provides nuanced, surprising insights into the workings of modern-day imperial power. The world&apos;s political and financial elite have become ever more insulated from democratic constraints on their actions.
Chomsky shines a powerful light on this inconvenient truth. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening the survival of our civilization, the message has never been more pertinent or more urgent: the need for an engaged and active public to steer the world away from disaster grows ever greater.
Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are from the lone authoritative voice courageous and clear-sighted enough to tell us the truth.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2016 14:05:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pauk/000763/bk_pauk_000763_sample.mp3" length="2317831" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Who-Rules-the-World-Audiobook/B01FSSC6NW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/519ni6BR9GL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who Rules the World?
Subtitle: Reframings
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Brian Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-26-16
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of Who Rules the World? by Noam Chomsky, read by Brian Jones.
Internationally renowned political commentator Noam Chomsky examines America&apos;s pursuit and exercise of power in a post-9/11 world.
Noam Chomsky is the world&apos;s foremost intellectual activist. Over the last half century, no one has done more to question the great global powers who govern our lives, forensically scrutinizing policies and actions, calling our politicians, institutions and media to account.
The culmination of years of work, Who Rules the World? is Chomsky&apos;s definitive intellectual investigation into the major issues of our times. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China&apos;s global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, Chomsky explores how America&apos;s talk of freedom and human rights is often at odds with its actions.
Delving deep into the conflicts in Iraq, Afghanistan and Israel/Palestine, he provides nuanced, surprising insights into the workings of modern-day imperial power. The world&apos;s political and financial elite have become ever more insulated from democratic constraints on their actions.
Chomsky shines a powerful light on this inconvenient truth. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening the survival of our civilization, the message has never been more pertinent or more urgent: the need for an engaged and active public to steer the world away from disaster grows ever greater.
Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are from the lone authoritative voice courageous and clear-sighted enough to tell us the truth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who Rules the World?
Subtitle: Reframings
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Brian Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-26-16
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of Who Rules the World? by Noam Chomsky, read by Brian Jones.
Internationally renowned political commentator Noam Chomsky examines America&apos;s pursuit and exercise of power in a post-9/11 world.
Noam Chomsky is the world&apos;s foremost intellectual activist. Over the last half century, no one has done more to question the great global powers who govern our lives, forensically scrutinizing policies and actions, calling our politicians, institutions and media to account.
The culmination of years of work, Who Rules the World? is Chomsky&apos;s definitive intellectual investigation into the major issues of our times. From the dark history of the US and Cuba to China&apos;s global rise, from torture memos to sanctions on Iran, Chomsky explores how America&apos;s talk of freedom and human rights is often at odds with its actions.
Delving deep into the conflicts in Iraq, Afghanistan and Israel/Palestine, he provides nuanced, surprising insights into the workings of modern-day imperial power. The world&apos;s political and financial elite have become ever more insulated from democratic constraints on their actions.
Chomsky shines a powerful light on this inconvenient truth. With climate change and nuclear proliferation threatening the survival of our civilization, the message has never been more pertinent or more urgent: the need for an engaged and active public to steer the world away from disaster grows ever greater.
Fiercely outspoken and rigorously argued, Who Rules the World? is an indispensable guide to how things really are from the lone authoritative voice courageous and clear-sighted enough to tell us the truth.

Members Reviews:
Sober Critique
An excellent analysis of post world war 2 global politics. If you are interested in current affairs and politics give this a go.

A must read for anyone
Clear, well sourced assessment of 20th century US, British, and Israeli foreign policy. You&apos;ll never view the media narrative the same way again

Terrible narrator
The book itself is really good but the narrators voice is really sleep inducing. Feel asleep pretty much every time I listened to it, so bought the actual paper copy instead.

great content
I found the content extremely enlightening.
The narrator&apos;s delivery sometimes caused me to tune out

repetitive
classic chompsky, nothing new, quite disapointing actually, he repeats whole chapters,     and most of the material he uses he already used at lenght elsewhere.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Did White Trash Become the New Normal? Audiobook by Charlotte Hays</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Did-White-Trash-Become-the-New-Normal-Audiobook/B00O2GVF9S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Did White Trash Become the New Normal?
Subtitle: A Southern Lady Asks the Impertinent Question
Author: Charlotte Hays
Narrator: Mary Ann Jacobs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-02-14
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Tattoos. Unwed pregnancy. Giving up on shavingshoweringand employment. These used to be signatures of a trashy individual. Now theyre the new norm. What happened to etiquette, hygiene, and self-restraint? Charlotte Hays, Southern gentlewoman extraordinaire, takes a humorous look at the spread of white trash culture to all levels of American society.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charlotte Hays)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2014 22:14:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/023975/bk_acx0_023975_sample.mp3" length="2416789" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-Did-White-Trash-Become-the-New-Normal-Audiobook/B00O2GVF9S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61IZrQaDY2L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Did White Trash Become the New Normal?
Subtitle: A Southern Lady Asks the Impertinent Question
Author: Charlotte Hays
Narrator: Mary Ann Jacobs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-02-14
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Tattoos. Unwed pregnancy. Giving up on shavingshoweringand employment. These used to be signatures of a trashy individual. Now theyre the new norm. What happened to etiquette, hygiene, and self-restraint? Charlotte Hays, Southern gentlewoman extraordinaire, takes a humorous look at the spread of white trash culture to all levels of American society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Did White Trash Become the New Normal?
Subtitle: A Southern Lady Asks the Impertinent Question
Author: Charlotte Hays
Narrator: Mary Ann Jacobs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-02-14
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Tattoos. Unwed pregnancy. Giving up on shavingshoweringand employment. These used to be signatures of a trashy individual. Now theyre the new norm. What happened to etiquette, hygiene, and self-restraint? Charlotte Hays, Southern gentlewoman extraordinaire, takes a humorous look at the spread of white trash culture to all levels of American society.

Members Reviews:
Interesting but a little extreme for me
I get her point, and mostly agree. However she is someone who beats a dead horse. Her social commentary does bordered on extreme judgment, but that is sort of the point of the book. I think she has a good overall theme, but some of the details are a bit much. After all a true lady is also always gracious.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination Audiobook by Robert Easthope</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-C-Wright-Millss-The-Sociological-Imagination-Audiobook/B01J4LUNT8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination
Author: Robert Easthope
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When American sociologist C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination was first published in 1959, it provoked much hostile reaction. This was understandable: the book was a hard-hitting attack on how sociology was practiced - and on a number of leading sociologists. Mills was a fierce critic of both modern capitalism and Soviet-style authoritarianism, and argued that the sociology profession failed to look at how people&apos;s problems are connected to the structures of the society in which they live. He criticized two leading tendencies of sociology in the post-World War II period. The first was focusing only on the research data that could be gathered, to the exclusion of reflecting on larger issues. The second was concentrating on solving abstract theoretical problems with no regard for the real problems people face in their lives.
Perhaps surprisingly, in only a few decades, the profession came around to Mills&apos;s way of thinking, and his book is now considered a key explanation of the fundamental mission of sociology.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert Easthope)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jul 2016 21:36:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/064488/bk_acx0_064488_sample.mp3" length="679001" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-C-Wright-Millss-The-Sociological-Imagination-Audiobook/B01J4LUNT8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51a+-CwYZdL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination
Author: Robert Easthope
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When American sociologist C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination was first published in 1959, it provoked much hostile reaction. This was understandable: the book was a hard-hitting attack on how sociology was practiced - and on a number of leading sociologists. Mills was a fierce critic of both modern capitalism and Soviet-style authoritarianism, and argued that the sociology profession failed to look at how people&apos;s problems are connected to the structures of the society in which they live. He criticized two leading tendencies of sociology in the post-World War II period. The first was focusing only on the research data that could be gathered, to the exclusion of reflecting on larger issues. The second was concentrating on solving abstract theoretical problems with no regard for the real problems people face in their lives.
Perhaps surprisingly, in only a few decades, the profession came around to Mills&apos;s way of thinking, and his book is now considered a key explanation of the fundamental mission of sociology.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination
Author: Robert Easthope
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When American sociologist C. Wright Mills&apos;s The Sociological Imagination was first published in 1959, it provoked much hostile reaction. This was understandable: the book was a hard-hitting attack on how sociology was practiced - and on a number of leading sociologists. Mills was a fierce critic of both modern capitalism and Soviet-style authoritarianism, and argued that the sociology profession failed to look at how people&apos;s problems are connected to the structures of the society in which they live. He criticized two leading tendencies of sociology in the post-World War II period. The first was focusing only on the research data that could be gathered, to the exclusion of reflecting on larger issues. The second was concentrating on solving abstract theoretical problems with no regard for the real problems people face in their lives.
Perhaps surprisingly, in only a few decades, the profession came around to Mills&apos;s way of thinking, and his book is now considered a key explanation of the fundamental mission of sociology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Love Learning; I Hate School Audiobook by Susan D. Blum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/I-Love-Learning-I-Hate-School-Audiobook/B01HN4WEYK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: I Love Learning; I Hate School
Subtitle: An Anthropology of College
Author: Susan D. Blum
Narrator: Laura Jennings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Frustrated by her students&apos; performance, her relationships with them, and her own daughter&apos;s problems in school, Susan D. Blum, a professor of anthropology, set out to understand why her students found their educational experiences at a top-tier institution so profoundly difficult and unsatisfying. Through her research and in conversations with her students, she discovered a troubling mismatch between the goals of the university and the needs of students.
In I Love Learning; I Hate School, Blum tells two intertwined but inseparable stories: the results of her research into how students learn contrasted with the way conventional education works and the personal narrative of how she herself was transformed by this understanding. Blum concludes that the dominant forms of higher education do not match the myriad forms of learning that help students - and people in general - master meaningful and worthwhile skills and knowledge. In this critique of higher education, Blum explains why so much is going wrong and offers suggestions for how to bring classroom learning more in line with appropriate forms of engagement.
The book is published by Cornell University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A must-read for all who care about educational improvement and renewal.&quot; (Peter Demerath, University of Minnesota)
&quot;Susan D. Blum has written the book the majority of college faculty would write if they only had her encyclopedic knowledge, deep insight, and courage.&quot; (David F. Lancy, Utah State University)
&quot;Beautifully writtena thoughtful, intimate slant on how to make sense of our lived experience as teachers and students.&quot; (Cathy Small, Northern Arizona University)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Susan D. Blum)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 14:59:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/062302/bk_acx0_062302_sample.mp3" length="2132577" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/I-Love-Learning-I-Hate-School-Audiobook/B01HN4WEYK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51FMqFgKENL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: I Love Learning; I Hate School
Subtitle: An Anthropology of College
Author: Susan D. Blum
Narrator: Laura Jennings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Frustrated by her students&apos; performance, her relationships with them, and her own daughter&apos;s problems in school, Susan D. Blum, a professor of anthropology, set out to understand why her students found their educational experiences at a top-tier institution so profoundly difficult and unsatisfying. Through her research and in conversations with her students, she discovered a troubling mismatch between the goals of the university and the needs of students.
In I Love Learning; I Hate School, Blum tells two intertwined but inseparable stories: the results of her research into how students learn contrasted with the way conventional education works and the personal narrative of how she herself was transformed by this understanding. Blum concludes that the dominant forms of higher education do not match the myriad forms of learning that help students - and people in general - master meaningful and worthwhile skills and knowledge. In this critique of higher education, Blum explains why so much is going wrong and offers suggestions for how to bring classroom learning more in line with appropriate forms of engagement.
The book is published by Cornell University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A must-read for all who care about educational improvement and renewal.&quot; (Peter Demerath, University of Minnesota)
&quot;Susan D. Blum has written the book the majority of college faculty would write if they only had her encyclopedic knowledge, deep insight, and courage.&quot; (David F. Lancy, Utah State University)
&quot;Beautifully writtena thoughtful, intimate slant on how to make sense of our lived experience as teachers and students.&quot; (Cathy Small, Northern Arizona University)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: I Love Learning; I Hate School
Subtitle: An Anthropology of College
Author: Susan D. Blum
Narrator: Laura Jennings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Frustrated by her students&apos; performance, her relationships with them, and her own daughter&apos;s problems in school, Susan D. Blum, a professor of anthropology, set out to understand why her students found their educational experiences at a top-tier institution so profoundly difficult and unsatisfying. Through her research and in conversations with her students, she discovered a troubling mismatch between the goals of the university and the needs of students.
In I Love Learning; I Hate School, Blum tells two intertwined but inseparable stories: the results of her research into how students learn contrasted with the way conventional education works and the personal narrative of how she herself was transformed by this understanding. Blum concludes that the dominant forms of higher education do not match the myriad forms of learning that help students - and people in general - master meaningful and worthwhile skills and knowledge. In this critique of higher education, Blum explains why so much is going wrong and offers suggestions for how to bring classroom learning more in line with appropriate forms of engagement.
The book is published by Cornell University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A must-read for all who care about educational improvement and renewal.&quot; (Peter Demerath, University of Minnesota)
&quot;Susan D. Blum has written the book the majority of college faculty would write if they only had her encyclopedic knowledge, deep insight, and courage.&quot; (David F. Lancy, Utah State University)
&quot;Beautifully writtena thoughtful, intimate slant on how to make sense of our lived experience as teachers and students.&quot; (Cathy Small, Northern Arizona University)

Members Reviews:
Un paso m&#225;s all&#225; hacia la revoluci&#243;n educativa
Where does I Love Learning; I Hate School rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
Este libro acompa&#241;a varios t&#237;tulos que hablan acerca del problema del sistema educativo actual y de la necesidad imperativa de un cambio de ra&#237;z. Es un complemento a lo ya escrito acerca del tema por grandes personajes como Ken Robinson y Jos&#233; Saramago, que sobresalen entre varios acad&#233;micos menos conocidos que hablan de un cambio de paradigma de la educaci&#243;n por ya varios a&#241;os.
La ventaja de este libro es en enfoque particular que se le da hacia los estudiantes y su experiencia, la manera en la que se les ense&#241;a a enga&#241;ar al sistema y c&#243;mo se castiga a aquellos que no lo saben o no lo quieren hacer.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
El aspecto personal que se le da a la historia, contada como un cambio progresivo en el pensamiento de la autora, que se va dando cuenta gradualmente c&#243;mo funciona el aprendizaje y el sistema, y c&#243;mo producen resultados devastadores en el presente y futuro de miles de personas en el mundo.
What about Laura Jenningss performance did you like?
Me gust&#243; su dicci&#243;n impecable y su ritmo. Sin embargo su tono de voz me pareci&#243; mon&#243;tono y falto de emoci&#243;n.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
Ninguna reacci&#243;n extrema, pero un sentimiento grarnde de empat&#237;a. Me sent&#237; muy identificado con la historia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Birth Audiobook by Tina Cassidy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Birth-Audiobook/B013TBAVVY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Birth
Subtitle: The Surprising History of How We Are Born
Author: Tina Cassidy
Narrator: Angela Starling
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-13-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published to widespread acclaim, Tina Cassidy&apos;s smart, engaging book is the first world history of childbirth in 50 years. From evolution to the epidural and beyond, Tina Cassidy presents an intelligent, enlightening, and impeccably researched cultural history of how and why we&apos;re born the way we are. Women have been giving birth for millennia, but that&apos;s about the only constant in the final stage of the great process that is human reproduction. Why is it that every culture and generation seems to have its own ideas about the best way to give birth? Cassidy explores the physical, anthropological, political, and religious factors that have and will continue to influence how women bring new life into the world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tina Cassidy)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2015 12:54:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021793/bk_adbl_021793_sample.mp3" length="2324838" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Birth-Audiobook/B013TBAVVY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51pKuzeLBML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Birth
Subtitle: The Surprising History of How We Are Born
Author: Tina Cassidy
Narrator: Angela Starling
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-13-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published to widespread acclaim, Tina Cassidy&apos;s smart, engaging book is the first world history of childbirth in 50 years. From evolution to the epidural and beyond, Tina Cassidy presents an intelligent, enlightening, and impeccably researched cultural history of how and why we&apos;re born the way we are. Women have been giving birth for millennia, but that&apos;s about the only constant in the final stage of the great process that is human reproduction. Why is it that every culture and generation seems to have its own ideas about the best way to give birth? Cassidy explores the physical, anthropological, political, and religious factors that have and will continue to influence how women bring new life into the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Birth
Subtitle: The Surprising History of How We Are Born
Author: Tina Cassidy
Narrator: Angela Starling
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-13-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published to widespread acclaim, Tina Cassidy&apos;s smart, engaging book is the first world history of childbirth in 50 years. From evolution to the epidural and beyond, Tina Cassidy presents an intelligent, enlightening, and impeccably researched cultural history of how and why we&apos;re born the way we are. Women have been giving birth for millennia, but that&apos;s about the only constant in the final stage of the great process that is human reproduction. Why is it that every culture and generation seems to have its own ideas about the best way to give birth? Cassidy explores the physical, anthropological, political, and religious factors that have and will continue to influence how women bring new life into the world.

Members Reviews:
important historical work, fascinating and fun
really interesting and informative historical work. it was well researched and written, and I thought also it did especially well at being non-biased regarding birth choices and care providers, when all was said and done.

I could not get into this book
Any additional comments?
I tried many times over several months--with time outs--to get into this book, but it didn&apos;t hold my interest, which is unusual because I love non-fiction books.

Renewed appreciation for everyday miracles
Pretty much anyone contemplating birth needs to read or listen to this book.  There are some dicey parts you might skip if you don&apos;t have the stomach for it but this is, after all, a comprehensive treatment from the lilting to the barbaric.   But what really shines there is the miraculous nature of, well, nurture.  That and the fleeting fads that come with every cultural shift to the next best thing.  If nothing else every father to be ought to read the sections that cover doulas to fathers about 3/4 into the book.  It&apos;s really helpful.

Great insight into the history of birth
This book is not a epic adventure but a deep dive into the history of birth. It reads more like a textbook. There is a wealth of knowledge and surprising history in this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Law AudioLearn Audiobook by AudioLearn Content Team</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sales-Law-AudioLearn-Audiobook/B0743NR584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sales Law AudioLearn
Subtitle: A Course Outline
Author: AudioLearn Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-24-17
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Written by authorities in the field and professionally narrated for easy listening, this outline covers what is typically taught in a law school sales law course. Included are detailed explanations of critical issues and topics you must know to master the course. Inside you&apos;ll find:
In this outline, we&apos;ll review the following:
AudioLearn&apos;s Law Outlines support your studies, help with exam preparation and provide a comprehensive audio review of the topic matter.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Content Team)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jul 2017 05:36:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/091552/bk_acx0_091552_sample.mp3" length="2320344" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sales-Law-AudioLearn-Audiobook/B0743NR584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/5198dzYGZaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sales Law AudioLearn
Subtitle: A Course Outline
Author: AudioLearn Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-24-17
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Written by authorities in the field and professionally narrated for easy listening, this outline covers what is typically taught in a law school sales law course. Included are detailed explanations of critical issues and topics you must know to master the course. Inside you&apos;ll find:
In this outline, we&apos;ll review the following:
AudioLearn&apos;s Law Outlines support your studies, help with exam preparation and provide a comprehensive audio review of the topic matter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sales Law AudioLearn
Subtitle: A Course Outline
Author: AudioLearn Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-24-17
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Written by authorities in the field and professionally narrated for easy listening, this outline covers what is typically taught in a law school sales law course. Included are detailed explanations of critical issues and topics you must know to master the course. Inside you&apos;ll find:
In this outline, we&apos;ll review the following:
AudioLearn&apos;s Law Outlines support your studies, help with exam preparation and provide a comprehensive audio review of the topic matter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of W.E.B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk Audiobook by Jason Xidias</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-WEB-Du-Bois-The-Souls-of-Black-Folk-Audiobook/B01BH67DF0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of W.E.B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk
Author: Jason Xidias
Narrator: uncredited
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-05-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Macat Analysis of W. E .B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk
New York and London: W. W. Norton and Company, 1999
Published by sociologist and historian W. E. B. Du Bois in 1903, this series of essays addresses the plight of African Americans facing everyday racism in the United States at the turn of the 20th century. It has become one of the most important works on race and identity across the world.
Du Bois sets out to explain how black interaction with a white world has caused psychological anguish and argues that blacks should demand total equality in their daily realities. He opposes the views of other black intellectuals that some inequality is acceptable in exchange for basic education and legal rights.
The Souls of Black Folk highlights the way Jim Crow laws (designed above all to make it impossible for blacks to vote) kept blacks in conditions they thought they had escaped when slavery was abolished in 1865.
Looking at key issues from political, economic, and social perspectives, The Souls of Black Folk profoundly influenced the Civil Rights Movement in the US and inspired postcolonial thinking worldwide.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jason Xidias)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2016 01:08:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/052875/bk_acx0_052875_sample.mp3" length="448620" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-WEB-Du-Bois-The-Souls-of-Black-Folk-Audiobook/B01BH67DF0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41SawTiZWbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of W.E.B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk
Author: Jason Xidias
Narrator: uncredited
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-05-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Macat Analysis of W. E .B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk
New York and London: W. W. Norton and Company, 1999
Published by sociologist and historian W. E. B. Du Bois in 1903, this series of essays addresses the plight of African Americans facing everyday racism in the United States at the turn of the 20th century. It has become one of the most important works on race and identity across the world.
Du Bois sets out to explain how black interaction with a white world has caused psychological anguish and argues that blacks should demand total equality in their daily realities. He opposes the views of other black intellectuals that some inequality is acceptable in exchange for basic education and legal rights.
The Souls of Black Folk highlights the way Jim Crow laws (designed above all to make it impossible for blacks to vote) kept blacks in conditions they thought they had escaped when slavery was abolished in 1865.
Looking at key issues from political, economic, and social perspectives, The Souls of Black Folk profoundly influenced the Civil Rights Movement in the US and inspired postcolonial thinking worldwide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of W.E.B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk
Author: Jason Xidias
Narrator: uncredited
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-05-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Macat Analysis of W. E .B. Du Bois&apos; The Souls of Black Folk
New York and London: W. W. Norton and Company, 1999
Published by sociologist and historian W. E. B. Du Bois in 1903, this series of essays addresses the plight of African Americans facing everyday racism in the United States at the turn of the 20th century. It has become one of the most important works on race and identity across the world.
Du Bois sets out to explain how black interaction with a white world has caused psychological anguish and argues that blacks should demand total equality in their daily realities. He opposes the views of other black intellectuals that some inequality is acceptable in exchange for basic education and legal rights.
The Souls of Black Folk highlights the way Jim Crow laws (designed above all to make it impossible for blacks to vote) kept blacks in conditions they thought they had escaped when slavery was abolished in 1865.
Looking at key issues from political, economic, and social perspectives, The Souls of Black Folk profoundly influenced the Civil Rights Movement in the US and inspired postcolonial thinking worldwide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vagina Audiobook by Emma L. E. Rees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Vagina-Audiobook/B00QFJUSZW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Vagina
Subtitle: A Literary and Cultural History
Author: Emma L. E. Rees
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-02-14
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From South Park to Kathy Acker, and from Lars Von Trier to Sex and the City, women&apos;s sexual organs are demonized. Rees traces the fascinating evolution of this demonization, considering how calling the &quot;c-word&quot; obscene both legitimates and perpetuates the fractured identities of women globally. Rees demonstrates how writers, artists, and filmmakers contend with the dilemma of the vagina&apos;s puzzlingly &quot;covert visibility&quot;. In our postmodern, porn-obsessed culture, vaginas appear to be everywhere, literally or symbolically but, crucially, they are as silenced as they are objectified. The Vagina: A Literary and Cultural History examines the paradox of female genitalia through five fields of artistic expression: literature, film, TV, visual, and performance art. There is a peculiar paradox - unlike any other - regarding female genitalia. Rees focuses on this paradox of what is termed the &quot;covert visibility&quot; of the vagina and on its monstrous manifestations. That is, what happens when the female body refuses to be pathologized, eroticized, or rendered subordinate to the will or intention of another? Common, and often offensive, slang terms for the vagina can be seen as an attempt to divert attention away from the reality of women&apos;s lived sexual experiences such that we don&apos;t &quot;look&quot; at the vagina itself - slang offers a convenient distraction to something so taboo. The Vagina: A Literary and Cultural History is an important contribution to the ongoing debate in understanding the feminine identity.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Emma L. E. Rees)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2014 00:56:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021170/bk_adbl_021170_sample.mp3" length="2124218" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Vagina-Audiobook/B00QFJUSZW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Dk-946oPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Vagina
Subtitle: A Literary and Cultural History
Author: Emma L. E. Rees
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-02-14
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From South Park to Kathy Acker, and from Lars Von Trier to Sex and the City, women&apos;s sexual organs are demonized. Rees traces the fascinating evolution of this demonization, considering how calling the &quot;c-word&quot; obscene both legitimates and perpetuates the fractured identities of women globally. Rees demonstrates how writers, artists, and filmmakers contend with the dilemma of the vagina&apos;s puzzlingly &quot;covert visibility&quot;. In our postmodern, porn-obsessed culture, vaginas appear to be everywhere, literally or symbolically but, crucially, they are as silenced as they are objectified. The Vagina: A Literary and Cultural History examines the paradox of female genitalia through five fields of artistic expression: literature, film, TV, visual, and performance art. There is a peculiar paradox - unlike any other - regarding female genitalia. Rees focuses on this paradox of what is termed the &quot;covert visibility&quot; of the vagina and on its monstrous manifestations. That is, what happens when the female body refuses to be pathologized, eroticized, or rendered subordinate to the will or intention of another? Common, and often offensive, slang terms for the vagina can be seen as an attempt to divert attention away from the reality of women&apos;s lived sexual experiences such that we don&apos;t &quot;look&quot; at the vagina itself - slang offers a convenient distraction to something so taboo. The Vagina: A Literary and Cultural History is an important contribution to the ongoing debate in understanding the feminine identity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Vagina
Subtitle: A Literary and Cultural History
Author: Emma L. E. Rees
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-02-14
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From South Park to Kathy Acker, and from Lars Von Trier to Sex and the City, women&apos;s sexual organs are demonized. Rees traces the fascinating evolution of this demonization, considering how calling the &quot;c-word&quot; obscene both legitimates and perpetuates the fractured identities of women globally. Rees demonstrates how writers, artists, and filmmakers contend with the dilemma of the vagina&apos;s puzzlingly &quot;covert visibility&quot;. In our postmodern, porn-obsessed culture, vaginas appear to be everywhere, literally or symbolically but, crucially, they are as silenced as they are objectified. The Vagina: A Literary and Cultural History examines the paradox of female genitalia through five fields of artistic expression: literature, film, TV, visual, and performance art. There is a peculiar paradox - unlike any other - regarding female genitalia. Rees focuses on this paradox of what is termed the &quot;covert visibility&quot; of the vagina and on its monstrous manifestations. That is, what happens when the female body refuses to be pathologized, eroticized, or rendered subordinate to the will or intention of another? Common, and often offensive, slang terms for the vagina can be seen as an attempt to divert attention away from the reality of women&apos;s lived sexual experiences such that we don&apos;t &quot;look&quot; at the vagina itself - slang offers a convenient distraction to something so taboo. The Vagina: A Literary and Cultural History is an important contribution to the ongoing debate in understanding the feminine identity.

Members Reviews:
Insightful, but somewhat disappointing
Wanted a folkloric or mythological perspective. Instead, the author focused more on mass media representations</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sexuality Audiobook by Veronique Mottier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sexuality-Audiobook/B004A9T5U8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sexuality
Subtitle: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Veronique Mottier
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-07-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is our sexuality determined primarily by our genes? Or is it shaped by the social norms and expectations we happen to be born into? This Very Short Introduction provides an accessible, thoughtful and thought-provoking introduction to major debates around sexuality in the modern world, highlighting the social and political aspects of sexuality. It critically explores different ways of defining and thinking about sexuality and shows that many of our assumptions about what is &quot;natural&quot; in the sexual domain have, in reality, varied greatly in different historical or cultural contexts.
The volume also examines ways in which governments have tried to regulate citizens&apos; sexualities in the past - through policies and laws concerning public health, HIV/Aids, prostitution, and sex education - paying special attention to the particular zeal with which women&apos;s sexuality has been policed. The volume concludes by discussing political activism around sexuality more widely, focusing on the ways in which feminists, lesbians, and gay men, as well as religious fundamentalists, have transformed our ways of thinking about sexuality in the past few decades.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Veronique Mottier)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2010 09:52:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/001905/bk_adbl_001905_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sexuality-Audiobook/B004A9T5U8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51PBj+o8KML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sexuality
Subtitle: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Veronique Mottier
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-07-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is our sexuality determined primarily by our genes? Or is it shaped by the social norms and expectations we happen to be born into? This Very Short Introduction provides an accessible, thoughtful and thought-provoking introduction to major debates around sexuality in the modern world, highlighting the social and political aspects of sexuality. It critically explores different ways of defining and thinking about sexuality and shows that many of our assumptions about what is &quot;natural&quot; in the sexual domain have, in reality, varied greatly in different historical or cultural contexts.
The volume also examines ways in which governments have tried to regulate citizens&apos; sexualities in the past - through policies and laws concerning public health, HIV/Aids, prostitution, and sex education - paying special attention to the particular zeal with which women&apos;s sexuality has been policed. The volume concludes by discussing political activism around sexuality more widely, focusing on the ways in which feminists, lesbians, and gay men, as well as religious fundamentalists, have transformed our ways of thinking about sexuality in the past few decades.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sexuality
Subtitle: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Veronique Mottier
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-07-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is our sexuality determined primarily by our genes? Or is it shaped by the social norms and expectations we happen to be born into? This Very Short Introduction provides an accessible, thoughtful and thought-provoking introduction to major debates around sexuality in the modern world, highlighting the social and political aspects of sexuality. It critically explores different ways of defining and thinking about sexuality and shows that many of our assumptions about what is &quot;natural&quot; in the sexual domain have, in reality, varied greatly in different historical or cultural contexts.
The volume also examines ways in which governments have tried to regulate citizens&apos; sexualities in the past - through policies and laws concerning public health, HIV/Aids, prostitution, and sex education - paying special attention to the particular zeal with which women&apos;s sexuality has been policed. The volume concludes by discussing political activism around sexuality more widely, focusing on the ways in which feminists, lesbians, and gay men, as well as religious fundamentalists, have transformed our ways of thinking about sexuality in the past few decades.

Members Reviews:
Four Stars
Had to get this for class, ended up liking the book.

Only one perspective on the topic
I&apos;ve been looking for a one-volume text on the topic of sexuality that would include all aspects of this human phenomenon.  OKAY, a tall order, maybe an impossibility.  This book takes pretty much for granted the social-construction perspective and relies heavily on the work of Michel Foucault.  Among the many debates in the field of sexuality, the one that most intrigues me is the biology versus culture debate.  Is gender inborn or culturally determined? Or a choice?  Is sexual orientation something you&apos;re &quot;born with&quot; (as Lady Gaga would have it) or simply a historico-cultural phenomenon?  It should be obvious that the truth is not at one pole of these binaries.  Some of us certainly experience our sexuality as pretty much fixed from a very, very early age, and others seem to be able to shed identities almost at will.  But a book on &quot;sexuality&quot; would give some space to essentialists, those, for example, who search for an explanation for hetero-and homo-sexual tendencies in brain chemistry or in events that occur in the womb, as well as those who emphasize culture.  The author brings up the famous speech of Aristophanes in the Plato&apos;s Symposium, where he rather baldly and boldly posits the existence of people who yearn for the opposite sex, the same sex, or both, as being pretty much part of human nature.  But our author does this to point out that Aristophanes is a comic writer and Plato was probably having some fun.  This is pretty much typical of her approach, I&apos;m afraid.
Of course, the cultural explanation has much to recommend it--I just wish the author had been a bit less biased in its direction.
The book has a European feel to it (the spelling is British rather than American), and thus privileges at least a bit, the European discussion rather than that in the U.S.A.  Again, nothing wrong with this, but you might want to be aware of it.
Finally, the book would be up to date (copyright 2008, obviously written earlier) in almost any other subject, but the rise of the internet in the last five years has been spectacular, as has the amazing progress of gay rights around the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Cheers for Anarchism Audiobook by James C. Scott</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Two-Cheers-for-Anarchism-Audiobook/B00AHHE3E0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Two Cheers for Anarchism
Subtitle: Six Easy Pieces on Autonomy, Dignity, and Meaningful Work and Play
Author: James C. Scott
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-04-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 65 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Scott taught us what&apos;s wrong with seeing like a state. Now, in his most accessible and personal book to date, the acclaimed social scientist makes the case for seeing like an anarchist. Inspired by the core anarchist faith in the possibilities of voluntary cooperation without hierarchy, Two Cheers for Anarchism is an engaging, high-spirited, and often very funny defense of an anarchist way of seeing - one that provides a unique and powerful perspective on everything from everyday social and political interactions to mass protests and revolutions.
Through a wide-ranging series of memorable anecdotes and examples, the book describes an anarchist sensibility that celebrates the local knowledge, common sense, and creativity of ordinary people. The result is a kind of handbook on constructive anarchism that challenges us to radically reconsider the value of hierarchy in public and private life, from schools and workplaces to retirement homes and government itself.
Beginning with what Scott calls &quot;the law of anarchist calisthenics&quot;, an argument for law-breaking inspired by an East German pedestrian crossing, each chapter opens with a story that captures an essential anarchist truth. In the course of telling these stories, Scott touches on a wide variety of subjects: public disorder and riots, desertion, poaching, vernacular knowledge, assembly-line production, globalization, the petty bourgeoisie, school testing, playgrounds, and the practice of historical explanation.Far from a dogmatic manifesto, Two Cheers for Anarchism celebrates the anarchist confidence in the inventiveness and judgment of people who are free to exercise their creative and moral capacities.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (James C. Scott)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Dec 2012 06:39:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/007318/bk_adbl_007318_sample.mp3" length="2121820" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Two-Cheers-for-Anarchism-Audiobook/B00AHHE3E0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41MlA8r7l4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Two Cheers for Anarchism
Subtitle: Six Easy Pieces on Autonomy, Dignity, and Meaningful Work and Play
Author: James C. Scott
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-04-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 65 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Scott taught us what&apos;s wrong with seeing like a state. Now, in his most accessible and personal book to date, the acclaimed social scientist makes the case for seeing like an anarchist. Inspired by the core anarchist faith in the possibilities of voluntary cooperation without hierarchy, Two Cheers for Anarchism is an engaging, high-spirited, and often very funny defense of an anarchist way of seeing - one that provides a unique and powerful perspective on everything from everyday social and political interactions to mass protests and revolutions.
Through a wide-ranging series of memorable anecdotes and examples, the book describes an anarchist sensibility that celebrates the local knowledge, common sense, and creativity of ordinary people. The result is a kind of handbook on constructive anarchism that challenges us to radically reconsider the value of hierarchy in public and private life, from schools and workplaces to retirement homes and government itself.
Beginning with what Scott calls &quot;the law of anarchist calisthenics&quot;, an argument for law-breaking inspired by an East German pedestrian crossing, each chapter opens with a story that captures an essential anarchist truth. In the course of telling these stories, Scott touches on a wide variety of subjects: public disorder and riots, desertion, poaching, vernacular knowledge, assembly-line production, globalization, the petty bourgeoisie, school testing, playgrounds, and the practice of historical explanation.Far from a dogmatic manifesto, Two Cheers for Anarchism celebrates the anarchist confidence in the inventiveness and judgment of people who are free to exercise their creative and moral capacities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Two Cheers for Anarchism
Subtitle: Six Easy Pieces on Autonomy, Dignity, and Meaningful Work and Play
Author: James C. Scott
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-04-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 65 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Scott taught us what&apos;s wrong with seeing like a state. Now, in his most accessible and personal book to date, the acclaimed social scientist makes the case for seeing like an anarchist. Inspired by the core anarchist faith in the possibilities of voluntary cooperation without hierarchy, Two Cheers for Anarchism is an engaging, high-spirited, and often very funny defense of an anarchist way of seeing - one that provides a unique and powerful perspective on everything from everyday social and political interactions to mass protests and revolutions.
Through a wide-ranging series of memorable anecdotes and examples, the book describes an anarchist sensibility that celebrates the local knowledge, common sense, and creativity of ordinary people. The result is a kind of handbook on constructive anarchism that challenges us to radically reconsider the value of hierarchy in public and private life, from schools and workplaces to retirement homes and government itself.
Beginning with what Scott calls &quot;the law of anarchist calisthenics&quot;, an argument for law-breaking inspired by an East German pedestrian crossing, each chapter opens with a story that captures an essential anarchist truth. In the course of telling these stories, Scott touches on a wide variety of subjects: public disorder and riots, desertion, poaching, vernacular knowledge, assembly-line production, globalization, the petty bourgeoisie, school testing, playgrounds, and the practice of historical explanation.Far from a dogmatic manifesto, Two Cheers for Anarchism celebrates the anarchist confidence in the inventiveness and judgment of people who are free to exercise their creative and moral capacities.

Members Reviews:
Three cheeers for Two cheers for Anarchism
This is one of my favorite Audiobooks, I loved it so much I went and bought the physical version to sneak into work. Regardless of your personal political leanings or feelings about Anarchism, give James C Scott a chance, and youll probably find yourself rethinking some of those veiws

Eye-Opening and Insightful
James Scott&apos;s case for anarchy is one of the best mainstream presentations I&apos;ve ever seen. Chapters two and six are especially good. Scott offers a view of *present* political life that is at once novel and powerfully convincing (albeit, a little naive). Despite it&apos;s vaguely unsatisfying incompleteness, I would count this as a much better book than Chomsky&apos;s &quot;On Anarchy&quot; for example, for the strength of its arguments.

fragmentary but illuminating
Scott&apos;s essays are all over the place, for good or ill. Superficially they might seem unfocused. But they shed light on how anarchism is not an abstract ideology but a living practice that can pop up in all areas of disjointed human life.
The book is easy reading/listening, but don&apos;t let that deceive you. You will learn a lot in the process.

Brilliant ideas, calmly and clearly explained
Brilliant ideas, calmly and clearly explained. James C Scott explains the power of ordinary people acting in their own self-interest, changing history and how this is repugnant to the self-interests of the state.

Two cheers are too few...
For those who have not encountered Scott yet there is much to enjoy but otherwise there is little that is new.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Precautionary Tale Audiobook by Philip Ackerman-Leist</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Precautionary-Tale-Audiobook/B077H5V7NJ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Precautionary Tale
Subtitle: How One Small Town Banned Pesticides, Preserved Its Food Heritage, and Inspired a Movement
Author: Philip Ackerman-Leist
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: Chelsea Green Publishing
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mals, Italy, has long been known as the breadbasket of the Tyrol. But recently the tiny town became known for something else entirely. A Precautionary Tale tells us why, introducing readers to an unlikely group of activists and a forward-thinking mayor who came together to ban pesticides in Mals by a referendum vote, making it the first place on Earth to accomplish such a feat, and a model for other towns and regions to follow. For hundreds of years, the people of Mals had cherished their traditional foodways and kept their local agriculture organic. Their town had become a mecca for tourists drawn by the alpine landscape, the rural and historic character of the villages, and the fine breads, wines, cheeses, herbs, vegetables, and the other traditional foods they produced.
Yet Mals is located high up in the eastern Alps, and the valley below was being steadily overtaken by big apple producers, heavily dependent on pesticides. As Big Apple crept further and further up the region&apos;s mountainsides, their toxic spray drifted with the valley&apos;s ever-present winds and began to fall on the farms and fields of Mals?threatening their organic certifications, as well as their health and that of their livestock.
As Ackerman-Leist recounts the locals&apos; uprising, we meet an organic dairy farmer who decides to speak up when his hay is poisoned by drift; a pediatrician who engaged other medical professionals to protect the soil, water, and air that the health of her patients depends upon; a hairdresser whose salon conversations mobilized the town&apos;s women in an extraordinarily conceived campaign; and others who together orchestrated one of the rare revolutionary successes of our time and inspired a movement now snaking its way through Europe and across the world. The audiobook is narrated with characteristic mastery by Will Damron.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Philip Ackerman-Leist)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2017 07:42:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/101005/bk_acx0_101005_sample.mp3" length="1996844" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Precautionary-Tale-Audiobook/B077H5V7NJ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51LDBeSSMPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Precautionary Tale
Subtitle: How One Small Town Banned Pesticides, Preserved Its Food Heritage, and Inspired a Movement
Author: Philip Ackerman-Leist
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: Chelsea Green Publishing
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mals, Italy, has long been known as the breadbasket of the Tyrol. But recently the tiny town became known for something else entirely. A Precautionary Tale tells us why, introducing readers to an unlikely group of activists and a forward-thinking mayor who came together to ban pesticides in Mals by a referendum vote, making it the first place on Earth to accomplish such a feat, and a model for other towns and regions to follow. For hundreds of years, the people of Mals had cherished their traditional foodways and kept their local agriculture organic. Their town had become a mecca for tourists drawn by the alpine landscape, the rural and historic character of the villages, and the fine breads, wines, cheeses, herbs, vegetables, and the other traditional foods they produced.
Yet Mals is located high up in the eastern Alps, and the valley below was being steadily overtaken by big apple producers, heavily dependent on pesticides. As Big Apple crept further and further up the region&apos;s mountainsides, their toxic spray drifted with the valley&apos;s ever-present winds and began to fall on the farms and fields of Mals?threatening their organic certifications, as well as their health and that of their livestock.
As Ackerman-Leist recounts the locals&apos; uprising, we meet an organic dairy farmer who decides to speak up when his hay is poisoned by drift; a pediatrician who engaged other medical professionals to protect the soil, water, and air that the health of her patients depends upon; a hairdresser whose salon conversations mobilized the town&apos;s women in an extraordinarily conceived campaign; and others who together orchestrated one of the rare revolutionary successes of our time and inspired a movement now snaking its way through Europe and across the world. The audiobook is narrated with characteristic mastery by Will Damron.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Precautionary Tale
Subtitle: How One Small Town Banned Pesticides, Preserved Its Food Heritage, and Inspired a Movement
Author: Philip Ackerman-Leist
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: Chelsea Green Publishing
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mals, Italy, has long been known as the breadbasket of the Tyrol. But recently the tiny town became known for something else entirely. A Precautionary Tale tells us why, introducing readers to an unlikely group of activists and a forward-thinking mayor who came together to ban pesticides in Mals by a referendum vote, making it the first place on Earth to accomplish such a feat, and a model for other towns and regions to follow. For hundreds of years, the people of Mals had cherished their traditional foodways and kept their local agriculture organic. Their town had become a mecca for tourists drawn by the alpine landscape, the rural and historic character of the villages, and the fine breads, wines, cheeses, herbs, vegetables, and the other traditional foods they produced.
Yet Mals is located high up in the eastern Alps, and the valley below was being steadily overtaken by big apple producers, heavily dependent on pesticides. As Big Apple crept further and further up the region&apos;s mountainsides, their toxic spray drifted with the valley&apos;s ever-present winds and began to fall on the farms and fields of Mals?threatening their organic certifications, as well as their health and that of their livestock.
As Ackerman-Leist recounts the locals&apos; uprising, we meet an organic dairy farmer who decides to speak up when his hay is poisoned by drift; a pediatrician who engaged other medical professionals to protect the soil, water, and air that the health of her patients depends upon; a hairdresser whose salon conversations mobilized the town&apos;s women in an extraordinarily conceived campaign; and others who together orchestrated one of the rare revolutionary successes of our time and inspired a movement now snaking its way through Europe and across the world. The audiobook is narrated with characteristic mastery by Will Damron.

Members Reviews:
I&apos;m partway through A Precautionary Tale and like it just as much
I&apos;ve been a fan of Philip&apos;s writing since stumbling across Up Tunket Road. I&apos;m partway through A Precautionary Tale and like it just as much!

This was a fantastic read. I was lucky enough to be one ...
This was a fantastic read. I was lucky enough to be one of the students from Green Mountain College on the trip with Philip where this book idea was born. It is an inspirational story and one that becomes more important each day. I find it rare to feel an author&apos;s passion on a subject coming through on the page, but this is certainly the case here. It was an engrossing story I finished in two days. I would highly recommend this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Wish My Teacher Knew Audiobook by Kyle Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/I-Wish-My-Teacher-Knew-Audiobook/B074WFXRP6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: I Wish My Teacher Knew
Subtitle: How One Question Can Change Everything for Our Kids
Author: Kyle Schwartz
Narrator: Allyson Ryan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-29-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day, third-grade teacher Kyle Schwartz asked her students to fill in the blank in this sentence: &quot;I wish my teacher knew _____.&quot; The results astounded her.
Some answers were humorous; others were heartbreaking; all were profoundly moving and enlightening. The results opened her eyes to the need for educators to understand the unique realities their students face in order to create an open, safe, and supportive place in the classroom. When Schwartz shared her experience online, #IWishMyTeacherKnew became an immediate worldwide viral phenomenon.
Schwartz&apos;s book tells the story of #IWishMyTeacherKnew, including many students&apos; emotional and insightful responses, and ultimately provides an invaluable guide for teachers, parents, and communities.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A real passion for the kinds of teaching that better the lives of students is evident in Schwartz&apos;s every word, and her compassion and caring is contagious, making this book accessible to a wide range of listeners.&quot; (Library Journal)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kyle Schwartz)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2017 18:40:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/008294/bk_tant_008294_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/I-Wish-My-Teacher-Knew-Audiobook/B074WFXRP6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51mxOiamzeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: I Wish My Teacher Knew
Subtitle: How One Question Can Change Everything for Our Kids
Author: Kyle Schwartz
Narrator: Allyson Ryan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-29-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day, third-grade teacher Kyle Schwartz asked her students to fill in the blank in this sentence: &quot;I wish my teacher knew _____.&quot; The results astounded her.
Some answers were humorous; others were heartbreaking; all were profoundly moving and enlightening. The results opened her eyes to the need for educators to understand the unique realities their students face in order to create an open, safe, and supportive place in the classroom. When Schwartz shared her experience online, #IWishMyTeacherKnew became an immediate worldwide viral phenomenon.
Schwartz&apos;s book tells the story of #IWishMyTeacherKnew, including many students&apos; emotional and insightful responses, and ultimately provides an invaluable guide for teachers, parents, and communities.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A real passion for the kinds of teaching that better the lives of students is evident in Schwartz&apos;s every word, and her compassion and caring is contagious, making this book accessible to a wide range of listeners.&quot; (Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: I Wish My Teacher Knew
Subtitle: How One Question Can Change Everything for Our Kids
Author: Kyle Schwartz
Narrator: Allyson Ryan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-29-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day, third-grade teacher Kyle Schwartz asked her students to fill in the blank in this sentence: &quot;I wish my teacher knew _____.&quot; The results astounded her.
Some answers were humorous; others were heartbreaking; all were profoundly moving and enlightening. The results opened her eyes to the need for educators to understand the unique realities their students face in order to create an open, safe, and supportive place in the classroom. When Schwartz shared her experience online, #IWishMyTeacherKnew became an immediate worldwide viral phenomenon.
Schwartz&apos;s book tells the story of #IWishMyTeacherKnew, including many students&apos; emotional and insightful responses, and ultimately provides an invaluable guide for teachers, parents, and communities.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A real passion for the kinds of teaching that better the lives of students is evident in Schwartz&apos;s every word, and her compassion and caring is contagious, making this book accessible to a wide range of listeners.&quot; (Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
Great book for teachers!
An eye opening book that every teacher should read!  I love inspirational books such as this one.  I&apos;d highly recommend it to anyone who is in their first or even fortieth year of teaching!

Five Stars
Very moving book on the lives of children in a classroom.

Five Stars
Great Book for ALL teachers and anyone who cares about children. Highly recommended.

Cute book filled with common sense ideas
The purchase was great.  The book though is filled with common sense.  I was hoping for some strategies and ideas that were different.  Not the author&apos;s fault...just mine for not researching it more.

Five Stars
Asking the right question is key to getting to know someone!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What&apos;s the Matter with White People? Audiobook by Joan Walsh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whats-the-Matter-with-White-People-Audiobook/B00CYRD4W8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What&apos;s the Matter with White People?
Subtitle: Finding Our Way in the Next America
Author: Joan Walsh
Narrator: Joan Walsh
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 05-27-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 37 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The size and stability of the American middle class were once the envy of the world. But changes unleashed in the 1960s pitted Americans against one another politically in new and destructive ways. These battles continued to rage from that day to now, while everyone has fallen behind economically except the wealthy. Right-wing culture warriors blamed the decline on the moral shortcomings of &quot;other&quot; Americans - black people, feminists, gays, immigrants, union members - to court a fearful white working- and middle-class base with ever more bitter &quot;us vs. them&quot; politics. Liberals tried, but mostly failed, to make the case that we&apos;re all in this together.
In What&apos;s the Matter with White People?, popular Salon columnist Joan Walsh argues that the biggest divide in America today is not about party or ideology, but about two competing narratives for why everything has fallen apart since the 1970s. One side sees an America that has spent the last 40 years bankrupting the country providing benefits and advantages to the underachieving, the immoral, and the undeserving, no matter the cost to Middle America. The other sees an America that has spent the last 40 years bankrupting the country providing benefits and advantages to the very rich, while allowing a measure of cultural progress for the different and the downtrodden. It matters which side is right, and how the other side got things so wrong.
Walsh connects the dots of American decline through trends that began in the 1970s and continue today - including the demise of unions, the stagnation of middle-class wages, the extension of the right&apos;s &quot;Southern Strategy&quot; throughout the country, the victory of Reagan Republicanism, the increase in income inequality, and the drop in economic mobility.
Citing her extended family as a case in point, Walsh shows how liberals unwittingly collaborated in the &quot;us vs. them&quot; narrative, rather than developing an inspiring, persuasive vision of a more fair, united America. She also explores how the GOP&apos;s renewed culture war.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joan Walsh)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2013 12:09:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011942/bk_adbl_011942_sample.mp3" length="2118785" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whats-the-Matter-with-White-People-Audiobook/B00CYRD4W8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51krGcgf8OL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What&apos;s the Matter with White People?
Subtitle: Finding Our Way in the Next America
Author: Joan Walsh
Narrator: Joan Walsh
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 05-27-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 37 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The size and stability of the American middle class were once the envy of the world. But changes unleashed in the 1960s pitted Americans against one another politically in new and destructive ways. These battles continued to rage from that day to now, while everyone has fallen behind economically except the wealthy. Right-wing culture warriors blamed the decline on the moral shortcomings of &quot;other&quot; Americans - black people, feminists, gays, immigrants, union members - to court a fearful white working- and middle-class base with ever more bitter &quot;us vs. them&quot; politics. Liberals tried, but mostly failed, to make the case that we&apos;re all in this together.
In What&apos;s the Matter with White People?, popular Salon columnist Joan Walsh argues that the biggest divide in America today is not about party or ideology, but about two competing narratives for why everything has fallen apart since the 1970s. One side sees an America that has spent the last 40 years bankrupting the country providing benefits and advantages to the underachieving, the immoral, and the undeserving, no matter the cost to Middle America. The other sees an America that has spent the last 40 years bankrupting the country providing benefits and advantages to the very rich, while allowing a measure of cultural progress for the different and the downtrodden. It matters which side is right, and how the other side got things so wrong.
Walsh connects the dots of American decline through trends that began in the 1970s and continue today - including the demise of unions, the stagnation of middle-class wages, the extension of the right&apos;s &quot;Southern Strategy&quot; throughout the country, the victory of Reagan Republicanism, the increase in income inequality, and the drop in economic mobility.
Citing her extended family as a case in point, Walsh shows how liberals unwittingly collaborated in the &quot;us vs. them&quot; narrative, rather than developing an inspiring, persuasive vision of a more fair, united America. She also explores how the GOP&apos;s renewed culture war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What&apos;s the Matter with White People?
Subtitle: Finding Our Way in the Next America
Author: Joan Walsh
Narrator: Joan Walsh
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 05-27-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 37 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The size and stability of the American middle class were once the envy of the world. But changes unleashed in the 1960s pitted Americans against one another politically in new and destructive ways. These battles continued to rage from that day to now, while everyone has fallen behind economically except the wealthy. Right-wing culture warriors blamed the decline on the moral shortcomings of &quot;other&quot; Americans - black people, feminists, gays, immigrants, union members - to court a fearful white working- and middle-class base with ever more bitter &quot;us vs. them&quot; politics. Liberals tried, but mostly failed, to make the case that we&apos;re all in this together.
In What&apos;s the Matter with White People?, popular Salon columnist Joan Walsh argues that the biggest divide in America today is not about party or ideology, but about two competing narratives for why everything has fallen apart since the 1970s. One side sees an America that has spent the last 40 years bankrupting the country providing benefits and advantages to the underachieving, the immoral, and the undeserving, no matter the cost to Middle America. The other sees an America that has spent the last 40 years bankrupting the country providing benefits and advantages to the very rich, while allowing a measure of cultural progress for the different and the downtrodden. It matters which side is right, and how the other side got things so wrong.
Walsh connects the dots of American decline through trends that began in the 1970s and continue today - including the demise of unions, the stagnation of middle-class wages, the extension of the right&apos;s &quot;Southern Strategy&quot; throughout the country, the victory of Reagan Republicanism, the increase in income inequality, and the drop in economic mobility.
Citing her extended family as a case in point, Walsh shows how liberals unwittingly collaborated in the &quot;us vs. them&quot; narrative, rather than developing an inspiring, persuasive vision of a more fair, united America. She also explores how the GOP&apos;s renewed culture war.

Members Reviews:
Frustration
If you could sum up What&apos;s the Matter with White People? in three words, what would they be?
White conservatives feelings are hurt because we did not listen to them. Liberals aren&apos;t nice to them. It is okay for them to treat POC with impunity but we have to be nice to them because they are not used to not getting the rewards with little effort. Tired of hearing this to explain why they vote again their self interest.
What about Joan Walshs performance did you like?
I can listen to her performance without drifting off. Did not distract from the content.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
We hurt the white man&apos;s fee fee. Now we all pay.

great book!
Loved it! ! This book  is very well written thought-provoking non-politically correct Joan Walsh nailed it extremely insightful

Good book!
I appreciate Joan&apos;s honesty. Every American should read this book.  The truth will set them free, if they can handle the truth.

Way to go Joan!
I love this book. I can&apos;t wait to read it again, I love the fact she points out the similarities of the Irish &amp; blacks with a brief history lesson. The story of her family is cute &amp; funny with a good understanding of the dynamics of a political Irish American family growing up in New York.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>El Color de la Justicia [The New Jim Crow] Audio Libro por Michelle Alexander</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/El-Color-de-la-Justicia-The-New-Jim-Crow-Audiobook/B072MKRLMF</link>
      <description>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El Color de la Justicia [The New Jim Crow]
Subtitular: La nueva segregacion racial en Estados Unidos [Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness]
Autor: Michelle Alexander
Narrador: Adriana Sananes
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 17 hrs and 10 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 06-20-17
Editor: Recorded Books
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Resumen del editor:
En este revolucionario trabajo que ha permanecido por mas de dos anos en la lista de los libros mas vendidos del New York Times, Michelle Alexander argumenta que &quot;no hemos erradicado las castas raciales en Estados Unidos; las hemos meramente redisenado&quot;. Al apuntar a hombres negros por medio de la Guerra contra las Drogas y diezmando las comunidades de gente de color, el sistema de justicia criminal de Estados Unidos funciona como un sistema contemporaneo de control racial - al relegar a millones de personas a un estatus de segunda clase - incluso mientras este se adhiere al principio de ceguera para los colores. Los hispanoamericanos estan ampliamente representados en este sistema de encarcelamiento masivo que Alexander describe: 15 por ciento de todos los latinos en Estados Unidos dicen que ellos o alguien de su familia inmediata ha sido arrestado dentro de los ultimos cinco anos; y que cerca del 25 por ciento de los latinos de entre 18 y 29 anos comparten esta experiencia. Los latinos representan cerca de la mitad de todos los convictos en las prisiones federales, y en California (uno de los pocos estados que cuenta con informacion sobre esto), los latinos componen un 40 por ciento de todos los arrestos. Catedraticos tales como Tom Romero han sugerido que The New Jim Crow provee de los fundamentos esenciales para comprender el &quot;nuevo sistema Jim Crow&quot; de inmigracion y detencion en los Estados Unidos al dia de hoy. Millones de familias de habla hispana afectadas por este sistema apreciaran contar con una edicion en espanol de este libro que ha sido considerado como &quot;invaluable&quot; por el Daily Kos y &quot;explosivo&quot; por Kirkus Reviews.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michelle Alexander)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2017 10:42:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/010191/bk_reco_010191_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/El-Color-de-la-Justicia-The-New-Jim-Crow-Audiobook/B072MKRLMF</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51xBBxG2axL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>17:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Escucha este t&#237;tulo completo gratis en thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El Color de la Justicia [The New Jim Crow]
Subtitular: La nueva segregacion racial en Estados Unidos [Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness]
Autor: Michelle Alexander
Narrador: Adriana Sananes
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 17 hrs and 10 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 06-20-17
Editor: Recorded Books
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Resumen del editor:
En este revolucionario trabajo que ha permanecido por mas de dos anos en la lista de los libros mas vendidos del New York Times, Michelle Alexander argumenta que &quot;no hemos erradicado las castas raciales en Estados Unidos; las hemos meramente redisenado&quot;. Al apuntar a hombres negros por medio de la Guerra contra las Drogas y diezmando las comunidades de gente de color, el sistema de justicia criminal de Estados Unidos funciona como un sistema contemporaneo de control racial - al relegar a millones de personas a un estatus de segunda clase - incluso mientras este se adhiere al principio de ceguera para los colores. Los hispanoamericanos estan ampliamente representados en este sistema de encarcelamiento masivo que Alexander describe: 15 por ciento de todos los latinos en Estados Unidos dicen que ellos o alguien de su familia inmediata ha sido arrestado dentro de los ultimos cinco anos; y que cerca del 25 por ciento de los latinos de entre 18 y 29 anos comparten esta experiencia. Los latinos representan cerca de la mitad de todos los convictos en las prisiones federales, y en California (uno de los pocos estados que cuenta con informacion sobre esto), los latinos componen un 40 por ciento de todos los arrestos. Catedraticos tales como Tom Romero han sugerido que The New Jim Crow provee de los fundamentos esenciales para comprender el &quot;nuevo sistema Jim Crow&quot; de inmigracion y detencion en los Estados Unidos al dia de hoy. Millones de familias de habla hispana afectadas por este sistema apreciaran contar con una edicion en espanol de este libro que ha sido considerado como &quot;invaluable&quot; por el Daily Kos y &quot;explosivo&quot; por Kirkus Reviews.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El Color de la Justicia [The New Jim Crow]
Subtitular: La nueva segregacion racial en Estados Unidos [Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness]
Autor: Michelle Alexander
Narrador: Adriana Sananes
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 17 hrs and 10 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 06-20-17
Editor: Recorded Books
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Resumen del editor:
En este revolucionario trabajo que ha permanecido por mas de dos anos en la lista de los libros mas vendidos del New York Times, Michelle Alexander argumenta que &quot;no hemos erradicado las castas raciales en Estados Unidos; las hemos meramente redisenado&quot;. Al apuntar a hombres negros por medio de la Guerra contra las Drogas y diezmando las comunidades de gente de color, el sistema de justicia criminal de Estados Unidos funciona como un sistema contemporaneo de control racial - al relegar a millones de personas a un estatus de segunda clase - incluso mientras este se adhiere al principio de ceguera para los colores. Los hispanoamericanos estan ampliamente representados en este sistema de encarcelamiento masivo que Alexander describe: 15 por ciento de todos los latinos en Estados Unidos dicen que ellos o alguien de su familia inmediata ha sido arrestado dentro de los ultimos cinco anos; y que cerca del 25 por ciento de los latinos de entre 18 y 29 anos comparten esta experiencia. Los latinos representan cerca de la mitad de todos los convictos en las prisiones federales, y en California (uno de los pocos estados que cuenta con informacion sobre esto), los latinos componen un 40 por ciento de todos los arrestos. Catedraticos tales como Tom Romero han sugerido que The New Jim Crow provee de los fundamentos esenciales para comprender el &quot;nuevo sistema Jim Crow&quot; de inmigracion y detencion en los Estados Unidos al dia de hoy. Millones de familias de habla hispana afectadas por este sistema apreciaran contar con una edicion en espanol de este libro que ha sido considerado como &quot;invaluable&quot; por el Daily Kos y &quot;explosivo&quot; por Kirkus Reviews.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

Opiniones de los miembros:
&#161;Nosotros los latinos tenemos que leer este libro!
M&#225;s ahora que nunca, tenemos que saber los que est&#225; pasando en contra de nuestra comunidad. La informaci&#243;n es el poder. Y este libro nos da ese poder.
El color de la justicia: La nueva segregaci&#243;n racial en Estados Unidos (Spanish Edition)

Four Stars
Compelling and informative

Five Stars
excellent product, nice edition

America&apos;s race / social relations under new scrutiny  - in Spanish !!
Brava &quot;El Color De La Justicia&quot;  belongs in everyone&apos;s personal library! Prof. Alexander&apos;s work, now in Spanish translation, with a bold preface from activist lawyer Juan Cartagena, advances a timely dialogue and offers access to Spanish language readers and international readers.This important scholarship analyzes America&apos;s  contemporary fundamental question of race. It&apos;s a complex tapestry of our civil rights struggles and social justice disparities....

When first published, The New Jim Crow was an ...
When first published, The New Jim Crow was an important book that illustrated that the targeting of black men through the War on Drugs helped the criminal justice system function as a contemporary system of racial control. This new Spanish translation opens the book to an important cadre of activists, lawyers and lay people both in the USA to the fact that Latinos also suffer the same fate. Much needed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Somebodies and Nobodies Audiobook by Robert W. Fuller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Somebodies-and-Nobodies-Audiobook/B00W66JLB0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Somebodies and Nobodies
Subtitle: Overcoming the Abuse of Rank
Author: Robert W. Fuller
Narrator: Richard Newman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-15
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When discrimination is race-based, we call it racism; when it&apos;s gender-based, we call it sexism. Somebodies and Nobodies introduces rank-based discrimination - or &quot;rankism&quot; - a form of injustice that everyone knows, but no one sees. It explains our reluctance to confront rankism, shows where analyses based on identity fall short and, using dozens of examples, traces many forms of injustice and unfairness to rankism.
Robert Fuller served as president of Oberlin College and subsequently worked internationally as a &quot;citizen diplomat&quot;. He lives in Berkeley, California.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;...a wonderful and tremendously important book on the &apos;ism&apos; that is far more encompassing than racism, sexism or ageism. &apos;Rankism&apos; must be our prime target from now on in. Viva Fuller!&quot; (Studs Terkel, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Working)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert W. Fuller)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2015 18:58:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/034035/bk_acx0_034035_sample.mp3" length="2402161" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Somebodies-and-Nobodies-Audiobook/B00W66JLB0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61aub6WEJrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Somebodies and Nobodies
Subtitle: Overcoming the Abuse of Rank
Author: Robert W. Fuller
Narrator: Richard Newman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-15
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When discrimination is race-based, we call it racism; when it&apos;s gender-based, we call it sexism. Somebodies and Nobodies introduces rank-based discrimination - or &quot;rankism&quot; - a form of injustice that everyone knows, but no one sees. It explains our reluctance to confront rankism, shows where analyses based on identity fall short and, using dozens of examples, traces many forms of injustice and unfairness to rankism.
Robert Fuller served as president of Oberlin College and subsequently worked internationally as a &quot;citizen diplomat&quot;. He lives in Berkeley, California.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;...a wonderful and tremendously important book on the &apos;ism&apos; that is far more encompassing than racism, sexism or ageism. &apos;Rankism&apos; must be our prime target from now on in. Viva Fuller!&quot; (Studs Terkel, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Working)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Somebodies and Nobodies
Subtitle: Overcoming the Abuse of Rank
Author: Robert W. Fuller
Narrator: Richard Newman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-15
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When discrimination is race-based, we call it racism; when it&apos;s gender-based, we call it sexism. Somebodies and Nobodies introduces rank-based discrimination - or &quot;rankism&quot; - a form of injustice that everyone knows, but no one sees. It explains our reluctance to confront rankism, shows where analyses based on identity fall short and, using dozens of examples, traces many forms of injustice and unfairness to rankism.
Robert Fuller served as president of Oberlin College and subsequently worked internationally as a &quot;citizen diplomat&quot;. He lives in Berkeley, California.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;...a wonderful and tremendously important book on the &apos;ism&apos; that is far more encompassing than racism, sexism or ageism. &apos;Rankism&apos; must be our prime target from now on in. Viva Fuller!&quot; (Studs Terkel, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Working)

Members Reviews:
The First will be Last, and the Last will be First
The author made a compelling case on the concept of Rankism or the human tendency to abuse our position, power, and authority in life.  It shines a light on this form of discrimination.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blessed Unrest Audiobook by Paul Hawken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blessed-Unrest-Audiobook/B002V8KU4K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blessed Unrest
Author: Paul Hawken
Narrator: Paul Michael Garcia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 89 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Blessed Unrest tells the story of a worldwide movement that is largely unseen by politicians or the media. Hawken, an environmentalist and author, has spent more than a decade researching organizations dedicated to restoring the environment and fostering social justice. From billion-dollar nonprofit organizations to single-person causes, these organizations collectively comprise the largest movement on earth. This is a movement that has no name, leader, or location, but it is in every city, town, and culture. It is organizing from the bottom up and is emerging as an extraordinary and creative expression of people&apos;s needs worldwide.
&#169;2007 Paul Hawken; (P)2007 Blackstone Audiobooks

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this chronicle of the groundswell with no name, we have found our Tocqueville, our Twain, and our Sinclair.&quot; (Janine Benyus, author of Biomimicry)
 &quot;Blessed Unrest is exciting, compelling, and very important....It will inspire and encourage millions more to take action.&quot; (Jane Goodall, United Nations Ambassador for Peace)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Hawken)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 May 2007 06:26:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/002246/bk_blak_002246_sample.mp3" length="2399469" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Blessed-Unrest-Audiobook/B002V8KU4K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rR39KRpML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blessed Unrest
Author: Paul Hawken
Narrator: Paul Michael Garcia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 89 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Blessed Unrest tells the story of a worldwide movement that is largely unseen by politicians or the media. Hawken, an environmentalist and author, has spent more than a decade researching organizations dedicated to restoring the environment and fostering social justice. From billion-dollar nonprofit organizations to single-person causes, these organizations collectively comprise the largest movement on earth. This is a movement that has no name, leader, or location, but it is in every city, town, and culture. It is organizing from the bottom up and is emerging as an extraordinary and creative expression of people&apos;s needs worldwide.
&#169;2007 Paul Hawken; (P)2007 Blackstone Audiobooks

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this chronicle of the groundswell with no name, we have found our Tocqueville, our Twain, and our Sinclair.&quot; (Janine Benyus, author of Biomimicry)
 &quot;Blessed Unrest is exciting, compelling, and very important....It will inspire and encourage millions more to take action.&quot; (Jane Goodall, United Nations Ambassador for Peace)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blessed Unrest
Author: Paul Hawken
Narrator: Paul Michael Garcia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 89 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Blessed Unrest tells the story of a worldwide movement that is largely unseen by politicians or the media. Hawken, an environmentalist and author, has spent more than a decade researching organizations dedicated to restoring the environment and fostering social justice. From billion-dollar nonprofit organizations to single-person causes, these organizations collectively comprise the largest movement on earth. This is a movement that has no name, leader, or location, but it is in every city, town, and culture. It is organizing from the bottom up and is emerging as an extraordinary and creative expression of people&apos;s needs worldwide.
&#169;2007 Paul Hawken; (P)2007 Blackstone Audiobooks

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this chronicle of the groundswell with no name, we have found our Tocqueville, our Twain, and our Sinclair.&quot; (Janine Benyus, author of Biomimicry)
 &quot;Blessed Unrest is exciting, compelling, and very important....It will inspire and encourage millions more to take action.&quot; (Jane Goodall, United Nations Ambassador for Peace)

Members Reviews:
gorgeous, vibrant, relevant
the fact that this book can still feel so enormously urgent 10 years after publishing is a testimony to it&apos;s eloquence. absolutely beautiful, inspiring, and terrifyingly essential. I would recommend this to anyone who is interested in social justice, environmentalism, personal responsibility, civil rights, history and movements- it&apos;s about all of them and somehow manages to share completely new, refreshing insights and stories in the telling.

interesting
thoroughly lays out the fundamental components and stratagies that comprise a mass movement.  It was well written with many examples from real world senator and organizations.

good reference
I like this book as much for the references that it gave as for the knowledge it contained therein the philosophy was interesting as well

Should be required reading
I should have said &quot;required reading our listening&quot;
This book creates a framework, by which those who seek change can see hope and those who dismiss the movement for change can see it as both reasonable and possible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth Audiobook by Alexandra Robbins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Geeks-Shall-Inherit-the-Earth-Audiobook/B004XNI23W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth
Subtitle: Popularity, Quirk Theory, and Why Outsiders Thrive After High School
Author: Alexandra Robbins
Narrator: Kathleen McInerney
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-03-11
Publisher: Hyperion Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 82 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a smart, entertaining, reassuring book that reads like fiction, Alexandra Robbins manages to cross Gossip Girl with Freaks and Geeks and explain the fascinating psychology and science behind popularity and outcasthood. She reveals that the things that set students apart in high school are the things that help them stand out later in life.
Robbins follows seven real people grappling with the uncertainties of high-school social life, including:
In the middle of the year, Robbins surprises her subjects with a secret challengeexperiments that force them to change how classmates see them.
Robbins intertwines these narrativesoften triumphant, occasionally heartbreaking, and always captivatingwith essays exploring subjects like the secrets of popularity, being excluded doesnt mean theres anything wrong with you, why outsiders succeed, how schools make the social scene worseand how to fix it.

Editorial Reviews:
There are two reasons why three of the five books that Alexandra Robbins has written so far have been New York Times best sellers. Robbins writes about the anxiety-riddled inner life of teenagers and 20-something outsiders, an important subject everybody who plans to grow up must deal with sooner or later. The other reason her well-researched psycho-sociological case studies are best sellers is that they are complete readable, with an accessible and non-technical vocabulary bolstered by current pop cultural references and compelling adjectives. This is a highly prescriptive work of nonfiction, to be sure, but Robbins always presents her evidence in a thorough way that creates sympathetic characters out of her subjects, instead of simply reducing them to data.
This particular treatise focuses on the perils of trying to attain positive recognition from ones high school peers, demonstrated through the eyes of her seven main subjects: the band geek, the gamer, and the nerdy boy, alongside the weird girl, new girl, loner girl, and that most despised of all archetypes, the popular bitch. Kathleen McInerney does a beautifully understated job of narrating the emotional life of these awkward outcasts as they inch along their divergent rocky roads. Many of Robbins anecdotes are highly charged, from anti-gay bullying to garnering votes for class president. McInerney thankfully resists the temptation to act the parts of these underdogs as their feelings of isolation and failure often boil over, opting instead for a more nuanced and therefore more intense coming-of-age portrait.
Its not difficult to find these tales of high school horror believable. The hard part, of course, is to actively work toward implementing Robbins recommendations for how best to allow these kids the space and the energy to be themselves. Whether youre a student having a tough time, a parent who feels clueless, a school employee who gets frustrated by the popular kids domination of the school, or just a human being  this book is for anyone of any age who needs to hear that youre not alone in sometimes feeling like a loser. </description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alexandra Robbins)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2011 10:49:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hype/000096/bk_hype_000096_sample.mp3" length="2399802" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Geeks-Shall-Inherit-the-Earth-Audiobook/B004XNI23W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51A3v5CfYUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>15:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth
Subtitle: Popularity, Quirk Theory, and Why Outsiders Thrive After High School
Author: Alexandra Robbins
Narrator: Kathleen McInerney
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-03-11
Publisher: Hyperion Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 82 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a smart, entertaining, reassuring book that reads like fiction, Alexandra Robbins manages to cross Gossip Girl with Freaks and Geeks and explain the fascinating psychology and science behind popularity and outcasthood. She reveals that the things that set students apart in high school are the things that help them stand out later in life.
Robbins follows seven real people grappling with the uncertainties of high-school social life, including:
In the middle of the year, Robbins surprises her subjects with a secret challengeexperiments that force them to change how classmates see them.
Robbins intertwines these narrativesoften triumphant, occasionally heartbreaking, and always captivatingwith essays exploring subjects like the secrets of popularity, being excluded doesnt mean theres anything wrong with you, why outsiders succeed, how schools make the social scene worseand how to fix it.

Editorial Reviews:
There are two reasons why three of the five books that Alexandra Robbins has written so far have been New York Times best sellers. Robbins writes about the anxiety-riddled inner life of teenagers and 20-something outsiders, an important subject everybody who plans to grow up must deal with sooner or later. The other reason her well-researched psycho-sociological case studies are best sellers is that they are complete readable, with an accessible and non-technical vocabulary bolstered by current pop cultural references and compelling adjectives. This is a highly prescriptive work of nonfiction, to be sure, but Robbins always presents her evidence in a thorough way that creates sympathetic characters out of her subjects, instead of simply reducing them to data.
This particular treatise focuses on the perils of trying to attain positive recognition from ones high school peers, demonstrated through the eyes of her seven main subjects: the band geek, the gamer, and the nerdy boy, alongside the weird girl, new girl, loner girl, and that most despised of all archetypes, the popular bitch. Kathleen McInerney does a beautifully understated job of narrating the emotional life of these awkward outcasts as they inch along their divergent rocky roads. Many of Robbins anecdotes are highly charged, from anti-gay bullying to garnering votes for class president. McInerney thankfully resists the temptation to act the parts of these underdogs as their feelings of isolation and failure often boil over, opting instead for a more nuanced and therefore more intense coming-of-age portrait.
Its not difficult to find these tales of high school horror believable. The hard part, of course, is to actively work toward implementing Robbins recommendations for how best to allow these kids the space and the energy to be themselves. Whether youre a student having a tough time, a parent who feels clueless, a school employee who gets frustrated by the popular kids domination of the school, or just a human being  this book is for anyone of any age who needs to hear that youre not alone in sometimes feeling like a loser. </itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth
Subtitle: Popularity, Quirk Theory, and Why Outsiders Thrive After High School
Author: Alexandra Robbins
Narrator: Kathleen McInerney
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-03-11
Publisher: Hyperion Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 82 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a smart, entertaining, reassuring book that reads like fiction, Alexandra Robbins manages to cross Gossip Girl with Freaks and Geeks and explain the fascinating psychology and science behind popularity and outcasthood. She reveals that the things that set students apart in high school are the things that help them stand out later in life.
Robbins follows seven real people grappling with the uncertainties of high-school social life, including:
In the middle of the year, Robbins surprises her subjects with a secret challengeexperiments that force them to change how classmates see them.
Robbins intertwines these narrativesoften triumphant, occasionally heartbreaking, and always captivatingwith essays exploring subjects like the secrets of popularity, being excluded doesnt mean theres anything wrong with you, why outsiders succeed, how schools make the social scene worseand how to fix it.

Editorial Reviews:
There are two reasons why three of the five books that Alexandra Robbins has written so far have been New York Times best sellers. Robbins writes about the anxiety-riddled inner life of teenagers and 20-something outsiders, an important subject everybody who plans to grow up must deal with sooner or later. The other reason her well-researched psycho-sociological case studies are best sellers is that they are complete readable, with an accessible and non-technical vocabulary bolstered by current pop cultural references and compelling adjectives. This is a highly prescriptive work of nonfiction, to be sure, but Robbins always presents her evidence in a thorough way that creates sympathetic characters out of her subjects, instead of simply reducing them to data.
This particular treatise focuses on the perils of trying to attain positive recognition from ones high school peers, demonstrated through the eyes of her seven main subjects: the band geek, the gamer, and the nerdy boy, alongside the weird girl, new girl, loner girl, and that most despised of all archetypes, the popular bitch. Kathleen McInerney does a beautifully understated job of narrating the emotional life of these awkward outcasts as they inch along their divergent rocky roads. Many of Robbins anecdotes are highly charged, from anti-gay bullying to garnering votes for class president. McInerney thankfully resists the temptation to act the parts of these underdogs as their feelings of isolation and failure often boil over, opting instead for a more nuanced and therefore more intense coming-of-age portrait.
Its not difficult to find these tales of high school horror believable. The hard part, of course, is to actively work toward implementing Robbins recommendations for how best to allow these kids the space and the energy to be themselves. Whether youre a student having a tough time, a parent who feels clueless, a school employee who gets frustrated by the popular kids domination of the school, or just a human being  this book is for anyone of any age who needs to hear that youre not alone in sometimes feeling like a loser. 

Members Reviews:
Not what I expected...
Would you try another book from Alexandra Robbins and/or Kathleen McInerney?
Not likely.
Performance was fine, content not what I expected.
Any additional comments?
I expected this to be more academic and applicable to dealing with teenagers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sister Thorn and Catholic Mysticism in Modern America Audiobook by Paula M. Kane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sister-Thorn-and-Catholic-Mysticism-in-Modern-America-Audiobook/B00G5JAKBO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sister Thorn and Catholic Mysticism in Modern America
Author: Paula M. Kane
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-04-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day in 1917, while cooking dinner at home in Manhattan, Margaret Reilly felt a sharp pain over her heart and claimed to see a crucifix emerging in blood on her skin. Four years later Reilly entered the convent ofthe Sisters of the Good Shepherd in Peekskill, New York, where, known as SisterMary of the Crown of Thorns, she spent most of her life gravely ill andpossibly exhibiting Christ&apos;s wounds.
In this portrait of Sister Thorn, Paula M. Kane scrutinizes the responses to this American stigmatic&apos;s experiences and illustrates the surprising presence of mystical phenomena in twentieth-century American Catholicism.
Drawing on accounts by clerical authorities, ordinary Catholics, doctors, and journalists - as well as on medicine, anthropology, and gender studies - Kane explores American Catholic mysticism, setting it in the context of life after World War I and showing the war&apos;s impact on American Christianity. Sister Thorn&apos;s life, she reveals, marks the beginning of a transition among Catholics from a devotional, Old World piety to a newly confident role in American society.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paula M. Kane)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2013 01:56:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bbca/001602/bk_bbca_001602_sample.mp3" length="1413687" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sister-Thorn-and-Catholic-Mysticism-in-Modern-America-Audiobook/B00G5JAKBO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51V-dgZHQaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sister Thorn and Catholic Mysticism in Modern America
Author: Paula M. Kane
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-04-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day in 1917, while cooking dinner at home in Manhattan, Margaret Reilly felt a sharp pain over her heart and claimed to see a crucifix emerging in blood on her skin. Four years later Reilly entered the convent ofthe Sisters of the Good Shepherd in Peekskill, New York, where, known as SisterMary of the Crown of Thorns, she spent most of her life gravely ill andpossibly exhibiting Christ&apos;s wounds.
In this portrait of Sister Thorn, Paula M. Kane scrutinizes the responses to this American stigmatic&apos;s experiences and illustrates the surprising presence of mystical phenomena in twentieth-century American Catholicism.
Drawing on accounts by clerical authorities, ordinary Catholics, doctors, and journalists - as well as on medicine, anthropology, and gender studies - Kane explores American Catholic mysticism, setting it in the context of life after World War I and showing the war&apos;s impact on American Christianity. Sister Thorn&apos;s life, she reveals, marks the beginning of a transition among Catholics from a devotional, Old World piety to a newly confident role in American society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sister Thorn and Catholic Mysticism in Modern America
Author: Paula M. Kane
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-04-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day in 1917, while cooking dinner at home in Manhattan, Margaret Reilly felt a sharp pain over her heart and claimed to see a crucifix emerging in blood on her skin. Four years later Reilly entered the convent ofthe Sisters of the Good Shepherd in Peekskill, New York, where, known as SisterMary of the Crown of Thorns, she spent most of her life gravely ill andpossibly exhibiting Christ&apos;s wounds.
In this portrait of Sister Thorn, Paula M. Kane scrutinizes the responses to this American stigmatic&apos;s experiences and illustrates the surprising presence of mystical phenomena in twentieth-century American Catholicism.
Drawing on accounts by clerical authorities, ordinary Catholics, doctors, and journalists - as well as on medicine, anthropology, and gender studies - Kane explores American Catholic mysticism, setting it in the context of life after World War I and showing the war&apos;s impact on American Christianity. Sister Thorn&apos;s life, she reveals, marks the beginning of a transition among Catholics from a devotional, Old World piety to a newly confident role in American society.

Members Reviews:
Catholic Bashers will love this book!
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
If you&apos;re a Catholic basher, male priesthood hater, feminist victimhood promoter, this book is for you. If you worship the gods of psychoanalysis and Freudianism, this book is for you. If you have utter contempt for organized religion and the Ten Commandments, this book is for you.
Would you be willing to try another book from Paula M. Kane? Why or why not?
Paula M. Kane&apos;s take on Catholicism is as trustworthy as going on a date with the Boston Strangler and expecting to be taken home safe and sound. If I want to read a book on Catholicism, I will search for an author who holds and respects the tenets of the Faith, unlike Ms. Kane.
How did the narrator detract from the book?
Ms. Brazil, the narrator, did little to hide her contempt for all things Catholic. With her undue and very negative stress on certain Catholic terminology, for example, each time she read the word, &quot;cult,&quot; -- meaning particular religious devotions, Ms. Brazil rendered it akin to following the cult of Charles Manson, so dripping was her disdain for Catholic devotional practices. Add dripping condescension as well. Additionally, as a narrator of a book full of Catholic information, Ms. Brazil should have made an effort acquaint herself with correct pronunciation, i.e., the name of St. Augustine, the doctor of the Church is pronounced differently than the city in Florida. Her tone of reading made me angry. If you read the other comments, you will see that I am not alone in my reaction. Arrogant self-imagined superiority came screeching through her words. In fine, the narrator can be described as nothing else but a severe THORN in my side.
You didnt love this book...  but did it have any redeeming qualities?
The subject was an extremely interesting one. The history was fascinating and examples given of other mystics also held the listener&apos;s interest. However, more should have been devoted to the source materials of the accounts of witnesses of Sr. Thorn, than the author&apos;s obviously biased conclusions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Zora Neale Hurston&apos;s Characteristics of Negro Expression Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Zora-Neale-Hurstons-Characteristics-of-Negro-Expression-Audiobook/B01INYYUIM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Zora Neale Hurston&apos;s Characteristics of Negro Expression
Author: Mercedes Aguirre, Benjamin R. Lempert
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
African American novelist, anthropologist, and essayist Zora Neale Hurston explains how expression in African American arts and culture in the early 20th century departed from the art of white America. Using material collected on anthropological expeditions to the South, Hurston describes a creative process that is alive, ever changing, and largely improvisational. At the time African American art was often criticized for being unoriginal and for copying white culture. To Hurston, this criticism misunderstands how African American art works. White European tradition views art as something fixed. By contrast, Hurston maintains that African American art works through a process called &quot;mimicry&quot;, where an imitated object or verbal pattern, for example, is reshaped and altered until it becomes something new and novel.
Hurston says that black art does not only include traditional styles, like poetry or music. Anything can inspire its artistic creativity. Furthermore, black art is dynamic. It allows its artistic creations to change according to how their creators and performers want to express themselves at any particular moment.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mercedes Aguirre)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2016 04:26:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063887/bk_acx0_063887_sample.mp3" length="637537" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Zora-Neale-Hurstons-Characteristics-of-Negro-Expression-Audiobook/B01INYYUIM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51dSjtJ+SjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Zora Neale Hurston&apos;s Characteristics of Negro Expression
Author: Mercedes Aguirre, Benjamin R. Lempert
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
African American novelist, anthropologist, and essayist Zora Neale Hurston explains how expression in African American arts and culture in the early 20th century departed from the art of white America. Using material collected on anthropological expeditions to the South, Hurston describes a creative process that is alive, ever changing, and largely improvisational. At the time African American art was often criticized for being unoriginal and for copying white culture. To Hurston, this criticism misunderstands how African American art works. White European tradition views art as something fixed. By contrast, Hurston maintains that African American art works through a process called &quot;mimicry&quot;, where an imitated object or verbal pattern, for example, is reshaped and altered until it becomes something new and novel.
Hurston says that black art does not only include traditional styles, like poetry or music. Anything can inspire its artistic creativity. Furthermore, black art is dynamic. It allows its artistic creations to change according to how their creators and performers want to express themselves at any particular moment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Zora Neale Hurston&apos;s Characteristics of Negro Expression
Author: Mercedes Aguirre, Benjamin R. Lempert
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-19-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
African American novelist, anthropologist, and essayist Zora Neale Hurston explains how expression in African American arts and culture in the early 20th century departed from the art of white America. Using material collected on anthropological expeditions to the South, Hurston describes a creative process that is alive, ever changing, and largely improvisational. At the time African American art was often criticized for being unoriginal and for copying white culture. To Hurston, this criticism misunderstands how African American art works. White European tradition views art as something fixed. By contrast, Hurston maintains that African American art works through a process called &quot;mimicry&quot;, where an imitated object or verbal pattern, for example, is reshaped and altered until it becomes something new and novel.
Hurston says that black art does not only include traditional styles, like poetry or music. Anything can inspire its artistic creativity. Furthermore, black art is dynamic. It allows its artistic creations to change according to how their creators and performers want to express themselves at any particular moment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Steven Pinker&apos;s The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Steven-Pinkers-The-Better-Angels-of-Our-Nature-Why-Violence-Has-Declined-Audiobook/B01MFDRS4I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Steven Pinker&apos;s The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined
Author: Joulia Smortchkova
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published in 2011, The Better Angels of Our Nature is a gloriously optimistic book. In it, well-known cognitive psychologist Steven Pinker put forward an argument that contradicted what most people believed at the time. Pinker said that despite humanity&apos;s biological tendency toward violence, we are, in fact, less violent today than ever before. To prove it, he laid out pages of detailed statistical evidence. For him, much of the credit for the decline goes to the Enlightenment, the important intellectual movement of 18th-century Europe. Enlightenment thinkers argued for ideas of liberty, tolerance, and respect for the value of human life. As those ideas filtered down through society, they affected the way people thought. That psychological change led to behavioral change - and overall we became more peaceful. But the book sparked a blazing debate. Some critics passionately disagreed that humanity could overcome the biological urge toward violence. Others argued that Pinker&apos;s statistics were too focused on the West, too limited, and even simply flawed. The debate still rages on.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joulia Smortchkova)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 14:04:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/072174/bk_acx0_072174_sample.mp3" length="935960" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Steven-Pinkers-The-Better-Angels-of-Our-Nature-Why-Violence-Has-Declined-Audiobook/B01MFDRS4I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41gR4SgSudL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Steven Pinker&apos;s The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined
Author: Joulia Smortchkova
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published in 2011, The Better Angels of Our Nature is a gloriously optimistic book. In it, well-known cognitive psychologist Steven Pinker put forward an argument that contradicted what most people believed at the time. Pinker said that despite humanity&apos;s biological tendency toward violence, we are, in fact, less violent today than ever before. To prove it, he laid out pages of detailed statistical evidence. For him, much of the credit for the decline goes to the Enlightenment, the important intellectual movement of 18th-century Europe. Enlightenment thinkers argued for ideas of liberty, tolerance, and respect for the value of human life. As those ideas filtered down through society, they affected the way people thought. That psychological change led to behavioral change - and overall we became more peaceful. But the book sparked a blazing debate. Some critics passionately disagreed that humanity could overcome the biological urge toward violence. Others argued that Pinker&apos;s statistics were too focused on the West, too limited, and even simply flawed. The debate still rages on.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Steven Pinker&apos;s The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined
Author: Joulia Smortchkova
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published in 2011, The Better Angels of Our Nature is a gloriously optimistic book. In it, well-known cognitive psychologist Steven Pinker put forward an argument that contradicted what most people believed at the time. Pinker said that despite humanity&apos;s biological tendency toward violence, we are, in fact, less violent today than ever before. To prove it, he laid out pages of detailed statistical evidence. For him, much of the credit for the decline goes to the Enlightenment, the important intellectual movement of 18th-century Europe. Enlightenment thinkers argued for ideas of liberty, tolerance, and respect for the value of human life. As those ideas filtered down through society, they affected the way people thought. That psychological change led to behavioral change - and overall we became more peaceful. But the book sparked a blazing debate. Some critics passionately disagreed that humanity could overcome the biological urge toward violence. Others argued that Pinker&apos;s statistics were too focused on the West, too limited, and even simply flawed. The debate still rages on.

Members Reviews:
Don&apos;t waste your time or money on this &quot;analysis&quot;
What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you?
This analysis was incredibly redundant and covered little.  Of the 103 minutes there is less than 20 minutes of worthwhile information.  More time was spent on the background of the author than on the content of the book. The amount of time wasted saying &quot;End of Module 2 section 7 ... Next up Module 2 section 8 pausing and then saying Module2 section 8&quot; drove me crazy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary of Just Mercy by Bryan Stevenson Audiobook by FastReads</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Just-Mercy-by-Bryan-Stevenson-Audiobook/B075836KDP</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Just Mercy by Bryan Stevenson
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Jon Turner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-01-17
Publisher: FastReads
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Don&apos;t miss this summary of Bryan Stevenson&apos;s controversial and eye-opening book, Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption. This FastReads summary provides chapter synopses, key takeaways, and analysis to help you fully digest this stunning, personal, and in-depth look at the racial injustices plaguing the American justice system.
What will you learn from listening to this book?</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (FastReads)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Sep 2017 03:28:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/095172/bk_acx0_095172_sample.mp3" length="318528" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Just-Mercy-by-Bryan-Stevenson-Audiobook/B075836KDP</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Qz8abfsrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Just Mercy by Bryan Stevenson
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Jon Turner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-01-17
Publisher: FastReads
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Don&apos;t miss this summary of Bryan Stevenson&apos;s controversial and eye-opening book, Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption. This FastReads summary provides chapter synopses, key takeaways, and analysis to help you fully digest this stunning, personal, and in-depth look at the racial injustices plaguing the American justice system.
What will you learn from listening to this book?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Just Mercy by Bryan Stevenson
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Jon Turner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-01-17
Publisher: FastReads
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Don&apos;t miss this summary of Bryan Stevenson&apos;s controversial and eye-opening book, Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption. This FastReads summary provides chapter synopses, key takeaways, and analysis to help you fully digest this stunning, personal, and in-depth look at the racial injustices plaguing the American justice system.
What will you learn from listening to this book?

Members Reviews:
It is more of a workbook for a type of book club or study that provides you extra material to help you understand the text better. Unfortunately for my situation I did not purchase ...
While yes this is mainly a summary and does not give you all the information from the book. If you read the description, you will notice this is more than just a summary. It is more of a workbook for a type of book club or study that provides you extra material to help you understand the text better.
Unfortunately for my situation I did not purchase the actual book so it did not supplement in the best was possible. But I can totally see how this would be beneficial for someone reading the book and looking to dive a little deeper than just &#226;Sunday reading.&#226;
Mainly this summary just got me excited to read the book. I would imagine that for someone who does use this guide along with the book this would allow them proper time to reflect, engage, and analyze the book as if with a friend. It provides some interesting commentary you otherwise would be left without. Making it much more of an experience rather than just a book.

Hammers the point home
I&#226;ve been wanting to read Just Mercy for a long time now, but still haven&#226;t had the time to get around to it. I figured the summary would help me take what I could out of the book until I can finally dedicate some free time to it. I was pretty impressed with how well the summary laid things out, as it helped me stay focused on the content and gave me a general idea of what I&#226;d get out of the book. I felt the analysis was also quite insightful and have even more meaning to the content. This is obviously just a summary though, so I am still on pins and needles for the real deal. I wish there had been a bit more included in the summary as it isn&#226;t very long at all, but feel the author must have put great thought into what he had to put in and leave out. I&#226;d recommend it to anyone looking for a quick look at the novel.

Well written and interesting
The summary of Just Mercy is a really quick 30 page read. It really only took me about 20 minutes to get through the whole thing. I&#226;ve never heard of Just Mercy, and the summary did it&#226;s job of gaining my interest enough that I might check it out and read further into the story. It covers the injustices of the legal system and how it has let down men, women and children of different races and class levels. The summary is well written and contains just enough detail to leave you wondering what else happened. The perfect &#226;trailer&#226; to get you interested hook line and sinker, so you&#226;ll want to read the original. I recommend this book to anyone interested in the legal system and how it works, or doesn&#226;t work for the American people.

I would have to say I like this topic
I would have to say I like this topic, though simply reading the summary was good for me.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak Audiobook by Robert F. Kennedy (editor)</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Thimerosal-Let-the-Science-Speak-Audiobook/B00RDKHHLK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak
Subtitle: The Evidence Supporting the Immediate Removal of Mercury - a Known Neurotoxin - from Vaccines
Author: Robert F. Kennedy (editor)
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From New York Times best-selling author Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., comes a science-based call for the immediate removal of the dangerous mercury-containing preservative Thimerosal from vaccines. Over a decade ago, following a sharp rise in developmental disorders such as autism and ADHD, the mercury-containing preservative Thimerosal was widely believed to have been eliminated from vaccine supplies in the United States and abroad. However, dangerous quantities of Thimerosal continue to be used, posing a significant threat to public health and leading to a crisis of faith in vaccine safety.
In this groundbreaking audiobook, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., examines the research literature on Thimerosal and makes a very clear statement about its potentially dangerous effects. In the past, the CDC, FDA, NIH, and AAP, as well as the US Congress, the American Academy of Family Physicians, the US Department of Agriculture, the European Medicines Agency, and the California Environmental Protection Agency have expressed concerns over the use of Thimerosal in vaccines. But despite the many voices calling for action, the media and policy makers have repeatedly failed to adequately address the issue. Now, with Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak, the science supporting the elimination of this toxic chemical from the world&apos;s vaccine supplies, and its replacement with already available safer alternatives, is all in one place. Making this change should increase vaccination rates by restoring the trust of concerned parents in the vaccine program - a program that is so vitally important to public health.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert F. Kennedy (editor))</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Dec 2014 04:22:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021109/bk_adbl_021109_sample.mp3" length="1426720" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Thimerosal-Let-the-Science-Speak-Audiobook/B00RDKHHLK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51x8HZlwvML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak
Subtitle: The Evidence Supporting the Immediate Removal of Mercury - a Known Neurotoxin - from Vaccines
Author: Robert F. Kennedy (editor)
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From New York Times best-selling author Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., comes a science-based call for the immediate removal of the dangerous mercury-containing preservative Thimerosal from vaccines. Over a decade ago, following a sharp rise in developmental disorders such as autism and ADHD, the mercury-containing preservative Thimerosal was widely believed to have been eliminated from vaccine supplies in the United States and abroad. However, dangerous quantities of Thimerosal continue to be used, posing a significant threat to public health and leading to a crisis of faith in vaccine safety.
In this groundbreaking audiobook, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., examines the research literature on Thimerosal and makes a very clear statement about its potentially dangerous effects. In the past, the CDC, FDA, NIH, and AAP, as well as the US Congress, the American Academy of Family Physicians, the US Department of Agriculture, the European Medicines Agency, and the California Environmental Protection Agency have expressed concerns over the use of Thimerosal in vaccines. But despite the many voices calling for action, the media and policy makers have repeatedly failed to adequately address the issue. Now, with Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak, the science supporting the elimination of this toxic chemical from the world&apos;s vaccine supplies, and its replacement with already available safer alternatives, is all in one place. Making this change should increase vaccination rates by restoring the trust of concerned parents in the vaccine program - a program that is so vitally important to public health.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak
Subtitle: The Evidence Supporting the Immediate Removal of Mercury - a Known Neurotoxin - from Vaccines
Author: Robert F. Kennedy (editor)
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From New York Times best-selling author Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., comes a science-based call for the immediate removal of the dangerous mercury-containing preservative Thimerosal from vaccines. Over a decade ago, following a sharp rise in developmental disorders such as autism and ADHD, the mercury-containing preservative Thimerosal was widely believed to have been eliminated from vaccine supplies in the United States and abroad. However, dangerous quantities of Thimerosal continue to be used, posing a significant threat to public health and leading to a crisis of faith in vaccine safety.
In this groundbreaking audiobook, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., examines the research literature on Thimerosal and makes a very clear statement about its potentially dangerous effects. In the past, the CDC, FDA, NIH, and AAP, as well as the US Congress, the American Academy of Family Physicians, the US Department of Agriculture, the European Medicines Agency, and the California Environmental Protection Agency have expressed concerns over the use of Thimerosal in vaccines. But despite the many voices calling for action, the media and policy makers have repeatedly failed to adequately address the issue. Now, with Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak, the science supporting the elimination of this toxic chemical from the world&apos;s vaccine supplies, and its replacement with already available safer alternatives, is all in one place. Making this change should increase vaccination rates by restoring the trust of concerned parents in the vaccine program - a program that is so vitally important to public health.

Members Reviews:
Challenging to listen to, but worth it
What made the experience of listening to Thimerosal: Let the Science Speak the most enjoyable?
This is not a book for pleasure. It was horrible to hear about the people in power who were and are doing things that cause immense suffering to babies and children and their families. These people, even after finding out the results of their actions, hid (and continue to hide) those results and continue to hurt people. It&apos;s frightening. I wish it weren&apos;t true, but Robert F. Kennedy lays it all out there and backs up everything he says with research and facts, as far as I can tell.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
It&apos;s unbelievable that people have been injecting a substance into babies and children that is a known neurotoxin and, if the doctor doesn&apos;t use it up, the stuff is considered hazardous waste(!) and can&apos;t even be disposed of in the regular trash. OMG! Why would anyone allow hazardous waste to be injected into your newborn baby (or your child at any age) when there are safer vaccine alternatives?
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
The whole book was shocking.
Any additional comments?
Thank you Robert F. Kennedy for your work on this issue! I&apos;m looking forward to the day when those who have perpetrated such evil will be held accountable. I hope that in the meantime people with babies are able to protect them from this harm by asking their doctor for vaccines without the thimerosal.

explains clearly
my son&apos;s autism was highly &quot;correlated&quot; to Thimerasol in my Rh Neg shots, my contact solutions, and the protocols in 1998.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Patpong Sisters Audiobook by Cleo Odzer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Patpong-Sisters-Audiobook/B00BFZW142</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Patpong Sisters
Subtitle: An American Woman&apos;s View of the Bangkok Sex World
Author: Cleo Odzer
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-02-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Patpong, in the heart of Bangkok, teems with bars and sex shows, catering mainly to farangs - foreigners. Cleo Odzer, a young anthropologist, spent three years studying the area. Gaining the confidence of the bar girls and bar boys, she interviewed them at length, lived among them, accompanied several back to their families in remote villages. She also got to know their customers, those in for a night or in forever (many fell in love and stayed on in Patpong). From Odzer&apos;s account emerges a far different picture from the cliched image of the prostitute. Many of the Patpong girls, smart and enterprising, use their profession for self-liberation and to support their impoverished families back home. Warm and personal, Patpong Sisters reveals the truth about the $4 billion Bangkok economy of sex.

Editorial Reviews:
Listeners looking to author and anthropologist Cleo Odzer for academic rigor may come away from Patpong Sisters: An American Woman&apos;s View of the Bangkok Sex World disappointed. But for those seeking a more personal, introspective tour of one of the more fascinating and infamous marketplaces in the world will find much to admire in this account of a young American scholar&apos;s immersion into some of Thailand&apos;s seedier quarters. Performer Amanda Carlin gives a measured and compassionate reading of Odzer&apos;s text, evoking a world of danger and heartbreak and illuminating the often surprising insights of this intrepid traveler and author.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Cleo Odzer)</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 02 Mar 2013 00:50:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/008555/bk_adbl_008555_sample.mp3" length="1326334" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Patpong-Sisters-Audiobook/B00BFZW142</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51QLWvf9FQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Patpong Sisters
Subtitle: An American Woman&apos;s View of the Bangkok Sex World
Author: Cleo Odzer
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-02-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Patpong, in the heart of Bangkok, teems with bars and sex shows, catering mainly to farangs - foreigners. Cleo Odzer, a young anthropologist, spent three years studying the area. Gaining the confidence of the bar girls and bar boys, she interviewed them at length, lived among them, accompanied several back to their families in remote villages. She also got to know their customers, those in for a night or in forever (many fell in love and stayed on in Patpong). From Odzer&apos;s account emerges a far different picture from the cliched image of the prostitute. Many of the Patpong girls, smart and enterprising, use their profession for self-liberation and to support their impoverished families back home. Warm and personal, Patpong Sisters reveals the truth about the $4 billion Bangkok economy of sex.

Editorial Reviews:
Listeners looking to author and anthropologist Cleo Odzer for academic rigor may come away from Patpong Sisters: An American Woman&apos;s View of the Bangkok Sex World disappointed. But for those seeking a more personal, introspective tour of one of the more fascinating and infamous marketplaces in the world will find much to admire in this account of a young American scholar&apos;s immersion into some of Thailand&apos;s seedier quarters. Performer Amanda Carlin gives a measured and compassionate reading of Odzer&apos;s text, evoking a world of danger and heartbreak and illuminating the often surprising insights of this intrepid traveler and author.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Patpong Sisters
Subtitle: An American Woman&apos;s View of the Bangkok Sex World
Author: Cleo Odzer
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-02-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Patpong, in the heart of Bangkok, teems with bars and sex shows, catering mainly to farangs - foreigners. Cleo Odzer, a young anthropologist, spent three years studying the area. Gaining the confidence of the bar girls and bar boys, she interviewed them at length, lived among them, accompanied several back to their families in remote villages. She also got to know their customers, those in for a night or in forever (many fell in love and stayed on in Patpong). From Odzer&apos;s account emerges a far different picture from the cliched image of the prostitute. Many of the Patpong girls, smart and enterprising, use their profession for self-liberation and to support their impoverished families back home. Warm and personal, Patpong Sisters reveals the truth about the $4 billion Bangkok economy of sex.

Editorial Reviews:
Listeners looking to author and anthropologist Cleo Odzer for academic rigor may come away from Patpong Sisters: An American Woman&apos;s View of the Bangkok Sex World disappointed. But for those seeking a more personal, introspective tour of one of the more fascinating and infamous marketplaces in the world will find much to admire in this account of a young American scholar&apos;s immersion into some of Thailand&apos;s seedier quarters. Performer Amanda Carlin gives a measured and compassionate reading of Odzer&apos;s text, evoking a world of danger and heartbreak and illuminating the often surprising insights of this intrepid traveler and author.

Members Reviews:
An Anthropologist&apos;s Adventure in Thailand
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
This book is an compelling narrative by a 38-year old female graduate student in anthropology whose thesis research covered Patpong--one of Bangkok&apos;s most well-known sex districts--in the 1980&apos;s. While studying the touts, mama sans, pimps and prostitutes she meets there, she finds herself becoming involved with and falling for two very different Thai men and discovers that experiencing love in any culture can be a convoluted and sometimes tortuous endeavor.  Her conclusions about the Thai women who ply their trade in Patpong are surprising yet valid as she compares the poverty a great many of these women and girls come from to the power and relative affluence they derive from their sexual and emotional interactions with foreign men, called farang.  At few times, author Cleo Odzer hints about her own life growing up in wild 1960&apos;s America, but does not elaborate.  However, visiting a few web pages about her, it became apparent that her own life would have made a fascinating book in and of itself.  Sadly, Odzer died in 2001 at the age of 50; some say of AIDS.  The growing worldwide AIDS epidemic of the 1980&apos;s was a forbidden subject in tourist-conscious Thailand and was something Odzer wanted to find out about in her research.  Ironically, if she did die of AIDS, her unprotected sexual experiences with the Thai men she writes about in this book may have been the cause of her eventual demise.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
The discovery that the lives of many Thai prostitutes were greatly superior to the abject poverty of the peasant village life they came from.  In some respects, these women were the most independent women in Thailand--at least in 1988.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dont Play in the Sun Audiobook by Marita Golden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dont-Play-in-the-Sun-Audiobook/B005BT8W7I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dont Play in the Sun
Subtitle: One Womans Journey Through the Color Complex
Author: Marita Golden
Narrator: Michelle Hurst
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-11
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Acclaimed author Marita Golden is a respected voice in both fiction and nonfiction. She is also the founder and CEO of theHurston/Wright Foundation, whose mission is to develop, nurture and sustain the world community of writers of African descent. In this thoughtful and personal work, Golden tackles the dangerous notion that it is preferable for African-Americans to have lighter instead of darker complexions.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Marita Golden)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jul 2011 08:13:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/004718/bk_reco_004718_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dont-Play-in-the-Sun-Audiobook/B005BT8W7I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Zwd7Kr2xL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dont Play in the Sun
Subtitle: One Womans Journey Through the Color Complex
Author: Marita Golden
Narrator: Michelle Hurst
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-11
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Acclaimed author Marita Golden is a respected voice in both fiction and nonfiction. She is also the founder and CEO of theHurston/Wright Foundation, whose mission is to develop, nurture and sustain the world community of writers of African descent. In this thoughtful and personal work, Golden tackles the dangerous notion that it is preferable for African-Americans to have lighter instead of darker complexions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dont Play in the Sun
Subtitle: One Womans Journey Through the Color Complex
Author: Marita Golden
Narrator: Michelle Hurst
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-11
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Acclaimed author Marita Golden is a respected voice in both fiction and nonfiction. She is also the founder and CEO of theHurston/Wright Foundation, whose mission is to develop, nurture and sustain the world community of writers of African descent. In this thoughtful and personal work, Golden tackles the dangerous notion that it is preferable for African-Americans to have lighter instead of darker complexions.

Members Reviews:
I enjoyed this book.
I just finished listening to it and now I will listen again from the beginning.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Teaching Teens and Reaping Results Audiobook by Alan Sitomer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Teaching-Teens-and-Reaping-Results-Audiobook/B006IG98C6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Teaching Teens and Reaping Results
Subtitle: In a Wi-Fi, Hip-Hop, Where-Has-All-the-Sanity-Gone World
Author: Alan Sitomer
Narrator: Andrew Garman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-06-11
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Alan Sitomer is a three-time Teacher of the Year award winner and author of several young adult novels, including Homeboyz, an American Library Association Top Ten Book of the Year. Here Sitomer shares modern methods for keeping students engaged in the boring classroom. Its understandable how school comes second to adolescents dealing with weighty issues in everyday life. That is why its necessary to teach teens how to get involved in their education and take responsibility for it. Discover new ways - whether it be through hip-hop music or contemporary literature - to help students connect the outside world to life in the classroom. Students will not only gain an appetite for knowledge - theyll be hungry for more. Join Sitomer on the front lines of education with Teaching Teens &amp; Reaping Results. Narrator Andrew Garman will confidently guide you through these innovative ideas on how to create a positive learning environment for teens to thrive.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alan Sitomer)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2011 21:31:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/005467/bk_reco_005467_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Teaching-Teens-and-Reaping-Results-Audiobook/B006IG98C6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61pG6GzCBfL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Teaching Teens and Reaping Results
Subtitle: In a Wi-Fi, Hip-Hop, Where-Has-All-the-Sanity-Gone World
Author: Alan Sitomer
Narrator: Andrew Garman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-06-11
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Alan Sitomer is a three-time Teacher of the Year award winner and author of several young adult novels, including Homeboyz, an American Library Association Top Ten Book of the Year. Here Sitomer shares modern methods for keeping students engaged in the boring classroom. Its understandable how school comes second to adolescents dealing with weighty issues in everyday life. That is why its necessary to teach teens how to get involved in their education and take responsibility for it. Discover new ways - whether it be through hip-hop music or contemporary literature - to help students connect the outside world to life in the classroom. Students will not only gain an appetite for knowledge - theyll be hungry for more. Join Sitomer on the front lines of education with Teaching Teens &amp; Reaping Results. Narrator Andrew Garman will confidently guide you through these innovative ideas on how to create a positive learning environment for teens to thrive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Teaching Teens and Reaping Results
Subtitle: In a Wi-Fi, Hip-Hop, Where-Has-All-the-Sanity-Gone World
Author: Alan Sitomer
Narrator: Andrew Garman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-06-11
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Alan Sitomer is a three-time Teacher of the Year award winner and author of several young adult novels, including Homeboyz, an American Library Association Top Ten Book of the Year. Here Sitomer shares modern methods for keeping students engaged in the boring classroom. Its understandable how school comes second to adolescents dealing with weighty issues in everyday life. That is why its necessary to teach teens how to get involved in their education and take responsibility for it. Discover new ways - whether it be through hip-hop music or contemporary literature - to help students connect the outside world to life in the classroom. Students will not only gain an appetite for knowledge - theyll be hungry for more. Join Sitomer on the front lines of education with Teaching Teens &amp; Reaping Results. Narrator Andrew Garman will confidently guide you through these innovative ideas on how to create a positive learning environment for teens to thrive.

Members Reviews:
Great book for teachers and administrators alike.
loved it.great resource for any school.
I will have my entire team read it. thank you Alan for being a very dedicated teacher.

Creative Teaching
Every teacher wants  his message  to get across to the students. Teaching  is an art befitting  the types of students you have. Alan is a creative and artful teacher with  far reaching  results.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analysis of Stealing Fire: with Key Takeaways &amp; Review Audiobook by FastReads</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Analysis-of-Stealing-Fire-with-Key-Takeaways-Review-Audiobook/B077XS5T8J</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Stealing Fire: with Key Takeaways &amp; Review
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Lisa Negron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: FastReads
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Steven Kotler and and Jamie Wheal provide decades of research along with centuries of human knowledge to make their case for the future of transcendent experiences in their book, Stealing Fire. This FastReads Analysis offers supplementary material to Stealing Fire to help you distill the key takeaways and understand the general theory and science behind ecstasis. In addition, this analysis reviews the contents of the book and provides a unique editorial perspective. Whether you&apos;d like to deepen your understanding, refresh your memory, or simply decide whether or not this book is for you, FastReads Analysis is here to help. Absorb everything you need to know in under 20 minutes!
What does this FastReads Analysis Include?
About the Original Book: Steven Kotler and Jamie Wheals Stealing Fire takes the listener through recent developments in the millennia-long journey to unlock human potential and find bliss. Whether you are wondering where tech influencers get their disruptive ideas or looking to get more out of your body and mind, this national best seller will guide you to a path of radical discovery.
BEFORE YOU BUY: The purpose of this FastReads Analysis is to help you decide if its worth the time, money, and effort to listen to the original book (if you havent already). FastReads has pulled out the essence - but only to help you ascertain the value of the book for yourself. This analysis is meant as a supplement to, and not a replacement for, Stealing Fire.
PLEASE NOTE: This is a summary, analysis, and review of the book and not the original book.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (FastReads)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 17:21:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/102045/bk_acx0_102045_sample.mp3" length="914747" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Analysis-of-Stealing-Fire-with-Key-Takeaways-Review-Audiobook/B077XS5T8J</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61BQqtQeQrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Stealing Fire: with Key Takeaways &amp; Review
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Lisa Negron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: FastReads
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Steven Kotler and and Jamie Wheal provide decades of research along with centuries of human knowledge to make their case for the future of transcendent experiences in their book, Stealing Fire. This FastReads Analysis offers supplementary material to Stealing Fire to help you distill the key takeaways and understand the general theory and science behind ecstasis. In addition, this analysis reviews the contents of the book and provides a unique editorial perspective. Whether you&apos;d like to deepen your understanding, refresh your memory, or simply decide whether or not this book is for you, FastReads Analysis is here to help. Absorb everything you need to know in under 20 minutes!
What does this FastReads Analysis Include?
About the Original Book: Steven Kotler and Jamie Wheals Stealing Fire takes the listener through recent developments in the millennia-long journey to unlock human potential and find bliss. Whether you are wondering where tech influencers get their disruptive ideas or looking to get more out of your body and mind, this national best seller will guide you to a path of radical discovery.
BEFORE YOU BUY: The purpose of this FastReads Analysis is to help you decide if its worth the time, money, and effort to listen to the original book (if you havent already). FastReads has pulled out the essence - but only to help you ascertain the value of the book for yourself. This analysis is meant as a supplement to, and not a replacement for, Stealing Fire.
PLEASE NOTE: This is a summary, analysis, and review of the book and not the original book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Stealing Fire: with Key Takeaways &amp; Review
Author: FastReads
Narrator: Lisa Negron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: FastReads
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Steven Kotler and and Jamie Wheal provide decades of research along with centuries of human knowledge to make their case for the future of transcendent experiences in their book, Stealing Fire. This FastReads Analysis offers supplementary material to Stealing Fire to help you distill the key takeaways and understand the general theory and science behind ecstasis. In addition, this analysis reviews the contents of the book and provides a unique editorial perspective. Whether you&apos;d like to deepen your understanding, refresh your memory, or simply decide whether or not this book is for you, FastReads Analysis is here to help. Absorb everything you need to know in under 20 minutes!
What does this FastReads Analysis Include?
About the Original Book: Steven Kotler and Jamie Wheals Stealing Fire takes the listener through recent developments in the millennia-long journey to unlock human potential and find bliss. Whether you are wondering where tech influencers get their disruptive ideas or looking to get more out of your body and mind, this national best seller will guide you to a path of radical discovery.
BEFORE YOU BUY: The purpose of this FastReads Analysis is to help you decide if its worth the time, money, and effort to listen to the original book (if you havent already). FastReads has pulled out the essence - but only to help you ascertain the value of the book for yourself. This analysis is meant as a supplement to, and not a replacement for, Stealing Fire.
PLEASE NOTE: This is a summary, analysis, and review of the book and not the original book.

Members Reviews:
Read this before buying the book.
In myth and history, mankind&#226;s search for transcendental experience has featured large. For a large part of the 19th and 20th centuries, religion, government, and tradition have stymied efforts to achieve ecstasis, but it has not stopped it. Nowadays, though, efforts to transcend what we view as normal, rational thought, and achieve a heightened state of awareness is all the rage, as corporate executives and military officials seek to unlock human potential.
FastReads&#226; Analysis of Stealing Fire by Steven Kotler and Jamie Wheal is a detailed summary of a book that looks at the future of transcendent experience. This brief CliffNotes-like book gives an editorial review and a detailed discussion of the key takeaways and themes of the book.
A quick, 10-minute read, this guide will enable you to decide if this book is worth a full investment of time and money</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hacking Education Audiobook by Mark Barnes, Jennifer Gonzalez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hacking-Education-Audiobook/B0160BBC0O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hacking Education
Subtitle: 10 Quick Fixes for Every School: Hack Learning, Volume 1
Author: Mark Barnes, Jennifer Gonzalez
Narrator: Ethan Polson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-01-15
Publisher: Times 10 Publications
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Want to solve your biggest problems tomorrow? You have problems, but you don&apos;t have time for a five-year plan. You&apos;re tired of philosophy, research, and piles of data. You want practical solutions that you can implement immediately. You don&apos;t need a committee or another meeting. You need hackers - experienced educators who understand your school&apos;s problems and see quick fixes that may be so simple that they&apos;ve been overlooked.
Hacking Education is the audiobook that every teacher, principal, parent, and education stakeholder has been waiting for - the one that actually solves problems. Listen to it today - fix it tomorrow! In Hacking Education, Mark Barnes and Jennifer Gonzalez employ decades of teaching experience and hundreds of discussions with education thought leaders, to show you how to find and hone the quick fixes that every school and classroom need. Using a hacker&apos;s mentality, they provide one Aha moment after another with 10 quick fixes for every school - solutions to everyday problems that any teacher or administrator can implement immediately. Imagine being able to walk into school tomorrow and eliminate:
If you want to improve teaching and learning at your school now, learn how to develop a hacker&apos;s mentality. Discover how to solve problems with:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Barnes)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2015 16:53:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/044165/bk_acx0_044165_sample.mp3" length="1440056" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hacking-Education-Audiobook/B0160BBC0O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51n1jGc0WhL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hacking Education
Subtitle: 10 Quick Fixes for Every School: Hack Learning, Volume 1
Author: Mark Barnes, Jennifer Gonzalez
Narrator: Ethan Polson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-01-15
Publisher: Times 10 Publications
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Want to solve your biggest problems tomorrow? You have problems, but you don&apos;t have time for a five-year plan. You&apos;re tired of philosophy, research, and piles of data. You want practical solutions that you can implement immediately. You don&apos;t need a committee or another meeting. You need hackers - experienced educators who understand your school&apos;s problems and see quick fixes that may be so simple that they&apos;ve been overlooked.
Hacking Education is the audiobook that every teacher, principal, parent, and education stakeholder has been waiting for - the one that actually solves problems. Listen to it today - fix it tomorrow! In Hacking Education, Mark Barnes and Jennifer Gonzalez employ decades of teaching experience and hundreds of discussions with education thought leaders, to show you how to find and hone the quick fixes that every school and classroom need. Using a hacker&apos;s mentality, they provide one Aha moment after another with 10 quick fixes for every school - solutions to everyday problems that any teacher or administrator can implement immediately. Imagine being able to walk into school tomorrow and eliminate:
If you want to improve teaching and learning at your school now, learn how to develop a hacker&apos;s mentality. Discover how to solve problems with:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hacking Education
Subtitle: 10 Quick Fixes for Every School: Hack Learning, Volume 1
Author: Mark Barnes, Jennifer Gonzalez
Narrator: Ethan Polson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-01-15
Publisher: Times 10 Publications
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Want to solve your biggest problems tomorrow? You have problems, but you don&apos;t have time for a five-year plan. You&apos;re tired of philosophy, research, and piles of data. You want practical solutions that you can implement immediately. You don&apos;t need a committee or another meeting. You need hackers - experienced educators who understand your school&apos;s problems and see quick fixes that may be so simple that they&apos;ve been overlooked.
Hacking Education is the audiobook that every teacher, principal, parent, and education stakeholder has been waiting for - the one that actually solves problems. Listen to it today - fix it tomorrow! In Hacking Education, Mark Barnes and Jennifer Gonzalez employ decades of teaching experience and hundreds of discussions with education thought leaders, to show you how to find and hone the quick fixes that every school and classroom need. Using a hacker&apos;s mentality, they provide one Aha moment after another with 10 quick fixes for every school - solutions to everyday problems that any teacher or administrator can implement immediately. Imagine being able to walk into school tomorrow and eliminate:
If you want to improve teaching and learning at your school now, learn how to develop a hacker&apos;s mentality. Discover how to solve problems with:

Members Reviews:
Good information, difficult to listen
It is painful to listen to this narrator. It is highly robotic and sounds something like my 3rd graders who struggle reading. It&apos;s hard to understand and pay attention with this type of narration. The information is helpful, but I am going to have to purchase an Ebook or paperback.

Practical ways to transform your learning environment!
I really liked the practicality of the ideas for &quot;hacking education&quot;. My biggest takeaways were moving meetings to the cloud and making more effective use of teachers&apos; face to face time. I also loved the ideas of teachers learning from observing their colleagues in the building using the pineapple chart. Great read for any educator looking to make a difference in their learning environment!

meh
some good stuff, but effective educators do most of this already. Hack 1 may work for some meetings or topics but not very practical in the long run. Perhaps the better hack would be how to provide better more efficient meetings for principals.

Excellent! Great ideas, short, concise.
I will definately recommend this one and try to implement some of these ideas right away.

Great ideas!
Hacking Education contains 10 practical and doable ways to truly improve learning and collaboration in your school! The authors lay out a roadmap to follow or adapt to make it work for you. You will finish this book ready and excited to make improvements. Pick one and get started!!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tastemakers Audiobook by David Sax</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Tastemakers-Audiobook/B00K9PD0A8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tastemakers
Subtitle: Why Were Crazy for Cupcakes but Fed Up with Fondue (Plus Baconomics, Superfoods, and Other Secrets from the World of Food Trends)
Author: David Sax
Narrator: David Sax
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 119 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Earphones Award Winner (AudioFile Magazine)
Tastemaker, n. Anyone with the power to make you eat quinoa.
Kale. Spicy sriracha sauce. Honeycrisp apples. Cupcakes. These days, it seems we are constantly discovering a new food that will make us healthier, happier, or even somehow cooler. Chia seeds, after a brief life as a novelty houseplant and I Love the 80s punchline, are suddenly a superfood. Not long ago, that same distinction was held by pomegranate seeds, a&#231;ai berries, and the fermented drink known as kombucha. So what happened? Did these foods suddenly cease to be healthy a few years ago? And by the way, what exactly is a &quot;superfood&quot; again?
In this eye-opening, witty work of reportage, David Sax uncovers the world of food trends: Where they come from, how they grow, and where they end up. Traveling from the South Carolina rice plot of Americas premier grain guru to Chicagos gluttonous Baconfest, Sax reveals a world of influence, money, and activism that helps decide what goes on your plate. On his journey, he meets entrepreneurs, chefs, and even data analysts who have made food trends a mission and a business. The Tastemakers is full of entertaining stories and surprising truths about what we eat, how we eat it, and why.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Author David Sax provides an engaging narration of his investigation into food trends and those who create them... Sax&apos;s clear delivery flows smoothly, and his Canadian accent slips out endearingly in his pronunciation of certain words, including &apos;aboot&apos; for &apos;about.&apos;&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Sax)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2014 05:03:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/017458/bk_adbl_017458_sample.mp3" length="2356185" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Tastemakers-Audiobook/B00K9PD0A8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41LWUnQCGKL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tastemakers
Subtitle: Why Were Crazy for Cupcakes but Fed Up with Fondue (Plus Baconomics, Superfoods, and Other Secrets from the World of Food Trends)
Author: David Sax
Narrator: David Sax
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 119 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Earphones Award Winner (AudioFile Magazine)
Tastemaker, n. Anyone with the power to make you eat quinoa.
Kale. Spicy sriracha sauce. Honeycrisp apples. Cupcakes. These days, it seems we are constantly discovering a new food that will make us healthier, happier, or even somehow cooler. Chia seeds, after a brief life as a novelty houseplant and I Love the 80s punchline, are suddenly a superfood. Not long ago, that same distinction was held by pomegranate seeds, a&#231;ai berries, and the fermented drink known as kombucha. So what happened? Did these foods suddenly cease to be healthy a few years ago? And by the way, what exactly is a &quot;superfood&quot; again?
In this eye-opening, witty work of reportage, David Sax uncovers the world of food trends: Where they come from, how they grow, and where they end up. Traveling from the South Carolina rice plot of Americas premier grain guru to Chicagos gluttonous Baconfest, Sax reveals a world of influence, money, and activism that helps decide what goes on your plate. On his journey, he meets entrepreneurs, chefs, and even data analysts who have made food trends a mission and a business. The Tastemakers is full of entertaining stories and surprising truths about what we eat, how we eat it, and why.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Author David Sax provides an engaging narration of his investigation into food trends and those who create them... Sax&apos;s clear delivery flows smoothly, and his Canadian accent slips out endearingly in his pronunciation of certain words, including &apos;aboot&apos; for &apos;about.&apos;&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tastemakers
Subtitle: Why Were Crazy for Cupcakes but Fed Up with Fondue (Plus Baconomics, Superfoods, and Other Secrets from the World of Food Trends)
Author: David Sax
Narrator: David Sax
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 119 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Earphones Award Winner (AudioFile Magazine)
Tastemaker, n. Anyone with the power to make you eat quinoa.
Kale. Spicy sriracha sauce. Honeycrisp apples. Cupcakes. These days, it seems we are constantly discovering a new food that will make us healthier, happier, or even somehow cooler. Chia seeds, after a brief life as a novelty houseplant and I Love the 80s punchline, are suddenly a superfood. Not long ago, that same distinction was held by pomegranate seeds, a&#231;ai berries, and the fermented drink known as kombucha. So what happened? Did these foods suddenly cease to be healthy a few years ago? And by the way, what exactly is a &quot;superfood&quot; again?
In this eye-opening, witty work of reportage, David Sax uncovers the world of food trends: Where they come from, how they grow, and where they end up. Traveling from the South Carolina rice plot of Americas premier grain guru to Chicagos gluttonous Baconfest, Sax reveals a world of influence, money, and activism that helps decide what goes on your plate. On his journey, he meets entrepreneurs, chefs, and even data analysts who have made food trends a mission and a business. The Tastemakers is full of entertaining stories and surprising truths about what we eat, how we eat it, and why.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Author David Sax provides an engaging narration of his investigation into food trends and those who create them... Sax&apos;s clear delivery flows smoothly, and his Canadian accent slips out endearingly in his pronunciation of certain words, including &apos;aboot&apos; for &apos;about.&apos;&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
A pleasant meander through food trends
David Sax will take you through food trends, from cupcakes to Baconfests to chia everything to why Indian food is always just about to take off.  The book is ultimately not as cohesive as it might be and Sax is a little more sanguine about food trends than I am, but the writing and narration are both engaging  I learned a lot, laughed a lot, and had a good time.

Leaves Something to Be Desired
This book gives examples but fails to deliver a satisfying conclusion. In the end, it falls to its own presumptions and sales pitch.

Fascinating
Informative, entertaining, and thought-provoking.  A rare instance of an author
successfully reading his (in this case) own book.  Only problem was technical:   Increasingly often, I alternate reading  the same book on Kindle and listening to it on Audible.  The versions always synced, but not the Tastemakers.

a gladwell-esque look at food trends
broken into neat sections (sexy, chef driven,  agricultural, and health)it exams how did trends appear and disappear. well written.  fun.

Great book, learned a lot
Not just for foodies, a good book for marketers and business folks.
The fake accents have to go, almost offensive I would imagine to some.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All In Audiobook by Josh Levs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/All-In-Audiobook/B00WYAUAIG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: All In
Subtitle: How Our Work-First Culture Fails Dads, Families, and Business and How We Can Fix It Together
Author: Josh Levs
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Fatherhood today is far different from previous generations. Stay-at-home dads are increasingly common, and growing numbers of men are working part-time or flextime schedules to spend more time with their children. Dads today are more emotionally and physically involved on the home front. They are &quot;all in&quot;, and - like mothers - they are struggling with work-life balance and doing it all.
Journalist and &quot;dad columnist&quot; Josh Levs explains that despite these unprecedented changes, our laws, corporate policies, and gender-based expectations in the workplace remain rigid. They are preventing both women and men from living out the equality we believe in - and hurting businesses in the process. Women have done a great job of speaking out about this, Levs - whose fight for parental leave made front-page news across the country - argues. It&apos;s now time for men to join in.
Combining Levs&apos; personal experiences with investigative reporting and frank conversations with fathers about everything from work life to money to sex, All In busts popular myths, lays out facts, uncovers the forces holding all of us back, and shows how we can all join together to change them.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Well-documented and easy-to-comprehend data on why men need more paid time off to be with their newborn children.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Josh Levs)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2015 23:19:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004750/bk_tant_004750_sample.mp3" length="2399709" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/All-In-Audiobook/B00WYAUAIG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51W3w6O7jPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: All In
Subtitle: How Our Work-First Culture Fails Dads, Families, and Business and How We Can Fix It Together
Author: Josh Levs
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Fatherhood today is far different from previous generations. Stay-at-home dads are increasingly common, and growing numbers of men are working part-time or flextime schedules to spend more time with their children. Dads today are more emotionally and physically involved on the home front. They are &quot;all in&quot;, and - like mothers - they are struggling with work-life balance and doing it all.
Journalist and &quot;dad columnist&quot; Josh Levs explains that despite these unprecedented changes, our laws, corporate policies, and gender-based expectations in the workplace remain rigid. They are preventing both women and men from living out the equality we believe in - and hurting businesses in the process. Women have done a great job of speaking out about this, Levs - whose fight for parental leave made front-page news across the country - argues. It&apos;s now time for men to join in.
Combining Levs&apos; personal experiences with investigative reporting and frank conversations with fathers about everything from work life to money to sex, All In busts popular myths, lays out facts, uncovers the forces holding all of us back, and shows how we can all join together to change them.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Well-documented and easy-to-comprehend data on why men need more paid time off to be with their newborn children.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: All In
Subtitle: How Our Work-First Culture Fails Dads, Families, and Business and How We Can Fix It Together
Author: Josh Levs
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Fatherhood today is far different from previous generations. Stay-at-home dads are increasingly common, and growing numbers of men are working part-time or flextime schedules to spend more time with their children. Dads today are more emotionally and physically involved on the home front. They are &quot;all in&quot;, and - like mothers - they are struggling with work-life balance and doing it all.
Journalist and &quot;dad columnist&quot; Josh Levs explains that despite these unprecedented changes, our laws, corporate policies, and gender-based expectations in the workplace remain rigid. They are preventing both women and men from living out the equality we believe in - and hurting businesses in the process. Women have done a great job of speaking out about this, Levs - whose fight for parental leave made front-page news across the country - argues. It&apos;s now time for men to join in.
Combining Levs&apos; personal experiences with investigative reporting and frank conversations with fathers about everything from work life to money to sex, All In busts popular myths, lays out facts, uncovers the forces holding all of us back, and shows how we can all join together to change them.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Well-documented and easy-to-comprehend data on why men need more paid time off to be with their newborn children.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
Must read as we end social assumptions about parenthood
I&#226;m the dad of two lovely little girls and I take care of them regularly. I do hair, paint nails, fix pretty dresses and change diapers. While currently my wife does more of this since she&#226;s at home full-time while I work there have been years when I was the primary caregiver to our kids as her work schedule was longer than mine and less flexible.
I still remember a day at church when a lady heard that I&#226;d be home alone on Saturday with my oldest daughter who was a toddler and made some comment along the lines of &#226;Well let&#226;s just hope she survives the day with daddy.&#226;
Sure the comment was made in jest but it speaks to the cultural expectation that dad is a bumbling idiot who just hopes to make sure that the children survive while he&#226;s on duty.
All In explores this cultural assumption of the &#226;bad dad&#226; along with parental leave, and does it from all sides, not just the dad side. Looking at the US laws it explores I&#226;m super lucky to live in Canada which supplies 12 months of parental leave (8 weeks is for mom then it can be split however) to pretty much anyone that would qualify for any employment assistance.
Not only is having awesome parents good for business as shown in this book, it&#226;s good for families to have dad and mom in place for the first 6 weeks to bond with the child as it&#226;s more likely that families will stay together then and that dad will stay involved with his children even if they don&#226;t stay together.
While the title of the book indicates that the emphasis will be on dad, that&#226;s not quite the case.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Screw Up Your Kids Audiobook by Pamela Fagan Hutchins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-To-Screw-Up-Your-Kids-Audiobook/B00CO91AYU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How To Screw Up Your Kids
Subtitle: Blended Families, Blendered Style
Author: Pamela Fagan Hutchins
Narrator: Sandy Weaver Carman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-13
Publisher: Pamela Fagan Hutchins
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Married couples with children divorce 40 percent of the time. In less than three years after that divorce, chances are both mom and dad are remarried, and probably each to someone who has kids of their own. The single most explosive and divisive issue in those marriages? Stepparenting. Wouldn&apos;t it be nice if we all lived in a bubble gum and sugar plum world where, without a ripple on Lake Placid, kids embraced stepparents and appreciated their contributions? Where stepsiblings didn&apos;t compete for attention and argue over favorites and fairness? Well, we don&apos;t. So what we need when stepparenting is a good plan.
A plan for blending, or blendering if you will, the disparate stepchildren and their parents into a chunky smoothie of stepfamily goodness. How To Screw Up Your Kids helps the parents everyone predicts will fail prove all the naysayers wrong. Through the use of practical human relations principles and the author&apos;s achingly honest and often hilarious stories, listeners will learn to envision and instill a unique set of family values and culture into their new household, and by God, have fun doing it.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pamela Fagan Hutchins)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 10:10:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/006733/bk_acx0_006733_sample.mp3" length="2209064" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-To-Screw-Up-Your-Kids-Audiobook/B00CO91AYU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51zQ1GS1+PL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How To Screw Up Your Kids
Subtitle: Blended Families, Blendered Style
Author: Pamela Fagan Hutchins
Narrator: Sandy Weaver Carman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-13
Publisher: Pamela Fagan Hutchins
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Married couples with children divorce 40 percent of the time. In less than three years after that divorce, chances are both mom and dad are remarried, and probably each to someone who has kids of their own. The single most explosive and divisive issue in those marriages? Stepparenting. Wouldn&apos;t it be nice if we all lived in a bubble gum and sugar plum world where, without a ripple on Lake Placid, kids embraced stepparents and appreciated their contributions? Where stepsiblings didn&apos;t compete for attention and argue over favorites and fairness? Well, we don&apos;t. So what we need when stepparenting is a good plan.
A plan for blending, or blendering if you will, the disparate stepchildren and their parents into a chunky smoothie of stepfamily goodness. How To Screw Up Your Kids helps the parents everyone predicts will fail prove all the naysayers wrong. Through the use of practical human relations principles and the author&apos;s achingly honest and often hilarious stories, listeners will learn to envision and instill a unique set of family values and culture into their new household, and by God, have fun doing it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How To Screw Up Your Kids
Subtitle: Blended Families, Blendered Style
Author: Pamela Fagan Hutchins
Narrator: Sandy Weaver Carman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-13
Publisher: Pamela Fagan Hutchins
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Married couples with children divorce 40 percent of the time. In less than three years after that divorce, chances are both mom and dad are remarried, and probably each to someone who has kids of their own. The single most explosive and divisive issue in those marriages? Stepparenting. Wouldn&apos;t it be nice if we all lived in a bubble gum and sugar plum world where, without a ripple on Lake Placid, kids embraced stepparents and appreciated their contributions? Where stepsiblings didn&apos;t compete for attention and argue over favorites and fairness? Well, we don&apos;t. So what we need when stepparenting is a good plan.
A plan for blending, or blendering if you will, the disparate stepchildren and their parents into a chunky smoothie of stepfamily goodness. How To Screw Up Your Kids helps the parents everyone predicts will fail prove all the naysayers wrong. Through the use of practical human relations principles and the author&apos;s achingly honest and often hilarious stories, listeners will learn to envision and instill a unique set of family values and culture into their new household, and by God, have fun doing it.

Members Reviews:
Annoying
What disappointed you about How To Screw Up Your Kids?
I felt like she was lecturing me. I was too annoyed to finish the book!
Would you ever listen to anything by Pamela Fagan Hutchins again?
No way.

It was about average for me
I enjoyed the narrator&apos;s voice. The content was a little weak. However I would recommend it.

Decent
Is there anything you would change about this book?
Great writer, but I wish the book was based on more then one blended families experience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Legal Terminology Audiobook by AudioLearn Editors</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Legal-Terminology-Audiobook/B00BHPLDDK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Legal Terminology
Subtitle: Top 500 Legal Terminology Words You Must Know!
Author: AudioLearn Editors
Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-20-13
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Whether you&apos;re a paralegal or a law student looking to study up on contracts, torts, civil procedure or criminal law, AudioLearn is your complete study guide to legal terminology. With more than 500 commonly used legal terms across all major legal fields, you can be sure to increase retention!
Key Topics:
With its convenient format, AudioLearn fits your busy lifestyle, enabling you to study anywhere, anytime. Best of all, you&apos;ll significantly increase learning and retention with AudioLearn&apos;s proven study format, enabling you to:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Editors)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Feb 2013 02:11:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/004990/bk_acx0_004990_sample.mp3" length="150197" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Legal-Terminology-Audiobook/B00BHPLDDK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41EKCku77-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Legal Terminology
Subtitle: Top 500 Legal Terminology Words You Must Know!
Author: AudioLearn Editors
Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-20-13
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Whether you&apos;re a paralegal or a law student looking to study up on contracts, torts, civil procedure or criminal law, AudioLearn is your complete study guide to legal terminology. With more than 500 commonly used legal terms across all major legal fields, you can be sure to increase retention!
Key Topics:
With its convenient format, AudioLearn fits your busy lifestyle, enabling you to study anywhere, anytime. Best of all, you&apos;ll significantly increase learning and retention with AudioLearn&apos;s proven study format, enabling you to:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Legal Terminology
Subtitle: Top 500 Legal Terminology Words You Must Know!
Author: AudioLearn Editors
Narrator: AudioLearn Voice Over Team
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-20-13
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Whether you&apos;re a paralegal or a law student looking to study up on contracts, torts, civil procedure or criminal law, AudioLearn is your complete study guide to legal terminology. With more than 500 commonly used legal terms across all major legal fields, you can be sure to increase retention!
Key Topics:
With its convenient format, AudioLearn fits your busy lifestyle, enabling you to study anywhere, anytime. Best of all, you&apos;ll significantly increase learning and retention with AudioLearn&apos;s proven study format, enabling you to:

Members Reviews:
Great Review but Very Fast
First off, if you bought another law prep audio book that included free terminology lessons at the end, it&apos;s most likely this book. Therefore there is no need to buy this book as you have it already. I did not know they were the same and bought this book even though it was already included in another. My mistake :\
The book itself provided a nice review of legal terms and concepts. I would recommend it for anyone looking to review legal terminology. The book itself is very fast paced so at times u found myself pausing in order to ensure I understand the concept, or taking not of terms to come back to later.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope Against Hope Audiobook by Sarah Carr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hope-Against-Hope-Audiobook/B00HCKKQPK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hope Against Hope
Subtitle: Three Schools, One City, and the Struggle to Educate America&apos;s Children
Author: Sarah Carr
Narrator: Jorjeana Marie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-18-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Geraldlynn is a lively, astute 14-year-old. Her family, displaced by Hurricane Katrina, returns home to find a radically altered public education system. Geraldlynn&apos;s parents hope their daughter&apos;s new school will prepare her for college - but the teenager has ideals and ambitions of her own.
Aidan is a fresh-faced Harvard grad drawn to New Orleans by the possibility of bringing change to a flood-ravaged city. He teaches at an ambitious charter school with a group of newcomers determined to show the world they can use science, data, and hard work to build a model school.
Mary Laurie is a veteran educator who becomes principal of one of the first public high schools to reopen after Katrina. Laurie and her staff find they must fight each day not only to educate the city&apos;s teenagers, but to keep the Walker community safe and whole.
In this powerful narrative non-fiction debut, the lives of these three characters provide listeners with a vivid and sobering portrait of education in twenty-first-century America. Hope Against Hope works in the same tradition as Random Family and There Are No Children Here to capture the challenges of growing up and learning in a troubled world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sarah Carr)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2013 09:20:24 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015892/bk_adbl_015892_sample.mp3" length="1623995" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hope-Against-Hope-Audiobook/B00HCKKQPK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51KajY18+QL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hope Against Hope
Subtitle: Three Schools, One City, and the Struggle to Educate America&apos;s Children
Author: Sarah Carr
Narrator: Jorjeana Marie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-18-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Geraldlynn is a lively, astute 14-year-old. Her family, displaced by Hurricane Katrina, returns home to find a radically altered public education system. Geraldlynn&apos;s parents hope their daughter&apos;s new school will prepare her for college - but the teenager has ideals and ambitions of her own.
Aidan is a fresh-faced Harvard grad drawn to New Orleans by the possibility of bringing change to a flood-ravaged city. He teaches at an ambitious charter school with a group of newcomers determined to show the world they can use science, data, and hard work to build a model school.
Mary Laurie is a veteran educator who becomes principal of one of the first public high schools to reopen after Katrina. Laurie and her staff find they must fight each day not only to educate the city&apos;s teenagers, but to keep the Walker community safe and whole.
In this powerful narrative non-fiction debut, the lives of these three characters provide listeners with a vivid and sobering portrait of education in twenty-first-century America. Hope Against Hope works in the same tradition as Random Family and There Are No Children Here to capture the challenges of growing up and learning in a troubled world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Hope Against Hope
Subtitle: Three Schools, One City, and the Struggle to Educate America&apos;s Children
Author: Sarah Carr
Narrator: Jorjeana Marie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-18-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Geraldlynn is a lively, astute 14-year-old. Her family, displaced by Hurricane Katrina, returns home to find a radically altered public education system. Geraldlynn&apos;s parents hope their daughter&apos;s new school will prepare her for college - but the teenager has ideals and ambitions of her own.
Aidan is a fresh-faced Harvard grad drawn to New Orleans by the possibility of bringing change to a flood-ravaged city. He teaches at an ambitious charter school with a group of newcomers determined to show the world they can use science, data, and hard work to build a model school.
Mary Laurie is a veteran educator who becomes principal of one of the first public high schools to reopen after Katrina. Laurie and her staff find they must fight each day not only to educate the city&apos;s teenagers, but to keep the Walker community safe and whole.
In this powerful narrative non-fiction debut, the lives of these three characters provide listeners with a vivid and sobering portrait of education in twenty-first-century America. Hope Against Hope works in the same tradition as Random Family and There Are No Children Here to capture the challenges of growing up and learning in a troubled world.

Members Reviews:
Good book, but mis-matched narrator
Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not?
I would definitely recommend this book to a friend.  It is an interesting book dealing with the history and reform of education, race relations, and New Orleans... but for whatever reason, as an audiobook I can&apos;t recommend it.  The narrator is a good one - one of my current favorites, in fact - but this book is definitely not her strongest performance; in some ways she sounds bored... and I know she is capable of much better...
Would you be willing to try another one of Jorjeana Maries performances?
Definitely! I loved her performance in &quot;Hope - A Memoir of Survival in Cleveland&quot;, which is what makes this performance so much more disappointing.
Any additional comments?
Read the print book, and check out this narrator&apos;s other performances... but this narrator and this book just don&apos;t gel with me.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Media Moms and Digital Dads Audiobook by Yalda T. Uhls PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Media-Moms-and-Digital-Dads-Audiobook/B0184AUDLS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Media Moms and Digital Dads
Subtitle: A Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age
Author: Yalda T. Uhls PhD
Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-15
Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is social media ruining our kids? How much Internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (fear of missing out), sexting, and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are impacting childhood?
Supported by academic research focused on technology, Media Moms and Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly, accessible fashion, making it a highly useful and ultimately reassuring listen for anyone worried about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with a summary of the science, the bottom line for quick takeaway, and tips and guidance for parents. Each chapter delves into a different issue, so parents can easily turn to their own particular needs and skip what doesn&apos;t concern them.
Dr. Uhls&apos; expertise as a former Hollywood executive and a current expert on child development and media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist, she understands the fascinating studies conducted by researchers, and as a mom of digital teens she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the research she conducted at UCLA (extensively reported on in news outlets such as The New York Times, NPR, and Time Magazine), including her studies about fame and social media and about whether the extensive time we stare at screens impacts nonverbal emotional understanding.
Chapters include:
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
Media Moms and Digital Dads does what every parent who has confronted the &apos;digital wild west&apos; with their children so badly needs! Yalda T. Uhls seamlessly blends groundbreaking research, engaging storytelling, and practical advice. It is a must-read for every parent who is attempting to navigate a challenging media culture that is here to stay.&quot; (Michael H. Levine, PhD, founding director, Joan Ganz Cooney Center at Sesame Workshop, and coauthor, Tap, Click, Read: Growing Readers in a World of Screens)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Yalda T. Uhls PhD)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2015 05:31:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/gdan/001785/bk_gdan_001785_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Media-Moms-and-Digital-Dads-Audiobook/B0184AUDLS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61g3qSWI-0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Media Moms and Digital Dads
Subtitle: A Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age
Author: Yalda T. Uhls PhD
Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-15
Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is social media ruining our kids? How much Internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (fear of missing out), sexting, and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are impacting childhood?
Supported by academic research focused on technology, Media Moms and Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly, accessible fashion, making it a highly useful and ultimately reassuring listen for anyone worried about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with a summary of the science, the bottom line for quick takeaway, and tips and guidance for parents. Each chapter delves into a different issue, so parents can easily turn to their own particular needs and skip what doesn&apos;t concern them.
Dr. Uhls&apos; expertise as a former Hollywood executive and a current expert on child development and media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist, she understands the fascinating studies conducted by researchers, and as a mom of digital teens she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the research she conducted at UCLA (extensively reported on in news outlets such as The New York Times, NPR, and Time Magazine), including her studies about fame and social media and about whether the extensive time we stare at screens impacts nonverbal emotional understanding.
Chapters include:
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
Media Moms and Digital Dads does what every parent who has confronted the &apos;digital wild west&apos; with their children so badly needs! Yalda T. Uhls seamlessly blends groundbreaking research, engaging storytelling, and practical advice. It is a must-read for every parent who is attempting to navigate a challenging media culture that is here to stay.&quot; (Michael H. Levine, PhD, founding director, Joan Ganz Cooney Center at Sesame Workshop, and coauthor, Tap, Click, Read: Growing Readers in a World of Screens)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Media Moms and Digital Dads
Subtitle: A Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age
Author: Yalda T. Uhls PhD
Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-15
Publisher: Bibliomotion, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is social media ruining our kids? How much Internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (fear of missing out), sexting, and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are impacting childhood?
Supported by academic research focused on technology, Media Moms and Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly, accessible fashion, making it a highly useful and ultimately reassuring listen for anyone worried about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with a summary of the science, the bottom line for quick takeaway, and tips and guidance for parents. Each chapter delves into a different issue, so parents can easily turn to their own particular needs and skip what doesn&apos;t concern them.
Dr. Uhls&apos; expertise as a former Hollywood executive and a current expert on child development and media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist, she understands the fascinating studies conducted by researchers, and as a mom of digital teens she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the research she conducted at UCLA (extensively reported on in news outlets such as The New York Times, NPR, and Time Magazine), including her studies about fame and social media and about whether the extensive time we stare at screens impacts nonverbal emotional understanding.
Chapters include:
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
Media Moms and Digital Dads does what every parent who has confronted the &apos;digital wild west&apos; with their children so badly needs! Yalda T. Uhls seamlessly blends groundbreaking research, engaging storytelling, and practical advice. It is a must-read for every parent who is attempting to navigate a challenging media culture that is here to stay.&quot; (Michael H. Levine, PhD, founding director, Joan Ganz Cooney Center at Sesame Workshop, and coauthor, Tap, Click, Read: Growing Readers in a World of Screens)

Members Reviews:
Empowering parents in a positive way!
What a great book!  I love how Uhls is trying to inform us about research conclusions and the implications for parents of all ages...toddlers, tweens, and teens.  Reading it helps me feel enlightened, empowered, and more understanding of my children.  It describes clearly how technology is a constant part of my child&apos;s life and how that can affect my child&apos;s social development, needs, and expectations.
Media Moms &amp; Digital Dads is easy to browse according to the age and topic that interests you.  It is straightforward, clear, and very concise.  Most importantly, it has definitely helped me be involved with my children&apos;s media choices and understand what kind of impact I can have as an informed and positive parent.

Great Book!
As a parent of tweens, I recognize that my children are literally right on the brink of a whole new world of technology and social media that I feel completely ill-equipped to handle.  Dr.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>African and African-American Religions Audiobook by Victor Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/African-and-African-American-Religions-Audiobook/B002VA9PPI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: African and African-American Religions 
Author: Victor Anderson
Narrator: Ben Kingsley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-06
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Religion, Scriptures, and Spirituality series describes the beliefs, religious practices, and the spiritual and moral commitments of the world&apos;s great religious traditions. It also describes a religion&apos;s way of understanding scripture, identifies its outstanding thinkers, and discusses its attitude and relationship to society.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Victor Anderson)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2006 04:02:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/001605/bk_blak_001605_sample.mp3" length="4799407" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/African-and-African-American-Religions-Audiobook/B002VA9PPI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/416k4qAUCHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: African and African-American Religions 
Author: Victor Anderson
Narrator: Ben Kingsley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-06
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Religion, Scriptures, and Spirituality series describes the beliefs, religious practices, and the spiritual and moral commitments of the world&apos;s great religious traditions. It also describes a religion&apos;s way of understanding scripture, identifies its outstanding thinkers, and discusses its attitude and relationship to society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: African and African-American Religions 
Author: Victor Anderson
Narrator: Ben Kingsley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-06
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Religion, Scriptures, and Spirituality series describes the beliefs, religious practices, and the spiritual and moral commitments of the world&apos;s great religious traditions. It also describes a religion&apos;s way of understanding scripture, identifies its outstanding thinkers, and discusses its attitude and relationship to society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ceremonial Violence Audiobook by Jonathan Fast</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ceremonial-Violence-Audiobook/B00396UI3Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ceremonial Violence
Subtitle: Understanding Columbine and Other School Rampage Shootings
Author: Jonathan Fast
Narrator: Joe Caron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-30-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ceremonial Violence analyzes 13 school rampage shootingsincluding the Columbine High School massacreand explains, for the first time, why teenagers commit these tragic atrocities. With his grasp of the elements of abnormal psychology, developmental psychology, sociology, and neurology that contribute to the homicidal mindset, Fast offers us a means of understanding and coming to terms with these shootings, and provides examples of what we should look for as early signs to prevent further tragedies.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Our adolescent massacres are, as Jonathan Fast, a professor of social work, astutely observes in his new book, a type of terrorism, but we have a hard time seeing them as suchFast, in search of a more illuminating explanation, has made an in-depth study of 13 incidents.&quot; (Salon.com)
&quot;Detailed and thoroughly researched Fast does an excellent job of revealing what these broken children had in common.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;A penetrating examination of the nations school shootingsoutlines clear and realistic goals for educators, community leaders, parents, and students that could help prevent these violent attacks.&quot; (Publishers Weekly, starred review)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jonathan Fast)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2010 05:13:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/001514/bk_adbl_001514_sample.mp3" length="948213" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ceremonial-Violence-Audiobook/B00396UI3Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51zP2D6LrsL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ceremonial Violence
Subtitle: Understanding Columbine and Other School Rampage Shootings
Author: Jonathan Fast
Narrator: Joe Caron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-30-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ceremonial Violence analyzes 13 school rampage shootingsincluding the Columbine High School massacreand explains, for the first time, why teenagers commit these tragic atrocities. With his grasp of the elements of abnormal psychology, developmental psychology, sociology, and neurology that contribute to the homicidal mindset, Fast offers us a means of understanding and coming to terms with these shootings, and provides examples of what we should look for as early signs to prevent further tragedies.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Our adolescent massacres are, as Jonathan Fast, a professor of social work, astutely observes in his new book, a type of terrorism, but we have a hard time seeing them as suchFast, in search of a more illuminating explanation, has made an in-depth study of 13 incidents.&quot; (Salon.com)
&quot;Detailed and thoroughly researched Fast does an excellent job of revealing what these broken children had in common.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;A penetrating examination of the nations school shootingsoutlines clear and realistic goals for educators, community leaders, parents, and students that could help prevent these violent attacks.&quot; (Publishers Weekly, starred review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ceremonial Violence
Subtitle: Understanding Columbine and Other School Rampage Shootings
Author: Jonathan Fast
Narrator: Joe Caron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-30-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ceremonial Violence analyzes 13 school rampage shootingsincluding the Columbine High School massacreand explains, for the first time, why teenagers commit these tragic atrocities. With his grasp of the elements of abnormal psychology, developmental psychology, sociology, and neurology that contribute to the homicidal mindset, Fast offers us a means of understanding and coming to terms with these shootings, and provides examples of what we should look for as early signs to prevent further tragedies.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Our adolescent massacres are, as Jonathan Fast, a professor of social work, astutely observes in his new book, a type of terrorism, but we have a hard time seeing them as suchFast, in search of a more illuminating explanation, has made an in-depth study of 13 incidents.&quot; (Salon.com)
&quot;Detailed and thoroughly researched Fast does an excellent job of revealing what these broken children had in common.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;A penetrating examination of the nations school shootingsoutlines clear and realistic goals for educators, community leaders, parents, and students that could help prevent these violent attacks.&quot; (Publishers Weekly, starred review)

Members Reviews:
Interesting, but not as in depth as I wanted
When I purchased this book, I was looking for an in depth psychological analysis of school shootings, but what I got was fairly superficial.
The first 8 chapters just recounted various school shootings, while the last chapter is the only one that even tried to address the why and how to prevent them. I felt like I spent 8 chapters waiting to get to the meat of it and then they only gave me a bacon bit. There were some really good assertions in those chapters but they were never really explored for example, suppressed homosexuality, which was mentioned a few times and is an interesting concept given the role it played in the recent Orlando shootings.
If you know nothing about school shootings, this will update you on all the famous American ones. If you are already a crime buff and are looking for a piece on criminal psychology, keep looking.

Anti-gun propaganda
I liked the in-depth look at the shooters and case studies, but the overwhelming opinion of the author who is obviously anti-gun really took away from what could have been completely enjoyable. Keep your propaganda out of my listening!!!

Lots of insight into mass shootings in America
Particularly in the light of recent events, this book provides an excellent professional analysis of the dynamics involved in mass shootings.
Very  disturbing, but educational.  A must read for anyone who wants to engage with others in a meaningful debate regarding reasonable gun reform laws!

Great Author and Content, Sub-par Performance
Where does Ceremonial Violence rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
Near the top.
How did the narrator detract from the book?
I know some errors are due to the editor not paying attention, but the narrator need take a &quot;cliffs notes&quot; lesson in the stories they read. One moment he pronounces the boy&apos;s name McKay and then Makai (as it should be) and then three words later back to McKay. Same with Cassie, apparently her name is Casey.
Any additional comments?
There were quite a few errors in the shootings I know a lot about, so the stories that I&apos;m not familiar with, I&apos;m not sure I can count on the facts, being facts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Montessori Exploration of Thought on a Quest for Change Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Montessori-Exploration-of-Thought-on-a-Quest-for-Change-Audiobook/B0733VT7X6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Montessori Exploration of Thought on a Quest for Change
Subtitle: Words of Wisdom
Author: Xavier Zimms, Yolanda Romanelli
Narrator: Dan Breitfeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr
Language: English
Release date: 07-15-17
Publisher: Proxy Publishing
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book is an introspective look at the development of humanity. In this book, Steven Kozak highlights the Montessori perspective of multiple real-life applications, including:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Xavier Zimms)</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Jul 2017 23:25:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/089274/bk_acx0_089274_sample.mp3" length="541301" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Montessori-Exploration-of-Thought-on-a-Quest-for-Change-Audiobook/B0733VT7X6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61-txh19uuL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Montessori Exploration of Thought on a Quest for Change
Subtitle: Words of Wisdom
Author: Xavier Zimms, Yolanda Romanelli
Narrator: Dan Breitfeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr
Language: English
Release date: 07-15-17
Publisher: Proxy Publishing
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book is an introspective look at the development of humanity. In this book, Steven Kozak highlights the Montessori perspective of multiple real-life applications, including:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Montessori Exploration of Thought on a Quest for Change
Subtitle: Words of Wisdom
Author: Xavier Zimms, Yolanda Romanelli
Narrator: Dan Breitfeller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr
Language: English
Release date: 07-15-17
Publisher: Proxy Publishing
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book is an introspective look at the development of humanity. In this book, Steven Kozak highlights the Montessori perspective of multiple real-life applications, including:</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Geek Sublime Audiobook by Vikram Chandra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Geek-Sublime-Audiobook/B00SX3XHTW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Geek Sublime
Subtitle: The Beauty of Code, the Code of Beauty
Author: Vikram Chandra
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-10-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Vikram Chandra has been a computer programmer for almost as long as he has been a novelist. In this extraordinary new audiobook, his first work of nonfiction, he searches for the connections between the worlds of art and technology. Coders are obsessed with elegance and style, just as writers are, but do the words mean the same thing to both? Can we ascribe beauty to the craft of writing code?
Exploring such varied topics as logic gates and literary modernism, the machismo of tech geeks, the omnipresence of an &quot;Indian Mafia&quot; in Silicon Valley, and the writings of the eleventh-century Kashmiri thinker Abhinavagupta, Geek Sublime is both an idiosyncratic history of coding and a fascinating meditation on the writer&apos;s art. Part literary essay, part technology story, and part memoir, it is an engrossing, original, and heady book of sweeping ideas.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Chandra&apos;s creative and elegant meshing of thought and experience, conscience and storytelling nets both the profane and the sublime.&quot; (
Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vikram Chandra)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2015 08:25:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004468/bk_tant_004468_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Geek-Sublime-Audiobook/B00SX3XHTW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rWZBCGARL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Geek Sublime
Subtitle: The Beauty of Code, the Code of Beauty
Author: Vikram Chandra
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-10-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Vikram Chandra has been a computer programmer for almost as long as he has been a novelist. In this extraordinary new audiobook, his first work of nonfiction, he searches for the connections between the worlds of art and technology. Coders are obsessed with elegance and style, just as writers are, but do the words mean the same thing to both? Can we ascribe beauty to the craft of writing code?
Exploring such varied topics as logic gates and literary modernism, the machismo of tech geeks, the omnipresence of an &quot;Indian Mafia&quot; in Silicon Valley, and the writings of the eleventh-century Kashmiri thinker Abhinavagupta, Geek Sublime is both an idiosyncratic history of coding and a fascinating meditation on the writer&apos;s art. Part literary essay, part technology story, and part memoir, it is an engrossing, original, and heady book of sweeping ideas.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Chandra&apos;s creative and elegant meshing of thought and experience, conscience and storytelling nets both the profane and the sublime.&quot; (
Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/756/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Geek Sublime
Subtitle: The Beauty of Code, the Code of Beauty
Author: Vikram Chandra
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-10-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Vikram Chandra has been a computer programmer for almost as long as he has been a novelist. In this extraordinary new audiobook, his first work of nonfiction, he searches for the connections between the worlds of art and technology. Coders are obsessed with elegance and style, just as writers are, but do the words mean the same thing to both? Can we ascribe beauty to the craft of writing code?
Exploring such varied topics as logic gates and literary modernism, the machismo of tech geeks, the omnipresence of an &quot;Indian Mafia&quot; in Silicon Valley, and the writings of the eleventh-century Kashmiri thinker Abhinavagupta, Geek Sublime is both an idiosyncratic history of coding and a fascinating meditation on the writer&apos;s art. Part literary essay, part technology story, and part memoir, it is an engrossing, original, and heady book of sweeping ideas.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Chandra&apos;s creative and elegant meshing of thought and experience, conscience and storytelling nets both the profane and the sublime.&quot; (
Booklist)

Members Reviews:
Tornado thought miasma
There&apos;s a lot of good and interesting ideas here, but Chandra seems to smash the most disparate of them together in some sort of frenzied confluence of idealism and fever dreams. I read it straight though, which was exhilarating, but I will definitely have to go back and pick through things in order to find theme or thesis. Chandra seems to hit on these a few times, but the scope of this work is so big that each time he approached having a pristinely packaged unification of thought, it would switch to a new topic, leaving things unfinished, still in scaffolding. However, this may have been intentional--the flow and pacing may indicate that this was by design, and perhaps this frenzied form adds to the conversation. Either way, the whirlwind mixture of feminism, computer science, lit crit, eastern philosophy, and personal memoir was thrilling, even though it took work not to glaze over during some of the thicker passages. Very interesting perspectives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
